Swarthmore College Catalogue, 1980-1981

SEP 23 80

warthmore
ollege Bulletin

1980-81

SWARTHMORE
¡COLLEGE
LIBRARY

P tïA S E USE:iN TH ÈÜ81 ARS

C ollege Bulletin

Catalog Issue
Volume LX X V III
Number 1
September 1980

1 9 8 0 -1 9 8 1

Directions for
Correspondence
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE, SWARTHMORE, PA 19081
T h eodore Friend
President

G EN ER A L C O L LE G E PO LIC Y

H a rriso n M . W right
Provost

A CA D EM IC POLICY

A D M ISSIO N S, SC H O LA RSH IPS, AND C A TA LO G U ES

J a n e H. M u llin s
Registrar

R E C O R D S AND T R A N SC R IP T S

La w re n c e L. Landry
V ice President
L e w is T. Cook, Jr.
Associate V ice President —
Business Affairs
C a ro lin e S h ero
Controller

FINAN CIAL IN FO RM A TIO N

Ju d ith K apustin Katz
Director

C A R E E R PLANNING A ND PLA CEM EN T

A LU M N I, D EVELO PM EN T, A ND PUBLIC RELA TIO N S

E Q U A L O P PO R T U N IT Y IN FO RM A TIO N

G EN ER A L IN FO RM A TIO N

R obert A. Barr, Jr.
Dean o f Admissions

Kendall Landis
V ice President
Robin B. C ow ard
Equal Opportunity O fficer
M a ra ly n O rbison G ille sp ie
Associate V ice President and
Director o f Inform ation Services

Swarthmore College does no t discriminate in
education or employment on the basis o f sex,
race, color, age, religion, national origin, or
handicap. This policy is consistent with
relevant governmental statutes and regulations,

including those pursuant to T ide IX o f the
federal Education Amendments o f 1972 and
Section 5 0 4 o f the federal Rehabilitation Act
o f 1973.

The Swarthmore C ollege B ulletin (U SP S
5 3 0 -6 2 0 ), o f which this is Volume L X X V III,
number 1, is published twice in November and
once in September, December, February, May,
and August by Swarthmore College, Swarth-

more, PA 19081. Second-class postage paid at
Swarthmore, PA 19081 and additional mailing
offices. Postmaster: send address changes to
S warthmore C ollege B ulletin, Swarthmore,
PA 19081.

Printed in U .S.A .

Table of Contents
CA LEN D A R 5

INTRODUCTION 8
EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES 10
ADMISSION 15
EXPENSES 18
FINANCIAL AID 20

III
IV

V

COLLEGE LIFE 31
STUDENT COMMUNITY 35
EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM 39
FACULTY REGULATIONS 50
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 54
AWARDS AND PRIZES 56
FELLOWSHIPS 58
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 60
A rt 6 2
Asian Studies 68
Astronomy 7 0
Biology 72
Black Studies 7 8
Chemistry 8 0
Classics 8 3
Econom ics 88
Education 9 4
Engineering 9 7
English Literature 104
History 113
International Relations 120
Linguistics 122

VI

Literature 124
Mathematics 125
Medieval Studies 131
M odem Languages and Literatures 132
Music 144
Philosophy 149
Physical Education and Athletics 153
Physics 155
Political Science 160
Psychology 167
Public Policy 173
Religion 175
Sociology and Anthropology 180

THE CORPORATION and BOARD OF MANAGERS 189
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS and ALUMNI COUNCIL 193
THE FACULTY 196
ADMINISTRATION 211
VISITING EXAMINERS 219
DEGREES CONFERRED 221
AWARDS AND DISTINCTIONS 225
ENROLLMENT STATISTICS 228
PLAN OF COLLEGE GROUNDS 230
INDEX 232
DIRECTIONS FOR REACHING THE COLLEGE 240

3

1980

1981

SEPTEMBER

MAY

SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
1
3
4
5
6
? 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 ;a $. 16 ~'I7. 11 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28
30

g ilii

OCTOBER

SUN MON TUE WED THU

!
5
12
19
26

6
13
20
27

7

14
21
28

8
15
22

29

2

9

16
23
30

2 v3* 4
5
6
9 1 0 11 12 43
16 47 18 19 20
23 24 -;25 26 27
30

31’

4
11
18
25

TUE W ED THU

FRI

1

5 6
7 8
12 13 14 15
19 20 21 22
26 27 28 29

SUN MON TOE WED THU

SAT
2
9
16
23
30

3
10
17
24
31

4
11
18
25

SUN MON TU E WED THU FRI
1
2 3
4 5
8
9 10 11 12
7
16 17 18 19
14 15
23 24 25 26
21 22
28 29 30

SUN MON
5
12
19
26

6
13
20
27

SUN MON
2
9
16
23
30

3
10
17
24
31

6
13
20
27

SUN MON
4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

FRI

SAT

1
8
15
22
29

2
9
16
23
30

3
10
17
24
31

6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

FEBRUARY

FRI

1
2
3
8
9 10
15 16 17
22 23 24
29 30 31

SAT
6
13
20
27

FRI

SAT

5
12
19
26

6
13
20
27

FRI

SAT

2
9
16
23
30

3
10
17
24

mi

SAT

7
14
21
28

l
8
15
22
29

4

SAT

7
14
21
28

SUN MON

SUN MON TOE WED THU

4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

SAT
4
11
18
25

FRI

SAT

4 5 6
7
11 12 13 14
18 19 20 21
25 26 27 28

1
8
15
22
29

TUE WED THU

.

FRI

SAT

1
8
15
22
29

4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

SUN MON

SAT

6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

SUN MON
1
2
9
8
15 16
22 23
29 30

TUE WED THU

FRI

SAT

SUN MON

1
8
15
22
29

3
10
17
24

11
18
25

4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

FRI

SAT

2
9
16
23
30

3
10
17
24
31

APRIL

SUN MON TU E WED THU

7
14
21
28

2
9

FRI

SAT

3
10
17
24
31

6
13
20
27

7
14
21

7
14
21
28

1
8
15
22
29

16

23
30

6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

18
25

2
9
16
23
30

TUE WED THU

FRI

FRI

3 4
5 6
10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20
24 25 26 27

TUE WED THU

4
U
18
25

4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

6
13
20
27

1
8
15
22
29

7
14
21
28

MAY
SAT
5
12
19
26

SUN MON TU E WED THU
2
9
16
23
30

3
10
17
24
31

4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

6
13
20
27

JUNE
FRI

1
2
8 9
15 16
22 23
29 30

TUE WED THU

3
10
17
24
31

S U N MON TOE WED THU

SAT
3
10
17
24
31

6
13
20
27

7
14
21,
28

FRI

1 2
3
4
8 9 10 11
15 16 17 18
22 23 24 25
29 30 31

2
3
9
10
16
17
23 . 2 4
30

JULY
SAT
7
14
21
28

SUN MON TO E WED THU
4 . '• 5
12
11
18
19
• 25: 26

6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

1
8
15
22
29

AUGUST

DECEMBER
4

4
U

SUN MON TO E WED THU

NOVEMBER
FRI

3
10
17
24
31

TUE WED THU

6 7
13 14
20 21
27 28

3
10
17
24

APRIL

TUE WED THU

1 2
3
4
8 9 10 11
15 16 17 18
22 23 24 25
29 30

7
14
21
28

MARCH

SUN MON
1
2
8
9
15 16
22 23
29 30

6
13
20
27

6
13
20
27

2
9
16
23
30

5
12
19
26

OCTOBER

SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9 10 11 12 13
15 16 17 18 19 20
22 23 24 25 26 27

5
12
19
26

■ SUN MON

SAT

I
8
15
22
29

FRI

1
8
15
22

SEPTEMBER

TUE WED THU

FRI

2
9
16
23

7
14
21
28

1981
JANUARY

7
14
21
28

SUN MON TOE WED THU

AUGUST

WED THU FRI SAT
6
3. 4 M
10 11 ■u
13
17 1 8 19 20
24 25 w
31 ••

6
13
20
27

MARCH

TUE WED THU

7
14
21
28

5
12
19
26

FEBRUARY
SAT

JULY

SAT
1
8
7
14 15
21 22
28
29

FRI

DECEMBER

SUN MON TUE
A .<2
7 'Aè- 9
14 15 1 6
'j&l.
•;28 'J29 30.

3
10
17
24
31

JUNE
SAT
4
io 11
17 18
24 25

FRI

NOVEMBER
SUN MON TUE WED THU

SUN MON

1982
JANUARY

SAT
5
12
19
26

1
8
15
22
29

2
9
16
23
30

4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

28

College Calendar

Fall Sem ester

1980
September
September
September
September
September
November
December
December
December
December
December
December
December
December
December

3-7
5
6
8
26-27
21
1
5-6
5
8-12
12
6
15
19
20

Freshman placement days
Meeting o f Honors candidates
Registration
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Thanksgiving vacation begins, 6 :0 0 p.m.
Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Annual meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Enrollment for spring semester
Reading period (at option o f instructor)
Classes end
Meeting o f Honors candidates
Midyear examinations begin
Seminars end
Midyear examinations end

1981

Spring Sem ester

January 18
February 27-28
March 6
March 16
April 27 - May 1
May 1
May i -2
May 4
May 7
May 7
May 16
May 18
May 19-20
May 21-23
May 29-30
May 31
June 1
June 6

Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Spring vacation begins, 6 :0 0 p.m.
Spring vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Reading period (at option o f instructor)
Classes and Seminars end
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Enrollment for fall semester
W ritten Honors examinations begin
Course examinations begin
Course examinations end
W ritten Honors examinations end
Senior comprehensive examinations
O ral Honors examinations
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Baccalaureate Day
Commencement Day
Alumni Day

5

College Calendar
(Tentative)

Fall Sem ester

1981
September
September
September
September
September
November
November
December
December
December
December
December
December
December
December

2-6
4
5
8
25-26
20
30
4-5
4
7-11
11
5
14
ig
ig

1982
January 18
February 26-27
March 5
March 15
April 26-30
April 30
April 30 - May 1
May 3
May 6
May 6
May 15
May 17
M ay 18-19
M ay 20-22
May 28-29
May 30
May 31
June 5

6

Freshman placement days
Meeting o f Honors candidates
Registration
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Thanksgiving vacation begins, 6 :0 0 p.m.
Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Annual meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Enrollment for spring semester
Reading period (at option o f instructor)
Classes end
Meeting o f Honors candidates
Midyear examinations begin
Seminars end
Midyear examinations end

Spring Sem ester
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Spring vacation begins, 6 :0 0 p.m.
Spring vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Reading period (at option o f instructor)
Classes and Seminars end
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Enrollm ent for fairsemester
W ritten Honors examinations begin
Course examinations begin
Course examinations end
W ritten Honors examinations end
Senior comprehensive examinations
O ral Honors examinations
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Baccalaureate Day
Commencement Day
Alumni Day

E d u cation al R esou rces

In tro d u ctio n to
S w arth m ore C ollege

—
7

Introduction to
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore College, founded in 1864 by
members o f the Religious Society o f Friends as
a co-educational institution, occupies a campus
o f more than 3 0 0 acres o f rolling wooded land
in and adjacent to the borough o f Swarthmore
in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. It is a small
college by deliberate policy. Its present
enrollment is about 1290 men and women
students. The borough o f Swarthmore is a

residential suburb within half an hour’s
commuting distance o f Philadelphia. College
students are able to enjoy both the advantages
o f a semi-rural setting and the opportunities
offered by Philadelphia. The College’s location
also makes possible cooperation with three
nearby institutions, Bryn Mawr and Haverford
Colleges and the University o f Pennsylvania.

OBJECTIVES AND PURPOSES
In accordance with the College’s Quaker
tradition, Swarthmore students are expected
to prepare themselves for full, balanced lives
as individuals and as responsible citizens
through exacting intellectual study supple­
mented by a varied program o f sports and
other extra-curricular activities.
The purpose o f Swarthmore College is to
make its students more valuable human beings

and more useful members o f society. W hile it
shares this purpose with other educational
institutions, each school, college, and univer­
sity seeks to realize that purpose in its own
way. Each must select those tasks it can do
best. By such selection it contributes to the
diversity and richness o f educational oppor­
tunity which is part o f the American heritage.

VARIETIES OF EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCE
Education is largely an individual matter, for
no two students are exactly alike. Som e need
detailed help, while others profit from
considerable freedom. The Course and Exter­
nal Examination (H onors) Programs are
designed to give recognition to this fact. They
provide alternative systems o f instruction for
students during their last two years. Both seek
to evoke the maximum effort and development
from each student, the choice o f method being
determined by individual preference and
capacity. The Honors Program, in which
Swarthmore pioneered, provides an enriching
and exciting intellectual experience. It has as

its main ingredients close association with
faculty members, often in small seminars,
concentrated work in various fields o f study,
and maximum latitude for the development o f
individual responsibility. W ithin the Course
Program, options for independent study and
interdisciplinary work offer opportunities for
exploration and development over a wide
range o f individual goals. These opportunities
typically include considerable flexibility of
program choices from semester to semester, so
that academic planning may be responsive to
the emerging needs o f students.

I
I
I
|
|
I
I
I
I
I

1
¡a

THE RELIGIOUS TRADITION
Swarthmore College was founded by members
o f the Religious Society o f Friends, and it
seeks to illuminate the life o f its students with
the spiritual principles o f that Society.
Although it has been non-sectarian in control
since the beginning o f the present century, and
although the children o f Friends compose a

8

minority o f the student body, the College 1
seeks to preserve the religious traditions out o f I
which it grew.
The essence o f Quakerism is the individual’s I
responsibility for seeking truth and for I
applying whatever truth he believes he has I

found. As a way o f life, it emphasizes hard
work, simple living, and generous giving;
personal integrity, social justice, and the
peaceful settlement o f disputes. The College
does not seek to impose on its students this
Quaker view o f life, or any other specific set o f

convictions about the nature o f things and the
duty o f man. It does, however, encourage
ethical and religious concern about such
questions, and continuing examination o f any
view which may be held regarding them.

TRADITION AND CHANGE
A college draws strength from tradition, and
energy from the necessity o f change. Its
purposes and policies must respond to new
conditions and new demands. By being open

to change, Swarthmore tries to provide for its
students, by means appropriate to the times,
the standard o f excellence it has sought to
maintain from its founding.

9

Educational Resources
The primary educational resources o f any
college are the quality o f its faculty and the
spirit o f the institution. Financial as well as

physical resources play an important supportive role,

THE ENDOWMENT
The educational resources at Swarthmore
College have been provided by gifts and
bequests from many alumni, foundations,
corporations, parents and friends. In addition
to unrestricted gifts for the operating budget,
these donors have contributed funds for
buildings, equipment, collections o f art and
literature, and permanently endowed profes­
sorships, scholarships, awards, book funds
and lectureships. Their gifts to Swarthmore
have not only provided the physical plant, but
also have created an endowment fund o f more
than $ 9 0 ,0 0 0 ,0 0 0 at market value on June 30,
1980. Income from these funds during the
academic year 1978-79 contributed approx­
imately $ 2 ,4 4 6 to meet the total expense o f
educating each student, and thus accounted
for 2 2 % o f the College’s educational and
general income.

The College’s ability to continue to offer a
high quality o f education at a reasonable level
o f tuition depends on continuing voluntary
support. Swarthmore seeks additional gifts
and bequests for its current operations, it
permanent endowment, and its capital develop­
ment programs to maintain and strengthen its
resources. The V ice President in charge o f
development will be pleased to provide
information about various forms o f gifts:
bequests, outright gifts o f cash or-securities,
real estate or other property, and deferred gifts
through charitable remainder trusts and life
income contracts in which the donor reserves
the right to the annual income during his or
her lifetime.

PHYSICAL FACILITIES
Laboratories, well equipped for undergraduate
instruction and in some cases for research,
exist in physics, chemistry, zoology, botany,
psychology, astronomy, and in civil, mechan­
ical and electrical engineering. The Sproul
Observatory, with its 24-inch visual refracting
telescope, is the center o f much fundamental
research in multiple star systems. The Edward
Martin Biological Laboratory provides facilities
for work in zoology, botany, and pre-medical
studies. The Pierre S. duPont Science Building
provides accommodations for chemistry, math­
ematics, and physics. Beardsley and Hicks Halls
contain the engineering laboratories, including a
computer laboratory equipped with a DEC
PDP 11/40 system with disc storage and
laboratory peripherals. Papazian Hall provides
facilities for work in psychology, and for the
engineering shops.
T he Arts Center contains the Paul M . Pearson
Experimental Theatre and studios for various
arts and crafts.

10

T he Florence W ilcox Gallery for art exhibitions
is located in Commons on the second floor o f
Parrish Hall.
T he Eugene M. and Theresa Lang Music
Building, opened in 1973, contains an auditor­
ium seating approximately 5 0 0 , the Daniel
Underhill Music Library, classrooms, practice
and rehearsal rooms, and an exhibition area. It
is the central facility for the program o f the
Music Department and for musical activities at
the College.
T he Computing Center, located in Beardsley
Hall, is equipped with an IBM 1130 computer,
several IBM 5100 portable computers with
APL, and appropriate supporting equipment
as well as terminals for either remote jo b entry
or interactive computing in APL with an IBM
370/168 facility. A ll systems are available to
students and faculty for instruction and
research.

T he Center for Social and Policy Studies in
Beardsley Hall is closely related to the
Computer Center. It is intended to encourage
interacion and a common focus among
departments, especially the social and natural
sciences, engineering, and mathematics, in
empirical work on social and policy issues. It
facilitates student and faculty work and
supports the concentration in Public Policy
through its physical facilities, data archives,
program o f events and by making available
statistical consulting to students and faculty.
T he Language Laboratory in Beardsley Hall,
made possible by a contribution from the
James Foundation o f New York, provides
stations for 2 4 students and has the equipment
for effective use in language teaching.
T he Thomas B. and Jeannette E .L. M cC abe
Library contains reading rooms, offices and the
major portion o f the College library collection.
Total College library holdings amount to
5 5 0 ,0 0 0 volumes. Som e 2 0 ,0 0 0 volumes are

added annually. About 2 ,3 0 0 periodicals are
received regularly. The general collection is
housed in the library building, situated on the
front campus. T he Science Libraries (DuPont,
Martin and Observatory) house some 4 8 ,0 0 0
books and journals in chemistry, engineering,
mathematics and physics. The Daniel Under­
hill Music Library contains about 12,000
books and scores, 7 ,5 0 0 recordings, and
listening equipment. A small collection o f
relevant material is housed in the Black
Cultural Center. The library is definitely a
collection o f books and journals for under­
graduate use. The demands o f reading for
Honors, however, make necessary the provision
o f large quantities o f source material not
usually found in collections maintained for
undergraduates. It is a point o f library policy
to try to supply, either by purchase or through
inter-library loan, the books needed by
students or members o f the faculty for their
individual research.

SPECIAL COLLECTIONS
The library contains certain special collections
— the British Americana collection, the Wells
W ordsworth and Thom son collections, the
Auden collection, the Bathe collection o f the
history o f technology and a collection o f the
publications o f 6 5 0 private presses.
A number o f special features enrich the
academic background o f the College. Among
these are the following:
T he Friends Historical Library, founded in 1871
by Anson Lapham, is one o f the outstanding
collections in the United States o f manuscripts,
books, pamphlets, and pictures relating to the
history o f the Society o f Friends. The library is
a depository for records o f Friends Meetings
belonging to Baltimore, Philadelphia, and
other Yearly Meetings. M ore than 3 ,2 0 0
record books, dating from the 1680’s until the
present, have been deposited. Additional
records are available on microfilm. The
W illiam W ade Hinshaw Index to Quaker
Meeting Records lists material o f genealogical
interest. Special collections include materials
on various subjects o f Quaker concern such as
abolition, Indian rights, utopian reform, and

the history o f women’s rights. Notable among
the other holdings are the W hittier Collection
(first editions and manuscripts o f John
Greenleaf W hittier, the Quaker poet), the
M ott manuscripts (over 4 0 0 autographed
letters o f Lucretia M ott, antislavery and
women’s rights leader), and the Hicks
manuscripts (m ore than 3 0 0 letters o f Elias
Hicks, a prominent Quaker minister). The
library’s collection o f books and pamphlets by
and about Friends numbers approximately
3 0 ,0 0 0 volumes. About 100 Quaker periodicals
are currently received. There is also an
extensive collection o f photographs o f meeting­
houses and pictures o f representative Friends,
as well as a number o f oil paintings, including
two versions o f "T h e Peaceable Kingdom” by
Edward Hicks. It is hoped that Friends and
others will consider the advantages o f giving to
this library any books and family papers which
may throw light on the history o f the Society
o f Friends.
T he Suiarthmore College Peace Collection is o f
special interest to research students seeking
the records o f the peace movement. The

11

Educational Resources

personal papers o f Jane Addams o f HullHouse, Chicago, (approximately 10,000 items)
formed the original nucleus o f the Collection
(1 9 3 0 ). Over the years other major collections
have been added including the papers o f
Devere Allen, Emily Greene Balch, Julien
Cornell, Homer Jack, Lucy Biddle Lewis, A .J.
Muste, Lawrence Scott, John Nevin Sayre,
W illiam Sollmann, E. Raymond W ilson, and
others, as well as the records o f the American
Peace Society, A Quaker Action Group,
Business Executives Move, Fellowship o f
Reconciliation, Friends Committee on National Legislation, Lake M ohonk Conferences on
International Arbitration, National Interreligious Service Board for Conscientious O bjec­
tors, National Council for Prevention o f War,
National Council to Repeal the Draft, SANE,
W ar Resisters League, W om en’s International
League for Peace and Freedom, W om en Strike
for Peace, W orld Conference o f Religion for
Peace, and many others. T he Peace Collection
serves as the official repository for the
archives o f many o f these organizations,
incorporated here in 6 ,4 0 0 document boxes.
The Collection includes a library o f 6 ,6 6 0
volumes and files o f 1,500 peace periodicals
published in the United States and abroad
over the past 150 years; approximately 3 0 6
periodicals in eleven languages are currently

received from twenty-three countries. A more
nearly complete description o f the Collection
will be found in the new Guide to the
Swarthmore College Peace Collection, to be
published by the College in the spring o f 1981.
T he Potter Collection o f Recorded Literature,
established in 1950 with accumulated income
from the W illiam Plumer Potter Public
Speaking Fund, includes a wide variety o f
recorded poetry, drama and prose. Among the
8 8 0 titles on disc and tape are contemporary
writers reading from and discussing their
works; full length versions o f Shakespearean
plays and other dramatic repertoire; the
literature o f earlier periods read both in
modern English and in the pronunciation o f
the time; British and American ballads; lyrical
verse in musical settings; and recordings o f
literary programs held at Swarthmore. These
materials are used as adjuncts to the study o f
literature. The collection is housed in the
M cC abe Library.
T he Betty Dougherty Spock M emorial Fund,
established through the generosity o f friends
o f the late member o f the Class o f 1952,
provides income for the purchase o f dramatic
recordings. These are kept with the Potter
Collection.

SPECIAL FUNDS AND LECTURESHIPS
T he W illiam J . Cooper Foundation provides a
varied program o f lectures and concerts which
enriches the academic work o f the College.
The Foundation was established by W illiam J.
Cooper, a devoted friend o f the College,
whose wife, Emma M cllvain Cooper, served as
a member o f the Board o f Managers from
1882 to 1923. Mr. Cooper bequeathed to the
College the sum o f $ 1 0 0 ,0 0 0 and provided
that the income should be used "in bringing to
the college from time to time eminent citizens
o f this and other countries who are leaders in
statesmanship, education, the arts, sciences,
learned professions and business, in order that
the faculty, students and the college community
may be broadened by a closer acquaintance
with matters o f world interest.” Admission to
all programs is without charge.

12

1The Cooper Foundation Committee works
rwith the departments and with student
corganizations in arranging single lectures and
sspeakers o f note who remain in residence for a
1long enough period to enter into the life o f the
community.
Som e o f these speakers have been
<
iinvited with the understanding that their
1lectures should be published under the
iauspices o f the Foundation. This arrangement
1has so far produced eighteen volumes.
T he Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Foundation.
A bout three hundred twenty-five acres are
|
contained
in the College property, including a
large tract o f woodland and the valley o f Crum
Creek. M uch o f this tract has been developed
as a horticultural and botanical collection o f

trees, shrubs and herbaceous plants through
the provisions o f the Arthur Hoyt Scott
Horticultural Foundation, established in 1929
by Mrs. Arthur Hoyt Scott and Owen and
Margaret M oon as a memorial to Arthur Hoyt
Scott o f the Class o f 1895. The plant
collections are designed both to afford
examples o f the better kinds o f trees and
shrubs which are hardy in the climate o f
Eastern Pennsylvania and suitable for planting
by the average gardener, and to beautify the
campus. All collections are labeled and
recorded. There are exceptionally fine displays
o f hollies, Japanese cherries, flowering crab
apples, magnolias and tree peonies, and a great
variety o f lilacs, rhododendrons, azaleas, and
daffodils. Many interested donors have con­
tributed generously to the collections.
The Foundation offers horticultural educa­
tional programs to the general public and an
extracurricular course in horticulture to
Swarthmore students. These workshops, lec­
tures and classes are designed to cover many
facets o f the science/art called gardening.
Special programs have been prepared to
acquaint the youth o f the area with the
significance o f plants with classes from local
elementary schools coming to the campus to
receive instruction in plants and their relation­
ship to people. Tours are conducted through­
out the year for college people and interested
public groups.
Aiding the Foundation’s staff, in all o f its
efforts are the "Associates o f the Scott
Horticultural Foundation.” This organization
provides not only financial support but also
assistance in carrying out the myriad operations
which make up the Foundation’s total
program, such as public lectures and bus tours
to other gardens. The Associates’ newsletter,
Hybrid, serves to publicize their activities and
provides up-to-date information on seasonal
gardening topics.
T he Boyd and Ruth Barnard Fund for the
Advancement o f Music at Swarthmore was
established in 1964 by two graduates o f the
College, Mr. and Mrs. Boyd T. Barnard o f

Rosem ont, Pennsylvania. The fund has been
augmented by the 50-year class gifts from the
classes o f 1917 and 1919, and other friends.
The income from the fund may be used for
any activity that contributes to the advance­
ment o f music at the College. It has been used,
for example, for concerts on the campus, for
■the purchase o f vocal and orchestral scores
and other musical literature, and to provide
scholarship for students in the Department o f
Music who show unusual promise as instru­
mentalists or vocalists.
T he Gene D. Overstreet Memorial Fund, given
by friends in memory o f Gene D. Overstreet
(1924-1965), a member o f the Political
Science Department, 1957-1964, provides
income to bring a visiting expert to the campus
to discuss problems o f developing or modern­
izing nations and cultures.
T he Benjamin West Lecture, made possible by
gifts from members o f the class o f 1905 and
other friends o f the College, is given annually
on some phase o f art. It is the outgrowth o f the
Benjamin W est Society which built up a
collection o f paintings, drawings, and prints,
which are exhibited, as space permits, in the
college buildings. The lecture owes its name to
the American artist, who was born in a house
which stands on the campus and who became
president o f the Royal Academy.
T he Swarthmore Chapter o f Sigma %i lecture
series brings eminent scientists to the campus
under its auspices throughout the year. Local
members present colloquia on their own
research.
The L ee Frank Memorial Art Fund, endowed by
the family and friends o f Lee Frank, Class o f
1921, sponsors each year a special event in the
A rt Department: a visiting lecturer or artist, a
scholar or artist in residence, or a special
exhibit.
T he Marjorie Heilman Visiting Artist Fund was
established by M . Grant Heilman, Class o f
1941, in memory o f Marjorie Heilman to
stimulate interest in art, particularly the
practice o f art, on campus.

13

Il
A d m ission
E xp en ses

14

Financial A id

Admission
Inquiries concerning admission and appliesdons should be addressed to the Dean o f

Admissions, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore,
Pennsylvania 19081.

GENERAL STATEMENT
In the selection o f students, the College seeks
those qualities o f character, social responsibility,
and intellectual capacity which it is primarily
concerned to develop. It seeks them, not in
isolation, but as essential elements in the
whole personality o f candidates for admission.
Selection is important and difficult. No simple
formula will be effective. The task is to choose
those who give promise o f distinction in the
quality o f their personal lives, in service to the
community, or in leadership in their chosen
fields. Swarthmore College must choose its
students on the basis o f their individual future
worth to society and o f their collective
realization o f the purpose o f the College.
It is the policy o f the College to have the
student body represent not only different
parts o f the United States but many foreign
countries, both public and private secondary
schools, and various economic, social, religious,
and racial groups. The College is also
concerned to include in each class sons and
daughters o f alumni and o f members o f the
Society o f Friends.
Admission to the freshman class is normally
based upon the satisfactory completion o f a
four-year secondary school program. Under
some circumstances, students who have
virtually completed the normal four-year

program in three years will be considered for
admission, provided they meet the competition
o f other candidates in general maturity as well
as readiness for a rigorous academic program.
All applicants are selected on the following
evidence:
1. Record in secondary school.
2. Recommendations from the school princi­
pal, headmaster, or guidance counselor,
and from two teachers.
3. Scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test and
in three Achievement Tests o f the College
Entrance Examination Board.
4. A brief essay (subject specified).
5. Reading and experience, both in school
and out.
Applicants must have satisfactory standing in
school, in aptitude and achievement tests, and
strong intellectual interests. Other factors o f
interest to the College include strength o f
character, promise o f growth, initiative, seri­
ousness o f purpose, distinction in personal
and extra-curricular interests, and a sense o f
social responsibility. The College values the
diversity which varied interests and backrounds can bring to the community.

PREPARATION
Swarthmore does not require a set plan o f
secondary school courses as preparation for its
program. T he election o f specific subjects is
left to the student and school advisers. In
general, however, preparation should include:
1. Accurate and effective use o f the English
language in reading, writing, and speaking.
2. Comprehension and application o f the
principles o f mathematics.
3. The strongest possible command o f one or
two foreign languages. The College encour­

ages students to study at least one language
for four years, if possible.
4.

Substantial course work in (a) history and
social studies, (b ) literature, art and music,
(c) the sciences. Variations o f choice and
emphasis are acceptable although some
work in each o f the three groups is
recommended.

Those planning to major in engineering should
present work in chemistry, physics, and four
years o f mathematics including algebra,
geometry, and trigonometry.

15

Admission

APPLICATIONS AND EXAMINATIONS
Application to the College may be submitted
through one o f three plans: Regular Admission,
Fall Early Decision, or W inter Early Decision.
Applicants follow the same procedures,
submit the same supporting materials, and are
evaluated by the same criteria under each plan.
The Regular Admission plan is designed for
those candidates who wish to keep open
several different options for their under­
graduate education throughout the admissions
process. Applications under this plan will be
accepted at any time up to the February 1
deadline.
The two Early Decision plans are designed for
candidates who have thoroughly and thought­
fully investigated Swarthmore and other
colleges and found Swarthmore to be an
unequivocal first choice. The W inter Early
Decision plan differs from the Fall Early
Decision plan only in recognizing that some
candidates may arrive at a final choice o f
college later than others. Early Decision
candidates under either plan may file regular
applications at other colleges with the under­
standing that these applications will be
withdrawn upon admission to Swarthmore;
however, one benefit o f the Early Decision
plans is the reduction o f cost, effort, and
anxiety inherent in multiple application
procedures.
Application under any o f the three plans must
be accompanied by a non-refundable applica­
tion fee o f $ 2 5 . Timetables for the three plans
are:
F a ll E arly D ecision
Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification o f candidate

November 15
November 3 0
on or before
December 15

W in ter E arly D ecision
Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification o f candidate

16

January 3
January 15
on or before
February 1

R eg u lar A d m ission
Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification o f candidate
Candidates reply date

February 1
February 2 0
on or before
April 15
May 1

Any Early Decision candidate not accepted
through either the Fall or W inter will be
reconsidered without prejudice among the
Regular Admission candidates.
All applicants for first-year admission must
take the Scholastic Aptitude Test and three
Achievement Tests given by the College
Entrance Examination Board. English Com po­
sition is required, and the other two
Achievement Tests should be selected from
two different fields. Applicants for Engineering
must take one Achievement Test in Mathema­
tics.
Application to take these tests should be made
directly to the College Entrance Examination
Board, Box 5 9 2 , Princeton, New Jersey
0 8 5 4 0 . A bulletin o f information may be
obtained without charge from the Board.
Students who wish to be examined in any o f
the following western states, provinces, and
Pacific areas — Alaska, Arizona, California,
Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada,
New M exico, Oregon, U tah, Washington,
Wyoming, Alberta, British Columbia, Man­
itoba, Saskatchewan, M exico, Australia, and
all Pacific Islands including Formosa and Japan
— should address their inquiries and send
their applications to the College Entrance
Examination Board, Box 1025, Berkeley,
California 94701. Application should be made
to the Board at least a month before the date
on which the test will be taken.
No additional tests are required o f candidates
for scholarships. All applicants who would
like to be considered for any o f our
scholarships should complete their applications
at the earliest possible date. Information
concerning financial aid will be found on pages
2 0 -3 0 .

THE INTERVIEW
An admissions interview with a representative
o f the College is a recommended part o f the
application process. Applicants should take
the initiative in arranging for this interview.
Those who can reach Swarthmore with no
more than a half day’5 trip are urged to make
an appointment to visit the College for this
purpose.* O ther applicants should request the
Office o f Admissions to arrange a meeting
with an alumni representative in their own

area. Interviews with alumni representatives
take longer to arrange than interviews on
campus. Applicants must make alumni inter­
view arrangements well in advance o f the final
dates for receipt o f supporting materials.
Arrangements for on-campus or alumni
interviews can be made by writing the O ffice
o f Admissions or calling 215-447-7300.

ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Freshmen may apply for advanced standing or
placement in particular courses if they have
taken college level courses and the Advanced
Placement Tests o f the College Entrance
Examination Board. Decisions are made by the
departments concerned. Every effort is made
to place students in the m ost advanced courses
for which they are qualified.
Those freshmen who wish to have courses

taken at another college considered for either
advanced placement or credit must provide an
official transcript from the institution attended
as well as written work (papers, examinations),
syllabi, and reading lists in order that the
course work may be evaluated by the
department concerned. Such requests for
credit must be made within the freshman year
at Swarthmore.

APPLICATIONS FOR TRANSFER
The College welcomes well qualified transfer
students. Applicants for transfer must have
had a good academic record in the institution
attended and must present full credentials for
both college and preparatory work, including
a statement o f honorable dismissal. They must
take the Scholastic Aptitude Test given by the
College Entrance Examination Board if this
test has not been taken previously.
As a general practice, transfer students are not
admitted to advanced standing later than the
beginning o f the sophomore year. Four

semesters o f study at Swarthmore College
constitute the minimum requirement for a
degree, two o f which must be those o f the
senior year. Applications for transfer must be
filed by April 15 o f the year in which entrance
is desired. Decisions on these applications are
announced by June. Application for transfer at
mid-year must be received by November 15. A
limited amount o f financial assistance is
available for transfer students in their first
year at Swarthmore.

* Directions for reaching the College
can be found inside the back cover
o f this catalogue.

17

Expenses
TUITION AND FEES
For many years actual tuition charges have
covered approximately half the educational
costs at Swarthmore. The remainder has been
covered by endowment income and annual
giving. During four years, each student
currently benefits from a subsidy from these
sources o f over $ 12 ,000 .
Charges for the academic year 1980-81 (two
semesters):
Tuition
General Fee
Board and Room
Total Resident Charges

$ 5 ,4 0 0 .0 0 *
4 1 7 .5 0
2 ,2 9 5 .0 0
$ 8 ,1 1 2 .5 0

W hile a general charge for board and room is
made, this may be divided into $1,145 for
board and $1,150 for room . Approximately
$ 7 6 o f the General Fee o f $417.50 has been
designated Student Activity Fee. The balance
covers library and laboratory fees, athletic
fees, student health services and other items.
An advance deposit o f $100 is required o f all
new students in order to reserve a place in
college for the coming year. A similar deposit
o f $10 0 is required o f returning students prior
to registration for each semester. These
deposits are credited against the bill for
tuition, board, and room.
Payment o f one-half o f the total sum is due
not later than the first day o f classes each
semester. Payments received during the first
fifteen days after the beginning o f classes will
be subject to a one per cent late payment fee
and any payments received after the fifteenday period will be subject to a five per cent late
payment fee. Bills are mailed before the
opening o f each term. Payments should be
made by check or draft to the order o f
S warthmore C ollege. A student is not a
registered student at Swarthmore College, nor
on any class roll, until his or her bill is paid.
Correspondence about financial matters should
be addressed to Miss Caroline Shero, Control­
ler.

Tuition for students who are
candidates for the M aster’s Degree is

Students are urged to establish a checking I
account at their home bank or a bank near the I
College in order to pay Book Store charges
and other incidental bills. Personal checks on
such accounts may be cashed at the Business
O ffice during stated hours.
Refund Policy for withdrawals for valid
reasons as approved by the Dean: No refund
o f the $10 0 advance payment deposit will be
made in event o f withdrawal. All other
payments will be refunded if the student does
not begin a semester. 8 0 % o f tuition and
general fee, less the deposit, will be refunded if
the student withdraws during the first week o f
a semester, 6 0 % if during the second week,
4 0 % if during the third week, and 20 % during
the fourth week, none thereafter. In case of
absence or withdrawal from the College, and
provided due notice has been given, there will
be a pro rata refund o f two-thirds o f the board
and room charge for any time in excess o f two
weeks.

I
I
j

I
I

I

Students engaged in independent projects
away from the College for which regular
academic credit is anticipated are expected to I
register in advance in the usual way and pay I
normal tuition. If the student is away from the
College for a full semester no charge for
board, room or general fee will be made but if
a student is away only for a part o f a semester,
board may be charged on a pro rata basis by I
prior arrangement.
The regular College tuition covers the normal
program o f four courses per term as well as
variations o f as many as five courses or as few
as three courses. Students who elect to carry
more than five courses incur a unit charge for
the additional course ($ 6 7 5 .0 0 ) or half course
($ 3 3 7 .5 0 ), although they may within the
regular tuition so vary their programs as to
average as many as five courses in the two
semesters o f any academic year. College policy
does not permit programs o f fewer than three
courses for degree students in their first eight
semesters o f enrollment.

the same as that for undergraduates,
but the General Fee is reduced to $ 5 0 .

I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I

TUITION PAYMENT PLAN
Many parents or students may wish to pay
tuition, fees, and residence charges on a
monthly basis. Details o f monthly payment
plans offered by the Insured Tuition Payment
Plan administered by Richard C. Knight

Insurance Agency Inc. o f Boston, and the
Girard Bank o f Philadelphia, Pennsylvania,
will be furnished by the College prior to
issuance o f the first semester’s bill.

ACCIDENT AND SICKNESS INSURANCE
The General Fee includes a charge o f $ 3 7 .5 0
for mandatory supplemental accident and
sickness insurance. Prescribed medications,
laboratory tests, x-rays, outpatient specialist
visits, ambulance, emergency hospitalization
and surgery are some o f the services that will
have guaranteed 100 % coverage up to $ 1,000
and then 8 0 % coverage up to $ 5 ,0 0 0 per
academic year. T he new plan will avoid delays
in various forms o f care and make available, at
no out-of-pocket expense to students or their
parents, many services no t covered previously
by either the optional insurance or family
insurance policies.

For claims to be processed each student must
file a card noting family insurance coverage.
W orth Health Center will process all claims
except for injuries connected with intercolleg­
iate athletics which will be handled by the
Head Trainer at Lamb-Miller Field House.
For foreign students who do not have
insurance coverage effective in America to an
equivalent o f Blue Cross-Blue Shield programs,
full twelve-month coverage at a charge o f
$ 125.00 is required.

Financial Aid
The College strives to make it possible for all
students who are admitted to attend Swarthmore, regardless o f their financial circum ­
stances, and to enable them to complete their
education when financial reversals take place.
Financial aid awards are assigned without
regard to race, sex, religious preference or
handicap. Thirty-eight percent o f the total
student body currently receive aid from the
College, and aid from other sources brings to
approximately forty-one percent the number
o f students receiving financial assistance. M ost
financial aid awarded by the College is based
upon financial need and is usually a combina­
tion o f grant, loan, and student employment.
A prospective aid student must apply for
College as well as outside assistance at the time
o f application for admission: admission and
financial aid decisions are, however, made
separately, and need is met, assuming sufficient
funding. The Financial Aid Form (and
supplement) o f the College Scholarship
Service is the form required o f financial aid
applicants. Instructions for obtaining and
filing a Financial Aid Form (and supplement)
with the College Scholarship Service are
included on the admissions application. The
principles o f this agency and careful review o f
its recommendations by the Committee on
Financial Aid determine the amount o f aid
needed in each case. Essentially this amount is
the difference between the College budget and
a family’s anticipated contribution. That
contribution is determined by weighing the
family’s income and assets against demands
made by such items as taxes, living expenses,
medical expenses, and siblings’ tuition expenses.
It also includes the expectation o f $ 8 0 0 from
the student’s summer earnings as well as a
portion o f his or her personal savings and
assets.
For 1980-81 the College bill, which includes
tuition, room and board, a comprehensive fee
and the health insurance fee, will be $8,112.50.
This comprehensive fee covers not only the
usual student services — health, library,
laboratory fees, for example — but admission
to all social, cultural, and athletic events on
campus. The total budget figure against which
aid is computed is $ 8 ,8 9 0 . This allows
$ 7 7 7 .5 0 for books and personal expenses,
exclusive o f travel.

An admitted student seeking aid must submit
to the Finanical Aid O ffice a photocopy o f the
parents’ m ost recent federal income tax
return. W hen a student receives financial aid
from a source other than the College, the
College subtracts the amount o f that financial
aid from the Swarthmore award. This equitable
distribution o f total available resources enables
the College to assist additional students. Thus,
the amount o f financial aid a student may
expect to receive from the College is
determined by other grants received as well as
by the anticipated family contribution.
In keeping with the policy o f basing financial
aid upon need, the College reviews each
student’s award annually. Mid-year each
student who has aid must submit a new
financial aid application and a copy o f the
parents’ federal income tax return (all pages
and schedules). This information is analyzed
by the College Scholarship Service and
reviewed by the Committee on Financial Aid
under the guidance o f the Director. A
student’s aid is not withdrawn unless need is
no longer demonstrated. Generally, assistance
is available only for the duration o f a normal
four-year undergraduate program. Students
who choose to live o ff campus may not receive
College grant/loan assistance in excess o f their
College bill, although the cost o f living off
campus will be recognized in the calculation of
a student’s financial need. Non-College aid
may be awarded to help meet off-campus
living costs.
Students who have not previously received
financial aid may apply if special circumstances
have arisen. Students who marry may contin­
ue to apply for aid, but a contribution from
the parents is expected equal to the contribu­
tion made were the student single.
For the academic year 1979-80 the College
awarded approximately $ 1 ,3 2 5 ,0 0 0 in grants.
A bout one half o f that sum was provided
through the generosity o f alumni and friends
by special gifts and the endowed scholarships
listed on pp. 2 2 -3 0 . The Federal government
also makes Basic Educational Opportunity
Grants and Supplementary Educational O p­
portunity Grants available. It is not necessary
to apply for a specific college scholarship; the
Committee on Financial Aid decides who is to

receive endowed scholarships and others are
helped from general scholarship funds. Al­
though some endowed scholarships are re­
stricted by locality, sex, religion or physical
vigor, the College’s system o f awarding aid

makes it possible to meet need without regard
to these restrictions. Financial need is a
requirement for all scholarships unless otherwise
indicated.

LOAN FUNDS
Long term loan funds with generous repayment
terms combine with Swarthmore’s program o f
scholarships and grants to enable the College
to meet the needs o f each student.

provides short-term loans without interest to
meet student emergencies. Income earned by
T he Alphonse N. Bertrand Fund is also available
for this purpose.

Interest on both National Direct Student
Loans and Swarthmore College loans is 3% on
the unpaid balance beginning nine months
after the student terminates higher education.

Because the College does not have enough
Swarthmore College Loan and National Direct
Student Loan funds to assist all students in
need, some students are asked to seek loans
through the Guaranteed Student Loan Program
available through local banks. The interest on
this long-term, low-interest, educational loan
is federally subsidized while the borrower is
still in school. Nine months after the borrower
leaves school, interest begins to accrue at 7 %
and principal repayment must begin. The
Guaranteed Student Loan (and the interest
subsidy) is available to all students, without
regard to family income. The maximum an
undergraduate may borrow through this
program is $ 2 ,5 0 0 annually, although, $7,500
is the aggregate maximum for the fullundergraduate program.

The College also maintains special loan funds
which are listed below:
T he
T he
T he
T he
T he
T he
T he
T he
T he

Class o f 1916 Loan Fund
Class o f 1920 Loan Fund
Class o f 1936 Loan Fund
Class o f 1937 Loan Fund
John A. M iller L oan Fund
Paul M. Pearson Loan Fund
Thatcher Family Loan Fund
Ellis D. W illiams Fund
Swarthmore College Student Loan Fund

The Joseph W. Conard M emorial Fund, estab­
lished by friends o f the late Professor Conard,

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
Student employment on the Swarthmore
campus is handled by the Student Employment
Office, which is under student direction. Jobs
are available in such areas as the dining hall,
library, departmental offices and the post
office, and applications are made when
students arrive in the fall. On-campus rates o f
pay run from $ 2 .6 4 to $ 3 .3 0 per hour.
Students on financial aid are usually offered
the opportunity to earn up to $ 6 5 0 during the
year and are given hiring priority under the
guidance o f the Director o f Financial Aid, but
there are usually jo b s available for others who
wish employment. T he Student Employment
O ffice publicizes local off-campus and tempor­

ary employment opportunities. Students are
generally able to carry a moderate working
schedule without detriment to their academic
performance.
For students who qualify under the federal
College Work-Study Program (m ost needy
students), off-campus placements in public or
private, non-profit agencies in the local or
Philadelphia area can be arranged through the
Financial Aid O ffice during the academic year
or summer. Among suitable agencies are
hospitals, schools, museums, social service
agencies and local, state or federal government
agencies.

21

Financial Aid

S w arth m ore C ollege
N ation al and R egional Scholarships
O n occasion Swarthmore College awards fouryear National and Regional Scholarships to
the outstanding men and women entering the
freshman class.
Midwest Scholarships are awarded to students
who reside in Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas,
Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska,
North and South Dakota, Oklahoma, or
W isconsin.
New England Scholarships are awarded to
students who reside in Connecticut, Maine,
Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island,
or Vermont.
Pacific Scholarships are awarded to students
who reside in Alaska, California, Hawaii,
Nevada, Oregon, or Washington.

Idaho, Montana,
Wyoming.

New M exico,

U tah, or

Southeast Scholarships are awarded to students
who reside in Alabama, Arkansas, Florida,
Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi,
North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, or
Texas.
The awards are made to those candidates who,
in the opinion o f Committees o f Award, rank
highest in scholarship, leadership, character,
and personality. The amount o f the annual
award varies from $ 3 0 0 to $8112 according to
the financial need o f the winner. In those
instances where there is no financial need,
scholarships carry an honorary award.

Rocky Mountain Scholarships are awarded to
students who reside in Arizona, Colorado,

O th e r Scholarships
T he Aetna L ife and Casualty Foundation
Scholarship provides assistance to qualified
students with financial need.
T h e Vivian B. Allen Foundation provides
scholarship aid to enable foreign students to
attend Swarthmore College, as part o f the
Foundation’s interest in the international
exchange o f students.
T he Frank and M arie Aydelotte Scholarship is
awarded biennially to a new student who
shows promise o f distinguished intellectual
attainment based upon sound character and
effective personality. T he award is made in
honor o f Frank Aydelotte, President o f the
College from 1921-1940, and originator o f the
Honors program at Swarthmore, and o f Marie
Osgood Aydelotte, his wife.
T he Boyd and Ruth Barnard Fund Grants are
awarded by the Department o f Music to
students at the College who show unusual
promise as instrumentalists or vocalists and
who need help to pay for private instruction.

22

T he Curtis B ok Scholarship was established in
the College’s Centennial Year 1964 in honor o f
the late Philadelphia attorney, author and
jurist, who was a Quaker and honorary
alumnus o f Swarthmore. The scholarship is
assigned annually to a junior or senior whose
qualities o f mind and character indicate a
potential for humanitarian service such as
Curtis Bok him self rendered and would have
wished to develop in young people. Students
in any field o f study, and from any part o f this
country or from abroad, are eligible. The
scholarship is renewable until graduation.
T he Book and Key Scholarship, established by
the Book and Key m en’s senior honorary
society in 1965 when the Society dissolved
itself, is awarded each year to a senior man
who has shown quality o f leadership and has
demonstrated through past performance his
eagerness to give service to college and
community. He should rank high in scholarship,
character and personality.

The Edward S. Bower M emorial Scholarship,
established by Mr. and Mrs. Ward T. Bower in
memory o f their son, Class o f ’4 2, is awarded
annually to a man or woman student who
ranks high in scholarship, character, and
personality.

designated by the Classics Department.

The Daniel Walter Brenner Memorial Scholarship,
established by family and friends in memory
of Daniel W . Brenner, Class o f 1974, is
awarded to a senior majoring in biology who is
distinguished for scholarship and an interest in
plant ecology, or wildlife preservation, or
animal behavior research. The recipient is
chosen with the approval o f biology and
classics faculty.

T he Sarah Antrim C ole Scholarship was founded
by her parents in memory o f Sarah Antrim
Cole o f the Class o f 1934. It is awarded to a
graduate o f the Worthington High School,
Worthington, Ohio.

The Leon W illard Briggs Scholarship was
established by a bequest o f Ina Carey Diller in
honor o f Leon W illard Briggs T7, to be
awarded to worthy engineering students with
financial need. In the event there are no
engineering students who need the scholarships,
they shall be awarded to students engaged
primarily in the study o f classics and belles
lettres.
The Robert C. Brooks Scholarship was established
as a memorial to Professor Brooks by a
number o f his former students. It is available
to a major in Political Science in the junior or
senior year.
The Edna P ounall Buffington Fund was
established during the College’s Centennial
Year o f 1964. The income from this Fund is
used to provide scholarships for a student or
students attending Swarthmore College who
are concentrating their studies in the field o f
the social sciences and who indicate an interest
in the objects or purposes o f the American
Friends Service Committee and a desire to
serve in those fields following their graduation
and post-graduate work. Awards are made to
students in any o f the four classes.
The C hi O m ega Scholarship provides an award
annually to a member o f the freshman class.
Preference is given to daughters or sons o f
members o f the fraternity.
The Susan R Cobbs Scholarship, established in
1977 through a bequest by Susan P. Cobbs,
Dean Emerita o f Swarthmore, is awarded to a
junior or senior student majoring in some
branch o f the Classics. T he recipient is

T he Cochran M emorial Scholarship was estab­
lished by a bequest o f Marie Cochran in
memory o f the Cochran family. It is given
annually to a student matriculating at Swarth­
more College.

T he Charles A. Collins Scholarship Fund is
awarded every year to a deserving student who
is in need o f financial assistance, in accordance
with the donor’s will.
T he N. Harvey Collisson Scholarship established
by his family and the Olin Mathieson
Charitable Trust in memory o f N. Harvey
Collisson o f the Class o f 1922 is awarded to a
freshman man or woman. Selection will place
emphasis on character, personality and ability.
T he M arion L. Dannenberg Scholarship is
awarded to a freshman student with financial
need who ranks high in personality, character
and scholarship. This endowment is in
memory o f Mrs. Dannenberg who was mother
and grandmother o f six students who attended
Swarthmore.
T he D elta Gam m a Scholarship is to be awarded
to a blind student at Swarthmore College. In
any year in which there is no such candidate
the fund may be awarded to a freshman
woman.
T he Francis W. D ’O lier Scholarship, in memory
o f Francis W. D ’O lier o f the Class o f 1907, is
awarded to a freshman. Selection will place
emphasis on character, personality and ability.
T he Howard S. and Gertrude P. Evans Scholarship
Fund provides scholarships for worthy students,
preference being given to students with highest
scholarship from high schools o f Delaware
County, PA.
T he J. H orace Ervien Scholarships are awarded
annually, with preference given to students
who plan to major in engineering. Consider­
ation will be given to academic qualifications,
financial need, character and qualities o f
leadership. The scholarship is renewable for
qualified students. These scholarships were

23

Financial Aid

named in a bequest by Mrs. Elsa G. Giele
Ervien in honor o f her husband, J. Horace
Ervien, B .S. ’0 3 , C .E . ’10.
T he Donald Renuick Ferguson Scholarship,
established by Mrs. Amy Baker Ferguson, in
memory o f her husband, Donald Renwick
Ferguson, M .D ., o f the Class o f 1912, is
awarded to a young man who is looking
forward to the study o f medicine.
T he Joyce Mertz Gilmore Scholarship is awarded
to an entering freshman, and may be renewed
for each o f the following three undergraduate
years. The recipient is chosen on the basis o f
mental vigor, concern for human welfare, and
the potential to contribute to the College and
the Community outside. The award was
established in 1976 by Harold Mertz ’2 6 in
memory o f Joyce Mertz Gilm ore, who was a
member o f the class o f 1951.
T he Barbara Entenberg Gimbel Scholarship Fund
was endowed in memory o f Barbara Entenberg
Gimbel ’3 9 by her husband, Dr. Nicholas S.
Gimbel. The scholarship is awarded on the
basis o f need to a worthy student, with
preference to a black candidate.
T he Mary Lippincoct Griscom Scholarship is
given to a woman student with financial need,
who ranks high in character, personality and
scholarship. Preference is given to a member
o f the Society o f Friends.
T he Stella and Charles Gunman Foundation
Scholarships were established in 1964 by a
grant from the Foundation to provide
scholarships to defray all or part o f the cost o f
tuition and fees for students who require
financial assistance. Preference is given to
students o f recognized ability who have
completed two academic years o f college and
who are contemplating graduate or profes­
sional study. The scholarships are renewable
for a second year.
T he A. Price Heusner Scholarship, given by his
family in memory o f A. Price Heusner, Class
o f 1932, is awarded to an upperclassman from
the Middle W est. Preference is given to a pre­
medical student. Consideration is given to the
candidate’s character, demonstrated concern
for the welfare o f others, and participation in
team activities, as well as academic standing.

24

T
T he Rachel W. Hillborn Scholarship was
founded by Anne Hillborn Philips o f the Class
o f 1892 in memory o f her mother, with the
stipulation that the income shall go to a
student in the junior or senior class who is
studying for service in the international field.
Preference is given to a Friend or to one who
intends to contribute to world understanding
through diplomatic service, participation in
some international government agency, the
American Friends Service Committee, or
similar activities.
T he H adassah M .L. Holcombe Scholarship is
awarded to a freshman with financial need and
is renewable for four years at the discretion of
the College. Preference will be. given to
members o f the Society o f Friends.
T he Everett L. Hunt Scholarship, endowed by
the Class o f 1937 in the name o f its beloved
emeritus professor and dean, provides an
unrestricted scholarship to be awarded annually
by the College.
T he Aaron B. Ivins Scholarship is awarded
annually to a young man o f the graduating
class o f Friends Central School, Overbrook,
Philadelphia. This scholarship is awarded by
the faculty o f Friends Central School, and is
subject to the approval o f Swarthmore
College.
T he George K. and Sallie K. Johnson Fund
provides aid during the senior year for young
women who are fitted to become desirable
teachers.
T he Howard Cooper Johnson Scholarship, estab­
lished by Howard Cooper Johnson ’9 6, is
awarded on the basis o f all-around achievement
to a male undergraduate who is a member of
the Society o f Friends.
K appa A lpha Theta Scholarship, established by
Kappa Alpha Theta Fraternity at Swarthmore,
is awarded annually to a woman student.
The K appa K appa Gamma Scholarship provides
an award to a member o f the freshman class,
renewable each year. Preference is given to a
relative o f members o f the fraternity.
T he Jessie Stevenson K ovalenko Scholarship Fund,
the gift o f Michel Kovalenko in memory o f his

wife, is awarded to a student, preferably a
woman, in her junior or senior year and a
major in astronomy, or to a Swarthmore
graduate, preferably a woman, for graduate
work in astronomy at Swarthmore or elsewhere.
T he W alter W. Krider Scholarship was estab­
lished by his wife and daughter for a young
man who ranks high in scholarship, character
and personality.
T he L afore Scholarship is awarded in memory
o f John A . Lafore o f the Class o f 1895. The
College in granting this scholarship gives
preference to qualified candidates who are
descendants o f Amand and Margaret W hite
Lafore.
Eugene M. Lang Opportunity Grants. Awarded
each year to as many as four entering students.
Selection by a special committee on the basis
o f distinguished academic and extra-curricular
achievement and demonstrable interest in
social service. Stipends are based on financial
need and take the form o f full grants up to the
amount o f total college charges. Each Lang
Scholar is also eligible for summer or
academic year research or community service
support, while an undergraduate, up to a
maximum o f $ 5 ,0 0 0 and for a $ 2 ,0 0 0
fellowship for graduate study. The program is
made possible by the gift o f Eugene M. Lang
’38.
The Ida and Daniel Lang Scholarship established
by their son, Eugene M . Lang o f the Class o f
1938, provides financial assistance for a man
or woman * who ranks high in scholarship,
character and personality.
T he E. Hibberd Lawrence Scholarship provides
for a scholarship to an incoming freshman
man or woman who ranks high in scholarship,
character, and personality.
The Stephen Girard Lax Scholarship, established
by family, friends and business associates o f
Stephen Lax ’41, is awarded on the basis o f
financial need every two years to a student
entering the junior year and showing academic
distinction, leadership qualities, and definite
interest in a career in business.
T he Scott B. Lilly Scholarship, endowed by
Jacob T. Schless o f the Class o f 1914 at
Swarthmore College, was offered for the first
time in 1950. This scholarship is in honor o f a

former distinguished Professor o f Engineering
and, therefore, students who plan to major in
engineering are given preference. An award is
made annually.
T he Christian R. and Mary F. Lindback
Foundation Scholarship is awarded to deserving
students from the States o f Pennsylvania, New
Jersey, Delaware or Maryland.
T he Long Island Quarterly Meeting, N.Y.,
Scholarship, is awarded annually by a committee
o f that Quarterly Meeting.
T he Mary T. Longstreth Scholarship was
founded by Rebecca C. Longstreth in memory
o f her mother and is awarded annually to
assist a young woman student to pursue her
studies in the College.
T he Edward Martin Scholarships, established by
a bequest o f Edward Martin, friend o f
Swarthmore College, provides financial aid to
juniors and seniors majoring in Biology, or
pre-medical students taking substantial work
in this field. Awards are made in consultation
with the Department o f Biology.
T he Thomas B. M cC abe Achievement Awards,
established by Thomas B. McCabe T 5, are
awarded to entering students from the
Delmarva Peninsula, and Delaware, M ont­
gomery and Chester Counties, Pennsylvania,
who give promise o f leadership. In making
selections, the Committee places emphasis on
ability, character, personality, and service to
school and community. These awards provide
a minimum annual grant o f tuition, or a
maximum to cover tuition, fees, room and
board, depending on need. Candidates for the
M cCabe Awards must apply by January 15 for
admission to the College.
T he Peter Mertz Scholarship is awarded to an
entering freshman outstanding in mental and
physical vigor, who shows promise o f spending
these talents for the good o f the college
community and o f the larger community
outside. The award was established in 1955 by
Harold, LuEsther and Joyce Mertz in memory
o f Peter Mertz, who was a member o f the class
o f 1957. It is renewable for the undergraduate
years.
T he Jam es E. Miller Scholarship. Under the will
o f Arabella M. Miller, funds are available
annually for students from Delaware County

25

Financial Aid

(with preference for residents o f Nether
Providence Township).

ability; physical vigor as shown by participating
in out-of-doors sports or in other ways.

T he Margaret Moore Scholarship Fund provides
scholarships to foreign students with a
preference given to students o f South Asian
origin.

T he Cornelia Chapm an and N icholas O.
Pittenger Scholarship established by family and
friends is awarded to an incoming freshman
man or woman who ranks high in scholarship,
character and personality and who has need
for financial assistance

National Society o f Professional Engineers Scholar­
ships are awarded annually by the College in
cooperation with the Society. Prospective
engineers apply for these awards through their
home state’s branch o f the NSPE. NSPE
Scholarships currently carry a minimum
stipend o f $ 1 ,000 , with assistance in excess o f
that amount based on the scholar’s need.
T he Florence Eising Naumburg Scholarship,
named in 1975 in honor o f the mother o f an
alumna o f the Class o f 1943, is awarded to a
student whose past performance gives evidence
o f intellectual attainment, leadership, and
character, and who shows potential for future
intellectual growth, creativity, and scholarship,
and for being a contributor to the College and
ultimately to society.
T he Howard Osborn Scholarships, established
by Howard O sborn in memory o f his mother
and father, Viola L. Osborn and Frank
O sborn, are awarded to worthy students o f
good character who maintain satisfactory
grades and who require financial assistance.
T he Harriet W. Paiste Fund provides a
scholarship for a young woman who is a
member o f the Society o f Friends (Philadephia
Yearly Meeting).
T he Rogers Palmer Scholarships, established in
1973 by Rogers Palmer o f the Class o f 1926,
are awarded to members o f the freshman class
who show promise o f leadership and who have
need o f financial assistance. The scholarships
are renewable for a total o f four years at the
discretion o f the College.
T he Penniman Scholarship Fund was established
by Ellen Penniman W illets in honor o f Dr.
Anson Warren and Jane W. Griscom Penniman
and David Joseph Griscom. It is awarded to a
student with financial need, with preference
given to great grandchildren o f the Pennimans.
T he T.H. Dudley Perkins M emorial Scholarship is
awarded annually to an entering freshman on
the basis o f qualities o f manhood, force o f
character and leadership; literary and scholastic

26

T he Anthony Beekm an Pool Scholarship. This
scholarship is awarded to an incoming
freshman man o f promise and intellectual
curiosity. It is given in memory o f Tony Pool
o f the Class o f 1959.
T he Presser Foundation Scholarship is awarded
annually to one or more students, selected by.
the President and the Department o f Music,
who plan to become teachers o f music.
T he Mary Coates Preston Scholarship Fund. A
sum o f money has been left by the will o f
Elizabeth Coates, the annual interest o f which
provides a scholarship to a young woman
student in Swarthmore College. Preference is
given to a relative o f the donor.
T he Robert Pyle Scholarship was established by
his sisters, Margery Pyle and Ellen Pyle G roff,
in memory o f R obert Pyle o f the Class o f 1897
and for many years a member o f the Board o f
Managers. Applicants who show promise o f
intellectual attainment based upon sound
character and effective personality and who
reside in Chester County are given preference.
T he Raruay-Chandra and Niyomsit Scholarships
are given by R enoo Suvamist ’4 7 in memory
o f his parents. They are given in alternate
years: the Ruruay-Chandra Scholarship to a
woman for her senior year, and the Niyomsit
Scholarship to a man for his senior year, who
has high academic standing and real need for
financial aid. Preference is given to a candidate
who has divorced or deceased parents or a
deceased mother or father.
T he Lily Tily Richards Scholarship, established
by Peirce L . Richards, Jr., in memory o f his
wife, Lily Tily Richards ’2 9 , is awarded to a
woman distinguished for high scholarship,
character, personality and physical vigor.
T he A dele Mills Riley M emorial Scholarship,
founded by her husband, John R . Riley, was
awarded for the first time for the academic
year 1964-65. An annual award subject to

renewal is made to a deserving student, man or
woman. Selection stresses the candidate’s
capacity for significant development o f his or
her interests and talents during the college
years. Qualities o f intellectual promise as well
as potential for service are sought in making
this appointment.
T he Byron T. Roberts Scholarship, endowed by
his family in memory o f Byron T. Roberts, ’12,
is awarded annually to an incoming student
and is renewable for his or her years o f study
at Swarthmore.
T he Louis N. Robinson Scholarship was estab­
lished during the College’s Centennial year by
the family and friends o f Louis N. Robinson.
Mr. Robinson was for many years a member of
the Swarthmore College faculty and founder
o f the Econom ics Discussion Group. A
member o f the junior or senior class who has
demonstrated interest and ability in the study
o f Economics is chosen for this award.
T he Edith A. Runge Scholarship Fund, estab­
lished by the will o f Edith A. Runge o f the
Class o f 1938, provides assistance annually to
students who have need o f financial aid.
T he D avid Barker Rushmore Scholarship, estab­
lished in honor o f David Barker Rushmore,
Class o f 1894, by his niece Dorothea
Rushmore Egan ’2 4 , is awarded annually to a
worthy student who plans to major in
Engineering or Economics.
T he Katharine Scherman Scholarship is awarded
to a student with a primary interest in the arts
and the humanities, having special talents in
these fields. Students with other special
interests, however, will not be excluded from
consideration. Awarded in honor o f Katharine
Scherman, o f the Class o f 1938, it is renewable
for the full period o f undergraduate study.
T he W illiam G. and Mary N. Serrili Honors
Scholarship is a competitive scholarship for
men, awarded to a candidate for admission to
the College, based upon the general plan o f the
Rhodes Scholarships. Preference will be given
to men who are residents o f Abington
Township, including Jenkintown and Glenside,
Montgomery County, Pennsylvania.
T he Clinton G. Shafer Scholarship endowed by
his family in memory o f Clinton G . Shafer, o f
the Class o f 1951, is awarded to students

interested in engineering and physical science.
The committee in making its selection
considers character, personality and leadership.
T he Philip T. Sharpies Scholarship, a four-year
scholarship open to entering freshmen, is
designed to honor and encourage young men
in engineering or physical science. The
committee, in making its selections, has regard
for candidates who rank highest in scholarship,
character, personality, leadership, and physical
vigor. A t least one scholarship is given each
year.
T he Annie Shoemaker Scholarship is granted
annually to a young woman o f the graduating
class o f Friends Central School, Overbrook,
Philadelphia. This scholarship is awarded by
the faculty o f Friends Central School, and is
subject to the approval o f Swarthmore
College.
T he Thom as H. and M ary W illiam s Shoemaker
Fund provides scholarships annually for
children o f Friends.
T he Sarah W. Shreiner Scholarship, given in
loving memory by her daughter, Leah S. Leeds
o f the Class o f 1927, is awarded annually to a
woman who ranks high in scholarship,
character and personality.
T he W illiam C . and Barbara Tipping Sieck
Scholarship is awarded annually to a student
showing distinction in academics, leadership
qualities and extra-curricular activities and
who indicates an interest in a career in
business.
T he W.W. Smith Charitable Trust provides
scholarships for worthy Philadelphia County
area entering freshmen.
T he Cindy Solomon Memorial Scholarship is
awarded by preference to a young woman in
need o f financial assistance, and who has
special talent in poetry or other creative and
imaginative fields.
T he Babette S. Spiegel Scholarship Award, given
in memory o f Babette S. Spiegel, Class o f
1933, is awarded to a student showing very
great promise as a creative writer (in any
literary form ) who has need o f financial
assistance. The Department o f English deter­
mines those eligible.

27

Financial Aid

T he Clarence K . Streit Scholarship is awarded to
a student entering the junior or senior year
and majoring in history. Preference is given to
persons in the Honors Program, outstanding
in initiative and scholarship, who demonstrate
a particular interest in Early American
History. This scholarship honors Clarence K.
Streit, author o f Union Now: A Proposal For An
Atlantic Federal Union o f the Free, whose
seminal ideas were first made public in three
Cooper Foundation lectures at Swarthmore.
T he M arshall P. Sullivan Scholarship Fund was
established by Creth and Sullivan, Inc., in
memory o f Marshall P. Sullivan o f the Class o f
1897. Preference is given to graduates o f
George School; graduates o f other Friends
schools or other persons are eligible next.
T he Katherine Bennett Tappen, Class o f 1931,
M emorial Scholarship, established in 1980 by
her sister, Isabelle Bennett Cosby, Class o f
1928, is awarded to a freshman student. The
scholarship is renewable for four years at the
discretion o f the College. Preference is given
to a resident o f the Delmarva Peninsula.
T he Newtown E. Tarble Award, established by
Newton E. Tarble o f the Class o f 1913, is
granted to a freshman man who gives promise
o f leadership, ranks high in scholarship,
character and personality, and resides west o f
the Mississippi River or south o f Springfield
in the State o f Illinois.
T he Jonathan K. Taylor Scholarship, in accor­
dance with the donor’s will, is awarded by the
Board o f Trustees o f the Baltimore Monthly
Meeting o f Friends. First preference is to
descendants o f Jonathan K. Taylor; then to
members o f the Baltimore Yearly Meeting o f
Friends; then to others.
T he Phebe Anna T hom e Fund provides an
income for scholarships for students whose
previous work has demonstrated -their earnest­
ness and ability. This gift includes a clause o f
preference to those students who are members
o f the New York Monthly Meeting o f Friends.
T he Titus Scholarships established by the will o f
Georgiana Titus o f the Class o f 1898 are
awarded to young women in order that they
may pursue their studies in the College.
T he Audrey Friedman Troy Scholarship, estab­
lished by her husband, Melvin B. Troy ’4 8 , is

28

awarded to a freshman man or woman. The
scholarship is renewable for four years at the
discretion o f the College. In awarding the
scholarship, prime consideration is given to
the ability o f the prospective scholar to profit
from a Swarthmore education, and to be a
contributor to the College and ultimately to
society.
T he Daniel Underhill Scholarship was established
by a bequest from Edward Clarkson W ilson
’91, and a gift from Daniel Underhill ’9 4, in
memory o f this member o f the first Board o f
Managers. The award is made at the discretion
o f the College.
T he W illiam Flilles W ard Scholarships, in
memory o f W illiam Hilles Ward o f the Class
o f 1915, are awarded annually, preferably to
students who plan to major in science. The
committee in making its selection has regard
for candidates who are most deserving o f
financial assistance.
T he Barclay and Edith Lewis W hite Scholarship
is awarded annually by the Music Department
to a student o f music.
T he Samuel W illets Fund. This fund provides
an annual income for scholarships. A portion
o f the fund is assigned for scholarships in the
name o f Mr. W illets’ children, Frederick
W illets, Edward W illets, W alter W illets, and
Caroline W . Frame.
T he LV. W illiam son Scholarship. Preference is
given to graduates o f Friends Central, George
School, New York Friends Seminary, Baltimore
Friends School, W ilm ington Friends School,
Moorestown Friends School, Friends Academy
at Locust Valley, Sidwell Friends School and
Brooklyn Friends School.
T he Edward Clarkson W ilson Scholarship has
been established at Swarthmore by friends o f
Edward Clarkson W ilson, ’91, formerly
Principal o f the Baltimore Friends School. It is
awarded each year to a former student o f the
Baltimore Friends School, who has been
approved by the faculty o f the school, on the
basis o f high character and high standing in
scholarship.
T he Letitia M. Wolverton Scholarship Fund,
given by Letitia M . W olverton o f the Class o f
1913, provides scholarships for members o f
the junior and senior classes who have proved

to be capable students and have need for
financial assistance to complete their education
at Swarthmore College.
T he Mary W ood Fund provides a scholarship
which may be awarded to a young woman who
is preparing to become a teacher.
The income from-each o f the following funds
is awarded at the discretion o f the College.
T he Barclay G. Atkinson Scholarship Fund
T he Rebecca M. Atkinson Scholarship Fund
T he Class o f 1913 Scholarship Fund
T he Class o f 1914 Scholarship Fund
T he Class o f 1915 Scholarship Fund
T he Class o f 1917 Scholarship Fund
T he Class o f 1925 Scholarship Fund
T he W illiam Dorsey Scholarship Fund
T he George Ellsler Scholarship Fund
T he Caroline W. Frame Scholarship Fund
T he Joseph E. Gillingham Fund
T he Thom as L. Leedom Scholarship Fund
T he Sarah E. Lippincott Scholarship Fund

The D avid L. Price Scholarship
The R eader’s Digest Foundation Endowed
Scholarship Fund
T he M ark E. Reeves Scholarship Fund
T he Edward Rivlin Memorial Scholarship
The Seventh Congressional District Scholarship
T he Shell Assists Scholarship
T he W.W. Smith Charitable Trust Scholarship
Fund
T he Frank Solomon Memorial Scholarship
Fund
T he Mary Sproul Scholarship Fund
T he Helen Squier Scholarship Fund
T he Walter Frederick Sims Scholarship Fund
T he Francis Holmes Strozier Memorial
Scholarship Fund
T he Joseph T. Sullivan Scholarship Fund
T he D eborah F. Wharton Scholarship Fund
T he Thom as H. W hite Scholarship Fund
T he Edward Clarkson Wilson and
Elizabeth T. Wilson Scholarship Fund
T he Thom as Woodnutt Scholarship Fund

29

College Life

30

Student Community

College Life
HOUSING
Swarthmore is primarily a residential college,
conducted on the assumption that the close
association o f students and instructors is an
important element in education. M ost students
live in College dormitories, which include

coeducational housing as well as single sex
dormitories and sections. Many members o f
the faculty live on or near the campus, and are
readily accessible to students.

Residence Halls
Thirteen residence halls, ranging in capacity
from 16 to 2 3 5 students, offer a diversity o f
housing styles. These dormitories include:
Ashton and W oolman Houses; Dana and
Hallowell Halls which were opened in 1967;
the upper floors in the wings o f Parrish Hall;
W harton Hall, named in honor o f its donor,
Joseph W harton, at one time President o f the
Board o f Managers; Palmer, Pittenger and
Roberts Halls on South Chester Road; two
buildings on the Mary Lyon School property;
W orth Hall, the gift o f W illiam P. W orth and
J. Sharpies W orth, as a memorial to their
parents; and W illets Hall, made possible
largely by a bequest from Phebe Seaman, and
named in honor o f her mother and aunts.
A bout seventy percent o f dormitory areas are
designated as coeducational housing either by
floor, section, or entire dorm; the remaining
areas are reserved for single sex housing.
Dormitory sections may determine their own
visitation hours up to and including twentyfour-hour visitation.
New students are assigned to room s by the
Deans. Efforts are made to follow the
preferences indicated, and to accommodate
special needs, such as physical handicaps.

O ther students choose their rooms in an order
determined by lot. A ll students are expected
to occupy the rooms to which they are
assigned or which they have selected through
the regular room choosing process unless
authorized by the Deans to move. Permission
must also be obtained from the Deans to
reside outside college housing.
Dorm itories remain open during Thanksgiving
week but are closed to student occupancy
during Christmas and Spring vacations.
Students enrolled for the fall semester only are
expected to vacate their dormitory rooms
within twenty-four hours after their last
scheduled examination. Freshmen, sopho­
mores, and juniors are expected to leave
immediately after their last examination in the
spring so that their rooms may be prepared for
use by Commencement visitors.
The insurance program for the College is
designed to provide protection for College
property and does not include the property o f
students or others. Students and their parents
are strongly urged to review their insurance
program in order to be sure that coverage is
extended to include personal effects while at
college.

Sharpies Dining Hall
All students living on campus are required to
subscribe to the College board plan for meals
in the Philip T. Sharpies Dining Hall. The
board plan covers 19 meals a week. Although
an effort is made to meet the dietary needs o f
all students, not all special requirements can

be accommodated; permission to reside o ff
campus will be extended to any student not
able to participate in the board plan. The
dining hall is closed during the Christmas and
Spring vacations.

31

College Life

Tarble Social Center
Through the generosity o f Newton E. Tarble
o f the Class o f 1913, the building which
formerly housed the College Library was
completely renovated and, since 1967, has

served as the College’s Social Center. It
includes recreational facilities, lounges, meeting
rooms, and a snack bar.

Black Cultural Center
A Black Cultural Center, located in the
Caroline Hadley Robinson House, provides a
library and facilities for various cultural
activities o f special interest to black students.
The Center and its program are guided by a

director and a comm ittee o f black students,
faculty, and administrators. Programs planned
by the Center are open to all members o f the
College community.

Alice Paul Women’s Center
The Alice Paul W om en’s Center, housed in
Bond, was established to draw all women o f
the Swarthmore community together through
comm on concerns. T he Center, which serves
faculty, students, faculty wives, staff and
alumnae, maintains a library o f resource

books, pamphlets and periodicals, provides
information, and sponsors a variety o f
programs, lectures, discussions and symposia
for all members o f the College community
about issues relating to women.

RELIGIOUS LIFE
The religious life o f the College is founded on
the Quaker principle that the seat o f spiritual
authority lies in the Inner Light o f each
individual. The Society o f Friends is committed
to the belief that religion is best expressed in
the quality o f everyday living. There are
accordingly no compulsory religious exercises.
Students are encouraged to attend the
churches o f their choice. Seven churches are
located in the borough o f Swarthmore; other

churches and synagogues may be found in the
nearby towns o f M orton, Media, Chester and
Springfield. The Swarthmore Friends Meeting
House is located on the campus. Students are
cordially invited to attend its meeting for
worship on Sunday. Extracurricular groups
with faculty cooperation exist for the study o f
the Bible and the exploration o f common
concerns o f religion.

STUDENT WELFARE
Health
The college physicians hold office hours every
weekday at the College, where students may
consult them without charge. Students should
report any illness to the college physicians, but
are free to go for treatment to another doctor
if they prefer to do so.
As a part o f the matriculation process each
student must submit a brief medical history
and health certificate prepared by the family

32

physician on a form supplied by the College.
Pertinent information about such matters, as
physical reserve, unusual medical episodes,
severe allergies, or psychiatric disturbances
will be especially valuable to the college Health
Service in assisting each student. All this
information will be kept confidential.
The Health Center staff cooperates closely
with the Department o f Physical Education

and Athletics. Recommendations for limited
activity may be made for those students with
physical handicaps. In occasional cases a
student may be excused entirely from the
requirements o f the Physical Education
Department, although adaptive programs are
offered.
The W orth Health Center, a gift o f the W orth
family in memory o f W illiam Penn W orth and
Caroline Hallowell W orth, houses offices for
the college physicians and nurses, out-patient
treatment facilities, offices o f the Psychological
Services director and staff, and rooms for
students who require in-patient care. Registered
nurses are on duty under the direction o f the
college physicians.
Each student is allowed ten days in-patient
care in the Health Center per term without
charge unless the services o f a special nurse are
required. After ten days, a charge o f $ 5 .0 0 per
day is made. Students suffering from a
communicable disease or from illness which
makes it necessary for them to remain in bed
must stay in the Health Center for the period
o f their illness. Ordinary medicines are
furnished without cost, but a charge is made
for special medicines, certain immunization
procedures and laboratory tests, and transpor­
tation when necessary to local hospitals.
The medical facilities o f the College are
available to students injured in athletic

activities or otherwise, but the College cannot
assume additional financial responsibility for
medical and surgical expenses arising from
accidents. Insurance coverage for all students
participating in athletics, however, is included
in the mandatory health insurance package as
is supplementary coverage for all accident
injuries.
A program o f psychological counseling services
for students with personal or emotional
problems is coordinated by a director, who
also sees students for individual or group
consultations. T he director and the staff o f
psychological counselors hold office hours by
appointment each week, and a consulting
psychiatrist is available as necessary. Brief
psychotherapy within the limits o f available
time will be given to students without charge.
In instances where longer treatment is
indicated, the student will be referred to an
outside psychiatrist or psychologist.
Special educational seminars and workshops
on issues o f concern to the entire college
community are also sponsored by the counsel­
ors, usually with the support o f or in
conjunction with student organizations or
interest groups and the Deans. The counselors
are also available to consult with faculty
members, Resident Assistants, and other
members o f the college’s supportive staff.

Student Advising
Each freshman is assigned to a faculty member
who acts as course adviser until this
responsibility falls to the chairman o f the
student’s major department at the end o f the
sophomore year. Requests for a change o f
advisor should be addressed to the Dean and
will be freely granted, subject only to equity in
the number o f advisees assigned to individual
faculty members.
The Deans hold overall responsibility for the
advising system. They are themselves available
to all students for advice on any academic or

personal matters, and for assistance with
special needs, such as those arising from
physical handicaps.
A consultant for testing and guidance is
available to assist students with special
problems o f academic adjustment, study skills
and reading proficiency. In addition, aptitude
and interest tests may be given on request.
Resident assistants, selected from the junior
and senior classes, are assigned to each o f the
dormitory sections.

Career Planning and Placement
The O ffice o f Career Planning and Placement
provides assistance to students in considering
how a given m ajor may relate to future

employment, choosing an occupation, and
locating employment during the summers and
upon graduation. Students may also elect to

33

College Life

establish a file o f credentials for use in seeking
employment. Periodic conferences are planned
and interviews are arranged with prospective
employers. In addition, an Extern Program is
offered through which students may observe

at first hand the business and professional
activities o f alumni who are working in fields
related to students’ potential career interests.
The program takes place during the spring
recess.

Alumni Office
The Alumni O ffice keeps records o f the
addresses o f all living graduates and alumni o f
the College. It helps edit the Swarthmore
alumni magazine, and acts as liaison for the

College with all alumni and alumni groups,
interpreting to them the present plans and
policies o f the College.

Information Services Office
The Information Services O ffice helps prepare
the several publications issued by the College
and known as Swarthmore College Bulletins.
These include the alumni magazine, the
President’s R eport, the Catalogue, and other
miscellaneous issues. In addition to this, the

34

Information Services Office, with the assistance
o f the largely student operated News Bureau,
works with the press and other communica^
tions media in publicizing news that is o f
interest to the general public.

Student Community
Student Conduct
The influence o f the Society o f Friends within
the College community is one o f the
important factors in making Swarthmore what
it is. Students who choose Swarthmore as
their college should understand that they are
accepting social and academic standards
which, while subject to periodic review, are
essential to the well-being o f the community.
In general, the life o f students should be
governed by good taste and accepted practice
rather than elaborate rules. Certain regulations,
however, are o f particular importance and are
listed below.
1. The possession and use o f alcoholic
beverages on the campus is regulated by State
law and limited to those areas o f the campus
which are specified by the Student Council
and the Dean. The observance o f moderation
and decorum in respect to drink is a student
obligation. Disorderly conduct is regarded as a
serious offense.
2. The use or possession o f injurious drugs or
narcotics without the specific recommendation
o f a physician and knowledge o f the Deans
subjects a student to possible suspension or
expulsion.
3. The use or possession o f firearms or other
dangerous weapons is not permitted. Fire­
crackers or other explosives are prohibited.

Tampering with fire alarms or fire prevention
equipment is a serious offense.
4. No undergraduate may maintain an auto­
mobile while enrolled at the College without
the permission o f the Car Authorization
Committee, a student-faculty group. This
permission is not extended to freshmen. Day
students may use cars for commuting to
College, but special arrangements for stickers
must be made for campus parking. More
detailed information may be obtained from
the O ffice o f the Deans.
5. The participation by any student in any
disruption or interference with the orderly
programs, functions, or conduct o f College
activities o f any kind is a serious offense.
Penalties for violations o f College regulations
such as those listed above are set by judicial
committees or the Deans and may involve
suspensions or expulsion. Standing regulations
may be modified and new rules may be added
at any time upon notice to the student body.
The College reserves the right to exclude at
any time students whose conduct it regards as
undesirable, and without assigning any further
reason therefor. Neither the College nor any o f
its officers shall be under any. liability
whatsoever for such exclusion.

Student Council
The semi-annually elected Student Council
represents the entire undergraduate community
and is the chief body o f student government.
Its efforts are directed toward coordination o f
student activities and the expression o f
student opinion.
Committees o f the Council include the Budget
Committee, which regulates distribution o f

funds to student groups; the Elections
Committee, which supervises procedure in
campus elections; and the Social Committee
(see below). In addition to these, there are
several joint Faculty-Student Committees,
whose student membership is appointed by
Council.

Judicial Bodies
Two committees have different jurisdictions.
The Student Judiciary Committee, elected by the
entire student body, acts on cases o f alleged
violations o f students* rules and campus
regulations except as they fall within the

sphere o f the College Judiciary Committee.
The College Judiciary Committee is composed o f
student, faculty and administration members.
It has primary jurisdiction over cases that may
involve academic dishonesty. It also acts upon

35

Student Community

cases referred by or appealed from the Student
Judiciary Committee. A more complete

description o f the judicial system is available
from the office o f the Dean.

Social Committee
An extensive program o f social activities is
managed by the Social Committee appointed
by the Student Coucil. T he program is

designed to appeal to a wide variety o f
interests, and is open to all students. There is
usually no charge for college social functions.

EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
In addition to the foregoing organizations,
Swarthmore students have an opportunity to
participate in a program o f extra-curricular
activities wide enough to meet every kind o f
interest. There are more than thirty-five
organized activities, not including departmental

clubs or political organizations. They vary as
greatly as the interests o f the students vary.
The College encourages students to participate
in whatever activities best fit their personal
talents and inclinations.

I
I
I
I

The Studio Arts Program
The Studio Arts Program, administered by the
Department o f A rt, is an academic program,
but the instruction and facilities are open to
students who wish to participate on an extra­
curricular basis. Refer to the A rt Department

program for a listing o f credit and non-credit I
courses.

Music
The Department o f Music administers and
staffs several performing organizations. The
College Chorus, directed by Professor Peter
Gram Swing, rehearses three hours per week.
(T h e College Singers, a select small chorus
drawn from the membership o f the Chorus,
rehearses an additional one or two hours per
week.) The College Orchestra, directed by
Professor James D. Freeman, rehearses twice a
week. (The Chamber Orchestra, a small,
unconducted ensemble consisting o f firststand players from the Orchestra, also
rehearses frequently.) Members o f the Orches­
tra, other instrumentalists and solo singers can
participate in the chamber music coaching
program.
The Chorus and O rchestra give several public
concerts each year at the College and
elsewhere. Both organizations require auditions

36

for membership. Several student chamber
music concerts (in which all interested
students have an opportunity to perform) are
given each semester. These concerts also
provide an opportunity for student composers
to have their compositions performed publicly.

I
I
I
■
■
I

Practice and performance facilities in the Lang
Music Building include 16 practice rooms
(each with at least one piano), two concert and
rehearsal halls (each with its own concert
grand), two organs, two harpsichords, and an
electronic studio. The Daniel Underhill Music
Library has excellent collections o f scores,
books, and records.

1
■
a
I

jfl
I
■

The W illiam J . Cooper Foundation presents a ■
distinguished group o f concerts each year on I
the campus. The Music Department adminis- |
ters a separate series o f public concerts.

Dance
The Swarthmore College Dancers, a modern
dance group directed by Professor Patricia
Boyer, performs public concerts with works
choreographed by students, the dance faculty
and other professional choreographers.
For the past few years Swarthmore College has
been the recipient o f National Endowment for
the Arts grants which have enabled. the
College, in conjunction with the W illiam J.

Cooper Foundation, to bring outstanding
professional dance companies for short term
residencies.
The Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics sponsors a coeducational perfor­
mance group in Folk Dance.
There is also a Dance Ensemble sponsored by
the Black Cultural Center.

Drama
Professor Lee Devin is Director o f The
Theatre. He supervises the drama program,
which includes course work, workshops with
guest directors, invited speakers, and a

number o f student-directed projects each
semester. Interested students should consult
the departmental statement in English Liter­
ature.

Athletics
Swarthmore’s athletic policy is based on the
premise that any sports program must be
justified by the contributions which it can
make to the educational development o f the
individual student who chooses to participate.
In keeping with this fundamental policy,
Swarthmore’s athletic program is varied and
extensive, offering every student a chance to

take part in a wide range o f sports. The
College feels that it is desirable to have as
many students as possible competing on its
intercollegiate or club teams, or in intramural
sports. Faculty members serve as advisers for
several o f the varsity athletic teams. They
work closely with the teams, attending
practices and many o f the scheduled contests.

Swarthmore College Upward Bound
The Upward Bound Program at Swarthmore
College, begun in 1964 and continued with
Federal support, is intended to provide
simultaneously a valuable experience for
Swarthmore students and a service to members
o f surrounding communities. It offers both a

six-week residential summer school in which
Swarthmore students serve as counselors, and
a series o f activities during the academic year
in which Swarthmore students serve as tutors.
The program is administered by Edwin A.
Collins, Project Director.

Fraternities
There are three fraternities at Swarthmore;
Delta Upsilon and Phi Sigma Kappa are
affiliated with national organizations, while
Phi Alpha Psi is a local association. Fraternities
are adjuncts to the college social program and
maintain separate lodges on the campus. The

lodges do not contain dormitory accommo­
dations or eating facilities. New members are
pledged during the late fall o f their first year at
the College. In recent years about ten per cent
o f the freshman men have decided to affiliate
with one o f the fraternities.

37

IV
E d u cation al Program

Awards and Prizes

Facu lty R egulations

Fellow ships

D egree R equ irem en ts

Educational Program
GENERAL STATEMENT
Swarthmore College offers the degree o f
Bachelor o f A rts and the degree o f Bachelor o f
Science. The latter is given only to students
who m ajor in Engineering; the former, to
students in the Humanities, the Social
Sciences, and the Natural Sciences.* Four
years o f resident study are normally required
for a Bachelor’s degree (see page 5 4 ), but
variation in this term, particularly as a result
o f Advanced Placement credit, is possible (see
page 17).
The selection o f a program will depend upon
the student’s interests and vocational plans.
The purpose o f a liberal education, however, is
not primarily to provide vocational instruction,
even though it provides the best foundation
for one’s future vocation. Its purpose is to
help students fulfill their responsibilities as
citizens and grow into cultivated and versatile
individuals. A liberal education is concerned
with our cultural inheritance, with the
cultivation o f aesthetic, moral, and spiritual
values, with the development o f analytical
abilities. Intellectually it aims to enhance
resourcefulness, serious curiosity, open-mind­
edness, perspective, logical coherence, insight,
discrimination.
One comprehensive review o f Swarthmore’s
curriculum (Critique o f a College, 1967)
suggested two principles for a liberal education.
"O n e is the principle o f Depth. To make the
most o f a liberal education, each student must
go far enough into some subjects to give him a
genuine mastery o f disciplinary skills, so that
he can use them to generate new discoveries
on his own . . . He must go far enough to grasp
systematic connections within a field, to see
how fundamental principles combine to make
intelligible a range o f subordinate principles or
phenomena . . . The other principle is that o f
Diversity. To make the most o f a liberal
education, each student must have enough
breadth and variety in his studies so that he
can compare and contrast different methods
o f inquiry . . . , and so that he can have the
experience o f making the bright spark o f
connection leap across wide gaps. It is this

breadth that gives point to the two senses o f
’relevance’ that are fundamental in liberal
education . . . perception o f the relevance o f
one part o f learning to another, even across the
boundaries o f fields and subjects (and) . . .
perception o f the relevance o f learning to the
exigencies o f life . . . " To these two principles
the study added that the curriculum should
aim to encourage resourcefulness and selfreliance and develop the personal conditions
o f intellectual progress by placing substantial
responsibility upon the student for his or her
education, amply allowing individuality o f
programs and requiring important choices
about the composition o f programs. "W h a t
we are proposing," the study concluded, "is a
curriculum that leans rather sharply toward
specialized diversity, and away from uniform
generality . . . O ur emphasis is on serious
encounters with special topics and problems at
a comparatively high level o f competence, and
on student programs that reflect individual
constellations o f diversified interests."
Accordingly, the Swarthmore curriculum re­
quires o f the student both a diversity o f
intellectual experience sufficient to test and
develop different capacities and perspectives
and concentration on some field(s) sufficiently
intensive to develop a serious understanding
o f problems and methods and a sense o f the
conditions o f mastery. These ends o f a liberal
education are reflected in requirements for
distribution and for the major.
All students during the first half o f their
college program are expected to satisfy some if
not all o f the distribution requirements, to
choose their major and minor subjects, and to
prepare for advanced work in these subjects
by taking certain prerequisites. The normal
program consists o f four courses each
semester chosen by the student in consultation
with his or her faculty advisor.
The program for upper class students affords a
choice between two methods o f study: the
External Examination (H onors) Program and
the Course program. Reading for Honors is

* For groupings o f departments see page 209.

39

Educational Program

characteristically the more intensive, Course
work the more diversified. An Honors
candidate concentrates on two or three fields,
the major and one or more minors; studies are
intensive and will occupy three-fourths o f the
student’s working time during the last two
years. In addition, the student takes four
courses, or the equivalent, which provide
opportunities for further exploration outside
the Honors program. A t the close o f the senior
year, the Honors candidate takes a series o f six
examinations given by visiting examiners.
A student in the Course program
freedom o f election and normally
courses or their equivalent in each
four semesters. Before the end o f
year, students are required to pass

has wider
takes four
o f the last
the senior
a compre­

hensive examination given by the major
department. Students in the Course program
are admitted to seminars when space is
available; but work in colloquia as well as
independent work is part o f the Course
program.
The program for engineering students follows
a similar basic plan, with certain variations
which are explained on page 127, Courses
outside the technical fields are distributed
over all four years.
The course advisors o f freshmen and sopho­
mores are members o f the faculty appointed
by the Dean. For juniors and seniors the
advisors are the chairmen o f their major
departments or their representatives.

PROGRAM FOR FRESHMEN AND SOPHOMORES
The curriculum o f the first two years
introduces a student to the content and
methods o f a variety o f fields important to a
liberal education. The College distribution
requirements are designed to lead the student
into serious work in several different,
important, and broadly characteristic kinds o f
intellectual activity without insisting on a
specific or narrow classification o f knowledge
and inquiry.
To meet these distribution requirements a
student must take at least two courses in each
o f the four subject-matter groups listed below,
elect work in at least six departments, and
complete at least 20 credits outside the major
before graduation. Three o f the four distribu­
tion groups (those dealing with the natural
sciences and engineering, literature and the
arts, and the social and policy sciences)
correspond generally to the College’s grouping
o f academic departments in three divisions; a
fourth group comprises subjects especially
relevant to m ore than one division. Mathemat­
ics, though not included in the four groups,
may be counted as one o f the six departments
in which work should be elected. Other
courses which will not fulfill a distribution
requirement (e.g. courses taught jointly by
members o f different departments, courses in
education, elementary language courses) may
not be counted as one o f the six departments.

40

The distribution requirements are reviewed
and revised from time to time by the
Curriculum Committee and the Faculty as
perspectives o f disciplines and o f departments
change and in recognition o f the pluralism o f
intellectual work.
The four groups for the distribution require­
ment at present are:
L

Astronomy, Biology, Chemistry, Engineer­
ing, Physics.

2. Art (courses in art history), Classics
(literature courses numbered 11 or above ),
English Literature (with the exception o f
English 1A and IB and workshop and
studio courses), Modern Languages (litera­
ture courses numbered 11 or above), Music
(except courses numbered 3 3 -4 0 and
Dance 1-10 and 3 0 ).
3. Classics (courses in ancient history),
History, Linguistics, Philosophy, Psychol­
ogy, Religion.
4. Econom ics (Econom ics 3, 4, 4 4 ), Political
Science, Sociology and Anthropology.
Courses taught jointly or alternately by faculty
members o f departments in different distribu­
tion groups may not be used to satisfy
distribution requirements; and courses crosslisted between departments in two groups

fulfill the distribution requirement only for
the group in which the offering department
belongs.
Students entering college with special prepara­
tion in any o f the subjects included in the
distribution requirements may apply to the
Committee on Academic Requirements for
exemption from that requirement, but secon­
dary school courses o f an advanced level do
not usually provide grounds for such exemp­
tion.
It is m ost desirable that students include in
their programs some work in a foreign
language. A student who intends to major in
one o f the natural sciences, mathematics, or
engineering should take an appropriate math­
ematics course in the freshman year. Students
intending to m ajor in one o f the social sciences
should be aware o f the increasing importance
o f mathematical background for these subjects.
In addition to the requirements listed above,
prerequisites must be completed for the work
o f the' last two years in major and minor
subjects, and sufficient additional electives

must be taken to make up a full program,
bearing in mind the requirement that at least
20 credits must be taken outside the major
department.
Early in the sophomore year, the student
should identify two or three subjects as
possible majors, paying particular attention to
departmental requirements and recommenda­
tions.
W hile faculty advisors assist students in
preparing their academic programs, it is
emphasized that students themselves are
individually responsible for planning and
adhering to programs and for the completion
for graduation requirements. Faculty advisors,
department chairmen, other faculty members,
the Deans, the Associate Provost and the
Registrar are available for information and
advice.
In the freshman and sophomore years all
students not excused for medical reasons are
required to complete a four quarter (two
semester) program in physical education. The
requirements are stated in full on page 52.

COURSE PROGRAM FOR JUNIORS AND SENIORS
The work o f juniors and seniors in the Course
program includes some intensive, specialized
study within a general area o f interest. This
comprises enough work in a single department
(designated as a "m a jo r”) to make an
equivalent o f at least eight courses before
graduation. There is no upper lim it to the
number o f courses a student may take in the
major field, provided that at least twenty
credits be taken outside the major field. It has
been the practice o f the Committee on
Academic Requirements to review cases in
which this rule is alleged to create a special
hardship. Before graduation the student must
pass a comprehensive examination in his or
her major subject.
Students must determine a major subject by
the end o f their sophomore year, and apply
formally through the Registrar to be accepted
by the department or division concerned.
Acceptance will be based upon the student’s
record and an estimate o f his or her
capabilities in the designated major. Students

who fail to secure approval o f a major cannot
be admitted to the junior class.
W ith departmental permission it is possible
for a student to plan a Special Major that
includes closely related work in one or more
departments outside the major department.
This work (up to four courses normally) is
part o f the major program for the comprehen­
sive examination; some o f it may consist o f a
thesis or other written research p ro je c ts )
designed to integrate the work across depart­
mental boundaries. In any case, the program
o f the Special Major is expected to be integral
in the sense that it specifies a field o f learning
(n o t necessarily conventional) or topic or
problems for sustained inquiry that crosses
departmental boundaries and can be treated as
a sub-field within the normal departmental
major. Special M ajors consist o f at least 10
credits and normally o f no more than 12
credits. Occasionally, where regular depart­
mental requirements unduly constrain the

41

Educational Program

possibilities o f a Special Major, these require­
ments may be relaxed to a minimum o f six
courses in the primary department or by the
omission o f certain courses in that department
normally required for the sake o f breadth o f
experience o f the m ajor field; but course
requirements central to systematic understand­
ing o f the major field will not be waived. By
extension, Special M ajors may be formulated
as join t m ajors between two departments,
normally with at least five credits in each
department and 11 in both departments,
which, in such programs, collaborate in

advising and in the comprehensive examination.
During the junior and senior years, Course
students are advised by the chairman o f the
major department (or a member o f the
department designated by the chairman)
whose approval must be secured for the choice
o f courses each semester.
The faculty may award the bachelor’s degree
with Distinction to students who have done
distinguished work in the Course program and
have achieved the grade average established for
this degree.

EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM (READING FOR HONORS) FOR
JUNIORS AND SENIORS
T he External Examination Program, initiated
in 1922 by President Frank Aydelotte and
modified most recently in 1977, is a distinctive
part o f Swarthmore’s educational life. W hile
the program is designedly flexible and
responsive to new needs, it has been
characterized from the beginning by three
basic elements, which taken together may be
said to be the essence o f the system.
(1) Reading for Honors involves a concentra­
tion o f the student’s attention during the
junior and senior year upon a limited field o f
studies. Normally, the student pursues only
two subjects each semester, avoiding fragmen­
tation o f interests. C ontent o f studies is
correspondingly broader and deeper, permit­
ting a wide range o f reading and investigation
and demanding o f the student correlations o f
an independent and searching nature.
( 2 ) W hile Reading for Honors frees students
from periodic examination, it exposes their
thinking to continual scrutiny from both
classmates and instructors. In this program,
students are prepared for examinations in six
subjects, given at the close o f the senior year.
In these, the student is expected to demonstrate
competence in a field o f knowledge rather
than mere mastery o f those facts and
interpretations which the instructor has
presented. These examinations, consisting o f a
three-hour paper in each field, are set by
examiners from other institutions who also
come to the campus to conduct an oral
examination o f each student.

42

( 3 ) Reading for Honors is customarily carried
on in seminars, in independent projects, or in
classes which have been approved as prepara­
tions for Honors. Seminars meet once a week,
in many cases in the home o f the instructor,
for sessions lasting three hours or more. The
exact technique o f the seminar varies with the
subject matter, but its essence is a cooperative
search for truth, whether it be by papers,
discussion, or laboratory experiment. W hile
students preparing for Honors examinations
may under unusual circumstances elect to take
as many as eight seminars, an Honors
candidate will usually take no more than six
seminars; if over six are taken, those six which
constitute commitment to be considered for
Honors must be designated at the time o f
entry into the External Examination program.
Fewer than six may be taken, since it is
possible to prepare in other ways for Honors
examinations.
In practice three avenues toward an Honors
degree are open:
(1) The normal program o f reading for
Honors consists o f six subjects studied during
the last two years in preparation for papers,
i.e., examinations, given by the visiting
examiners at the close o f the senior year. The
usual pattern is four papers in the major
department and two in a m inor department,
but other combinations o f major and minor
fields are possible. No student is allowed more
than four papers in the major; in those cases
where three subjects are offered in each o f two

!

1
i

fields, one o f them is designated as the major.
W hile there is a general belief that two papers
in a minor field are desirable because o f the
mutual reinforcement they provide, there are
by custom certain subjects which are allowed
to stand alone. Thus there is a considerable
flexibility in Honors programs, each being
subject to the scrutiny o f the departments and
divisions in which the work is done.
(2 ) Students who have a special reason to
study for one or two semesters abroad or in
another American institution must take the
normal number o f examinations. Such pro­
grams must be worked out in advance, since it
may not be possible to provide special visiting
examiners for work taken elsewhere and since
instruction in some fields o f the student’s
choice may not be available in the other
institution. In general the student following
this avenue to an Honors degree should weigh
carefully the advantage o f working indepen­
dently or under tutorial guidance against the
loss incurred by missing both the stimulus and
criticism provided in seminar.
( 3 ) Students who at the end o f the sophomore
year did not elect or were not permitted to
read for Honors, but whose work has
subsequently shown distinction, may be
encouraged to enter the External Examination
program as late as the middle o f the senior
year. They shall receive no remission o f the
number o f examinations by reason o f their
preparation in the Course program. Such
students must petition the division before the
beginning o f the second semester o f the senior
year fo r permission to take the Honors
examinations and must submit an acceptable
list o f examinations which they are prepared
to take.
A candidate for admission to the External
Examination program should consult the
chairmen o f his or her prospective major and
minor departments during the second semes­
ter o f the sophomore year and work out a

program for the junior and senior years. This
proposed program must be filed in the office
o f the Registrar who will forward it to the
divisions concerned. The acceptance o f the
candidate by the divisions depends in part
upon the quality o f the student’s previous
work as indicated by the grades received but
mainly upon the student’s apparent capacity
for assuming the responsibility o f reading for
Honors. The major department is responsible
for the original plan o f work and for keeping
in touch with the candidate’s progress from
semester to semester. The division is respon­
sible for approval o f the original program and
o f any later changes in that program.
A t the end o f the junior year, Honors
candidates are required to take the Honors
examinations set at that time for the fields they
have studied. These trial papers are read by
Swarthmore instructors, not by the visiting
examiners. O n the basis o f the showing made
in these examinations, the student may be
advised or required to drop out o f the
External Examination program. Those students
who move to the Course program under these
circumstances or for other reasons will receive
grades for the work accomplished while
reading for Honors, but in no case without
taking examinations in the field covered.
A t the end o f the senior year the reading o f the
examinations and the decision o f the degree o f
Honors to be awarded the candidates is
entirely in the hands o f the visiting examiners.
Upon their recommendation, successful cand­
idates are awarded the Bachelor’s Degree with
Honors, with High Honors, or with Highest
Honors. W hen the work o f a candidate does
not in the opinion o f the examiners merit
Honors o f any grade, Swarthmore faculty
review the student’s examination papers and
determine whether or not to grant a degree in
the Course program.

EXCEPTIONS TO THE FOUR YEAR PROGRAM
Although the normal period o f uninterrupted
work toward the Bachelor o f Arts and
Bachelor o f Science degrees is four years,

graduation in three years is freely permitted
when a student can take advantage o f

43

Educational Program

Advanced Placement credits, perhaps com bin­
ing them with extra work by special permission.
W hen circumstances warrant, a student may
lengthen the continuous route to graduation
to five years by carrying fewer courses than the
norm o f four: this may be appropriate for
students who enter Swarthmore lacking some
elements o f the usual preparation for college,
who are physically handicapped, or who wish
to free time for activities relating to their
curricular work although not done for
academic credit. Such five-year programs are
possible in Music and Studio Arts for students
who are taking instruction o ff campus or who
wish to pursue studio or instrumental work
without full credit but with instruction and

critical supervision; but such programs in the
arts are possible only on application to and
selection by the department concerned, which
will look for exceptional accomplishment or
promise. In all cases where it is proposed to
reduce academic credit and lengthen the
period before graduation the College looks
particularly to personal circumstances and to
careful advising and necessarily charges the
regular annual tuition (see the provisions for
overloads, p. 18). Full-time leaves o f absence
for a semester or a year or more are freely
permitted and in some cases encouraged,
subject also to careful planning and academic
advising.

NORMAL COURSE LOAD
Although normal progress toward the degree
o f Bachelor o f Arts or Bachelor o f Science is
made by eight semesters’ work o f four courses
or the equivalent each semester, students may
and frequently do vary this by programs o f
five courses or three courses if it is desirable
for them to do so. The o b ject o f progress
toward the degree is not primarily, however,

the accumulation o f 32 credits. College policy
does not permit programs o f fewer than three
courses within the normal 8 semester enroll­
ment. Programs o f more than five courses or
fewer than four courses require special
permission (see p. 18 on tuition and p. 51 on
registration).

FORMATS OF INSTRUCTION
W hile classes and seminars are the normal
curricular formats at Swarthmore, faculty
regulations encourage other modes as well.
These include various forms o f individual
study, student-run courses, and a limited
amount o f "practical” or off-campus work.
The principal forms o f individual work are
attachments to courses, directed reading, and
tutorials. The faculty regulation on attachments
provides that a student may attach to an
existing course, with permission o f the
instructor,- a project o f additional reading,
research, and writing. If this attachment is
taken concurrently with the course it is
normally done for half credit. I f it is taken in a
later semester (preferably the semester immed­
iately following) it may be done for either half
or full credit. This kind o f work can be done
on either a small-group or individual basis. It
is not possible in all courses, but it is in most,

44

including some introductory courses. For
freshmen and sophomores it is a way o f
developing capacities for independent work,
and for Honors candidates it is an alternative
to seminars as a preparation for papers.
Students who decide before the middle o f the
semester to do a half-credit attachment may
commonly, with permission, drop a regular
course and carry three and a half credits in that
term to be balanced by four and a half credits
in another term. Students may do as many as
two attachments each year.
Directed reading and tutorials are similar; but
the faculty role in the former is more
bibliographical than pedagogical, and, because
they require somewhat less faculty time,
opportunities for directed reading are more
frequent in m ost departments than are
opportunities for tutorials. In both cases
substantial written work and/or written

examinations are considered appropriate, and
it is generally desirable that the work be more
specialized or more sharply focussed than is
usually the case in courses or seminars; the
work may range from a course o f reading to a
specific research project. Such work is
available primarily to juniors and seniors in
accordance with their curricular interests and
as faculty time permits.
The faculty regulation on student-run courses
permits "a group o f students to propose a
topic to an instructor for half or single credit
and to run their own course with a reading list
approved by the instructor and a final
examination or equivalent administered by
him, but normally with no further involvement
o f faculty.” In organizing such a course
students obtain provisional approval and
agreement to serve as course supervisor from a
faculty member by December 1st (for the
spring term) or May 1st (for the fall term) on
the basis o f an initial memorandum emphasiz­
ing the principal subject matter to be studied,
the questions to be asked about it, the
methods o f investigation, and providing a
preliminary bibliography. The course is then
registered by its organizers with the Provost,
who has administrative supervision o f such
work, and who may waive the foregoing
deadlines to recognize problems in the
organization o f such courses. The course
supervisor consults his or her department, and
in the case o f an interdepartmental course, any
other department concerned, whose represen­
tatives together with the Provost will decide
whether to approve the course. The supervisor
also reviews the course outline and bibliog­
raphy and qualifications and general eligibility
o f students proposing to participate in the
course. After a student-run course has been
found acceptable by the appropriate depart­
ment (o r departments) and the Provost, the
course supervisor’s final approval is due ten
days before the term begins, following which a
revised reading list and class list are given to
the Librarian and the course title and class list
are filed with the Registrar. A t the end o f the
course the supervisor evaluates and grades the
students’ work or arranges for an outside
examiner to do so.
Student-run courses may vary in format and
content. In particular, they may be provision­
ally proposed for half credit to run in the first

half o f the semester, and at mid-term, may be
either concluded or, if the participants and
course supervisor find the work profitable,
continued for the balance o f the term for full
credit. Alternatively, student-run courses may
be started after the beginning o f the semester
(up to mid-semester) for half credit and then
be continued, on the same basis, into the
following term. O r they may be taken for half
credit over a full term. The role o f the course
supervisor may exceed that in planning and
evaluation outlined above and extend to
occasional or regular participation. The only
essentials, and the purpose o f the procedures,
are sufficient planning and organization o f the
course to facilitate focus and penetration. The
course planning and organization, both analyt­
ical and bibliographical, are also regarded as
important ends in themselves, to be emphasized
in the review o f proposals before approval. Up
to four o f the 3 2 credits required for
graduation may be taken in student-run
courses.
Finally, as to applied o r practical work, the
College may under faculty regulations grant up
to one course credit for practical work, which
may be done o ff campus, when it can be
shown to lend itself to intellectual analysis and
is likely to contribute to a student’s progress
in regular course work, and subject to four
conditions: ( 1 ) agreement o f an instructor to
supervise the project; ( 2 ) sponsorship by the
instructor’s department, and in the case o f an
interdisciplinary project, any other department
concerned, whose representatives together
with the Provost will decide whether to grant
permission for the applied or practical work
before that work is undertaken; (3 ) a basis for
the project in some prior course work; and (4 )
normally, the examination o f pertinent liter­
ature and production o f a written report as
parts o f the project. This option is intended to
apply to work in which direct experience o f
the off-campus world or responsible applica­
tions o f academic learning or imaginative
aspects o f the practice o f an art are the primary
elements. Because such work is likely to bear a
loose relation to organized instruction and the
regular curriculum, the College limits academic
credit for it while recognizing its special
importance for some students’ programs.

45

Educational Program

INTERDISCIPLINARY WORK
The requirements o f the m ajor typically leave
room for significant flexibility in students’
programs, both within and outside the major.
This may be used to pursue a variety o f
interests and to emphasize intellectual divers­
ity; it may also be used for the practical
integration o f individual programs around
interests or principles supplementing the
major. The College offers interdepartmental
m ajors in International Relations, Medieval
Studies, Literature, and Linguistics-Psychology,
and formal interdisciplinary programs short o f
the major in Asian Studies, Black Studies, and
Public Policy. The programs in Education and
in Linguistics have departmental status as to
staff. It should be recognized that some
departments are themselves interdisciplinary
in nature; that a considerable number o f
courses are cross-listed between departments;
that each year some courses are taught jointly
by members o f two or more departments; that
departments commonly recommend or require

supporting work for their major in other
departments; and that students can organize
their work into personally selected concentra­
tions in addition to or as extensions o f their
majors, particularly in Special Majors. Such
concentration is formally provided in Black
Studies, Asian Studies, and Public Policy.
Many other opportunities exist informally —
e.g., in comparative literature, in African
studies, in American studies, in Religion and
Sociology-Anthropology, in Engineering and
Social Sciences, or in Biology and Chemistry.
Students are encouraged to seek the advice o f
faculty members on such possibilities with
respect to their particular interests. In some
cases faculty members o f several departments
have planned and scheduled their course
offerings with some consultation so as to
afford a de facto concentration in addition to
the major, and students may wish to know and
take advantage o f these cases o f overlapping
faculty interests.

HEALTH SCIENCES ADVISORY PROGRAM
The function o f the health sciences advisory
program is twofold: to advise students
interested in a career in the health sciences,
and to prepare letters o f recommendation for
professional schools to which students apply.
The letters are based on faculty evaluations
requested by the student, the student’s
academic record and non-academic activities.
Students intending to enter a career in the
health sciences, especially those applying to
medical or dental schools, should plan their
academic programs carefully to meet the
necessary requirements, as well as the general
College requirements. The following courses
are among the minimum requirements for
students entering medical or dental schools:
Biology 1, 2 ; Chemistry 1, 2 , and 2 8, 29;
Physics 1, 2 , or 3, 4 ; Math 3, 4 , or two higher
level courses; and English Literature, two
semester courses. In addition to the minimal
requirements, some medical schools require
and many recommend the following courses:
Cell Biology, Developmental Biology, Genetics,
and one year o f calculus. However, the student

46

should bear in mind that requirements change,
and should remain in touch with those
professional schools in which he or she is
interested. The work o f the junior and senior
years may be completed in either the Course
or the Honors Program, and in any major
department o f the student’s choice. However,
professional schools in the health sciences
generally require a demonstrated proficiency
in the basic sciences. All required courses
should therefore be taken on a graded basis
after the first semester o f the freshman year.
Almost all medical schools require applicants
to take the New Medical College Admission
Test which is given in April and September
each year. It is recommended that students
take the test in the Spring o f the year that they
apply for admission to medical schools. The
Student M anual for the New M CA T should be
reviewed as early as practical and may be
purchased in the College bookstore. Swarthmore College is a testing center for the New
MCAT. Corollary tests, the Dental Aptitude

Test and the Veterinary Aptitude Test, are
often required by dental and veterinary
schools.
Specific requirements for each medical and
dental school along with much other useful
information are given in two publications
which are available in the College bookstore
or the Health Sciences Advisory Office:
M edical School Admission Requirements and
Admission Requirements o f American Dental
Schools. Catalogs for most medical and
veterinary schools are also on file in the
Advisory O ffice.

The Health Sciences Advisor meets periodically
with students interested in health careers and
is available to assist students in planning their
programs in cooperation with students’ own
academic advisors. Further information on
opportunities, requirements and procedures
can be obtained from the Health Sciences
Advisor but it is the student’s responsibility to
make his or her intentions known to the
Advisor at the earliest possible date.

CREATIVE ARTS
W ork in the creative arts is available both in
the curriculum o f certain departments and on
an extra-curricular basis. Interested students
should consult the departmental statements in

Art, English Literature, and Music. A total o f
not more than five courses in the creative arts
may be counted toward the degrees o f
Bachelor o f Arts and Bachelor o f Science.

COOPERATION WITH NEIGHBORING INSTITUTIONS
W ith the approval o f their faculty advisor and
the Associate Provost, students may take
courses offered by Bryn Mawr or Haverford
College or the University o f Pennsylvania

without the payment o f extra tuition. This
arrangement does not apply to the summer
session o f the University o f Pennsylvania.

STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAMS
To provide variety and a broadened outlook
for interested students, the College has
student exchange arrangements with Middlebury College, Mills College, Pomona College,
Rice University, and Tufts University. Selection
is made by a committee o f the home
institution from among applicants who will be
sophomores or juniors at the time o f the

exchange. W ith each institution there is a
limited and matched number o f exchanges.
Students settle financially with the home
institution, thus retaining during the exchange
any financial aid for which they are eligible.
Exchange arrangements do not permit transfer
o f participants to the institution with which
the exchange takes place.

EDUCATION ABROAD
The College recognizes the general educational
I value o f travel and study abroad and
1 cooperates as far as possible in enabling
I interested students to take advantage o f such
1 opportunities. It distinguishes, however, be| tween those foreign study plans which may be

taken for credit as part o f a Swarthmore
educational program, and those which must be
regarded as supplementary. To be acceptable
for credit; foreign study must meet Swarthmore
academic standards, and must form a coherent
part o f the student’s four-year plan o f study.

47

Educational Program

The External Examination (H onors) Program
in particular demands a concentration o f study
which is not easily adapted to the very
different educational systems o f foreign
universities. Therefore, while some o f the
approved programs listed below may normally
be taken as substitutes for a semester or a year
o f work at Swarthmore, each case is judged
individually, and the College may withhold its
approval o f a particular program, or may insist
that the program be carried out as an extra
college year.
Plans for study abroad must be approved in
advance by the Associate Provost, the
Registrar, and the chairmen o f departments
concerned, if credit is to be given for courses
taken. Students may be asked to take
examinations upon their return to the College.
Requests for credit must be made within the
academic year following return to Swarthmore.
Individual departments, such as A rt and
Modern Languages and Literatures, publish
separate instructions for transfer o f credits
from other institutions. These are available
from the respective department offices.
1. T he Swarthmore Program in Grenoble, France,
inaugurated in the fall o f 1972. Students
entering this program spend either one or two
semesters at the University o f Grenoble,
where their course o f study is the equivalent o f
one or two semesters at Swarthmore. This
program, under the auspices o f the Department
o f Modern Languages and Literatures, is open
to students from any department, but especially
those in the humanities and social sciences.
Should there be places available, applications
from students at other institutions are
accepted. The number o f participants in
limited to twenty-five.
Students are integrated into the academic life
at the University o f Grenoble through regular
courses, when their language competence
allows, or through special courses for foreign
students. Individual programs are arranged to
suit the needs and competencies o f students.
Preparation o f Honors papers is possible in
certain fields. The program is designed
primarily for juniors and second semester
sophomores, but seniors can be accommodated
in special cases.
A member o f the Department o f Modern
Languages and Literatures acts as resident

48

Director. The Director teaches a course or a
seminar, supervises the academic program and
the living arrangem ents o f the students, and
advises on all educational or personal problems.
A co-ordinator o f the program at Swarthmore
handles such matters as admissions to the
program (in consultation with the Deans),
financial aid, transfer o f academic credit to
departments within the College and to
institutions whose students participate in the
program. Applications for the fall semester
must be submitted by March 15 and for the
spring semester by November 1.
2. Academ ic Year in Madrid, Spain. This
program is administered by the Romance
Language Department o f Hamilton College, in
co-operation with faculty members o f Williams,
Mount Holyoke and Swarthmore Colleges.
Students many enroll either for the full
academic year or for the fall semester only.
The program attempts to take full advantage
o f the best facilities and teaching staff o f the
Spanish community, while adhering to the
code o f intellectual performance characteristic
o f the most demanding American institutions.
A distinguishing aspect o f the program is the
individual guidance provided students in nonacademic areas, especially in ( 1 ) the efforts
that are made to find homes well suited for
student lodging, and ( 2 ) the activities which
are planned to insure ample contact with
Spanish students.
The program is based in Madrid, where the
cultural, educational and geographic benefits
are optimum. Classrooms and office space are
located at the International Institute (Miguel
Angel 8 , Madrid). The Institute is centrally
located, it houses a library eminently suited
for study and research, and it sponsors a series
o f lectures, concerts and social activities.
The program is under the general guidance o f a
committee comprised o f members o f the
Hamilton College Department o f Romance
Languages, who, in rotation with professors
from W illiam s, M ount Holyoke and S Applications and further information are
available from the Department o f Modern
Languages and Literatures.

3. Other Swarthmore-supported Programs o f
Study Abroad. Beginning in the academic year
1980-81 Swarthmore students may apply their
scholarship monies to the cost o f participating
in one o f the programs o f academic study
abroad listed below, subject to the student’s
acceptance to the program in question and the
customary regulations which apply to study
abroad as outlined above.

admission as a special student. This should be
done only after consultation with the Associate
Provost, the Registrar, and the appropriate
department head. Care must be taken to
assure in advance that courses taken abroad
will be acceptable for Swarthmore credit.
M ost foreign universities severely limit the
number o f students they accept for short
periods.

1) Swarthmore College Program in Grenoble
(France) for either semester or the entire
academic year;

6 . Peaslee Scholarships. These scholarships, the

2 ) Hamilton College Academic Year in Madrid
(Spain) for the fall semester or the entire
academic year;
3 ) Wayne State Junior Year in Germany,
either at the University o f Freiburg or the
University o f Munich (W est Germany) for
the entire academic year;
4 ) Smith College Junior Year at the University
o f Hamburg (W est Germany) for the
entire academic year;
5 ) Great Lakes College Association Latin
America Program (Ceuca) in Bogotá
(Colom bia) for either semester or the
entire academic year;

6 ) The Intercollegiate Center for Classical
Studies in Rom e (Italy) for either semester
or the entire academic year.
Students who intend to apply scholarship
funds to the above programs should consult
with the Financial Aid officer o f the College.
4. Other Established Programs. Students who
wish to study abroad under formal academic
conditions but whose needs would not be met
by any o f the programs listed under 1, 2, and 3
above may apply to one o f the programs
administered by other American colleges and
universities; for example, those o f O berlin
College, with whose Chinese Studies Program
at Tunghai University the College is also
affiliated, Sm ith College, or Sweet Briar
College. These are full-year programs o f study
at foreign universities, under the supervision
o f American college personnel. Interested
students should consult the Associate Provost.
5. Direct Enrollment. Application may also be
made directly to foreign institutions for

gift o f Amos Peaslee (Class o f ’07 ), were
instituted in 1953 and are normally awarded
each year on the recommendation o f the
Department o f Modern Languages and Litera­
tures, preferably to sophomores and juniors,
for academic studies centering on the languages
and literatures taught in the Department.
Scholarships are awarded for study in Europe,
South America, and, under special circum­
stances, in other non-English speaking coun­
tries on the basis o f the plan o f study
submitted by the applicant and the promise o f
academic distinction. The scholarships are for
a minimum o f one semester plus a summer;
course credit is given for the work done upon
approval o f the department concerned. Appli­
cations are available from the Department o f
Modern Languages and Literatures. Applica­
tions for the spring semester and summer are
due on or near November 1 o f each year; for
the summer and fall semester on or near April
1 o f each year.
7. The O lga Lambert Memorial Fund. Income
from a fund established in 1979 by students o f
Olga Lamkert, Professor o f Russian at
Swarthmore College from 1949 to 1956, is
available to students with demonstrated
financial need who wish to attend a Russian
summer school program in this country or
either the Leningrad or Moscow semester
programs in the U SSR . Awards based on
merit and financial need will be made on the
recommendation o f the Russian section o f the
Department o f Modern Languages and Litera­
tures.

8 . Intercollegiate Center for Classical Studies,
Rome. See announcement o f the A rt Department, p. 6 2 , end o f the Classics Department
p. 8 3.

49

Faculty Regulations
ATTENDANCE AT CLASSES
Registration to take a course for credit implies
regular attendance at classes, unless a student
specifically elects to obtain credit in a course
without attending classes. The conditions for
exercising this option are set forth below.
W ith this exception, students are responsible
for regular attendance. Faculty members will
report to the Deans the name o f any student
whose repeated absence is in their opinion
impairing the student’s work. The number o f
cuts allowed in a given course is not specified,
a fact which places a heavy responsibility on
all students to make sure that their work is not
suffering as a result o f absences. Since
freshmen must exercise particular care in this
respect, and since the Faculty recognizes its
greater responsibility toward freshmen in the
matter o f class attendance, it is expected that
freshmen, especially, will attend all classes.
W hen illness necessitates absence from classes,
the student should report at once to the nurses
or to the college physician.

A student may obtain credit for a course
without attending class meetings by reading
the material prescribed by a syllabus and
taking a final examination, under the following
conditions:
1) The student must signify intent to do so at
the time o f registration, having obtained the
instructor’s approval in advance.
2 ) If after such registration the student wishes
to resume normal class attendance, the
instructor’s approval must be obtained.
3 ) The student may be required to perform
such work, in addition to the final examination,
as the instructor deems necessary for adequate
evaluation o f his or her performance.
4 ) The final grade will be recorded by the
Registrar exactly as if the student had attended
classes normally.

GRADES
Instructors report to the Dean’s and Registrar’s
offices at intervals during the year upon the
work o f students in courses. Informal reports
during the semester take the form o f
comments on unsatisfactory work. At the end
o f each semester formal grades are given in
each course under the letter system, by which
A means excellent work, B good work, C
satisfactory work, D passing but below the
average required for graduation, and NC (no
credit) for uncompleted or unsatisfactory
work. Letter grades are qualified by pluses and
minuses. W signifies that the student has been
permitted to withdraw from the course by the
Committee on Academic Requirements. X
designates a condition; this means that a
student has done unsatisfactory work in the
first half o f a year course, but by creditable
w ork during the second half may earn a
passing grade for the full course and thereby
remove the condition. R is used to designate
an auditor or to indicate cases in which the
work o f a foreign student cannot be evaluated
because o f deficiencies in English.

50

Inc. means that a student’s work is incomplete
with respect to specific assignments or
examinations. The Faculty has voted that a
student’s final grade in a course should
incorporate a zero for any part o f the course
not completed by the date o f the final
examination, or the end o f the examination
period. However, if circumstances beyond the
student’s control preclude the completion o f
the work by this date, a grade o f Incomplete
(Inc.) may be assigned with the permission o f
the Registrar. In such cases incomplete work
must normally be made up and graded and the
final grade recorded within five weeks after the
start o f the following term. Except by special
permission o f the Registrar (on consultation
with the Committee on Academic Require­
ments) all grades o f Inc. still outstanding after
that date will be replaced on the student’s
permanent record by NC (no credit). Waiver
o f this provision by special permission shall in
no case extend beyond one year from the time
the Inc. grade was incurred.

The only grades recorded on students’ records
for courses taken during their first semester o f
the freshman year are CR (credit) and N C (no
credit). In the balance o f their work at
Swarthmore, students may select up to four
courses for Credit/No Credit by informing
the Registrar’s Office within the first two
weeks o f the term in which the course is taken.
For freshmen and sophomores CR will be
recorded for work that would earn a grade o f
D or higher; for juniors and seniors the
minimum equivalent letter grade for CR will
be C. Instructors are asked to provide the
student and the faculty adviser with evaluation
o f the student’s Credit/No Credit work. The
evaluation for first-semester freshmen includes
a letter-grade equivalent; for other students the

evaluation may be either a letter-grade
equivalent, or a comment. Such evaluations
are not a part o f the student’s grade record.
Letter grade equivalents only, for first semester
freshmen courses only, may be provided to
other institutions if requested by the student
and absolutely required by the other institu­
tion.
Reports o f grades are sent to students at the
end o f each semester. They are not routinely
sent to parents or guardians, but such
information may be released when students
request it.
A C (2 .0 ) average is required in the courses
counted for graduation.

REGISTRATION
All students are required to register and enroll
at the time specified in official announcements
and to file programs o f courses or seminars
approved by their faculty advisors. Fines are
imposed for late or incomplete registration or
enrollment.
A regular student is expected to take the
prescribed number o f courses in each semester.
If more than five or fewer than four courses
seem desirable, the faculty advisor should be
consulted and a petition filed with the
Committee on Academic Requirements.

Applications involving late entrance into a
course must be received within the first two
weeks o f the semester. Applications involving
withdrawal from a course must be received
not later than the middle o f the semester, or
the mid-point o f the course if it meets for only
one-half a semester.
A deposit o f $100 is required o f all returning
students prior to their registration in both the
spring and fall semesters. This deposit is
applied to charges for the semester, and is not
refundable.

EXAMINATIONS
Any student who is absent from an examin­
ation, announcement o f which was made in
advance, shall be given an examination at
another hour only by special arrangement with
the instructor in charge o f the course.

No examination in absentia shall be permitted.
This rule shall be interpreted to mean that
instructors shall give examinations only at the
College and under direct departmental super­
vision.

ACADEMIC HONESTY
Members o f an academic community have an
unequivocal responsibility to present as the
result o f their own work only that which is
truly theirs. Cheating, whether in examinations
or by plagiarizing the work o f others, is a most

serious offense, and one which strikes at the
foundations o f academic life.
The reponsibility o f the Faculty in this area is
three-fold: to explain the nature o f the

51

Faculty Regulations

problem to those they teach, to minimize
temptation and to report any case o f cheating
to the Dean for action by the College Judiciary
Committee.
The College Judiciary Committee will consider
the case, determine guilt, and recommend a
penalty to the President. The order o f
magnitude o f the penalty should reflect the
seriousness o f the transgression. It is the

opinion o f the Faculty that for the first offense
failure in the course and, as appropriate,
suspension for a semester or deprivation o f
the degree in that year is not unsuitable; for a
second offense the penalty should normally be
expulsion. A full description o f College
judicial procedure may be obtained from the
office o f the Dean.

STUDENT LEAVES OF ABSENCE
Student leaves o f absence are freely permitted
provided the request for leave is received by
the date o f enrollment and the student is in
good standing. If a student has not enrolled
and has not arranged for a leave o f absence for
the subsequent semester, it is assumed that he

or she is withdrawing. Such students must
apply to the Dean for re-admission in order to
return to College after an interval. The
purpose o f this policy is to assist the College in
planning its enrollments.

SUMMER SCHOOL WORK
Students desiring to receive Swarthmore
College credit for work at a summer school are
required to obtain the approval o f the
chairman o f the Swarthmore department
concerned before doing the work. Prior
approval is not automatic: it depends upon
adequate information about the content and
instruction o f the work to be undertaken.
Validation o f the work for credit depends
upon evaluation o f the materials o f the course
including syllabus, reading lists, written
papers, and examinations, by the Swarthmore

department concerned after the work has been
done. Validation may include an examination,
written or oral, administered at Swarthmore.
An official transcript from the summer school
must be presented to the O ffice o f the
Registrar before the work can be validated for
credit. Requests for credit must be made
within the academic year following the term in
which the course is taken. O ne course credit at
Swarthmore is regarded as equivalent to 4
semester hours.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION
In the freshman and sophomore years all non­
veteran students not excused for medical
reasons are required to complete a four
quarter (two semester) program in physical
education. A ll students must pass a survival
swimming test or take up to one quarter o f

swimming instruction. (See the departmental
statement o f the Department o f Physical
Education and Athletics.) Students who have
not fulfilled their Physical Education require­
ment will not be allowed to enter their junior
year.

E X C L U S IO N F R O M C O L L E G E
The College reserves the right to exclude at
any time students whose academic standing it
regards as unsatisfactory, and without assigning

any further reason therefor; and neither the
College nor any o f its officers shall be under
any liability whatsoever for such exclusion.

Degree Requirements
BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The degree o f Bachelor o f A rts or Bachelor o f
Science is conferred upon students who have
met the following requirements for graduation.
The candidate must have:

5. Passed satisfactorily the comprehensive
examinations in his or her major field, or met
the standards set by visiting examiners for a
degree with Honors.

1. Completed
equivalent.

6 . Completed four semesters o f study at

thirty-two

courses or

their

2. An average grade o f C in the courses
counted for graduation.*
3. Complied with the distribution require­
ments and have completed at least twenty
credits outside the major. (See page 4 0 .)
4. M et the #requirements in the major and
supporting fields during the last two years.

Swarthmore College, two o f which have been
those o f the senior year.
7. Completed the physical education require­
ment set forth on page 52 and in statements of
the Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics.

8 . Paid all outstanding bills and returned all
equipment and library books.

MASTER OF ARTS AND MASTER OF SCIENCE
The degree o f Master o f Arts or Master o f
Science may be conferred subject to the
following requirements:
Only students who have completed the work
for the Bachelor’s degree with some distinction,
either at Swarthmore or at another institution
o f satisfactory standing, shall be admitted as
candidates for the Master’s degree at Swarth­
more.
The candidate’s record and a detailed program
setting forth the aim o f the work to be pursued
shall be submitted, with a recommendation
from the department or departments con­
cerned, to the Curriculum Committee. If
accepted by the Committee, the candidate’s
name shall be reported to the faculty at or
before the first faculty meeting o f the year in
which the candidate is to begin work.

research. The work may be done in one
department or in two related departments.
A candidate for the Master’s degree shall be
required to pass an examination conducted by
the department or departments in which the
work was done. The candidate shall be
examined by outside examiners, provided that
where this procedure is not practicable,
exceptions may be made by the Curriculum
Committee. The department or departments
concerned, on the basis o f the reports o f the
outside examiners, together with the reports
o f the student’s resident instructors, shall
make recommendations to the faculty for the
award o f the degree.
A t the option o f the department or depart­
ments concerned, a thesis may be required as
part o f the work for the degree.

The requirements for the Master’s degree shall
include the equivalent o f a full year’s work o f
graduate character. This work may be done in
courses, seminars, reading courses, regular
conferences with members o f the faculty, or

A candidate for the Master’s degree will be
expected to show before admission to
candidacy a competence in those languages
deemed by his or her department or
departments most essential for the field o f

* "A n average o f C ’’ is interpreted for
this purpose as being a numerical
average o f at least 2 .0 (A + ,
A = 4 .0 , A - = 3 .6 7 , B + = 3 .3 3 ,
B S 3 .0 , B - = 2 .6 7 , C + = 2 .3 3 ,
C = 2 .0 , C - = 1.67, D + = 1.33,

D > 1.0, D - = 0 .6 7 ). Grades o f
Credit/No Credit and grades on the
record for work not taken at
Swarthmore College are not included
in computing this average.

54

research. Detailed language requirements will
be indicated in the announcements o f
departments which admit candidates for the
degree.

The tuition fee for graduate students who are
candidates for the Master’s degree is $ 5 ,4 0 0
per year, and the general fee for- these students
is $ 5 0 per semester.

55

Awards and Prizes
T he Ivy Award is made by the Faculty each year
to the man o f the graduating class who is
outstanding in leadership, scholarship, and
contributions to the College community.

It is awarded each spring to a well-rounded
Junior majoring in Chemistry who, in the
opinion o f the Department, gives promise o f
excellence and dedication in the field.

T he O a k L e a f Award is made by the Faculty
each year to the woman o f the graduating class
who is outstanding in leadership, scholarship,
and contributions to the College community.

T he Brand Blanshard Prize, honoring Brand
Blanshard, Professor o f Philosophy at Swarth­
more from 1925 to 1945, has been established
by David H. Scull, o f the Class o f 1936. The
award o f $10 0 is presented annually to the
student who, in the opinion o f the Department,
submits the best essay on any philosophical
topic.

T he Scott Award at Swarthmore. A scholarship
established by the Scott Paper C o. o f Chester,
Pa., in honor o f its former president, Arthur
Hoyt Scott o f the Class o f 1895. Given for the
first time in 1953, it is awarded annually to an
outstanding sophomore who plans to enter
business after graduation and who demonstrates the qualities o f scholarship, character,
personality, leadership, and physical vigor. The
award provides the recipient with $ 2,000 for
each o f his last two years in college, regardless
o f financial need.
T he F lack Achievement Award, presented by the
Flack Foundation, one o f whose founders is
Hertha Eisenmenger Flack o f the Class o f
1938, is made to a deserving student who,
during the first two years at Swarthmore
College, has demonstrated a good record o f
achievements in both academic and extracur­
ricular activities while showing leadership
potential as a constructive member o f the
College. The donor hopes these awards will go
to students o f demonstrated achievement and
high potential who are dedicated to the basic
principles o f American democracy and o f
academic freedom. The awards are not related
to need.
T he Sarah Kaighn Cooper Scholarship, founded
by Sallie K. Johnson in memory o f her
grandparents, Sarah Kaighn and Sarah Cooper,
is awarded to the member o f the Junior Class
who is judged by the faculty to have had, since
entering College, the best record for scholar­
ship, character, and influence.
T h e M cC abe Engineering Award, founded by
Thomas B. M cCabe, 1915, is presented each
year to the outstanding engineering student in
the Senior Class. The recipient is chosen by a
comm ittee o f the faculty o f the department o f
Engineering.
T he Stanley Adamson Prize in Chemistry is
endowed in memory o f Stanley D. Adamson
*65 by his parents, June and George Adamson.

56

T he Heinrich W. Brinkmann Mathematics Prize,
honoring Hienrich Brinkmann, Professor o f
Mathematics, 1933-1969, was established by
his students in 1978 in honor o f his 80th
birthday. Two awards o f $100 each are to be
presented annually to a Course student and
Honors candidate who, in the opinion o f the
Mathematics Department, have demonstrated
excellence in Mathematics.
T he Dorothy Ditter Gondos Award, bequeathed
by V ictor Gondos, Jr., in honor o f his wife,
Class o f 1930, is given every other year to a
student o f Swarthmore College who, in the
opinion o f a faculty committee, submits the
best paper on the subject dealing with a
literature o f a foreign language. The prize o f
about $10 0 is awarded in the spring semester.
Awarding o f the prize will be under the
direction o f the Literature Committee.
T he Philip M. Hicks Prizes are endowed by
friends o f Philip M . Hicks, former Professor
o f English and Chairman o f the Department o f
English Literature. One is awarded to the
senior English m ajor who in the opinion o f the
Department writes the best senior essay or
thesis; one is awarded to the student who in
the opinion o f the Department submits the
best critical essay on any topic in the field o f
literature.
T he Jesse H. Holmes Prize in Religion o f $100,
donated by Eleanor S . Clarke o f the Class o f
1918 and named in honor o f Jesse Holmes,
Professor o f History o f Religion and Philos­
ophy at Swarthmore from 1899 to 1934, is
awarded to the student who, in the opinion o f
the Department o f Religion, submits the best
essay on any topic in the field o f religion.

The Drew Pearson Prize o f $100 is awarded by
the editors o f T he Phoenix at the end o f each
academic year to a member o f T he Phoenix
staff for excellence in journalism. The prize
was established by the directors o f The Drew
Pearson Foundation in memory o f Drew
Pearson, Class o f 1919.
T he W illiam Plumer Potter Public Speaking
Fund, established in 1927, in addition to
providing funds for the collection o f recorded
literature described on page 14, sponsors
awards for the best student short stories, and
is a major source o f funds for campus
appearances by poets and writers.
T he Lois Morrell Poetry Award, given by her
parents in memory o f Lois M orrel o f the Class
o f 1946, goes to that student who, in the
opinion o f the faculty, submits the best
original poem in the annual competition for
the award. The award o f $100 is made in the
spring o f the year.
T he John Russell Hayes Poetry Prizes are offered
for the best original poem or for a translation
from any language.

income for a poetry reading contest as well as
funds for visiting poets and writers.
T he Academy o f American Poets awards $100
each year for the prize poem (or group o f
poems) submitted in a competition under the
direction o f the Department o f English
Literature.
T he A . Edward Newton Library Prize o f $ 50 ,
endowed by A. Edward Newton, to make
permanent the Library Prize first established
by W.W. Thayer, is awarded annually to that
undergraduate who, in the opinion o f the
Committee o f Award, shows the best and
most intelligently chosen collection o f books
upon any subject. Particular emphasis is laid
not merely upon the size o f the collection but
also upon the skill with which the books are
selected and upon the owner’s knowledge o f
their subject-matter.
T he A lice L. Crossley Prize in Asian Studies o f

$10 0 is awarded to the student who, in the
opinion o f the Asian Studies Committee,
submits the best essay on any topic in Asian
Studies.

The E lla Frances Bunting Extemporary Speaking
Fund and the Owen Moon Fund provide

FACULTY AWARD
T he F lack Faculty Award is given for excellence
in teaching and promise in scholarly activity to
a member o f the Swarthmore Faculty, to help
meet the expenses o f a full year o f leave
devoted to research and self-improvement.
This award acknowledges the particularly
strong link that exists at Swarthmore between

teaching and original scholarly work. The
award itself is to be made by the President
upon the recommendation o f the Provost and
the candidate’s academic department. This
award is made possible by an endowment
established by James M . Flack and Hertha
Eisenmenger Flack ’38.

57

Fellowships
Three fellowships (the Leedom , Lippincott, and
Lockwood Fellowships — see below) are
awarded annually by the Faculty, and two
fellowships (the Mott and Tyson Fellowships —
see below) are awarded by the Somerville
Literary Society, to seniors or graduates o f the
College for the pursuit o f advanced work.
These awards are made on recommendation o f
the Comm ittee on Fellowships and Prizes for a
proposed program o f study which has the
approval o f the Faculty. Applications must be
in the hands o f the Committee by March 31.
The Committee considers applicants for all o f
these fellowships for which they are eligible
and makes recommendations which overall do
not discriminate on the basis o f sex. These
fellowships are:
T he H annah A. Leedom Fellowship founded by
the bequest o f Hannah A. Leedom.
T he Joshua Lippincott Fellowship founded by
Howard W . Lippincott, o f the Class o f 1875,
in memory o f his father.
T he John Lockwood M emorial Fellowship,
founded by the bequest o f Lydia A . Lockwood,
New York, in memory o f her brother, John
Lockwood. It was the wish o f the donor that
the fellowship be awarded to a member o f the
Society o f Friends.
T he Lucretia Mott Fellowship, founded by the
Somerville Literary Society and sustained by
the contributions o f Swarthmore alumnae. It
is awarded each year to a woman senior who is
to pursue advanced study in an institution
approved by the Committee.
The M artha E. Tyson Fellowship, founded by
the Somerville Literary Society in 1913 and
sustained by the contributions o f Swarthmore
alumnae. It is awarded each year to a woman
senior or graduate who plans to enter
elementary or secondary school work. The
recipient o f the award is to pursue a course o f
study in an institution approved by the
Committee.
Four other fellowships are awarded under the
conditions described below:
T he Thom as B. M cC abe, Jr. and Yvonne Motley
M cC abe M emorial Fellowship. This Fellowship,
awarded annually to a graduate o f the College,
provides a grant toward the first year o f study

at the Harvard Business School. Yvonne and
Thomas B. McCabe, Jr., were for a time
residents o f Cambridge, Massachusetts, and
Mr. McCabe received the M .B.A . from
Harvard and was a Visiting Lecturer there. In
selecting the recipient, the Committee on
Fellowships and Prizes follows the standards
that determine the M cCabe Achievement
Awards, giving special consideration to appli­
cants who have demonstrated superior qualities
o f leadership. Young alumni and graduating
seniors are eligible to apply.
The J. Roland Pennock Undergraduate Fellowship
in Public A ffairs. The Fellowship, endowed by
friends o f Professor J. Roland Pennock at his
retirement in 1976 and in recognition o f his
many years o f distinguished teaching of
Political Science at Swarthmore, provides a
grant for as much as $ 2 ,5 0 0 to support a
substantial research project (which could
include inquiry through responsible participa­
tion) in public affairs. The Fellowship, for
Swarthmore undergraduates, would normally
be held off-campus during the summer.
Preference is given to applicants from the
Junior Class.
Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellowship, established to
honor the memory o f Dean Emerita Susan P.
Cobbs, is awarded at the discretion o f the
Classics Department to a student majoring in
Classics for study in Greece or Italy.
Phi Beta K appa Fellowship. The Swarthmore
Chapter o f Phi Beta Kappa (Epsilon of
Pennsylvania) awards a Fellowship for graduate
study to a senior who has been elected to Phi
Beta Kappa and has been admitted to a
program o f advanced study in some branch of
the liberal arts.
The Eugene M. Lang Graduate Incentive
Fellowship. All Eugene M . Lang senior
Scholars who have completed their Opportun­
ity Project (see Financial Aid) and who have
academic achievement at Swarthmore suffi­
cient to earn D istinction or Honors may apply
for these fellowships. Applicants should
submit to the Committee on Fellowships and
Prizes a plan o f graduate study with high
potential for service to society. This fellowship
is made possible by the gift o f Eugene M . Lang
’3 8.

FACULTY FELLOWSHIP
The Eugene M . Lang Faculty Fellowship is
designed to enhance the educational program
o f Swarthmore College by contributing to
faculty development, by promoting original or
innovative scholarly achievement o f faculty
members, and by encouraging the use o f such
achievements to stimulate intellectual exchange
among scholars. The Fellowship will provide
financial support for faculty leaves through a
grant o f about one half the recipient’s salary
during the grant year. Upon recommendation
o f the Selection Committee, there may be a
small additional grant for travel and project
expenses and for library book purchases. The

Selection Committee shall consist o f the
Provost, three Divisional Chairmen, and three
other persons selected by the President, o f
whom at least two must be Swarthmore
alumni. Any faculty member eligible for leave
may apply, and up to two may be chosen.
Fellows will be expected to prepare a paper or
papers resulting from the work o f their leave
year, presented publicly for the College and
wider community. The Selection Committee
may support wholly or in part the cost o f
publishing any o f these papers. These fellowships are made possible by an endowment
established by Eugene M. Lang ’38.

59

V
C o u rses o f In stru ction

60

The course (semester course) is the unit o f
credit. Seminars and colloquia are usually
given for double credit, i.e., equivalent to two
courses. A few courses are given for half­
course credit.
Courses are numbered as follows:
1 to 10 — introductory courses
11 to 9 9 — other courses (Som e o f these
courses are not open to
freshmen and sophomores.)
100 to 1 99 — seminars for Honors candi­
dates and graduate students.

Year courses, the number o f which are joined
by a hyphen (e.g., 1-2) must be continued for
the entire year; credit is not given for the first
semester’s work only, nor is credit given for
the first semester if the student fails the second
semester.
The course listings in this catalogue may be
offered at the times indicated, and are
intended to facilitate planning by representing
probable offerings over a two year period.
Those courses actually offered each semester
are listed in the schedule o f classes available
before enrollment for that semester.

61

Art
T. KAORI KITAO, Professor and Chairperson
ALISON M . KETTERING, Associate Professor^
KIT-YIN TIENG SNYDER, Associate Professor (part-tim e)
MICHAEL COTHREN, Assistant Professor
CONSTANCE CAIN HUNGERFORD, Assistant Professor
MICHAEL KNUTSON, Assistant Professor
RRIAN A. MEUNIER, Instructor
SARAH PHELPS SMITH, Lecturer**

The Department o f A rt offers historical,
critical, and practical instruction in the visual
arts. Courses in art history consider questions
having to do with the forms, traditions,
meaning, and historical context o f works o f art
and architecture; studio arts courses explore
problems o f methods, processes, and personal
resources which arise in the actual creation o f
objects in various media.
W ilcox Gallery: The Florence W ilcox A rt
Gallery in Comm ons, Parrish Hall, provides
seven to nine exhibitions a year, which are an
integral part o f the Studio A rts Program. The
works o f nationally known artists as well as
those o f younger artists, in various media, are
exhibited in group and one-person shows.
Michael Knutson is in charge o f the Gallery.
Heilm an Artist: Each year the Department o f
A rt, in cooperation with the majors in art,
selects an artist to be invited to spend a few

days at the College to serve as a visiting artist
and critic under the M arjorie Heilman Visiting
Artist Program. The work o f the invited artist
is exhibited in the W ilcox A rt Gallery in
Comm ons; he or she gives critiques in the
studios and also meets and talks with students,
both m ajors and non-majors, on an informal
basis.
Lee Frank Lecture: See p. LL_
Benjamin West Lecture: See p. 13.
Study A broad: Swarthmore is one o f the
institutions sponsoring the Intercollegiate
Center for Classical Studies in Rom e, which
provides facilities also for the study o f Art
History. A rt majors, recommended by the
Department, are eligible to study at the Center
during their junior year, for one semester or
two.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Prerequisites: A rt History 1 or 2 is the
prerequisite for all other art history courses in
the Department, unless otherwise noted. It is
strongly recommended that the appropriate
segment o f Introduction be taken before an
advanced course in a particular subject. Studio
A rt 1 is the usual prerequisite for studio arts
courses; it may be waived by presenting a
portfolio. A ll majors and minors must take
A rt History 1 and 2 ; in addition, m ajors in the
Honors and Course Programs alike must take
one studio course. It is strongly recommended
that these requirements be fulfilled before the

^ A bsent on leave, 1980-81.

62

junior year. Students are also advised that
graduate work in art history requires a reading
knowledge o f at least German and French.
Course Majors in Art History: T he program
consists o f at least eight courses in A rt History
(including A RTH 1 and 2 ), plus one Studio
Arts course and Senior Seminar (A R T H 97,
required for graduation). Contingent on
departmental approval, a two-credit thesis in
the fall semester o f the senior year may be
substituted for Senior Seminar.The Course
major in A rt History is required to take at

* * Fall semester, 1980.

least one course (at Swarthmore) from each o f
the three core groups: (a) Ancient and
Medieval A rt — courses 1 2 ,1 3 ,1 6 , and 17; (b )
Renaissance and Baroque A rt — courses 20,
25, 2 6 , 2 8 , and 2 9 ; and (c) Modern A rt —
courses 3 0 (only if preceded by A RTH 1 or 2),
32, and 3 5 . Course majors may take Seminars
with the consent o f the instructor.
Course M ajors in A rt: T he combined program
of the Course M ajor in A rt consists o f a
minimum o f five semester courses in Art
History, including A R T H 1 and 2, and at least
one course in a period before 1800; and a
minimum o f five semester courses in Studio

A rts which must include at least one course in
Drawing and one in any three-dimensional
medium. There is no Senior Seminar for the
M ajor in A rt; but the Comprehensive is a
requirement for graduation.
M ajors an d M inors in T he External Exam ination
Program : In addition to A RTH 1 and 2 (and
one studio course for m ajors), majors in the
Honors Program should take four seminars in
the Department; minors should take two. A
corresponding course with an attachment may
be substituted for a seminar if that seminar
will not be offered during the period o f the
student’s Honors preparation.

A rt H istory
1. Introduction to A r t H istory, I.
A critical and historical study o f architecture,
sculpture and painting from Ancient Egypt up
to and including the Renaissance. Two lectures
and one hour conference section per week.
F all semester. Cothren and Smith.
2. Introduction to A rt History, II.
A survey o f art and architecture in the W est
from the Renaissance to the present. A rt
History I is not required for 2 but is strongly
recommended. Two lectures and one hour
conference section per week.
Spring Semester. Kitao and Hungerford.
6. P ic a sso .
An introduction to problems and methods in
art history through examination o f Picasso and
his place in modern art. Symbolism, Cubism,
and Surrealism will be emphasized. No
prerequisite.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Hungerford.
12. Greek A rt and Archaeology.
The art, architecture and archaeology o f
ancient Greece from the Minoan period
through the Hellenistic age, with emphasis on
die Classical period. Major stylistic movements,
the oeuvres o f individual artists, important
iconographical themes o f the art and literature,
and principle monuments are all set within
their historical and cultural context.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Kettering.

13. Roman Art.
A survey o f the art o f the Italian peninsula
before the ascendancy o f the Roman imperium
and the subsequent spread o f Rom an art
throughout the empire to the establishment o f
tetrarchic rule at the end o f the third century.
Topics to be considered will include the
significance o f the Greek and Etruscan
heritage, art as a manifestation o f power, the
art o f the middle class preserved at Pompeii,
portraiture, architecture as theatre, provin­
cialism, and the celebration o f triumph.
Special attention will be given to the
relationship between the social order and
artistic production.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Cothren.
15. Early C h ristia n and Byzantine
A rt
An examination o f the emergence o f a
Christian form o f artistic expression from the
heritage o f late antique art, followed by a
survey o f its international development through
the sixth century and its progression in the
Byzantine empire centered in Constantinople
until the fall o f that empire to the Ottoman
Turks in 1453. Attention will be given to
architecture, its monumental mosaic and
fresco decoration, manuscript illumination,
iconic devotional images, and the minor arts
o f ivory carving, metalwork and enamels.
F all semester. N ot o ffered 1980-81 . Cothren.

63

Art

16. Early M ed ieval A rt in the West.
A survey o f the art and architecture o f
W estern Europe from the migration o f the
barbarian tribes through the establishment o f
a mature Romanesque style in the twelfth
century. The political implications o f the
Carolingian revival o f the classical heritage,
monasticism and art, the Book o f Kells and
Celtic tradition, apocalyptic anxiety around
the year 1000, and Romanesque sculpture as
ecclesiastical propaganda.
F all semester. Cothren.
17. Gothic Art.
The formation o f G othic art in the Ile-deFrance around the year 1140, its development
and codification in France during the thirteenth
and fourteenth centuries, and its expansion
throughout western Europe. The role o f
Suger’s Neoplatonism in the establishment o f
a Gothic aesthetic; Saint Louis’ "co u rt style”
as a statement o f political ideology; microarchitecture; the G othic figurai style in sculpture,
manuscript illustration, stained glass and the
minor arts; G othic humanism around the year
1200; and influences from Italy in fourteenth
century Parisian painting.
Spring semester. Cothren.
20. Northern R en a issa n ce Art.
A rt in the Netherlands and Germany in the
15th and 16th centuries with special attention
to Jan van Eyck, Rogier van der Weyden,
Hugo van der Goes, Bosch, Bruegel and Durer.
Such issues as the development o f realism, the
influence o f patronage, and the impact o f
Italian art on the North will be considered.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Kettering.
25. Italian R e n a issa n ce Art.
Study o f the emergence o f a new style in Italy
circa 1390 and its aftermath, with special
emphasis on Leonardo da Vinci and the young
Michelangelo. Topics discussed include hu­
manism in art, historicism, scientific method,
secularization, and the artist’s role in society.
Offered alternately with A R T H 26.
Spring semester. O ffered 1981-82 . Kitao.
26. M ich elan g elo and H is T im es.
Michelangelo’s art, architecture, poetry, and
artistic theory in relation to his Quattrocento
predecessors and High Renaissance contem­
poraries. Topics include classicism, art as
problem-solving, definition o f genius, the idea

64

o f the canon in art, the rise o f art criticism,
and Mannerism.
F all semester. Kitao.
28. Baroque Art.
European art o f the 17th century. Special
problems considered include: the impact o f
the Catholic Reform ation on art and artists,
the question o f reality and illusion, the nature
o f allegory and propaganda in art, the rise o f
academies and the art market, and the spread
o f the Baroque style through France, the Low
Countries, and Spain. Artists considered
include Caravaggio, Bernini, Velazquez, Poussin,
Rubens and Rembrandt.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Kitao.

1

1

1

29. Dutch and Flem ish Painting.
Dutch and Flemish painting o f the 17 th
century in its cultural and historical Context,
with special attention to Rembrandt, Rubens,
Hals, Vermeer and van Dyck. Discussion of
the impact o f the Counter Reform ation on art
in the Southern Netherlands, o f Protestantism
in the Dutch Republic, the development o f the
genres, and the problem o f realism.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Kettering.
30. M odern A rch ite ctu re.
Architecture in Europe and the United States
from 1750 to the present. The prerequisite is
waived for students in Engineering.
F all semester. N ot o ffered 1980-81. Kitao.
32. Nineteenth Century Art.
Developments in European painting, sculpture,
and architecture from the late 18th century
through the Post-Impressionist generation of
Cézanne, van Gogh, and Gauguin. Relevant
social, political, econom ic, and cultural con­
texts are considered.
F all semester. Hungerford.
35. Twentieth Century Art.
Painting and sculpture from the Post-Impres­
sionists to the present, considered in the
context o f relevant social, political, economic,
and cultural factors. The course focuses on art
in W estern Europe through the outbreak of
W orld W ar II and then turns to developments
in the United States beginning c. 1940.
Spring semester. Hungerford.
41. A m e ric a n Art.
Painting and sculpture in the U nited States
from the Colonial Period to the present, with

1

1

special attention to the relationship between
developments in American art and those in
W estern European art.
Spring semester. Hungerford.

ning, Penn’s idealism, the row house phenom­
enon, the Centennial Exhibition, urban re­
newal and historic preservation.
Fall semester. N ot offered 1981-82 . Kitao.

43. M a s te r P rin t-M a kers.
The development o f expression in woodcut,
engraving, etching, aquatint, and lithography
through the works o f Schongauer, Dürer,
Rembrandt, Goya, Daumier, Toulouse-Lautrec,
Picasso; extensive work with originals in thé
Print Room o f the Philadelphia Museum and
elsewhere.
F all semester. Not offered 1980-81. Kettering.

65. C la ssica l Heritage in Architecture.
Renaissance and Baroque architetcure, mostly
churches and palaces, considering primarily
the syntactics o f the Classical Order; topics
include the serial and central systems, Michelangelesque subversion, Mannerist ambiguity,
rhetoric o f the facade, Baroque geometry,
cosmology and liturgy, and regional transfor­
mations.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Kitao.

46. A sia n Art.
An introduction to the art o f Asia through the
study o f selected periods in the artistic
development o f China, India, and Japan. The
course will begin with early archaeological
material from China, will consider art in
relationship to religious thought, and will
conclude with Japanese pictorial arts in the
eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Painting,
ceramics, metalwork, prints, architecture,
gardens, and sculpture will be examined.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Cothren.
48. Isla m ic Art.
An introduction to the art and architecture o f
the Islamic world. Emphasis will be on the
development o f a characteristic Islamic form
o f expression and its major regional and
dynastic manifestations.
Spring semester. Cothren.
54. The City.
Analytical study o f visual and physical aspects
o f the man-made environment: buildings as
signs and the spaces between them. Topics
include the anatomy o f space, urban icono­
graphy, dwelling and social behavior, cities and
streets in history, theories o f design and
planning, and preservation, with special
emphasis on Rom e, London, Paris, and
Philadelphia.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Kitao.
55. Philadelphia: City and
A rch ite ctu re.
Architecture and urban forms, focusing on
Philadelphia, in relation to the Europe o f
Neoclassicism, Georgian and Victorian London,
Paris o f the Second Empire, the Chicago
School, the International Style, and PostModernism; topics include orthogonal plan­

74. H isto ry of Photography.
Origins and development o f photography as a
form o f artistic Expression and cultural
communication, with emphasis on the 19th
and early 20 th centuries.
F all semester. Hungerford.
75. The Cinem a.
Cinema as visual and narrative art; close
analysis o f a few selected works (B lu e Angel,
Rules o f the G am e, C itizen K ane) in the first
half, followed by a historical survey and study
o f principal critical theories (Eisenstein, Bazin
and Metz). Screening, lectures, discussions,
papers and filming exercises. The prerequisite
o f A R T H 1 or 2 may be waived with the
instructor’s consent; recommended to ad­
vanced students only; class limited to twenty.
Spring semester. Kitao.
77. S p e c ia l Topic in The Cinem a.
The topic treated is alternately Hollywood in
the Thirties, and critical theories in the
cinema.
N ot offered 1980-81. Kitao.
91. S p e c ia l Topics.
Staff.
93. D irected Reading.
Staff.
97. S en io r Sem inar.
For Course majors in A rt History only. As
part o f this course the students will write a
Senior Paper, which will serve as the
Comprehensive Examination. The topic o f the
paper, which may vary periodically, will be
defined by the Department.
Spring semester. Cothren.

65

Art

99. S e n io r T h e sis.
Contingent on departmental approval, a twocredit thesis in the fall semester o f the senior

year may be substituted for Senior Seminar.
For Course majors in A rt History only,
Staff.

SEMINARS
Seminars are open to all majors with the
consent o f the instructor; for Honors candidates an appropriate course with an attachment
may be substituted for a seminar in the event
that seminar is not offered during the two
years in which the student is eligible to take
seminars.

125. Italian R e n a issa n ce Art.
Spring semester, 1980-81 Kitao.

112. G reek A rt.
Not offered 1980-81. Kettering.

135. Twentieth Century Art.
F all semester. Hungerford.

117. Gothic Art.
Not offered 1980-81 . Cothren.

148. Islam ic Painting.
Not offered 1980-81 . Cothren.

120. N orthern R e n a issa n ce Art.
F all semester. Not offered 1980-81 . Kettering.

191. S p e c ia l Topics.
Staff.

121. M a s te r P rint M a k ers.
F all semester. Not offered 1980-81. Kettering.

195. T h e sis.
Staff.

128. Baroque Art.
F all semester. O ffered 1982-83 . Kitao.
132. Nineteenth Century Art.
Spring semester. O ffered 1981-82. Hungerford.

Studio A rts
Studio Arts courses meet six hours weekly in
two three-hour sessions; all courses are for full
course credit unless otherwise noted.
1. Introduction to Studio A rts.
Explorations in the visual description and
construction o f objects and ideas; problems in
drawing, color, and three-dimensional form .
A ttention will be given both to the theoretical
aspects o f the work and to the development o f
studio techniques.
E ach semester. Meunier and Knutson.
2. Pottery.
An introduction to the techniques o f potter.
No credit.
F all semester. Snyder.
3. D raw ing.
Studio work from perception, with emphasis
on perspective and the effects o f light and
shadow in still life, landscape, and the human
form. Weekly outside assignments and the
final project.
E ach semester. Knutson.

66

4. Scu lp tu re.
Assemblage. Investigation o f three-dimension­
al forms through assemblage and construction;
emphasis on contemporary methods and
concepts, e.g., ready-mades and transformations.
F all semester. Meunier.
5. C e ra m ic s.
Techniques o f forming (wheel and handbuilt), glazing and firing (raku, low-fire,
porcelain, stoneware and salt); understanding,
mastery, and use o f these techniques towards a
personal understanding and expression in the
medium. Admission at the discretion o f the
instructor and with the approval o f the
Department.
F all semester. Snyder.
6. Photography.
Introduction to the technical processes and
visual and theoretical concepts o f photography,
both as a unique medium and as it relates to
other forms o f non-photographic composition.
E ach semester. Meunier.

7. Sculp ture: Figure M odelling.
Exploration and creation o f three-dimensional
forms through the plastic medium o f clay;
emphasis on the techniques o f carving,
modelling and casting, and the problems o f
representation.
Spring semester. Meunier.

creations; uses o f Euclidian geometry, serial
systems physical transformations, structural
analysis, moiré and other optical phenomena,
computer (optional) and cybernetics, and
machines. Open to all students without
prerequisite.
Fall semester. Snyder.

8. Painting.
Studio work ranges from basic studio practices
(building stretchers and preparing the canvas
support) to transforming oil paint into color
perceived in still life, landscape, and figure
motifs.
E ach semester. Knutson.

13. A dvanced Drawing.
E ach semester. Knutson.

9. Printm aking.
Techniques o f intaglio, serigraph, woodcut,
and the aesthetic possibilities o f these tech­
niques singly and in combination.
Not offered 1980-81. Meunier.

16. A dvan ced Photography.
E ach semester. Meunier.

10. A rt and S cien ce.
Explorations into scientific and technological
aspects o f art; applications o f mathematical,
scientific and technological methods in artistic

14. A dvan ced Sculpture.
E ach semester. Meunier.
15. A dvanced C e ra m ics.
F all semester. Snyder.

18. A dvan ced Painting.
E ach semester. Knutson.
19. A dvan ced G raphics.
F all semester. Meunier.
20. S p e c ia l Studies.
Staff.

67

Asian Studies
Coordinator: ALFRED BLOOM

The Asian Studies Program provides an
opportunity for students to become familiar
with the traditions and cultures o f East, South,
and Southeast Asia. By fulfilling the require­
ments indicated below students may graduate
with a Concentration in Asian Studies in
addition to a regular major. A concentration
may focus on East, South, or Southeast Asia.
Alternatively, it may apply the approaches o f
one or two disciplines to more than one o f
these areas. The concentration is open to
m ajors in all departments.
A student intending to concentrate in Asian
Studies should submit a program proposal for
approval by a subcommittee o f the Asian
Studies faculty by the end o f the Sophom ore
year. T he proposal should be the result o f
discussion with a member o f the Asian Studies
faculty drawn, whenever possible, from the
student’s major department. It will explain
what the student intends to undertake and
how the Asian Studies Concentration will
relate to his or her departmental major. Insofar
as possible the courses or seminars required
for the major and those for the Concentration
should be chosen in a way that will comprise a
well integrated and focussed program.
Each concentration must include at least five
Asian Studies credits. A t least three o f them
must be outside the major department and
must be chosen from at least two other
departments. In order to provide students
with a common experience, a shared basis for
identification and discussion, and a basic
preparation for continuing study in the Asian
area, each candidate in addition will normally
be required to include in his or her program
two o f the following courses: History 9
(Chinese Civilization), History 72 (Japanese
Civilization), Religion 10 (The Hindu Tradi­
tion), Religion 11 (T h e Buddhist Tradition).
Finally, in the senior year each student must
either write a m ajor research paper on a topic
approved by the Asian Studies Committee
followed by an oral examination administered
by the Committee, or take a comprehensive
examination administered by the Committee
on the program he or she has set out. A thesis
or major paper written for another department

may, with the approval o f the Committee, and
with an oral examination administered by the
Committee, be substituted for this requirement.
Courses and seminars presently offered that
count toward fulfillment o f the Asian Studies
Concentration:
Departm ent of A rt
4 6. Asian Art
Departm ent of H istory
9.
Chinese Civilization
72. Japanese Civilization
74. Modern China
75. Modern Japan
77. China: the Politics o f History
144. Modern East Asia
Departm ent of P olitica l S cie n c e
19. Comparative Communist Politics
2 0 . Politics o f China
107. Comparative Communist Politics
Departm ent of Religion
2. Patterns o f Asian Religions
10. The Hindu Tradition
11. The Buddhist Tradition
2 8. East Asian Classics in Translation
2 9. Self-cultivation in East Asian Religions
3 1. Indian Religious Literature
3 2. Religions in East Asia
104. Religion in Southeast Asia
Any course in an A sian Language above the
second year level (on e credit o f first or second year
language may be counted toward the concentration).
O ther courses and seminars which include
Asian materials (see departmental listings for
year offered):
Departm ent of Eco n o m ics
11. Econom ic Development
3 1. Comparative Econom ic Systems
70. The Political Economy o f Communist
Systems
(Cross-listed as Political Science 70 )
106. Comparative Econom ic Systems
109. Econom ic Development
Departm ent of M odern Languages
1B-2B Introduction to Mandarin Chinese

68

\

Departm ent of P o litica l S c ie n c e
70. The Political Economy o f Communist
Systems
(Cross-listed as Economics 70 )
Departm ent of Religion
13. Comparative Religious Mysticism
101. Religious Perspectives East and W est
Departm ent of S o cio log y and
Anthropology
30.
Religion as a Cultural Institution
107. Religion as a Cultural Institution
In planning their programs, students may wish
to consult one o f the following Asian Studies
faculty members: Alfred Bloom (Linguistics),
Michael Cothren (A rt), T. Kaori Kitao (A rt),
Cecilia Lee (M odern Languages), Lillian M. Li
(History), Kenneth Lieberthal (Political Sci­
ence), Linda Lim (Econom ics), K. Priscilla
Pederson (Religion), Steven Piker (Sociology-

Anthropology), or Donald K. Swearer (Relig­
ion).
Students concentrating in Asian Studies
should be aware o f the opportunities which
exist outside o f Swarthmore for Asian
language and Asian area studies: crossregistration at Bryn Mawr, Haverford, and the
University o f Pennsylvania during the regular
academic year; study at institutes such as the
Middlebury College Summer Language School
during the summer; and overseas programs in
India, Japan, Hongkong, and the Republic o f
China (Taiwan). Overseas programs will
normally be undertaken during the junior year
and presuppose work in Asian Studies.
Students who are interested in participating
should plan well in advance so that they can
take the necessary prior work as well as fulfill
their other academic obligations while at
Swarthmore.

69

Astronomy
WULFF D. HEINTZ, Professor and Chairman
SARAH LEE LIPPINCOTT, Professor and Director o f Sproul O bservatory§§§
HARRY j . a u g e n s e n , Lecturer
JOHN L. HERSHEY, Research Associate, Sproul Observatory (part time)

Astronomy deals with the nature o f the
universe about us and the methods employed
to derive the laws underlying the observed
phenomena. The introductory courses present
the problems in broad outlines, and trace the
growth o f knowledge o f facts and development
o f theories. The advanced courses and
seminars consider some o f these areas in
detail, with some emphasis on the depart­
mental research programs.
The principal telescope o f the Sproul Obser­
vatory, the 61 cm refractor with a focal length
o f 11 meters, has been in constant operation
since 1912 and was renovated in 1966. It is
used for photographic and visual observations
leading to an accurate study o f the motions,

distances, orbits, and masses o f the nearer
stellar systems. The astrometric plate collection
steadily grows, and is already the largest o f its
kind to have come from a single instrument. A
two-screw measuring machine installed in
1971 provides precise and fast measurements
o f the photographs. The Sproul Observatory
is open to visitors on the second Tuesday night
each month during the college year (September
through May, see monthly College calendar
for open hours). A 15 cm refractor Snd a 20
cm reflector are available for student practical
work. The library possesses a large collection
o f research publications acquired through
international exchange.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Prerequisites for an Astronomy major are
Astronomy 5, 6 , advanced courses or
seminars, combined with work in mathematics

and physics, and a reading knowledge o f one
foreign language,

GRADUATE WORK
In conform ity with the general regulations for
work leading to the Master’s degree (page 81),
this Department offers the possibility for
graduate work. Candidates will normally take
three or four Seminars, selected from math­
ematics, physics, and astronomy, and present a
thesis. A reading knowledge o f two foreign
languages is required.
1, 2. Introductory Astronom y.
The courses survey the probing o f the universe
by theory and observation, and include basic
notions o f physics as needed in astronomical

§ § § O n half-time leave, 1980-81.

70

applications. Three class periods each week;
practical work to be arranged. Recommended
as a full-year course.
Fall: Constellations and stars. Astronomical
instruments and radiation. Properties, structure
and evolution o f stars.
Spring: The celestial sphere and orbital
motions. The solar system. The Milky Way.
Extragalactic systems, radio results, and largedistance studies.
Heintz.

5, 6. General Astronom y.
The courses introduce the methods and results
o f astronomy and astrophysics, emphasizing
some topical and mathematical aspects. (C on­
tents similar to 1 , 2 .)
Prerequisite: Mathematics 5, or equivalent.
Physics 3, 4 may be taken concurrently.
Astronomy 1 or 5 is prerequisite for 6 .
Augensen.
9. Introduction to M eteorology.
Elements, observations, and predictions o f
weather. The structure o f the atmosphere.
F all term. Heintz.
51. Orbit Theory.
Mechanics o f two- and three-body systems,
applied to orbits, perturbation theory, satellite
motions.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 2 or 6 , Mathematics
5A.
Spring term. Heintz.

64. G alactic Structure.
Observational and theoretical results on the
Milky Way Galaxy, including stellar popula­
tions, H-R diagram, luminosity function,
stellar dynamics, spiral structure, and mass
distribution. Projects will include computer
use.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 6 , Math 11 or
equivalent.
Spring term. Augensen.
93. Directed Reading.
Subject area: Stellar models.
Staff.
94. R esea rch Project.
For qualifed students in collaboration with
faculty members.
Staff.

71

Biology
ROBERT E. SAVAGE, Professor and Chairman
JOHN B. JENKINS, Associate Professor
MARGARET L. MIOVIC, Associate Professor
TIMOTHY C. WILLIAMS, Associate Professor
GREGORY L FLORANT, Assistant Professor
SCOTT F. GILBERT, Assistant Professor
M A R K JACO BS, Assistant Professor
MARY BETH SAFFO, Assistant Professor
JA CO B WEINER, Assistant Professor
BARBARA Y. STEWART, Lecturer
GLORIA U. ROSEN, Assistant
JEA N L. TOMEZSKO, Assistant

The student may be introduced to the study o f
biology by taking Biology 1 and Biology 2.
Either course may be taken first. A diversity o f
advanced courses, some offered in alternate
years, affords the student the opportunity o f

building a broad biological background while
concentrating, if he or she chooses, in some
specialized area such as botany, zoology,
cellular and developmental biology, physiology,
genetics and evolution, ecology, or ethology.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Students electing a Course major in Biology
should include the following supporting
subjects in addition to the minimum o f eight
courses composing the major: introductory
chemistry, at least one semester o f organic
chemistry, and two semesters o f college
mathematics. These courses should be com ­
pleted before the senior year. Introductory
physics is strongly recommended, and is
prerequisite to some departmental offerings.
Further, it should be noted that medical
schools and graduate schools in biology

require introductory physics for admission.
Certain limitations may be made in the
student’s freedom o f choice in selection o f
biology courses due to heavy enrollment and
space limitations. Seniors will have priority o f
enrollment over juniors, and juniors over
sophomores. However, upon completion o f
eight courses in the Department the student
assumes lowest priority irrespective o f class
standing. Som e space in advanced courses will
be reserved for non-majors.

EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM
Qualified students may prepare for External
Examinations in animal behavior, cytology,
developmental biology, ecology, evolution,
genetics, microbiology, plant or animal physi­
ology via seminars or combinations o f
courses. Admission to the Honors Program is
based on academic record and completion o f
prerequisites for the courses or seminars used
in preparation for external examination.
Departmental requirements in chemistry and
mathematics must also be fulfilled. Students

72

majoring in Biology include Thesis, Biology
180, as part o f their program.
1. C ellu la r and M o le c u la r Biology.
An introductory study o f phenomena funda­
mental to living systems illustrated by
examples drawn from the fields o f m icro­
biology, cell biology, genetics, and develop­
mental biology. Emphasis is upon the means
by which biologists have attempted to

elucidate these phenomena rather than upon a
survey o f them.
One laboratory period per week.
Enrollment limited to 144.
F all semester. Staff.

viral genetics and the regulation o f gene
activity during development.
O ne laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1.
Spring semester. Jenkins.

2. O rganism al and Population
Biology.
An introduction to the study o f whole
organisms, chiefly the higher plants and
animals. Stress is placed on adaptive aspects o f
the morphology and physiology o f organisms,
their development, behavior, ecology, and
evolution.
One laboratory period per week.
Enrollment limited to 144.
Spring semester. Staff.

21. Cell Biology.
A study o f the ultrastructure and function o f
cell components, including cell division and
development, biosynthesis o f macromolecules,
and intermediary metabolism. Laboratory
exercises are designed to illustrate the variety
o f approaches to findings in cell biology.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, and concurrent
enrollment in Organic Chemistry.
Enrollment limited to 4 0.
Spring semester. Savage.

12. The Vertebrates.
A consideration o f the anatomy o f vertebrate
classes from an evolutionary viewpoint.
Structure and function o f particular vertebrate
organs are emphasized. Laboratory exercises
include dissection, physiological demonstra'
tions, films, an introduction to basic histology,
and when possible, radiographic presentations.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2.
Enrollment limited to 4 0 .
Spring semester. Florant.
17. S y ste m a tic Botany.
Classification and identification o f vascular
plants, with greatest emphasis on the family
level. Stress is upon the flora o f the
northeastern United States. The course is
open to biology majors and interested non'
majors.
Two lecture'laboratory periods or field trips
per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 or consent o f instruc'
tor.
Enrollment limited to 16 students.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Weiner.
20. Genetics.
An examination o f the -transmission, structure,
and function o f the genetic material. The
course content includes the establishment o f
Mendelism; the chromosome theory o f inher­
itance; the expansion o f Mendelism; the
identification, structure, and replication o f the
genetic material; gene function; bacterial and

25. Field Studies in Anim al Behavior.
Ethological studies o f animal behavior under
natural conditions. Subjects o f study include
primarily vertebrates and the social insects.
Class work involves both lectures and seminar
format. Laboratories consist o f field trips and
small group projects in the local area.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 24.
A lternate years, F all semester. N ot offered 197980. Williams.
26. Adaptational Plant Anatomy.
An examination o f the anatomical adaptations
o f vascular plants to environmental factors,
principally light, water, temperature and biotic
factors. Topics include the adaptive anatomy/
morphology o f hydrophytes, xerophytes, epiphytes, arctic and alpine plants, insectivorous
plants, and plants’ flowers, fruits and seeds.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2.
Enrollment limited to 20.
A lternate years, Spring semester. Jacobs.
27. Plant Development.
A study o f those processes responsible for the
development o f multicellular plants. M orpho'
genesis, cytodifferentiation, growth control

73

Biology

and current theories for the generation o f
pattern are discussed.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2.
A lternate years, Spring semester. Jacobs.
32. Top ics in M o le c u la r Biology.
This course deals with selected topics in
molecular biology including membrane struc­
ture and function, lipid metabolism, energy
transduction, transport systems and mechan­
isms for the control and regulation o f cellular
activity. Students are required to present a
major report on a selected area o f contempor­
ary research.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and concurrent enroll­
ment in Organic Chemistry.
Not offered 1980-81 . Stewart.
36. Invertebrate Zoology.
The evolution and adaptive biology o f
invertebrate animals. Consideration is given to
adaptive morphology, phylogeny, ecology,
physiology, and comparative biochemistry o f
invertebrates.
One laboratory period per week. Occasional
field trips.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
F all semester. Saffo.
37. Plant Physiology.
The principal functions o f higher plants,
including photosynthesis, gas exchange, water
and nutrient transport, mineral metabolism,
plant hormone action, and environmental
responses.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, and concurrent
enrollment in Organic Chemistry.
Enrollment limited to 20.
F all semester. Jacobs.
38. M icrobiology.
A study o f microorganisms with an emphasis
on prokaryotes. Mechanisms o f energy gener­
ation, growth and metabolic regulation, and
genetic exchange are studied with stress upon
aspects unique to prokaryotes. Ecological
diversity is considered with an emphasis on
the indispensable role o f microorganisms to
life on earth. Laboratory exercises are
designed to teach techniques o f cultivating and
identifying bacteria as well as to demonstrate
the variety o f ways in which prokaryotes can

74

be used to study applied and theoretical
questions.
One laboratory period every week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, and concurrent
registration in Organic Chemistry.
Enrollment limited to 24.
F all semester. Miovic.
40. Evolution.
An introduction to the history and principles
o f evolutionary biology. The course content
includes a brief history o f evolutionary theory;
population: structure and concept; the princi­
ple o f the equilibrium population; microevolutionary changes; the process o f speciation;
and macroevolutionary changes that include
selected evolutionary pathways.
One laboratory/discussion period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
F all semester, blot offered 1980-81. Jenkins.
45. Field S tu d ies in Prim ate
Behavior.
An investigation o f primate ethology as
studied in the animal’s natural environment.
Particular emphasis is placed on those studies
relating social behavior to habitat or population
stress. The course includes both lecture and
seminar format; although there is no scheduled
laboratory, students will be expected to
participate in at least one field trip.
Prerequisites: Permission o f the instructor and
Biology 2 or one introductory level course in
Sociology/Anthropology giving an appropriate
background in anthropology.
Enrollment limited to 10.
F all semester. Williams.
50. M a rin e Biology.
Ecology o f oceans and estuaries, including
discussions o f physiological and structural
adaptations o f marine animals, plants, and
micro-organisms.
One laboratory period per week; several all­
day field trips.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 16.
F all semester. Saffo.
51. C e lls in Culture.
An examination o f the biology o f plant and
animal cells as revealed by their activities in
vitro. The lectures focus on patterns o f cell
growth, the findings derived from somatic cell

hybridization studies, and cellular aspects o f
cancer. In the laboratory, techniques o f animal
and plant cell culture and o f somatic cell
fusion are introduced. Students then undertake
independent investigative projects.
Continuing laboratory work.
Prerequisite: Biology 21 or consent o f instruc­
tor.
Enrollment limited to 16.
F all semester. Savage.
52. D evelopm ental Biology.
An integration o f molecular and organismal
aspects o f animal development. Topics include
fertilization, embryonic cleavage and gene
expression, the formation o f representative
organs, cell migration in development, devel­
opmental genetics, and the roles o f the cell
surface in development. Laboratory exercises
investigate the developmental anatomy o f
selected organisms in normal and manipulated
conditions.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Spring semester. Gilbert.
53. Virology.
A study o f the molecular biology o f viruses,
their modes o f gaining entrance to specific
cells, their regulation o f macromolecular
synthesis and assembly and their modes o f exit
from and/or damage to host cells. Viruses as
agents o f genetic exchange and the problems o f
defining what is virus and what is cell are also
considered. Laboratory exercises demonstrate
basic techniques o f working with bacteriophage
and mammalian viruses.
One laboratory period every week.
Prerequisites: Biology 3 8 or 21.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Spring semester. Miovic.
56. Human Genetics.
An examination o f human inheritance patterns
using techniques o f genetic analysis that are
appropriate to humans. Research into the
structure, function, organization and regulation'
o f the human genome will be discussed, along
with applications o f current research.
Laboratory project.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 or 2.
Enrollment limited.
Spring semester. Jenkins.

57. C o m parative A nim al Physiology.
A comparison o f m ajor physiological systems
among vertebrates. The endocrine, cardio­
vascular, renal, respiratory, and central nervous
systems are studied in detail. Emphasis is also
placed on physiological control processes
involved in the various adaptations to unusual
environments. Laboratory exercises include
investigation o f physiological responses to
different stimuli in various species, including
humans.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, Vertebrate Mor­
phology or equivalent, Physics 2 or 4 , and
Organic Chemistry.
F all semester. Florant.
60. Biology of A nim al Com m unities.
The study o f animals at the level o f
populations with particular reference to social
behavior as an adaptive trait. Topics covered
include levels o f social organization, animal
ecology, population biology and evolution,
and physiological and behavioral regulation o f
population numbers. About half the material
is presented in lecture format; the remainder, a
consideration o f relevant studies in sociobio­
logy, is discussed in seminar format (cf.
Biology 2 5 ).
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, and one other
Biology course.
Enrollment limited to 24.
A lternate years, F all semester. Williams.
68. A dvanced M icrobiology.
Physiological and biochemical diversity among
microorganisms will be covered with the
particular examples studied in depth, relying
heavily on readings in current research
journals. The course will be conducted as a
seminar. Laboratory exercises will illustrate
current techniques o f molecular biology and
will include use o f radioactive isotopes.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 3 8.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Spring semester. Miovic.
69. Ecology.
The scientific study o f the relationships that
determine the distribution and abundance o f
organisms. Topics covered include interactions
between organisms and their environments,

75

Biology

population dynamics^ species interactions,
community ecology and nutrient cycles.
One laboratory period or field trip per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 25.
F all semester. Weiner.
70. Plant Ecology.
An advanced course which considers plant
individuals, populations and communities in
their relationships with their physical and
biological environments. Areas developed
include climatology, soil science, plant popula­
tion biology, competition, herbivory, plant
communities and ecosystem analysis. Labora­
tory and field work emphasize hypothesis
formation and the collection, analysis and
interpretation o f data.
One laboratory period or field trip per week.
All Saturdays during the first half o f the
semester must be reserved for field work.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, concurrent enroll­
ment in Biology 6 9 and consent o f instructor.
Enrollment limited to 12.
F all semester. Weiner.
74. Advanced Topics in Developmental
Biology I: Developm ental Genetics.
An investigation o f the various mechanisms
governing eukaryotic gene expression concen­
trating on gene activity in early development
and on specific cases o f differential genetic
regulation during vertebrate development.
Seminar format.
Prerequisites: Biology 21, 5 2 , or permission o f
instructor.
F all semester. Gilbert.
77. A dvanced T op ics in Plant
P h ysio lo g y and Development.
An in-depth consideration o f currently impor­
tant aspects o f plant physiology and develop­
ment, with particular emphasis on a critical
study o f original sources. The topic will vary
from year to year.
One seminar meeting each week and continuing
laboratory projects.
Prerequisites: Biology 3 7 or 27, and Chemistry
28.
Enrollment limited to 10.
F all semester. Jacobs.

78. P h y sio lo g ica l M e c h a n ism s of
Anim al Behavior.
A consideration o f the mechanisms underlying
animal behavior. Areas o f primary interest are
neurophysiology, hormonal regulation o f be­
havior, sensory physiology, orientation, and
biorhythms. Material is presented in both
lecture and seminar format. Laboratory work
consists o f small group research projects.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, at least one other
Biology course, and Physics 2 or 4.
Spring semester. Williams.
84. Biology of S ym b io sis.
Intimate associations between taxonomically
dissimilar organisms. Investigation of-relationships between animals, plants, and m icro­
organisms at biochemical, physiological, struc­
tural, and ecological levels.
Lectures, discussions, and laboratory. A 2credit colloquium.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2, and one other
Biology course.
Spring semester. Saffo.
93. Directed Reading.
W ith the permission o f a staff member who is
willing to supervise it, a qualified student may
undertake a program o f directed reading in an
area o f biology not included jn the curriculum,
or as an extension o f one o f his/her courses.
F all or spring semester. Staff.
94. R esea rch Project.
W ith the permission o f the Department,
qualified students may elect to pursue a
research program not included in the regular
Course program.
Staff.
95. S e n io r Paper.
A senior paper is required o f all senior Course
majors in Biology in satisfaction o f the
requirement o f a comprehensive examination
for graduation. However, students are not
required to enroll in 9 5 while writing the
paper. Does not count as a course for the
major.

SEMINARS
102. Cytology.
An advanced study o f biological structure and
function at a cellular level. Students carry out
independent investigative laboratory projects.
Prerequisite: Biology 21.
F all semester. N ot o ffered 1980-81. Savage.
180. T h e sis.
W ith the permission o f the Department,

qualified students may elect to pursue a
research problem not included in the regular
offerings in the Honors Program. The thesis is
submitted for evaluation by an Honors
Examiner.
Staff.

77

Black Studies
Coordinators: C r a ig W illia m s o n , Fall semester
Jerome H. Wood, Jr., Spring semester

The purpose o f the Black Studies Program is (1)
to introduce students to the history, culture,
society, and political and economic conditions
o f Black people in Africa, the Americas, and
elsewhere in the world; and ( 2 ) to explore new
approaches — in perspectives, analyses and
interdisciplinary techniques — appropriate to
the study o f the Black experience.
Students in any department may add a
Concentration in Black Studies to their
departmental major by fulfilling the require­
ments stated below. Applications for admission
to the Concentration should be made in the
spring semester o f the sophomore year to the
Coordinator o f the Program. All programs
must be approved by the Committee on Black
Studies.
All Concentrators in Black Studies are
required to take History 7, as early as feasible,
and Black Studies 91, ordinarily in the last
semester o f the senior year. They must take a
minimum o f five courses in Black Studies.
These must include at least three courses
(which may include Black Studies 91) outside
the departmental major, from at least two
departments other than the major.
Black Studies 91, Special Topics in Black
Studies, will take the form o f a one-credit
tutorial (if there are three or fewer students in
any one year) or a seminar (if there are four or
more students), with all senior Concentrators
participating. The topics selected for reading,
class discussions, and the writing o f seminar
papers will be drawn from a list o f
representative works in Black Studies from a
variety o f disciplines and perspectives and will
depend on the interests and backgrounds o f
the participants. The tutorial or seminar will
normally be taken in the spring semester o f the
senior year, and will culminate in a compre­
hensive examination administered by the
Black Studies Committee.
Courses o f the Black Studies Concentration
are listed below. Courses o f independent
study, special attachments on subjects relevant
to Black Studies, and courses offered by

78

visiting faculty (those courses not regularly
listed in the College Bulletin) may, at the
discretion o f the Black Studies Committee, be
included in the Program. Students who wish
to pursue these possibilities should consult
with the appropriate department and with the.
Black Studies Committee.
E co n o m ics 26. S o cia l Econom ics.
Eco n o m ics 60. A fric a n Econom ic
Development.
English Literature 29. The Black
A m e rica n Writer.
English Literature 47. The
C ontem porary B la ck W riter of the
United States.
English Literature 49. The A m erica n
Autobiography.
English Literature 55. The Black
A fric a n Writer.
English Literature 81. Colloquium :
Wright, Ellison, Baldw in.
H isto ry 7. A frica n -A m e rica n History.
H isto ry 8. A frica .
H istory 55. Traditions in Twentieth
Century Black A m erica .
H isto ry 56. Ex-Slave N arra tives.
H istory 57. Oral History.
H isto ry 58. The W orld of
W.E.B. D uBois.
H istory 63. South A frica .
H istory 67. The A frica n in Latin
A m erica .
H isto ry 140. M odern A frica .
H isto ry 141. South A frica .
P olitica l S c ie n c e 21. P o litic s of Black
A frica .
Sociology-Anthropology 27.
A fro -A m eric an Culture and Society.

V

Sociology-Anthropology 36. Peoples
and Cu ltu res of A frica .

Sociology-Anthropology 65. The
S o cio log y of Race and Ethnicity.

Sociology-Anthropology 42.
C aribbean Society.

Black S tu d ies 91. S p e c ia l Topics in
B lack Studies.

Chemistry
EDWARD A. FEHNEL, Professor
JA M E S H. H AM M ONS, Professor and Chairman
PETER T. THOMPSON, Professor^
WILLIAM H. HÄTSCHELET, Assistant Professor
JUDITH C. HEMPEL, Assistant Professor^
CAROL C. KAHLER, Assistant Professor
JUDITH G. V0ET„ Assistant Professor
EUGENE J . ROSENBAUM, Lecturer**
URSULA M. DAVIS, Assistant
MARGARET M. LEHMAN, Assistant
NITA H. SICILIANO, Assistant

The aim o f the Department o f Chemistry is to
provide sound training in the fundamental
principles and basic techniques o f the science
rather than to deal with specialized branches o f
the subject.
The minimum requirement for a major in
chemistry is eight courses in the Department
including two courses each in organic and
physical chemistry. Note that the prerequisites
for physical chemistry include a year each o f
college-level physics and mathematics. Those
considering majoring in chemistry are strongly
urged to complete the physics prerequisite by
the end o f the sophomore year.
Those students planning further professional
work in chemistry should include in their
programs a second year o f mathematics and
two additional courses in chemistry. Students
who intend to pursue a career in chemical
industry should seek a degree accredited by
the American Chemical Society, and should
include both Chemistry 57 and 65 in their
programs. Further, proficiency in reading
scientific German, Russian or French is an
asset to the practicing chemist. Research
opportunities with individual staff members
are available through Chemistry 9 4 . M ajors
are encouraged to consult the staff about
problems under investigation.
In collaboration with the Department o f
Biology, the Department o f Chemistry also
offers a Special M ajor in Biochemistry.
Interested students should consult the chairmen
o f the two departments.

L .Absent on leave, 1980-81.

The normal route for entrance to the advanced
level program is to take Chemistry 1, 2
followed by 2 8, 2 9. Students with especially
strong pre-college background in science may
be advised to begin with Chemistry 14 (or
with Chemistry 2 8 , 29).
Incoming students planning to elect Chemistry
14 (or Chemistry 2 8 , 2 9 ) will normally be
asked to take a placement examination.
Students seeking advanced placement credit in
chemistry may also be required to take this
examination. Consult with the Department
chairman.
1, 2. Introduction to Chem istry.
A study o f the central concepts and basic
principles o f chemistry; the interpretation o f
chemical properties and reactions through
equilibrium constants, oxidation potentials,
free energies, thermochemistry; the relation o f
chemical properties to atomic and molecular
structure and to the Periodic Table; rates and
mechanisms o f chemical reactions.
One laboratory period weekly.
F all an d spring semester. Staff.

|

i

14. General Chem istry.
A course intended for students with extensive
preparation in the physical sciences. It will
deal with topics o f current interest in
chemistry at a level more advanced than
Chemistry 1, 2. Admission to this course is
based on consultation with the staff and, when
appropriate, on a placement examination.
One laboratory period weekly.
Spring semester.

* * Fall semester, 1980.

80

\

28, 29. O rganic Chem istry.
An introduction to the chemistry o f the more
important classes o f organic compounds, with
emphasis on nomenclature, structure, reac­
tions, and methods o f synthesis. Current
theoretical concepts o f structure and mechan­
ism are applied throughout the course to the
interpretation o f the properties and reactions
o f a wide variety o f organic compounds. The
laboratory work illustrates some o f the
principles and reactions discussed in the
classroom and provides practical experience in
the techniques involved in synthesizing,
isolating, purifying, and characterizing organic
compounds.
O ne laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 or 14, or permission
o f the instructor.
F all an d spring sem esters. Hammons, Fehnel
51, 52. P h y sic a l Chem istry.
An introduction to some basic concepts o f
physical chemistry with examples drawn from
various areas, including biochemistry. Topics
may include kinetic theory o f gases, elementary
quantum theory, symmetry, molecular spec­
troscopy, chemical kinetics, elementary statis­
tical mechanics, thermodynamics with applica­
tions to physical and chemical equilibria,
solutions, electrochemical cells, crystallography,
surface phenomena, and transport properties
o f ions and macromoleeules.
O ne laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 or 14, the equival­
ent o f a year o f college-level calculus, and a
year o f college physics.
F all and spring sem esters. Staff.
56. O rganic Stru ctu re Determ ination.
Classroom and laboratory study o f the
principles and techniques involved in the
elucidation o f the structures o f organic
compounds. Emphasis is placed on the
correlation o f structure and properties o f
organic molecules and on the theoretical
principles underlying various chemical and
spectroscopic methods o f identification and
structure determination.
O ne four-hour laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 8, 29.
F all semester. Fehnel.
57. Instrum ental C hem ical A n a ly sis.
A study o f the principles and techniques o f
modern instrumental analysis in chemistry.

Elementary electronics with emphasis on
digital logic and computer applications o f data
collection and control in chemical analysis are
studied. One four-hour laboratory weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 101 or 51 (with
concurrent enrollment in 52).
Spring semester. Staff.
58. Bio lo gical Chem istry.
An introduction to the chemistry o f living
systems: protein conformation, principles o f
biochemical preparation techniques, enzyme
mechanisms and kinetics, bioenergetics, inter­
mediary metabolism, and molecular genetics.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 (or 14) and 2 8, 29.
F all semester. Voet.
63. Quantum Chem istry.
Quantum theory is developed and applied
throughout to a variety o f topics including:
atomic structure, molecular and atomic spec­
troscopy, theories o f chemical bonding, and
molecular structure determination. Symmetry
and group theoretical arguments are developed
and applied extensively.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 51, 5 2 , or 101 and a
second year o f mathematics including some
linear algebra. Physics and engineering students
may take Chemistry 6 3 without 51, 5 2 , with
permission o f the instructor.
F all semester. Staff.
65. A dvan ced Inorganic Chem istry.
The major areas o f current interest in
inorganic chemistry are discussed. Consider­
able emphasis is placed on coordination
chemistry, including the occurrence and
function o f metal complexes in organic and
biological systems. Topics include: electronic
structure o f inorganic molecules; elementary
group theory; inorganic reaction mechanisms;
organometallic chemistry; bioinorganic chem- ’
istry, including metalloenzymes, metallotheraphy, and metal ion toxicology.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 101, or 51 with
concurrent registration in 52.
Spring semester. Staff.
67. A dvanced O rganic Chem istry.
Selected topics in organic chemistry, including
resonance and molecular orbital concepts,
physical properties o f organic compounds,
stereochemistry, mechanisms o f ionic reactions,
free radicals, pericyclic reactions, photochem­
istry, and other topics o f current interest. A

81

Chemistry

familiarity with physical chemistry is desirable.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 (o r 14) and 2 8, 29.
Spring semester. Staff.
78. A dvanced B iological Chem istry.
Reading and laboratory projects in a few
important areas o f current biochemistry, such
as enzyme structure and function, spectro­
scopic methods, nucleic acid conformation,
mechanisms o f transcriptional and transla­
tional control in bacteriophage and in higher
organisms, chromosomal organization in eu­
caryotes, immunochemistry, and membraneassociated phenomena. Biology 2 0 and/or 21
are Recommended.
O ne discussion period weekly, laboratory to
be arranged.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 51 and 58 (or 101), or
permission o f instructor.
Spring semester. Voet.
94. R esea rch Project.
This course provides the opportunity for
qualified upperclass students to participate in
research in collaboration with individual staff
members. Weekly group meetings o f all

participants will allow interchange o f ideas on
research plans, progress, and results. Students
who propose to take this course should
consult with the staff during the preceding
semester concerning problem areas under
study. This course may be elected more than
once.
F all and spring sem esters. Staff.
98. S p e c ia l Sem inar.
An intensive study o f the scientific writings o f
a distinguished living chemist. Students will
read the chemist’s publications, make oral
presentations, and write a term paper reviewing
a major area o f the person’s research. The
chemist will visit the campus for one week,
during which students will have the opportun­
ity for direct and extended discussions o f
his/her work. Does not count as a course for
the major.
One-half credit.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 (or 14) and 29, and
permission o f the Department.
E ach semester. O ffered only in 1980-81 . Staff.

SEM IN A RS
Before admission to the External Examination
Program, the chemistry major should complete
Chemistry 1, 2 (or 14) and 28, 29, two years o f
mathematics and two semesters o f physics. In
addition to selecting one o f the seminars
below, students may prepare for External
Examination papers in Biochemistry (Chemis­
try 5 8 , 7 8 ) and Advanced Physical Chemistry
(Chemistry 6 3 , 6 5 ). Consult with the Depart­
ment Chairman.
101. P h y sic a l Chem istry.
The gaseous liquid and solid states, solutions,
elementary thermodynamics, chemical equi­
libria, electrochemistry, the kinetics o f chem­
ical reactions, elementary quantum theory and
Statistical mechanics.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 or 14; one year o f
college level physics, and mathematics through

82

multi-variable calculus.
One seminar and laboratory weekly.
F all semester. Staff.
106. A dvanced O rganic Chem istry.
An intensive study o f essentially the same
material covered in Chemistry 67. A familiarity
with physical chemistry is desirable.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 (or 14) and 2 8, 29.
Spring semester. Staff.
180. T h e sis.
Honors candidates may write a thesis as
preparation for one o f their papers. The thesis
topic must be chosen in consultation with
some member o f the staff and approved early
in the semester preceding the one in which the
work is to be done.

Classics
HELEN F. NORTH, Professor and Chairman
MARTIN OSTWALD, Professor
GILBERT P. ROSE, Associate Professor
RICHARD P. SALLER, Assistant Professor

The Department o f Classics offers instruction
in the various fields which constitute the study
o f Greek and Rom an culture. Courses
numbered from 1 to 20 are devoted to the
Greek and Latin languages and literatures.
Courses numbered from 31 onwards presup­
pose no knowledge o f the Greek or Latin
languages and are open (except for 4 2 and 4 4 )
without prerequisite to all students; they deal
with the history, mythology, religion, archaeol­
ogy, and other aspects o f the ancient world and
include the study o f classical literature in
translation.
Swarthmore College contributes to the Amer­
ican Academy in Rom e and the American
School o f Classical Studies in Athens, and its

students have the privileges accorded to
undergraduates from contributing institutions
(use o f the library at both schools and
consultation with the staff). Swarthmore is
also one o f the institutions sponsoring the
Intercollegiate Center for Classical Studies in
Rom e, which provides facilities for the study
o f Classics, Archaeology, and Ancient History.
Classics majors, recommended by the Depart­
ment, are eligible to study at the Center,
usually during their junior year, either for one
semester or for two. Students o f the classics
are eligible for the Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship
and the Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellowship (see
pp. 3 4 and 8 7 ).

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Greek, Latin, or Ancient History may be
offered as a major subject either in the Course
Program or in the External Examination
Program, and as a minor subject in the latter
Program.
A major in Greek or Latin in the External
Examination (H onors) Program or in the
Course Program should complete during the
first two years either Intermediate Greek or
Intermediate Latin.
In the Honors Program, a m ajor in Greek is
also expected to study Latin through the
intermediate level and a m ajor in Latin is
expected to study Greek through the inter­
mediate level before graduation.
Minors in Greek or Latin in the Honors
Program should complete during the first two
years either Intermediate Greek or Intermediate
Latin.
A major in Greek or Latin in the Course
Program will consist o f at least 8 courses in the

appropriate language above the introductory
level.
M ajors in both the Honors Program and the
Course Program are required to take for at
least one semester a course in prose composi­
tion (Greek 9 , 10, or Latin 9, 10).
In the Honors program, three or four papers
constitute a major in Greek or in Latin.
Normally all or all but one o f these will be
prepared for by seminars. Either Directed
Reading in a field in which a seminar is not
given (course 9 3 ), a thesis, or a course
supplemented by additional independent work
(i.e., an "attachm ent” ) may be used to prepare
for the remaining paper. A minimum o f two
papers constitutes a minor in Greek or in
Latin, at least one o f which must be prepared
for by a seminar.
A m ajor in Ancient History will consist o f (1)
Classics 4 2 , with attachments, (2 ) Classics 4 4,
with attachments, and (3 ) either or both o f thè

83

Classics

following: Greek 113, Latin 102. The prerequi­
sites for Classics 4 2 and 4 4 are Classics 31 and
3 2 . For Greek 113 the prerequisite is one year
o f Intermediate Greek, for Latin 102, one year

o f Intermediate Latin.
A m inor in Ancient History will consist o f (1)
and ( 2 ) above, with the specified prerequisites.

G reek
I, 2. Intensive F irs t-y e a r Greek.
Greek 1 (fall) imparts a basic knowledge o f
Ancient Greek grammar sufficient to equip
the student to begin reading after one
semester. It meets four days per week and
carries VA credits. Greek 2 (spring) is an
introduction to Greek literature. A major
work o f the Classical period is read, usually a
dialogue o f Plato. It meets four days per week
and carries IVi credits.
Year course. Rose.
9, 10. G reek P ro se Com position.
Course meets one hour a week. A requirement
for majors, this course is recommended in
conjunction with courses at the intermediate
level or above, to provide the student with
grammatical and stylistic exercise.
H a lf course, one sem ester each year. Rose.
II. Interm ediate G reek Reading.
A tragedy and some A ttic prose are read.
F all semester. North.
12. Homer.
Selections from either the Ilia d o r the Odyssey
are read in Greek; the remainder o f the poem
is read in translation.
Spring semester. Ostwald.

inflection o f Greek and Latin words derivable
from their comm on source, Proto-IndoEuropean. Students should have some know b
edge o f both Classical languages, but no prior
experience in linguistics is assumed.
Given in alternate years.
F all semester. Rose.
91. S p e c ia l Topics.
Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehensive
examinations.
Spring semester. Staff.
93. D irected Reading.
A program o f independent work under the
supervision o f the instructor. It is open only to
advanced students and may be taken only with
the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.
95. Attachm ent.
Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare for
an external examination, but available also to
Course students for the purposes described on
page 68 (Form ats o f Instruction).
Staff.

(

19. C o m p arative G ram m ar of Greek
and Latin.
A study o f the phonology, morphology, and

Latin
1, 2. Intensive F irs t-y e a r Latin.
An intensive course in the essentials o f Latin
grammar aiming to provide sufficient knowl­
edge o f the language to make possible the
study and appreciation o f Latin literature.
Study o f the language is combined with
additional meetings in which students are

introduced to a wide range o f topics related to
the study o f Latin. These include such subjects
as Rom an art, archaeology, palaeography,
religion, and (in translation) masterpieces o f
Latin literature. These meetings will normally
be conducted by specialists from the Swarthmore faculty and from neighboring colleges.

1

84

\

The course will have four one-hour meetings
each week. It carries one and one-half course
credits each semester.
Year course. Sailer.

14. M ediaeval Latin.
W orks chosen from the principal types o f
mediaeval Latin literature (including religious
and secular poetry, history and chronicles,
saints’ lives, satire, philosophy, and romances)
are studied in this course.
Spring semester. North.

9, 10. Latin P ro se Com position.
The development o f Latin prose style is
studied, with an analysis o f Latin texts and
extensive translation o f English into Latin. A
requirement for majors, it is recommended in
conjunction with Latin 11 and Latin 12. The
course meets one hour a week.
H a lf course, on e sem ester each year. Rose.

91. S p e c ia l Topics.
Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehensive
examinations.
Spring semester. Staff.

11. Interm ediate Latin: Catullus.
A study o f the lyric, elegiac, and hexameter
poetry o f Catullus. This course follows Latin 2
and is open to those with two or three years o f
high school Latin.
F all semester. Ostwald.

93. Directed Reading.
A program o f independent work under the
supervision o f the instructor. It is open only to
advanced students and may be taken only with
the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.

12. Interm ediate Latin: C ice ro .
An oration and selected letters. This course is
designed to introduce students to a great
historical and literary figure o f the Roman
Republic. It combines a study o f his major
political and literary achievements with a
careful analysis o f his prose style.
Spring semester. Staff.

95. A tta ch m en t
Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare for
an external examination, but available also to
Course students for the purposes described on
page 66 (Formats o f Instruction).
Staff.

13. Literatu re o f the A ugustan Age.
Latin elegiac poetry: Ovid, Tibullus, Propertius.
F all semester. North.

A n cien t H istory and Civilization
31. H isto ry of G reece.
The course is devoted to the study o f the
political and social history o f the Greek states
to the time o f the Hellenistic kingdoms.
Special attention is given to the 6 th and 5th
centuries B .C . Considerable reading is done in
the primary sources in translation. Classics 31
meets the distribution requirement for Group
3; it counts towards a m ajor in History.
F all semester. Sailer.
32. The Roman Republic and Early
Em pire.
A study o f the Rom an world in the period 3 0 0
B.C .-A .D . 3 8 . The following subjects will be
dealt with in detail: (1) The evolution o f the
republican constitution, ( 2 ) R om e’s wars o f
expansion and acquisition o f empire, ( 3 ) The

Rom an Revolution, (4 ) The Augustan Principate, (5 ) The Julio-Claudian Dynasty, ( 6 ) Art,
Literature, and Thought.
Students will be required to read the pertinent
original sources in translation as well as a
selection o f m odem viewpoints. There is no
prerequisite. Classics 32 meets the distribution
requirement for Group 3, and counts towards
a major in History.
Spring semester. Sailer.
33. G reek Literature in Translation.
The works studied in this course range in time
from Homer to Plato and Aristotle and
include selected masterpieces o f epic, lyric and
elegiac, and dramatic poetry, history and
philosophy. Lectures on the historical and

85

Classics
i
cultural context supplement class discussion.
N ot given in 1980-81 .

Prerequisite: Classics 31 or its equivalent.
Spring semester. N ot given in 1980-81.

35. Latin Literature in Translation —
C la s s ic a l and M ediaeval.
The works studied in this course range in time
from the age o f the Rom an Republic to the
twelfth century after Christ. They include the
m ajor authors o f th e classical period, St.
Jerom e and St. Augustine from the Latin
Fathers, and from the Middle Ages, Boethius,
Prudentius, the chief figures o f the Carolingian
Renaissance, and the writers o f Mediaeval
Latin hymns and secular poetry. The course is
given in alternate years.
N ot given in 1980-81.

44. The Roman Em pire.
A detailed study, using primary sources, o f the
political, economic, social, and cultural history
o f the Rom an world from the death o f Nero in
A .D . 68 to the death o f Constantine in A .D.
337. Classics 4 4 counts towards a major in
History.
Prerequisite: Classics 3 2 or its equivalent.
Spring semester. Sailer.

36. C la s s ic a l M ythology in Literature
and Art.
A study o f selected myths in works o f Greek
and Latin literature ranging from Homer’s
Odyssey to the M etam orphoses o f Ovid and
Apuleius. Attention is given not only to works
o f art inspired by mythical figures and cycles,
but also to ancient sites connected with them.
F all semester. North.
38. G reek and Roman L iterary
C riticism .
A study o f ancient literary criticism from its
beginnings in Presocratic philosophy and Old
Comedy to its latest stages in the writings o f
the Church Fathers, especially St. Augustine.
Emphasis will be placed on such major critics
as Plato, Aristotle, Dionysius o f Halicarnassus,
Demetrius, ’Longinus’, Quintilian, Cicero,
and Horace. Topics to be considered include
the social and historical context o f ancient
criticism in its principal stages, and the
influence o f ancient theories on certain
schools o f Mediaeval and Renaissance criticism.
F all semester, N ot given 1980-81 . North.
42. G reece in the Fifth Century B.C.
An intensive study, chiefly on the basis o f
primary sources, o f Athens and the Greek
world from the reforms o f Cleisthenes to the
end o f the Peloponnesian War. Special
emphasis is placed on the political, social, and
economic institutions o f the Athenian democ­
racy and on the problems o f the Delian
League, both internal and in its relation to the
Greek and non-Greek world. Classics 42
counts towards a m ajor in History.
The course is normally given in alternate
years.

I
I

45. G reek P olitica l Theory.
A study o f Greek political concepts and
institutions as a background to the political
thought o f Thucydides, Plato, and Aristotle,
on which the major attention o f this course is
focused.
Spring semester. Ostwald.
46. An Introduction to Archaeology.
This course imparts a knowledge o f techniques
and procedures applicable to archaeological
study in any part o f the world. Specific
examples and problems are drawn in the main
from classical archaeology, with emphasis on a
particular period (e.g: Bronze Age, Hellenistic,
Etruscan, etc.).
Spring semester. Staff.

I

81. The A ncient Theatre.
A representative selection o f Greek and
Rom an drama, both tragedy and comedy, will
be read in translation, together with the Poetics
o f Aristotle, and there will be a study o f
anceint dramatic production and the physical
remains o f Greek and Rom an theatres.
Given in alternate years.
F all semester. N ot given in 1980-81. North.
91. S p e c ia l Topics.
Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehensive
examination in Ancient History.
Spring semester. Staff.

J
I

I

93. D irected Reading.
A program o f independent work under the
supervision o f the instructor. It is open only to
advanced students and may be taken only with
the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.

I

95. Attachm ent.
Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare for

86
\

an external examination, but available also to
Course students for the purposes described on

page 68 (Formats o f Instruction).
Staff.

SEMINARS
102. Roman H isto ria n s.
This seminar combines a survey o f Latin
historical writing to the end o f the Silver Age
with intensive study o f selected books o f Livy
and Tacitus, both as examples o f Roman
historiography and as sources for Roman
history.
Spring semester. Sailer.
103. Latin Epic.
Virgil’s A eneid against the background o f
earlier and later Latin Epic poetry (Lucretius,
Lucan).
Spring semester. North.
104. S a tiric a l W riting in the F irs t
Century A fte r Christ.
A study o f the Satires o f Juvenal, selected
epigrams o f Martial and the Salyricon o f
Petronius. Special attention will be given to
the writings o f these authors as illustrations o f
the social structure and o f the literary and
intellectual movements o f the early empire.
Spring semester. Sailer.
105. C ice ro .
A study o f the political and forensic speeches
o f Cicero and o f his personal correspondence
as sources for the political and constitutional
history o f the final years o f the Roman
Republic. Attention is also paid to Ciceronian
prose style as exemplified in his letters and
orations.
F all semester. Sailer.
107. H orace: L y ric and H exam eter
Poetry.
The seminar emphasizes the O des and Epodes
and their place in the tradition o f Greek and
Rom an lyric poetry. Attention is also given to
the Satires and E pistles, especially the Ars
P oetica, and to their importance for the history
o f satire and literary criticism. An effort is

made to grasp the totality o f Horace’s
achievement in the context o f the Augustan
Age.
F all semester. North.
111. G reek P h ilo sop h ers.
This seminar is devoted mainly to the study o f
Plato, which is supplemented by study o f the
pre-Socratic philosophers and o f Aristotle and
the Hellenistic schools. The orientation o f the
seminar is primarily philosophical, although
the literary merits o f the Greek philosophers
receive consideration.
F all semester. Ostwald.
112. Greek Epic.
This seminar will study primarily Hom er’s
Iliad . Selections from Hesiod and Apollonius
will also be read, with some attention to the
development o f Greek epic.
Spring semester. Rose.
113. Greek H isto ria n s.
This seminar is devoted to a study o f
Herodotus and Thucydides, both as examples
o f Greek historiography and as sources for
Greek history.F all semester. Ostwald.
114. G reek Dram a.
The whole body o f extant Greek tragedies and
comedies is studied, with a careful reading in
the original language o f one play by each o f the
major dramatists.
Spring semester. Rose.
115. G reek Elegiac and L y ric Poetry.
The whole body o f extant Greek elegy and
lyric is studied, with attention to the political
and social background, and to the relation o f
these literary types to epic and dramatic
poetry.
F all semester. North.

87

Economics
ROBINSON G. HOLLISTER, JR., Professor (part-time)
HOWARD PACK, Professor
FREDERIC L. PRYOR, Professor (part-tim e)
BERNARD SAFFRAN, Professor and Chairman
GEORGE B. ASSAF, Visiting Assistant Professor
M ARK KUPERBERG, Assistant Professor
LINDA LIM, Assistant Professor^
DAVID L. MUETHING, Assistant Professor
LAURENCE S. SEIDMAN, Assistant Professor
RICHARD H. SPADY, Assistant P ro fesso rff
CHARLES F. STONE, III, Assistant P rofessorff
DAVID F. WEIMAN, Assistant Professor
NOEL J .J . FARLEY, Visiting Lecturer** * §

The courses in economics are designed: first,
to acquaint the student with the institutions
and processes through which the 'activity o f
producing, exchanging, and distributing goods
and services is organized and carried on;
second, to train the student in the methods by
which these institutions and processes may be
analyzed; and third, to enable the student to
arrive at informed judgments concerning
relevant issues o f public policy.
Econom ics 1-2 is a prerequisite to all other
work in the Department except Econom ics 3
and Econom ics 4. All students intending to
major in Econom ics are strongly advised to
take Econom ics 4 or the equivalent statistics
course in the Mathematics department in
order to prepare for upper level courses and
seminars; some seminars will assume a
knowledge o f statistics. M ajors in Course are
normally expected to take Econom ics 2 0 and
5 9 before their senior year. M ajors in the
External Examination (H onors) program must
take Econom ics 103 and are strongly advised
to take in addition either Econom ics 102 or
Econom ics 5 9 . Students intending advanced
work in applied economics and those intending
to go to law or business schools will find
Econom ics 3 useful preparation.
Knowledge o f the materials covered in an
elementary calculus course is also required for
a major in Economics. For students intending

\ A bsent on leave, 1980-81.
* * Fall semester, 1980.

88

to do graduate work in Economics, a strong
background in mathematics is virtually essen­
tial. If at all possible, such students should
take Mathematics 5 and 11 or the equivalent o f
these courses. Mathematics 15 and 22 would
also be useful for those intending to focus on
the more technical aspects o f economics.
1, 2. Introduction to Econom ics.
This course is designed both to afford the
general student a comprehensive survey and to
provide students doing further work with a
foundation on which to build.
The first semester course describes the
organization o f the economic system and
analyzes the allocation o f resources, the
distribution o f income, and international
economic relations. Students must take Econ­
om ics 2 to receive credit for Econom ics 1.
The second semester course deals with the
problems o f inflation, unemployment, monetary and fiscal policy, and the determination o f
national priorities.
3. A ccounting.
The purpose o f this course is to equip the
student with the rudiments o f accounting
needed for advanced work in business finance,
banking, taxation, and public regulation. (This
course does not satisfy the distribution

§ B ry n Mawr-Haverford-Swarthmore
faculty exchange program.

I

I

I

I

requirements as outlined previously in this
catalogue.)
Spring semester.

Selected current topics in the economics o f
financial markets.
Spring semester. Muething.

4. S ta tis tic s fo r Econom ists.
All Economics majors are strongly advised to
take this course (preferably in their sophomore
or junior year) to prepare them for advanced
work in the discipline. The first half o f the
course covers basic probability, random
variables, sampling, estimation and hypothesis
testing; the second half, simple and multiple
regression. No mathematics prerequisite except
high school algebra; the course includes a selfcontained introduction to calculus and matrix
algebra. Course work will include some
problem solving using the computer.
Prerequisites: Economics 1 and 2.
F all semester. Muething.

20. Econom ic Theory.
M icroeconomic theory at an intermediate
level. Determination o f prices in theory and in
practice. Distribution o f income. Economic
welfare aspects o f various market structures.
O ther selected topics.
F all semester. Muething and Pack.

5. Econom ic P o licy A n a ly sis.
This course analyzes major policy issues: (1)
The trade-off between efficiency and equality
in a market economy; (2 ) Policies to raise low
incomes (the negative income tax; capital
formation); ( 3 ) National health insurance; (4 )
Environment, energy, and resource conserva­
tion; ( 5 ) Inflation and unemployment.
Prerequisites: Econom ics 1 and 2.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Seidman.
11. Econom ic Development.
Requisites for the economic development o f
underdeveloped countries. Obstacles to devel­
opment. Strategy and tactics o f development
policy.
Spring semester. Pack.

I
I

I

I

12. Econom etrics.
A survey o f fundamental econometric methods
emphasizing application. Som e empirical work
will be required.
Prerequisite: Economics 4.
Spring semester. Staff.
14. Financial M a rk e ts and
Institutions.
Econom ic theory o f the stock and bond
markets. Evaluation o f investments and
portfolio decisions from the viewpoint o f the
individual. Investment and financial decisions
from the viewpoint o f the corporation.
Function and regulation o f various financial
intermediaries. Impact o f government regulation and taxation on financial markets.

21. Industrial O rganization and Public
Policy.
Optimality and the price system; theories o f
the firm; market structure; the causes o f
market failure and alternative policy responses;
antitrust, regulation and public enterprise.
F all semester. N ot o ffered 1980-81.
22. P u blic Finance.
Analysis o f the effects o f tax policies and
government expenditure programs on the
distribution o f income and economic efficiency.
Special topics will include tax reform and
capital formation, consumption vs. income
taxes, social insurance (social security, national
health insurance, unemployment compensa­
tion), general equilibrium tax incidence, public
goods, externalities (environmental pollution),
tax policy and inflation, and optimal taxation.
F all semester. Seidman.
24. Top ics in the Econom ics of
Industry.
Quite similar to Economics 21, but placing
more stress on governmental policies toward
the firm and the subsequent reactions on firm
decision-making.
F all semester. Assaf.
25. Labor P rob lem s and M anpow er
Policy.
The structure and behavior o f labor markets,
issues in labor relations, the development o f
manpower, the role o f unions, employers and
government.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81 .
26. S o c ia l Econom ics.
The extent, consequences, and causes o f
poverty and economic inequality; an appraisal
o f reforms in income support programs,
medical care, education, housing, and rural

Economics

and ghetto development; the economics o f
discrimination.
Not offered 1980-81 .
27. Governm ent Regulation of
Industry.
The economics o f the "new ” regulation:
occupational safety and health, affirmative
action, pollution, auto insurance, consumer
product safety, pension plans, restrictions on
industrial location and mobility, etc. In each
case the economic rationale for current and
proposed regulation is examined in the
context o f the theory o f market failure and
evaluated in terms o f its effects upon
economic efficiency and social equity. In
certain cases, "optim al” schemes devised by
economists which differ greatly from current
policy will be considered. Throughout, the
emphasis is on the theory o f government
intervention and its implementation as opposed
to current institutional failures.
Not offered 1980-81 .
30. The International Economy.
The course consists o f a brief introduction to
the historical development and institutional
structure o f the international economy and an
introduction to the theory o f trade, commer­
cial policy, and balance o f payments adjustment.
These tools are used to analyze contemporary
international economic problems; tariffs and
non-tariff barriers, common markets, multi­
national corporations, international oil, gold,
inflation, and the future o f the international
monetary system.
F all semester. Pryor.
31. C om parative Econom ic S y ste m s.
Analysis o f methods by which economic
systems can be compared; studies o f empirical
comparisons according to many criteria o f
nations in East and W est; case studies o f the
Soviet U nion, China, Yugoslavia and other
nations.
F all semester. Pryor.
41. Urban Econom ics.
This course examines the economic structure
and development o f American urban econ­
omics. Topics covered include housing,
transportation, urban renewal, local govern­
ment finance, and pollution.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 .

90

47. M a rx ist P olitica l Economy.
A study o f Marxist economics and political
theory with particular attention to general
problems o f historical materialism. Primary
emphasis in the reading is placed on the works
o f Marx, Engels, and Lenin; however, some
time is also devoted to the background o f
Marxist thought as well as the development o f
Marxist theory in the present era.
Prerequisites include two semesters o f either
Political Science or Economics.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81.
49. A m e ric a n Econom ic History.
(A lso listed as History 4 9 ). The course o f
American economic growth, from the colonial
era onwards, is examined; further, the sources
o f that growth are explored with an attempt to
weigh the contribution o f various causal
factors which historians and economists have
identified, including the changing composition
o f inputs, methods o f production and the
changing social and political environment. The
evolving relationship o f growth to equity and
efficiency will also be considered.
F all semester. Weiman.
54. Energy P o licy Issues.
(Cross-listed as Engineering 57.) An explor­
ation o f government policy toward energy
resource development and implementation o f
new energy technologies. Topics include O C S
oil, leasing, western coal and oil shale
development, energy price regulation, nuclear
safety and safeguards, solar energy develop­
ment and end-use conservation.
Enrollment by permission o f instructor;
suggested preparation includes Economics 1 &
2, Political Science 2, and Engineering 3 or a
mathematics course.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 .
56. O perations R esearch.
(A lso listed as Engineering 5 6 .) The principles
o f operations research as applicable to
defining optimum solutions o f engineering
and financial problems as an aid to managerial
decision making. Probability and probability
distributions, reliability, random number
simulation, queuing theory, linear program­
ming, dynamic programming, allocation and
transportation theory. The working principles
o f engineering economy are introduced and

combined with operations research topics.
Normally for junior and senior students.
Spring semester.
58. Health Policy.
(Also listed as Political Science 5 8 .) Analysis
o f government policy toward health care and
public health, its impact upon institutions and
resource allocation, and major alternatives for
action. Central topics are the organization o f
health care delivery (roles and views o f
physicians, nurses, administrators, patients
and insurers); the interplay o f federal, state,
and local governments, quasi-public authorities,
and interest groups; technical and political
aspects o f health insurance alternatives; health
manpower (medical and nursing schools, paraprofessionals); biomedical research programs.
Students wishing to take this course should
consult in advance with the instructors. Prior
work in at least two o f the following will be
helpful: Economics 1-2, 4, 2 6; Political
Science 2, 51; Mathematics 1; Engineering 4,
32.
Spring semester. Hollister and Smith.
59. M a cro e co n o m ic Th eory and
S tabilization Policy.
The theory o f the determination o f the level
and composition o f aggregate output, employ­
ment, prices and intrest rates. Analysis o f
conflicting views o f the relationship between
inflation and unemployment and o f the proper
role o f government stabilization policy.
Spring semester. Kuperberg.
62. Econom ics, J u s tic e , and Law.
(Also listed as Political Science 6 2 .) Explor­
ation o f the premises behind the use o f
utilitarian constructs in the analysis o f public
policy issues. Examination o f the appropriate­
ness o f the utilization o f economic methodol­
ogy through an intensive study o f issues in law
and distributive justice.
F all semester. Kuperberg and Beitz.
67. S o cia l Insurance and W elfare
Policy.
(A lso listed as Political Science 67.) The
principal American policies and programs
dealing primarily with relief o f poverty and
economic insecurity, and the prospects and
options for reform in this field. Topics
include: Social Security, national health insur­
ance, unemployment compensation and welfare
reform. The various public objectives and

methods o f income support and related social
services, as well as certain contextual or
alternative programs and regulatory policies.
Conceptions o f "welfare” ; economic, social,
political, and administrative or professional
considerations in policy; historical and com ­
parative perspectives. Intended as a single- or
double-credit seminar for students in the
Public Policy Concentration and open for
single credit to others who have taken
appropriate Public Policy prerequisites, on
which consult the Catalogue and, as to
exceptions, one o f the instructors.
Spring semester. Gilbert and Seidman.
71. M anagem ent of Non-Profit
O rganizations.
The course will examine the distinctive nature
o f non-profit organizations: social and com­
munity agencies and higher education will be
used as examples. Emphasis will be placed on
management approaches in the general areas o f
fiscal and personnel administration.
Prerequisite: Accounting.
F all semester. Landry.
73. H isto ry of Econom ic Thought.
A critical evaluation o f the thought o f major
economic thinkers o f modern times, within
the context o f the changing economic systems
in which they lived: the classical economists
(Sm ith, Malthus, Mill and M arx); the neoclas­
sical economists (Marshall); the post-neoclassicals (Kalecki, Keynes, Steindl and Sraffa);
the modern "orthod ox” school (Samuelson
and others) and its challengers (the Cambridge
School and the radical or neo-Marxian
school).
Spring semester. Weiman.
81. Econom ies of the M iddle East.
Study o f selected Middle Eastern economies.
Focus on different economic development
strategies o f countries, some with limited and
others with substantial natural resource bases.
Investigation o f agricultural and industrial
policies, issues in natural resource pricing, and
technology absorption problems.
F all semester. Pack.
82. Law and Econom ics.
Related to Economics 6 2 but can be taken
independently. Economic analysis o f property
rights and the ways in which legal issues can be
handled with economic analysis. Examination
o f specific policy problems including liability

91

Economies

laws, product safety legislation, workman’s
compensation and work injuries, medical
malpractice laws, drug safety legislation, crime
control, and racial and sexual discrimination.
Stning semester. Assaf.

the congressional and administrative processes
by which macroeconomic policy is formulated,
approved, and implemented.
Spring semester. Seidman and Rubin.

91. P o litica l Econom y of M a c ro e c o n ­
o m ic Policy.
(A lso listed as Political Science 91.) Focus on

SEMINARS
101. P u blic Finance.
Analysis o f the effects o f tax policies and
government expenditure programs on the
distribution o f income and economic efficiency.
Special topics will include tax reform and
capital formation, consumption vs. income
taxes, social insurance (social security, national
health insurance, unemployment compensa­
tion), general equilibrium tax incidence, public
goods, externalities (environmental pollution),
tax policy and inflation, and optimal taxation.
F all semester. Seidman.
102. Econom ic Stab ility and Growth.
The theory o f cyclical fluctuations and secular
growth. Money and banking. Monetary and
fiscal policy. Wage-price pressures and the
control o f inflation.
Spring semester. Kuperberg.
103. Econom ic Theory.
Contemporary theory: price determination,
the functional distribution o f income, the level
o f employment. Evaluation o f theory in the
light o f simplifying assumptions and empirical
evidence. The relevance o f theory to socio­
economic problems.
Both sem esters. Saffran.
105. International Econom ics.
Theory and policy o f international economic
relations. The theory o f international trade
and balance o f payments adjustment. Commer­
cial policy o f tariffs and non-tariff barriers.
Comm on markets, customs unions, and
regional economic integration. Multinational
enterprise and economic imperialism. The
world monetary system, international inflation,
and the international economics o f oil.
F all semester. Farley.

92

106. C o m parative Econom ic S y ste m s.
Analysis o f methods by which economic
systems can be compared; study o f resource
allocation and growth in socialist, capitalist,
and mixed economies; case studies o f the
U .S .S .R ., Yugoslavia, China, France, and
other nations; examination o f special problems
in economic planning.
F all semester. Pryor.
107. Labor and S o cia l Econom ics.
Economic analysis o f the organization o f labor
and labor markets; education, medical care,
housing, discrimination. Determinants o f
wages and income inequality, government
policies with respect to labor relations, health,
education and welfare.
Spring semester. Hollister.
108. Econom etrics.
Econometric theory and empirical studies. An
empirical research paper is required.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 11 and Economics
103.
Spring semester. Staff
109. Econom ic Developm ent.
An examination o f the problems o f economic
development and growth in low-income
countries, with attention to both historical
experience and current issues o f development
policy. Techniques o f economic planning and
instruments o f policy will be studied. Emphasis
will be placed upon case studies o f individual
countries, and each student will prepare a
research paper in considerable depth.
Spring semester. Pack.
110. Urban Econom ics.
This seminar will deal in depth with the
structure and development o f American urban

economies. Topics covered will include hous­
ing, transportation, urban renewal, local
government finance, and pollution. M ethod­
ological as well as substantive issues will be
discussed.
Spring semester. Not offered 1980-81.
111. Industrial O rganization and
Public Policy.
Applications o f theoretical and empirical
analysis to major issues in industrial economics:
optimality and the price system; theories o f
the firm; market structure; the causes o f
market failure and alternative policy responses.
Spring semester Not offered 1980-81.
112. M athem atical Econom ics.
Review o f static optimization theory; theory of
consumption and production from a dual
point o f view; elementary approaches to the
existence, stability, and optimality o f general
equilibrium; additional topics o f student
interest as time permits.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81.
113. Issu es in Labor Econom ics.
Econom ic analyses o f labor markets and labor
organization; employment and unemployment;
wage determination and income inequality;
education; discrimination; women in the labor
force; labor in multinational corporations;
labor in underdeveloped countries; the labor

process and labor productivity. O ther topics
depending on student interest, such as U .S.
labor history, labor market institutions and
labor practices in other industrialized countries.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81 .
114. H istory o f Econom ic Thought.
A critical evaluation o f the thought o f major
economic thinkers o f modern times, within
the context o f the changing economic systems
in which they lived: the classical economists
(Sm ith, Malthus, Mill and M arx); the neoclas­
sical economists (Marshall); the post-neoclassicals (Kalecki, Keynes, Steindl and Sraffa);
the modem "orth od ox” school (Samuelson
and others) and its challengers (the Cambridge
School and the radical or neo-Marxian
school).
Spring semester. Weiman.
115. A m e rica n Econom ic History.
Econom ic development o f the United States
from the colonial period to the New Deal.
Focus on the patterns o f economic growth, the
quantitative expansion o f the economy, the
changing institutional and social structure.
Attention to the culminating economic and
social crises o f each stage o f development and
the economic roots o f these crises.
Spring semester. Weiman.

93

Education
EVA F. TRAVERS, Assistant Professor and Program Director
ROBERT J . GROSS, Assistant Professor^
ANN RENNINGER, Lecturer

The Program in Education has three purposes:
to expose students to issues in education from
a variety o f disciplinary perspectives, to
provide a range o f field experiences for
students who wish to explore their aptitude
and interest in teaching, counseling or research
in an educational setting, and to prepare
students to be certified for entry into public
school teaching. Substantive courses in the
Program in Education are intended to be
integral to the College’s academic offerings.
The Program’s m ost important goal is to help
students learn to think critically and creatively
about the process o f education and the place
o f education in society. To this end, both its
introductory and upper level courses necessar­
ily draw on the distinctive approaches o f
Psychology, Sociology, Political Science, Phil­
osophy and History. Because students major in
one o f the traditional disciplines, courses in
Education offer both an opportunity to apply

the particular skills o f their chosen field to a
new domain and to interact with others whose
disciplinary approaches may differ significantly
from their own.
A competency-based program for preparing
secondary teachers is offered for students who
seek public school certification from the
Commonwealth o f Pennsylvania. Competency
is judged by an interdisciplinary committee o f
the faculty whose members have established
criteria for certification in Biology, Chemistry,
English, French, German, Mathematics, Rus­
sian and Social Studies. Individual programs
are developed in conjunction with departmen­
tal representatives and members o f the
Education staff. There is no major in
Education. All students seeking certification
must meet Swarthmore College’s general
requirements for course distribution and a
major.

REQUIREMENTS FOR TEACHER CERTIFICATION
Students planning to seek secondary certifica­
tion should take Introduction to Education,
Educ. 14, by the end o f their Sophom ore year
and enroll for Practice Teaching and Seminar,
Educ. 16 (a double credit course), no earlier
than the Spring Semester o f their Junior year.
In addition, they must complete the following
sequence o f courses:
■ Introduction to Psychology, Psychology 3,
or Educational Psychology, Educ. 21 (Edu­
cational Psychology required in place o f
Introduction to Psychology for students in
class o f ’8 2 and thereafter).
■ Child Development,Psychology 39; Adoles­
cence, Educ. 23; or Psychological Anthro­
pology, Sociology-Anthropology 104 (Psy­
chological Anthropology will not fulfill this

\ Absent on leave, 1980-81.

94

requirement for students in the class o f ’82
and thereafter).
■ An additional course from the following:
a. Educational Psychology, Educ. 21
b. Adolescence, Educ. 23
c. Counseling: Principles and Practices,
Educ. 25
d. Education and Society, Educ. 47
e. Education in America, Educ. 52
f. Political Socialization and Schools, Educ.
61
g. Urban Education, Educ. 81
h. Special Topics, Educ. 91
Students preparing for certification must
attain at least a grade point average o f C in
courses in their major field o f certification and

a grade o f C + or better in Introduction to
Education in order to undertake Practice
Teaching. In addition, students must be
recommended by their major department and
by their cooperating teacher in Introduction to
Education. Placement o f students in schools
for Practice Teaching is contingent on success­
ful interviews with members o f the Education
Program staff and appropriate secondary
school personnel.
A t present Swarthmore College is not
authorized by the Commonwealth o f Pennsyl­
vania to certify elementary teachers. However,
students taking courses in the Education
Program have an opportunity to concentrate
their field work in an elementary setting and
may do practice teaching for credit in an
elementary school. Placements for students
who do not desire certification are also
available in a variety o f special education or
counseling settings.
14. Introduction to Education.
A survey o f issues in education within an
interdisciplinary framework. In addition to
considering the impact o f individuals such as
Dewey, Skinner and Bruner, the course will
explore some major economic, historical and
sociological questions in American education
and discuss alternative policies and programs.
The course will give students an opportunity
to determine their own interest in preparing to
teach, as well as furnish them with first-hand
experience in current elementary and secondary
school practice. Field work is required.
E ach semester. Staff.
16. P ra c tic e Teaching.
Supervised teaching in either secondary or
elementary schools, with an accompanying
seminar for curriculum and methods. Double
credit. (Single credit practice teaching may be
arranged for individuals not seeking certifica­
tion.)
Each semester. Travers and Renninger.
21. Educational Psychology.
(also listed as Psychology 21). This course will
focus on the psychological dimensions o f the
learning process in the classroom. Specific
issues will include: methods and styles o f
learning; student motivation, social and
emotional climate o f the classroom, role

problems o f teachers, and individual diagnosis
and assessment.
F all semester. Renninger.
23. A d o lescen ce .
(also listed as Psychology 2 3 ). This course will
review recent studies o f adolescent develop­
ment as a basis for establishing a theoretical
framework. These, in turn, will be brought to
bear on adolescent behavior, especially in
schools and other social institutions. There
will be an emphasis on the relationship
between adolescence as a stage o f development
and the curriculum and programs o f the
institutions serving adolescents. The course
will include a component o f field observation
and research.
Spring semester. Renninger.
25. Counseling: P rin c ip le s and
P ractice.
An introductory course focusing on theories,
techniques and issues in school and agency
counseling. Field work, guest lectures, role
playing and analysis o f case studies will
provide practical information and experience.
Recommended for students considering grad­
uate programs in educational counseling or
those planning to teach or do youth work in
an agency setting. Enrollment limited.
N ot offered 1980-81 . Dickerson.
47. Education and Society.
(also listed as Sociology and Anthropology
4 7 ). Classical views o f education and society
including Dewey and Durkheim. Comparative
study o f the functions o f schools from the
perspective o f sociology and anthropology.
Among the topics to be discussed are the
relation o f educational institutions to other
sectors o f society, and the question o f
alternatives to schooling in both modernizing
and "post-industrial” societies.
F all semester. Staff.
48. S o cio lo g y of H igher Education.
(also listed as Sociology-Anthropology 4 8 ).
This course will explore the theory and practice
o f higher education from a sociological point o f
view. Students, faculty, curriculum, governance
and decision-m aking, nontraditional ap­
proaches, and the college and university as key
institutions in m odem industrial society will be
the focus o f study. Field observation and

95

Education

interviewing at one o f the many institutions in
the Greater Philadelphia area will represent an
important component o f the course.
Staff.
52. Education in A m e rica .
(also listed as History 5 2 ). A history o f
primary, secondary and higher education in
America from the European and colonial
orgins to the present. The course will consider
both theory and practice within the context o f
American society and culture, and in relation
to other agencies o f socialization.
Prerequisite: Introductory level History course.
Not offered 1980-81 . Bannister.
64. P olitica l S o cia liza tio n and
Sch o ols.
(also listed as Political Science 64 ). The course
will consider the development o f political
concepts, attitudes and behavior in students
through the period o f formal education. The
inter-related but often inconsistent influences
o f family, school, peers, media and critical
events in the socio-political system will be
examined; special emphasis will be given to the

96

formal and informal messages o f schooling.
Disillusionment and dissent, as responses to
the events o f the past decade, will be explored.
The course will include a component o f field
research.
Not offered 1980-81. Travers.
81. Urban Education.
The course will focus on topics o f particular
significance to urban educators, including
desegregation, school finance, compensatory
education, curricular innovation, community
control, bilingual education, and unionization,
The current situation in urban schools will be
viewed in hisotrical and sociological perspective.
Field work is required.
Spring semester. Travers.
91. S p e c ia l Topics.
W ith the permission
qualified students may
topic o f special interest,
investigation will usually
well as research.
E ach semester. Staff.

o f the instructor,
choose to pursue a
which for thorough
require field work as

Engineering
CARL BARUS, Professor
DAVID L. BOWLER, Professor
H. SEARL DUNN, Professor and Chairman
M. JOSEPH WILLIS Professor
EDWARD N. KRESCH, Associate Professor
NELSON A. MACKEN, Associate Professor^
MAURICE F. ABURDENE, Assistant Professor
ARTHUR E. McGARITY, Assistant Professor
FREDERICK L. ORTHLIEB, Assistant Professor

The professional practice o f engineering
requires skill and resourcefulness in applying
scientific knowledge and mathematical methods
to the solution o f technical problems o f ever­
growing complexity. In addition, the role o f
engineering in our society demands that the
engineer recognize and take into account the
economic and social factors that bear upon all
important technical problems. The successful
engineer must, therefore, possess a thorough
understanding o f social and economic forces,
and have a deep appreciation o f the cultural
and humanistic traditions o f our society. Our
program supports these needs by offering the
student the opportunity to acquire a broad
technical and liberal education. The structure
o f the Department’s curriculum permits
engineering m ajors to take almost forty
percent o f their course work at the College in
the humanities and social sciences. W ith
careful planning it is possible for a student to
acquire a double m ajor with two degrees, the
Bachelor o f Science in Engineering and the

Bachelor o f Arts in a second academic area in a
four-year course o f study.
The Department’s physical facilities include a
wide range o f laboratories for general instruc­
tion and individual student projects in the
areas o f electronics, system control, commun­
ications, instrumentation, strength o f materials,
solid and structural mechanics, fluid mechanics,
thermodynamics, soil mechanics, and environ­
mental diagnostics. Supporting these labora­
tories with on-line data acquisition and
graphical display is the Department’s computer
laboratory which is equipped with a PDP
11/40 system as well as with smaller digital and
analog computers. Excellent shop facilities for
both metal- and woodworking are available
for student use.
The overall plan leading to the degree o f
Bachelor o f Science with a major in Engineering
is accredited by the Accreditation Board for
Engineering and Technology.

C ou rses A v a ila b le to N on -M ajors
The Department offers courses in computer
education for students throughout the College;
courses numbered 2 1 through 2 6 serve this
purpose. Although Mechanics ( 6 ) is primarily
for prospective majors, other interested
students, particularly those interested in
preparing for a career in architecture, are
encouraged to enroll. Problems in Technology
( 3 ,4 ) is designed chiefly for students not
contemplating further work in engineering or
the natural sciences. Public Technology Project

(3 2 ) is a group study project intended for an
interdisciplinary enrollment. Operations R e­
search (5 7 ), and Environmental Engineering
(6 4 ) will also appeal to many students
majoring in other departments. Students
majoring in the physical sciences or mathemat­
ics frequently enroll in advanced engineering
courses.
Students may m inor in the External Examina­
tion (H onors) Program in the Engineering

( Absent on leave, 1980-81.

97

Engineering

Department by taking appropriately related
advanced engineering courses as preparation
for external examinations. Generally the

advanced engineering courses require one or
more introductory courses as prerequisites,

Program for Engineering Majors
The general departmental requirements fall
into three categories: successful completion o f
at least (i) twelve engineering courses, (ii) four
courses in the sciences including General
Physics 3 and 4 , to be taken in the freshman
year, and (iii) four courses in mathematics,
including Math 5 and 11 to be taken in the
freshman year and Math 2 2 , normally taken in
the sophomore year. The two unspecified
science courses in category (ii) and the
mathematics course in category (iii) may be
chosen to complement the student’s overall
program o f study; in general, the Department
recommends Introduction to Chemistry (1, 2 )
and Linear Algebra (1 2 ) or Mathematical
Statistics (15) or Differential Equations (3 0 ).
W ithin the Department, the following core
courses are required o f all students: Mechanics,
Physical Systems Analysis I and II, Experimen­
tation for Engineering Design, Thermofluid
Mechanics, and Engineering Design. The first
four courses are normally taken in the
freshman and sophomore years: Mechanics in
the second semester o f the freshman year,
Physical Systems Analysis I in the first
semester o f the sophomore year, and the
remaining two in the second semester o f the
sophomore year. In special circumstances,
however, students with adequate preparation
in mathematics and physics can begin the
engineering curriculum as late as the second
semester o f the sophomore year and still
complete all o f the core requirements and
elective work in the Department. The course
Engineering Design, the culminating experience
for engineering majors, is taken in the second
semester o f the senior year.
In consultation with his or her advisor, each
student constructs a program o f advanced
work in the Department. These programs,
normally consisting o f six courses, are
submitted to the Department when the
student formally applies for a major in
engineering during the spring semester o f the
sophomore year.

98

The program constitutes the student’s elected
field o f concentration which may or may not
conform closely to the traditional areas o f
engineering specialization, i.e. civil, electrical,
mechanical, etc. For non-traditional plans for
advanced work, the Department requires a
coherent program that, in its judgment, meets
the student’s educational objectives.
Several
follow:

suggested

fields

o f concentration

(1) General civil engineering: Mechanics o f
Solids, Structural Theory and Design,
Soil Mechnanics Theory and Design,
Fluid Mechanics, and Operatioiis Re­
search. Students with a particular interest
in environmental topics may replace
several o f the above courses with Environ­
mental Engineering, Environmental Policy,
or Solar Energy Systems.
( 2 ) General electrical engineering: Electronic
Circuit Analysis and Design I and II,
Electromagnetic Theory, Communication
Systems, and Control Theory and Design.
Students having an interest in digital
systems might replace one or more o f
these courses with Digital Logic, Com ­
puter Organization, Computer Systems,
or Microprocessor Laboratory Applica­
tions.
( 3 ) General mechanical engineering: Mechan­
ics o f Solids, Thermodynamics, Engineer­
ing Materials, Fluid Mechanics, Heat
Transfer, and Control Theory and Design.
Students with a special interest in the field
o f energy may wish to include Solar
Energy Systems or Energy Policy.
( 4 ) Computer engineering and general com ­
puter science: Digital Logic, Computer
Organization, Digital Computers II, Com ­
puter Systems, and M icroprocessor Lab­
oratory Applications. Students with an
interest in computer hardware may
include Electronic Circuit Analysis and

Design I and II, or Control Theory and
Design. Courses in mathematics can be

used to broaden the theoretical foundation
o f the program.

ENGINEERING
3, 4. P ro b le m s in Technology, I
and II.
Designed primarily for those not planning to
major in science or engineering, this course is
intended to provide some depth o f under­
standing o f technology and its impact by
examining in each semester a particular
technology. Technical considerations under­
lying policy issues will be stressed. Examples
o f semester topics are: aspects o f the energy
problem, satellite communications, managing
environmental hazards, and developments in
data processing. A strong background in high
school mathematics is assumed. Includes
laboratory. Credit may be given for either
semester, or both.
3 w ill be offered in 1980-81, but not 4 . Barus.
6. M ech a n ics.
Fundamental areas o f statics and dynamics.
Elementary concepts o f deformable bodies
including stress-strain relations, beam, torsion,
and long column theory. Laboratory work is
related to experiments on deformable bodies.
Prerequisite: Physics 3 or equivalent.
Spring semester. Orthlieb.
11,12. P h y sic a l S y s te m s A n a ly s is I
and II.
These courses are devoted to the study o f
physical phenomena which may be represented
to a good degree o f approximation by a linear,
lumped-parameter model. E ll (fall semester)
is oriented mainly toward electrical devices
and the development o f mathematical tech­
niques for the analysis o f their linear behavior.
E12 (spring semester) is more concerned with
mechanical, thermal and fluid systems, but
emphasis throughout both courses will be
placed upon the unity resulting from the
common mathematical representation and
analysis o f diverse physical systems. The
content o f E l l is: Behavior o f electrical
circuits; natural and forced transient response,
steady-state harmonic excitation. Modeling o f
active devices, operational amplifiers, and
their use in circuit design. Introduction to the
Fourier series and Laplace transform. Pole-

zero concepts, notions o f stability, and energy
considerations. E12 will be devoted to: multi­
degree o f freedom mechanical, electromechan­
ical, thermal and fluid systems. Transfer
function and matrix descriptions o f compound
systems, the eigen-value problem and state
space techniques. Mechanical systems in two
and three dimensions, energy methods, coupled
modes o f motion. Transition from many
degree o f freedom systems to continuous
systems; the Fourier integral with applications
to wave motion.
Credit may be given for either semester, or
both. Staff.
14. Experim entation fo r Engineering
Design.
Theories o f experimentation and measurement
are presented and are related to engineering
design and research projects. Lectures present
probability theory and its applications in
experimentation. Topics include random var­
iables, probability distributions, measurement
errors, random noise, system reliability,
statistical analysis o f experiments and simulated
experiments, and decision making with experi­
mental results. T he laboratory section treats
the analysis o f measurement systems and
involves the experimental determination o f
measurement system parameters.
Prerequisites: E ll and E12 (taken concurrendy)
Spring semester. McGarity.
21. Digital Logic.
A n introduction to the theory and design o f
digital logic circuits. Following a discussion o f
number systems and Boolean algebra, minimi­
zation and realization techniques are studied
for combinational systems. The latter part o f
the course will be concerned with the
treatment o f sequential systems. Switching
devices will be characterized only as to their
terminal behavior and no consideration will be
given to the physical basis for their operation.
The course is intended for students with a
good background in basic mathematics through
algebra. Includes laboratory.
F all semester. Kresch, Bowler.

99

Engineering

22. Com puter O rganization.
A study o f the ways in which the functional
units o f a typical digital computer may be
interconnected. Hardware implementation o f
registers, counters, adders and the functional
units themselves. Micro-programmed control.
Characteristics o f the several types o f memory.
Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E21.
Spring semester. Kresch, Bowler.
23. Digital Com puters I:
P rogram m ing and A pp lica tion s.
A n introduction to problem solving by
computers. A high-level computer language
will be taught with a brief introduction to an
assembly language. Examples o f computer
applications in education, industry, commerce,
and government will be presented. Extensive
use o f the Computing Center facilities.
Prerequisite: None; intended for non-science
and non-engineering majors.
F all semester. Bowler, Aburdene.
24. Digital Com puters II: A dvanced
Com puter A p p lication s.
Advanced features o f programming languages;
use o f tapes and disks, data structures, sorting
and searching algorithms, file processing,
operating systems, and introduction to simula­
tion languages and statistical packages.
Prerequisite: E 2 3 , or equivalent. Intended for
non-science and non-engineering majors.
Spring semester. Aburdene.
25. C om puter S ystem s: O rganization
and P rogram m ing.
A n introduction to the organization and
system design o f a small computer. Machine
language, addressing techniques, assembly
language, and macro instructions. Re-entrant
and recursive programming techniques. Input/
output programming. Operating systems and
system interrupts. Extensive use o f computer
laboratory.
Prerequisites: E 2 3 , or Mathematics 7 or
equivalent.
F all semester. Aburdene.
26. M ic r o p r o c e s s o r Laboratory
A pp lica tion s.
The study and selection o f microprocessor
architecture, hardware modules, and interfaces
for use in laboratory instrumentation. The
laboratory exercises are designed for the

100

development o f a working microprocessorbased system.
Prerequisite: E 25 or equivalent. Intended for
engineering and science majors.
Spring semester. Aburdene.
32. P u blic Technology P ro je c t
An interdisciplinary group project. The class
will be constituted as a study panel charged
with assessing various aspects o f a particular
public-service technology. The group will
jointly prepare a report setting forth its
findings and recommendations. Examples o f
the type o f technology to be investigated are
new energy systems, transportation systems,
automated health care, waste management,
applications o f communication satellites, water
management in the west, etc. The .class will
meet weekly in seminar format.
Prerequisite: completion o f science require­
ment.
O ffered in either sem ester when staffin g perm its.
Barus.
36. S o la r Energy S y ste m s.
Fundamental principles in the analysis and
design o f systems which collect, store, and use
the direct and indirect forms o f solar energy.
Examples o f current solar technology are used
as illustrations. Stochastic and deterministic
mathematical models are used to describe the
performance o f components and systems.
C ost functions are developed for use in
economic assessments. Techniques for system
optimization are discussed.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 5 , 11; Physics 3, 4.
Spring semester. McGarity.
41. Therm ofluid M e ch a n ics.
Introduction to macroscopic thermodynamics;
first and second laws, properties o f pure
substances, thermodynamics o f an ideal gas,
applications using system and control volume
formulation. Introduction to fluid mechanics;
development o f conservation theorems, hy­
drostatics, dynamics o f one-dimensional fluid
motion. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisites: E12 and E14 (or equivalent
background).
F all semester. Macken, Orthlieb.
55. S y s te m s Theory.
Mathematical analysis o f an assemblage o f
interacting elements composing a generalized
system. Fourier methods and the Laplace

transform. State variables, the system state
transition matrix and canonical forms. Proba­
bilistic systems analysis and decision theory.
Response to random inputs. Correlation
functions and spectral distribution. Some
applications in the socio-econom ic and urban
system domain.
Prequisite: E12 or equivalent.
F all semester. Dunn, Kresch.
57. O perations R esearch.
(A lso listed as Economics 5 4 ). The principal
mathematical tools for optimal decision
making are presented and applied through case
studies from the private and public sectors.
Topics include assignment and transportation
problems, linear and dynamic programming,
decision making under uncertainty, game
theory, stochastic processes, and queuing
theory. Also, the working principles o f
engineering economy are introduced and
combined with operations research topics.
This course may precede or follow Mathema­
tics 2 8 (Mathematical Programming) for a
strong introduction to the theory and practice
o f optimization. Normally for sophomore and
junior students.
F all semester. McGarity.
58. Control T h eo ry and Design.
An introduction to the control o f engineering
systems. Analysis and design o f linear control
systems using root locus and frequency
response techniques. Over-driven operation o f
first- and second-order controlled systems.
Digital control techniques, including analysis
o f A /D and D/A converters, digital filters,
and numerical control algorithms. Laboratory
includes design o f both analog and digital
controllers.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent.
Spring semester. Dunn.
59. M e c h a n ic s o f So lid s.
This course deals with the internal stresses and
changes o f form when forces act on solid
bodies. State o f stress and strain, strength
theories, stability, deflections, and photoelas­
ticity. Elastic and Plastic theories. Includes
laboratory.
Prerequisite: E 6 or equivalent.
F all semester. W illis.

60. S tru ctu ra l Theory and Design.
Principles o f structural systems and mechanics
o f deformable bodies pertaining to deflection
and stability. Structural mechanics o f space
and plane framed structures including stress
analysis, and deflections o f determinate and
indeterminate structures. Includes elements o f
design o f determinate structures. Includes
laboratory.
Prerequisite: E 59.
Spring semester. W illis.
62. S o il M e c h a n ic s Theory and
Design.
Using the basic concepts o f physical geology as
a unifying framework, the principles o f soil
mechanics are studied. Subjects introduced
include formation o f soils, clay mineralogy,
transport and deposition o f soils, soil type
identification, consolidation theory, flow
through porous media, stresses in earth
masses, and slope stability. These topics are
applied to engineering design problems.
Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E 59.
Spring semester. W illis
64. Environm ental Engineering.
An introduction to the fundamentals o f
applied ecology in water resources engineering,
with emphasis on pertinent areas o f hydrolgy,
hydraulics, water quality, and energy consider­
ations. Fundamentals are related to stream
quality management and planning for water
resources and land use projects by means o f
student design projects, including field studies,
on a local drainage basin. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: Two semesters o f science or
engineering.
Spring semester. W illis.
66. Energy Policy.
(A lso listed as Political Science 66 ). Presenta­
tion and exploration, in seminar form at, o f
political, economic and technological issues
affecting development o f energy policy, and
investigation o f the influence o f energy policy
on policymaking in other areas. Possible
topics include: development o f the U .S .
energy bureaucracy, international political/
economic decision-making and O PEC , devel­
opment and impact o f energy price decontrol,

101

Engineering

economic and political aspects o f U .S . energy
technology exports, economic and environ­
mental perspectives o f energy resource devel­
opment (renewable and otherwise). Enroll­
ment by permission o f instructors. Suggested
preparation includes Econom ics 1-2 and
Political Science 2 or 51.
Fall' semester. (Does not satisfy distribution
requirement.)
6 8 .'Environm ental Policy.
(A lso listed as Political Science 68 .) A seminar
exploring public policy issues related to the
protection o f the natural environment. Inter­
actions among governmental agencies, private
industries, and public interest groups are
explored and related to the physical processes
that are affected and the pollution control
technologies that are available. Enrollm ent by
permission o f the instructors; suggested
preparation includes Econom ics 1 and 2,
Political Science 2, a science course, and
recent exposure to basic mathematics or
statistics.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81.
71. C irc u its and S y ste m s.
Analysis and synthesis o f electric circuits and
other dynamic systems. Properties o f linear
systeim functions and their application to
system design, active systems and stability,
response to random signals, energy functions
and ■theorems, digital filters, state variable
analysis o f linear and non-linear systems,
optimization. Application o f theory to engi­
neering design. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent.
F all iem ester. O ffered when dem and an d staffin g
perm it. Barus.
73, 74. Ele ctro n ic C irc u it A n a ly s is
and D esign I and II.
This course begins with an introduction to the
physics o f semiconductor devices and modern
device technology. T he remainder o f the year
is devoted to the study o f digital and analog
circuits using both bipolar and field effect
devices. T he material is covered in such a way
that E 73 alone provides a working knowledge
o f digital logic and operational amplifiers. U se
o f a linear circuit analysis program for circuit
simulation is encouraged. Laboratory work is
oriented toward circuit design.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. E 73 is a
prerequisite for E74. Bowler.

75. Electro m ag n etic Theory.
Engineering applications o f Maxwell’s equa­
tions. Macroscopic field treatment o f magnetic,
dielectric and conducting materials. Forces,
motion and energy storage. Field basis o f
circuit theory. Electromagnetic waves; wave­
guides, transmission lines, and antennas.
Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent; Mathematics
22.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Barus.
77. Com m unication S y ste m s.
Theory and design principles o f analog and
digital electronic communications. Such topics
as information theory, coding, analog and
digital modulation, multiplexing, noise, filter­
ing, and data transmission will be treated.
Emphasis will be placed on theoretical and
practical limitations and functional design.
Application will be made to a variety o f
practical systems such as television relay,
facsimile, telemetry, broadcasting, and data
communications. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent.
F all semester. Barus.
81. T herm odynam ics.
Review o f first and second laws o f thermo­
dynamics. Irreversibility, availability, real gases
and mixtures. Chemical and nuclear reactions.
Application to power and refrigeration cycles.
Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E41.
F all semester. Macken, Dunn.
82. Engineering M a teria ls.
The integration o f the selection o f engineering
materials into overall design is emphasized.
Such a process blends a basic understanding o f
material behavior, a knowledge o f the manner
in which properties may be altered, and
familiarity o f compatible manufacturing pro­
cesses, together with mechanical and thermal
design to produce a successful functional
product. In this course, the basic laws and
concepts relating the structure o f solids to
their physical and mechanical properties are
emphasized. Both metals and non-metals
including wood, concrete, plastic and compos­
ite materials, are included. Various means o f
altering properties such as heat treatment and
cold working are then discussed. Manufactur­

ing processes are studied in detail. Includes
laboratory.
Prerequisite: E 5 9 or permission o f instructor.
Spring semester. Orthlieb.
83. Fluid M ech a n ics.
Fluid mechanics is treated as a special case g (
continuum mechanics in the analysis o f fluid
flow systems. Relevant equations for the
conservation o f mass, momentum, and energy
are derived. These are then applied to the
study o f flows o f inviscid and viscous,
incompressible and compressible fluids. In­
cludes laboratory.
Prerequisites: E41 or equivalent.
F all semester. Macken, Dunn.
84. H eal Transfer.
A basic introduction to the physical phenom­
ena involved in heat transfer. Analytical
techniques are presented together with empir­
ical results to develop tools for solving
problems in heat transfer by conduction,
forced and free convection, boiling, condensa­
tion, and radiation. Numerical techniques are
discussed for the solution o f conduction
problems. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisites: E41 or equivalent.
Spring semester. Macken.
90. Engineering Design.
This project-oriented course serves as a final
exercise for all engineering majors. Three
concurrent sections, each comprised o f stu­

dents sharing a common disiplinary interest,
meet separately to examine and synthesize a
solution to a preselected design problem. The
three sections also meet jointly to study
general design methodology and to discuss the
economic, social, and environmental aspects
o f the overall design. Individual student
contributions to the design project will be
evaluated by both a written report and an oral
presentation.
Spring semester. Staff.
91. S p e c ia l Topics.
Subject matter dependent on a group need or
individual interest. Normally restricted to
senior students and offered only when staff
interests and availability make it practicable to
do so.
93. D irected Reading.
W ith the permission o f a staff member who is
willing to supervise it, a qualified student may
undertake a program o f directed reading in an
area o f engineering as an extension o f one o f
his or her courses.
96. T h e sis.
W ith approval, a student may undertake a
thesis project as a part o f his or her program in
the senior year. The student is expected to
submit a prospectus o f the thesis problem
before the start o f the semester in which the
thesis project is carried out.

103

English Literature
THO M AS H. BLACKBURN, Professor and Dean§§
OAVID COWDEN, Professor
LEE DEVIN, Professor and Director o f The Theatre
HAROLD E. PAGLIARO, Professor
SUSAN SNYDER, Professor^
CHARLES JA M E S , Associate Professor f
LUCY McDIARMID, Associate Professor
PHILIP M. WEINSTEIN, Associate Professor and Chairman
CRAIG WILLIAMSON, Associate Professor
CHARLES A. BALESTRI, Assistant Professor
ERIC A.G. BINNIE, Assistant Professor and Technical Director o f The Theatre
MARY L. POOVEY, Assistant Professor
PETER J . SCHMIDT, Assistant Professor

This Department offers courses in English
literature, American literature, theatre, and
some foreign literatures in translation. The
departmental curriculum is planned to provide
experience in several critical approaches to
literature and play production, in the intensive

study o f works o f major writers, the study o f
literature o f limited periods, and the study o f
the development o f literary types. The
Department also provides instruction in the
techniques o f writing, acting, and design for
the theatre.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Any introductory course — English 2 through
10 — or its equivalent by departmental
examination, is the prerequisite for all other
courses in literature and theatre. (This
prerequisite does not apply to seniors, nor is it
required o f those who wish only to take studio
courses.) Introductory courses are characterized
by syllabi with less reading than in advanced
courses, by frequent short papers, and by
considerable attention to class discussion; they
are viewed by the Department as particularly
appropriate for freshmen. Enrollment will be
limited to 2 5 students per course; priority is
given to freshmen and sophomores. Students
will not normally take a second introductory
course unless approved by the instructor o f
the first course. O nly one such course may be
counted towards the major. The minimum
requirement for admission as a major or as a
minor in English is two semester-courses in the
Department.

f Absent on leave, Spring semester,
1980-81.

104

Students considering a major in English are
strongly urged to take one or two additional
courses during the sophomore year. M ajors
and prospective majors should consult a
member o f the English Departmènt for
information about courses in other depart­
ments complementary to their work in
English. Students who plan to do graduate
work, to follow a course o f professional
training, or to seek teacher certification in
English, should see a member o f the
Department for early help in planning their
programs, as should students who plan to
include work in English literature in a program
with a m ajor in Literature or Medieval
Studies. Students planning to qualify for
teacher certification in English are reminded
that a course in linguistics or the history o f the
English language is required in addition to
specified work in literature.

Ij. Absent on leave, 1980-81.
§ § O n administrative leave, 1980-81.

M ajor in the Course Program : T he work o f a
major in Course consists o f a minimum o f
eight semester courses in the Department,
including Shakespeare (English 9 7 ), Senior
Essay (English 9 8 ), and at least two other
courses in literature written before 1800; such
courses are marked with an asterisk ( * ) .
M ajor in the External Exam ination (H onors)
Program : M ajors in the Honors Program must
prepare three or four papers in the Department,
two o f which must be on subjects covered in
seminars in Group 1 or on other early material
decided upon after consultation with the
Department.
M inor in the Honors Program : M inors are
ordinarily required to prepare two papers in
the Department.
T heatre Concentration: The work o f a m ajor in
Course with a concentration in Theatre
consists o f a minimum o f eight semester
courses in the Department, including Shake­
speare (English 9 7 ), Senior Essay (English
9 8 ), Play Directing (English 7 8 ), Introduction
to Design (English 76), and one other course
in dramatic literature written before the
modern period. The remaining work in
Theatre may include studio courses to a
maximum o f two credits.
Students are urged to consult the announce­
ments o f other departments which offer
courses appropriate to the concentration. It is
useful for those anticipating a theatre concen­
tration to plan their programs early to avoid
possible conflict with the twenty-course rule.
IA. A n a ly tic Reading and
Com position.
Individual and group work as intensive
preparation for further work and with
applications to a variety o f fields. For students
to whom the course is recommended. Does
not meet the distribution requirements. May
be taken in more than one semester, but for a
maximum o f one and one half credits.
E ach semester.
IB. English fo r Foreign Students.
Individual and group work on an advanced
level for students with non-English back­
grounds.
E ach semester.

2. The Tragic Vision.
A n exploration o f traditional and modern
conceptions o f the tragic experience, based on
a close study o f narrative, dramatic, and lyric
forms o f tragedy. The authors read will be
Sophocles, Shakespeare, Flaubert, Faulkner,
and Yeats.
E ach semester. Balestri.
3. The Divided Self.
A study o f internal conflict in works by
Conrad, Hardy, Faulkner, Penn Warren,
Updike, and selected poets.
E ach semester. Cowden.
4. W riters and T h e ir Art.
A study o f literary works with comic
structures, including novels by Austen and
W oolf, plays by Shakespeare, and poetry by
Pope and Auden. The course will explore the
ways in which private imagination is first
indulged and then adjusted to the demands o f
social reality; and the more tentative and
ironic nature o f that adjustment in twentiethcentury writers.
Each semester. McDiarmid.
5. Com ing of Age.
This course will deal with' various treatments
o f growing up in plays, lyrics, and novels from
ancient Greece to contemporary America.
W riters to be studied include Sophocles,
Shakespeare, Wordsworth, Blake, Austen,
Dickens, James, Joyce, and Toni Morrison.
E ach semester. Poovey.
6. R ites of P assa ge.
The course will focus on various rites o f
passage, symbolic actions which chart crucial
changes in the human psyche, as they are
consciously depicted or unconsciously reflected
in different literary modes, and will examine
the shared literary experience itself as ritual
process. Topics will include innocence and
experience, transition and stasis, community
and liminality, and the mediation o f the sacred
and the profane. M ajor authors will include
the B eow u lf poet, Blake, Shakespeare, Conrad
and Lawrence.
F all semester. W illiamson.
7. Quest R om ances in A m erica n
Literature.
The romance has always been a favorite form
for American writers. This year we will use

105

English Literature

two novels by Cooper and Hawthorne to
define the form , then will trace its evolution in
works by James, Fitzgerald, and Hurston.
These patterns may also be found in poetry o f
W hitm an, Dickinson, and Stevens, but with
differences which will allow us to examine the
distinct conceptions o f time and selfhood that
lyrics and narratives have.
E ach semester. Schmidt.
8. The Ironic Spirit.
A critical approach to reading prose, verse,
and drama focussing on the effectiveness o f
the ironic spirit as a literary device. Selections
will be drawn from English and American
authors.
Fa ll semester. James.
9. Four S e c u la r M en of the Spirit.
A study o f iconoclastic authors — Blake,
Shaw, Lawrence, and Heller — whose works
attack orthodox ways and offer moral
alternatives as necessary to human well-being.
Spring semester. Pagliaro.
16. S u rv e y o f English Literature, I.
A n historical and critical survey o f poetry,
prose, and drama from B eow u lf to Milton.
F all semester. Pagliaro.
17. S u rv ey of English Literature, II.
A n historical and critical survey o f poetry,
prose, and drama from Dryden to Lawrence.
Spring semester. Pagliaro.
19. Introduction to Old English:
Language, Literature, and Culture.*
The course will be an introduction to Old
English language, literature, and culture with
an emphasis upon elegiac and heroic poetry.
Initially, two days a week will be devoted to
learning the language and to reading selected
prose passages. O ne day a week will be spent
on a cultural topic such as history, art,
architecture, religion, or Germanic traditions.
The latter part o f the course will be devoted
entirely to the study o f Old English poetry.
W ith the permission o f the instructor this
course may be taken without the usual
prerequisite course; however, it may no t serve
in the place o f a prerequisite for other
advanced courses.
F all semester. W illiamson.
20. M ed iev al English Literature.*
The course is a survey o f English literature,
primarily poetry, from the 8 th through the

106

15th century. Readings will include: Old
English riddles, elegies, and charms, Beow ulf,
several o f Chaucer’s Canterbury T ales and
Troilus an d Criseyde, selected mystery plays,
Everyman, Sir G aw ain an d the Green Knight,
P earl, portions o f Piers Plowm an, and Malory’s
LeMorte Darthur. Selected lyrics and Canterbury
Tales will be read in Middle English; other
works in translation or modernized forms. No
previous knowledge o f Middle English is
required.
Spring semester. W illiam son.
22. S atire.
Examination o f satire as a literary genre.
Not offered 1980-81. James.
23. S tu d ies in English Fiction.,
This course will study developments in fiction
(mainly English) from Dickens, George Eliot,
and Flaubert to Lawrence and Joyce.
Not offered 1980-81 . Weinstein.
25a, 25b. S h a kesp ea re.
(for non-m ajors). Each course will be
complete in itself, will aim at covering a wide
range o f Shakespeare’s career, and will avoid
duplicating material used in the other course.
(Students may take both 25a and 2 5 b .)
F all semester, 25a — Henry IV Parts 1 and 2 ,
Henry V, M idsum m er N ight’s D ream , Merchant
o f V enice, A s You L ik e It, M easure fo r M easure,
O thello, K ing Lear, C oriolanus, T h e Tempest.
Balestri.
Spring semester, 2 5 b — R ichard III, R ichard II,
M uch A do about N othing, R om eo an d Ju liet,
Tw elfth Night, Troilus and C ressida, H am let,
M acbeth, Antony and C leopatra, Juliu s C aesar,
T he W inter’s T ale. Devin and Weinstein.
27. T h eo ry of the N ovel.
A study o f both the history o f the novel and
prominent twentieth-century theories o f prose
narrative. Critical approaches to be studied
include Marxist, Freudian, and structuralist
criticism. Novelists to be studied include
Defoe, Sterne, Shelley, Dickens, Eliot, Conrad,
and W oolf.
F all semester. Poovey.
29. The B la ck A m e rica n Writer.
A survey o f prose fiction and poetry written
by black Americans during the 19th and 20th
centuries: a literature by artists conscious o f
their marginal place in a dynamic society

attempting to square their subjective visions
with their art. Emphasis may shift from time
to time, but authors include Martin Delaney,
Charles Chesnutt, Jean Toomer, Langston
Hughes, Richard Wright, Ralph Ellison,
Gwendolyn Brooks, and James Baldwin.
Not offered 1980-81 . James.
31. Chaucer.*
Reading in Middle English o f most o f
Chaucer’s major poetry with emphasis on T he
Canterbury Tales and Troilus and C riseyde. The
course attempts to place the poetry in a variety
o f critical and cultural contexts — both
medieval and modern — which help to
illuminate Chaucer’s art.
Spring semester. W illiamson.
33. R e n a issa n ce Poetry.*
Modes o f the lyric: the lyric speaker as lover,
sinner, shepherd, reflective moralist, and selfconscious artist. W orks by Shakespeare,
Donne, M ilton, Marvell, Herbert, Spenser,
and Jonson.
N ot o ffered 1980-81 . Snyder.
34. R e n a issa n ce Com parative
Literature.*
See C E L 3 4 . Selected major writers o f the
Continental Renaissance studied in translation.
N ot offered 1980-81. Snyder.
35. Tudor-Stuart Drama.*
Development o f the English drama in the 16th
and 17th centuries. The course focuses on the
literary and theatrical values o f the drama o f
Marlowe, Jonson, and Webster.
N ot offered 1980-81. Balestri.
36. Milton.*
Study o f M ilton’s poetry with particular
emphasis on P aradise Lost.
Spring semester. Balestri.
37. Eighteenth-Century Literature.
A study o f English prose and poetry from
1660-1800, with attention given to the cultural
and intellectual setting.
Spring semester. Pagliaro.
38. Rom antic Poetry.
A study o f the poetry o f Blake, Wordsworth,
Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats, with
attention given to the ideas as well as to the
form and structure o f their works.
F all semester. Pagliaro.

39. im a g es o f Women in the
Eighteenth-Century Novel.
An examination o f selected eighteenth-century
novels which focus on the maturation o f a
young woman. W e will read novels by both
men and women in an attempt to discover
m ajor cultural stereotypes and the extent to
which these stereotypes were internalized or
resisted. W riters to be studied include Defoe,
Richardson, Rousseau, Burney, Wollstonecraft,
and Austen.
F all semester. Poovey.
40. T o p ics in A m e rica n Literature.
A survey o f several enduring issues in
American literature, among them the myth of
the self-made man or woman, the "plain style”
in prose and poetry, and the concept o f
manifest destiny in Puritan, Deist, and
Rom antic historiography. The reading will
include a variety o f texts, from autobiographies,
histories, essays, diaries, and political tracts, to
poems and fiction. Among the authors we will
study this year are the Puritans Bradstreet,
W inthrop, Taylor, and Edwards; the Deists
Franklin, Jefferson, and Paine; and Douglass,
Hawthorne, Emerson, Thoreau, Whitman,
Dickinson, Twain, Chopin, and Fitzgerald.
Spring semester. Schmidt.
44b. Itoain, Faulkner, and Flannery
O’Connor.
Selected works. Topics will include the
"confidence game,” relations between blacks
and whites, and the ways in which the writer’s
imagination confronts some o f the ideals and
contradictions o f American life.
F all semester. Weinstein.
45a. M odern P oetry (Am erican).
Selected poems and prose by Williams,
Pound, Stevens, and M oore, with special
attention given to how each poet invents early,
middle, and late styles.
Spring semester. Schmidt.
45b. M odern P oetry (British).
M ajor British poets o f the last hundred years.
F all semester. McDiarmid.
47. The Contem porary B la ck W riter
of the United States.
An examination o f the ideology and the
artistic sensibilities o f the contemporary black

107

English Literature

writer as reflected in his prose and verse.
Selections will be made from works written
since the mid-fifties, including (but not
limited to ) Baraka (Jones), Baldwin, Brooks,
Bullins, Demby, Morrison, Reed, and Williams.
Not offered 1980-81. James.
48. M odern Dram a.
See C E L 4 8 . A n examination o f the range o f
dramatic literature, theatre aesthetics, critical
theories and production styles since Ibsen.
Not offered 1980-81. Binnie.
49. The A m e rica n Autobiography.
A n examination o f the creative impulse to
order that is the key to the nature and form o f
the American autobiography. The course will
set up pairings o f black and white autobiog­
raphies that interrelate and interanimate each
other. W riters include Benjamin Franklin,
W .E.B. DuBois, Gertrude Stein, Mark Twain,
Langston Hughes, and Richard Wright.
Not offered 1980-81. James.
50. The M odern English Novel.
Study o f the development o f the modern
novel beginning with James and continuing to
the present.
Spring semester. Cowden.
54. P r o u s t J o y c e and Faulkner.
Selections from Proust’s Rem em brance o f
Things Pasty Joyce’s Portrait o f the A rtist and
U lysses entire, and selected Faulkner novels.
Emphasis on Actional autobiography, the
writers’ preoccupation with time and the past,
and the ideological and formal tenets o f
modernism.
Not offered 1980-81. Weinstein.
55. The B la ck A fric a n Writer.
A n examination o f literary themes and modes
employed by the black A frican to express his
own life and culture and to objectivize his
peculiar relation to European colonialism.
Readings will be chosen from works written in
English and in translation including (but not
limited to) those o f Achebe, Armah, Clark,
Mphahlele, Senghor, Ngugi, and Soyinka.
Not o ffered 1980-81 . James.
56. Fictio n s o f A m e rica n Naturalism .
A study o f the way scientific method, deistic
faith, and biological discoveries converged in
the imagination o f the American writer o f
Action and led to tensions between hope and

108

despair, rebellion and apathy, defying and
submitting to nature, and celebrating man’s
impulses and trying to educate them. W riters
will include Stephen Crane, Theodore Dreiser,
Frank Norris, Sherwood Anderson, and
Richard Wright.
Not offered 1980-81 . James.
57. The Nineteenth-Century English
Novel.
A study o f the development o f the novel
during the Rom antic and Victorian periods.
The novelists discussed will include Austen,
the Brontes, Dickens, Thackeray, Eliot, Trol­
lope, Meredith, and Hardy.
F all semester. Cowden.
60. Fiction W riters’ W orkshop.
The course is devoted to the analysis o f stories
submitted by students. It meets once a week
for three hours. In addition to receiving
practical help from fellow writers, students
have an opportunity to articulate and explore
theoretical aspects o f Action writing. Students
should submit one story for admission, at a
time announced during the fall semester.
Admission and credit are granted at the
discretion o f the instructor.
Not offered 1980-81.
61. P oetry W orkshop.
A class, limited to twelve, in which students
write, read, and talk about poetry. During the
Arst half o f the term students pursue formal
exercises such as a riddle poem, a dramatic
monologue, and a meditation poem; during
the last half, their own individual projects.
The workshop ends with the writing o f a
villanelle or sonnet. Students should submit 35 pages o f poetry for admission to the
workshop. Admission and credit are granted
at the discretion o f the instructor.
Spring semester. W illiamson.
62. Theatre: P la yw ritin g W orkshop.
Projects in playwriting. Discussion o f playscripts supported by some reading and
analysis o f appropriate models. Students
should submit a completed one-act play in the
fall preceding the semester they wish to take
the course. Admission and credit are granted
at the discretion o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Devin.

I
I
I
I

71. Theatre: Techniques o f Acting.
Play and scene analysis for actors; rehearsal
practices; exercises and warm-up. One-half
semester course credit. (Studio course)
F all semester. Devin.

72. Theatre: S ce n e Study.
I A studio for intermediate and advanced
I actors. Students use scripted material as the
I occasion for work on specific acting problems.
Prerequisite: English 71 or the instructor’s
permission. This course may be repeated for
credit, with the instructor’s permission. Onehalf semester course credit. Credit/No Credit
grading. (Studio course)
E ach semester. Devin.

j

73. Theatre: Production W orkshop.
Introduction to theatre technology: problems
in lighting, costume, sound, and scene design.
One-half semester course credit. This work­
shop may be repeated for credit with the
instructor’s permission. N O TE: Two sections
o f this course are offered each semester. Each
section will be devoted to different aspects o f
technology selected from those mentioned
above. Interested students should consult with
the instructor in choosing the section appro­
priate to their interests. (Studio course)
E ach semester. Binnie.
74. Theatre: P la y A n a ly sis.
Examination o f playwriting strategies and the
solution o f problems in dramaturgy. Emphasis
on Aristotle’s Poetics and other "architectural”
criticism. Application o f critical principles to
selected plays.
N ot offered 1980-81. Devin.

I

75a. Theatre: Ensem ble I.
An intensive course in theatre technique
consisting o f a rehearsal period o f five weeks,
five nights a week, 8:00-11:00 p.m. A
company o f 14 actors is selected at the
beginning o f each semester through tryouts
and interviews. One-half semester course
credit. This course may be repeated for credit
with the instructor’s permission. (Studio
course)
F all semester. Devin.
75b. Theatre: Ensem ble II.
Study and rehearsal o f a full-length play.
Tryouts as announced. O ne-half semester
course credit. This course may be repeated

with the instructor’s permission.
course)
Spring semester. Devin.

(Studio

76. Theatre: Introduction to Design.
The theoretical and historical foundations o f
contemporary theatrical design. Lab work
investigates theory through the practical
application o f basic techniques.
F all semester. Binnie.
77. Theatre: Design (Scenic).
A n intensive study o f theatre/environment
design with emphasis on design responses to
dramatic literature. Development o f design
presentation techniques through lab work.
Prerequisite: English 7 6, or the instructor’s
permission.
Spring semester. Binnie.
78. Theatre: Play Directing.
Analysis o f dramatic literature for production.
Exploration o f performance and production
possibilities. Lab sessions held jointly with
Theatre: Design. Prerequisite: one credit o f
studio course work in theatre, or the
instructor’s permission.
Spring semester. Devin.
81. Colloquium : Beowulf.*
A close reading o f the oldest Englisc epic in
the original Englisc. The course will combine
the techniques o f close reading with a
discussion o f the larger literary and cultural
themes. Critical readings will range from
Tolkien to Sutton Hoo. M odem literary
responses to the poem such as Gardner’s
G rendel may also be included.
Not o ffered 1980-81 . W illiamson.
82. Colloquium : Wright, Ellison,
Baldw in.
Although the novels written by these AfroAmerican writers will be the central focus o f
study, this course will also examine selections
from the short stories, the essays, and the
Baldwin plays. Single credit.
F all semester. James.
83. Restoration and EighteenthCentury Drama.
An examination o f the English theatre in
search o f a new identity o f purpose, genre and
style, following eighteen years o f Puritan
suppression, focusing on plays by Dry den,

109

English Literature

Wycherley, Congreve, Gay, Goldsmith and
Sheridan, with appropriate attention to related
developments in English opera and visual arts.
F all semester. Binnie.
86. Fo lklore and Folklife S tudies.
An introduction to the major forms o f
folklore and selected forms o f folklife
materials. The course includes the study o f
myth, legend, folktales, proverbs, jokes,
riddles, and other verbal arts including folk
music. It explores superstition, witchcraft,
magic and popular beliefs; and considers the
function o f folklore in highly industrialized
modern societies as well as in traditional ones.
Crosslisted as History 86 .
Spring semester. Morgan.
93. D irected Reading.
Students who plan directed reading must
consult with the appropriate instructor and
submit a prospectus to the Department by way
o f application for such work before the
beginning o f the semester during which the
study is actually done. Deadlines for the
receipt o f written applications are April 1 and
November 13. Normally limited to juniors and
seniors.

98, 99. S e n io r Essay, S en io r T h e sis.
In the fall semester o f the senior year, Course
majors in the Department pursue a literary
project (English 9 8 ) o f their own choosing.
The major part o f the semester is devoted to
preparing an essay (or essays) under the
supervision o f a member o f the Department.
A brief prospectus for the project must be
submitted for approval by the Department in
April o f the junior year. Before submitting this
prospectus, Course majors should consult
with the Department Chairman and with the
Department member who might supervise the
project.

|

1

I
I
w

The project, culminating in an essay (or
essays) o f 2 0 -2 5 pages, will be completed in
December o f the senior year. Students who do
well on this project and wish to develop it into
a comprehensive thesis will take English 9 9 in
the spring semester. The work on the thesis
will normally deepen or expand work com- f ^
pleted during the fall; the relation o f the thesis
to the fall essay (essays) will o f course vary
according to the nature o f the student’s
project.
English 9 8 is required o f all Course majors.
English 9 9 is optional, depending upon the
student’s performance in 9 8 and interest in
pursuing the project, and the Department’s j
approval.
-g -

97. Sha kesp ea re.
(for Course m ajors only). Study o f the
complete works o f Shakespeare, tracing the
development o f his craftsmanship and ideas.
Required o f Course majors in the Department,
who meet weekly in small groups during the
first semester o f the senior year. Students

should read through the plays before beginning the course. Two credits.
I
F all semester. Staff.

59. Religion and Literature.

53. P ro u st and Jo y c e .

SEMINARS
Group 1
101. Sha kesp ea re.
Study o f Shakespeare as dramatist and poet.
The emphasis is on the major plays, with a
more rapid reading o f the remainder o f the
canon. Students are advised to read through
all the plays before entering the seminar.
E ach semester. Staff.

110

102. C h a u cer and M edieval
Literature.
A survey o f English literature, primarily
poetry, from the 8 th through the 15th century
with an emphasis upon Chaucer. Texts will
include B eow u lf and other selected Old English

I t ....... I

42. V ictoria n Literature.

-

Courses Projected for Subsequent Years:

F
^
F

poems, Sir G aw ain and the Green Knight,
Chaucer’s Troilus an d C riseyde and a major
portion o f T he Canterbury T ales, Piers Plowm an,
P earl, Everyman, selected mystery plays, and
portions o f M alory’s LeMorte Darthur. Back­
ground readings will include selections from
Andreas Capellanus, Augustine, and Boethius.
W orks in Chaucerian dialect will be read in
Middle English; other works will be read in
translation or in modernized versions.
F all semester. W illiamson.
104. M ilton.
Study o f M ilton’s works with special emphasis
on P aradise Lost.
Spring semester. Balestri.
105. Tudor-Stuart Dram a.
The development o f English drama from
medieval morality plays to Jacobean tragedy
and comedy.
Not offered 1980-81 . Balestri.

106. R e n a issa n ce Epic.
The two major English epics o f the period,
Spenser’s F aerie Q ueene and M ilton’s P aradise
Lost, considered in the context o f the work o f
each poet and in relation to two antecedents,
Virgil’s A eneid and Tasso’s Jerusalem D elivered.
N ot offered 1980-81 . Snyder.
108. R e n a issa n ce Poetry.
Poetic modes and preoccupations o f the
English Renaissance, with emphasis on Sidney,
Shakespeare, Spenser, Donne, Herbert, and
Marvell.
Not offered 1980-81. Snyder.
109. Eighteenth-Century Literature.
Examination o f the literary form s and critical
values o f the age, with special attention given
to the works o f Dryden, Swift, Pope, and
Johnson.
Not o ffered 1980-81 . Pagliaro.

Group 11
110. The Rom antic Poets.
Examination o f the poetry o f Blake, W ords­
worth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats.
F all semester. Pagliaro

elegy, and epic) and then makes distinctive
claims about the relation between the American
poet and his or her audience.
F all semester. Schmidt.

112. The N ineteenth-Century English
Novel.
Studies in four novelists: Austen, Dickens,
Eliot, and Hardy.
Spring semester. Cowden.

118. M odern Poetry.
Study o f the modern tradition in English and
American poetry. The seminar will concentrate
on the work o f Yeats, Eliot and Auden.
Spring semester. McDiarmid.

113. The M o d ern Novel.
Studies in four novelists: James, Conrad,
Joyce, and W oolf.
Not offered 1980-81 . Cowden.

119. M odern Drama.
The range o f dramatic literature since Ibsen.
F all semester. Devin.

115. M odern C om parative Literature.
Studies in fiction from Flaubert and Melville
to the present. Students are advised to read
U lysses before taking the seminar.
E ach semester. Weinstein.
116. A m e ric a n Literature.
A close look at m ajor works by W hitm an,
Melville, W illiam s, and Faulkner. W ith
Melville and Faulkner, discussion topics will
include their use o f epic heroism, Biblical
typology, manners, and mixed "high” and
"lo w ” diction. W ith the poets, we will define
how American Romanticism revises traditional
poetic forms (including the eclogue, ode,

120. T h eo ry of C riticism .
A course designed to provide a working
knowledge o f the major schools o f contempor­
ary criticism. In addition to examining the
basic assumptions o f these schools, we will
also survey their relationship to literary
modernism and post-modernism. Theories to
be studied include New Criticism, Structural­
ism, Post-Structuralism, Sociological Criticism,
Marxism, Post-Marxism, and Freudian Criti­
cism.
Spring semester. Poovey.

English Literature

180. T h e sis.
A major in the Honors Program may elect to
write a thesis as a substitute for one seminar.
The student must select a topic and submit a
plan for Department approval no later than
the end o f the junior year. Normally, the
student writes the thesis, under the direction
o f a member o f the Department, during the
fall o f the senior year.

112

183. Independent Study.
Students may prepare for an Honors Examination in a field or major figure comparable in
literary significance to those offered in the
regular seminars. Independent study projects
must be approved by the Department and
supervised by a Department member. Deadlines
for the receipt o f written applications are
April 2 and November 13.

History
ROBERT C. BANNISTER, Professor and Chairman
JA M E S A. FIELD, JR., Professor*
ANNE DZAM BA SESSA , Visiting Professor (part-tim e)**
BERNARD S. SMITH, Professor
HARRISON M. WRIGHT, Professor and Provost§§
MARGARET ANDERSON, Associate Professor
RICHARD R. BEEMAN, Visiting Associate Professor (part-tim e)**
ROBERT S. DUPLESSIS, Associate Professori}.
LILLIAN M. LI, Associate Professori}.
KATHRYN L. MORGAN, Associate Professor
JEROM E H. WOOD, JR., Associate Professor*
EDWIN B. BONNER, Visiting L ectu rer§***
PETER P. GARRETSON, Lecturer

The Department o f History attempts to give
students a sense o f the past, an acquaintance
with the cultural and institutional develop­
ments which have produced the world o f
today, and an understanding o f the nature o f
history as a discipline. The courses o f the

Department emphasize less the accumulation
o f data than the investigation, from various
points o f view, o f those ideas and institutions
— political, religious, social, economic — by
which people have endeavored to order their
world.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
P rerequisites: Any one o f the introductory
history courses (those numbered 1 through 9),
or its equivalent by Advanced Placement, is
the prerequisite for advanced history courses
open to students o f all classes (those
numbered U through 8 9 ). In the sophomore
and junior years, with the consent o f the
instructor and o f the department chairman, an
advanced course may be taken concurrently
with an introductory course. In the senior year
advanced courses may, with the consent o f the
instructor, be taken without prerequisite. The
prerequisite for admission to the Department
as a major in the Course or External
Examination (H onors) Program or as a minor
in the Honors Program is at least two history
courses taken at Swarthmore and a satisfactory
standard o f work in all courses.

* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1980.
1}. Absent on leave, 1980-81.
* * F a ll semester, 1980.
* * * Spring Semester, 1981.

A dvanced Placem ent: The Department will
grant one semester’s credit for incoming
students who have achieved a score o f 3, 4 , or
5 in Advanced Placement history tests. This
credit may be counted toward the number o f
courses required for graduation. It may be
used in partial fulfillment o f the college
distribution requirements. It may serve as the
prerequisite for advanced courses in history
and as partial fulfillment o f the departmental
distribution requirements listed below.
M ajor in the Course Program : The work o f the
major in Course consists o f at least eight (and
normally no more than twelve) semester
courses in the department, chosen so as to
fulfill the following requirements:

§ Bryn Mawr-Haverford-Swarthmore
faculty exchange program.
§ § O n administrative leave, 1980-81.

113

History

(a) Course majors must fulfill certain depart­
mental distribution requirements. For
purposes o f distribution the Department
has divided its courses into four groups:
(1) Ancient, Medieval, and Early Modern
Europe; (2 ) M odem Europe; ( 3 ) the
United States; and ( 4 ) Africa, Asia, and
Latin America. Course majors must take
at least two courses from any two o f these
groups and either two courses from a
third group or one course each from the
third and fourth. Beyond that, majors are
encouraged to concentrate informally in
topics that are o f special interest to them.
(b ) By the time o f graduation Course majors
must have taken one o f the following:
History 1, 2, or 3.
(c) Course majors must take one o f the
following options: (i) They may take
Special Topics (History 91), which briefly
considers the nature and method o f
historical research and writing, but pri­
marily involves an extended research
paper, or thesis. Students who take
Special Topics will have a comprehensive
examination based on that research paper
and on three associated courses, (ii) O r
they may take a course in historiography,
o f limited enrollment, which considers
general historiographical problems. Stu­
dents who take one o f these courses will
have a written comprehensive examination
based on all their history courses. The
exact nature and subject matter o f the
courses in historiography may change
from year to year. For 1980-81, the two
historiography courses involved are Medi­
eval European Historiography (History
15) and Making the American Past
(History 59).
Major an d m inor in the External Exam ination
(H onors) Program : Candidates for Honors may
elect history as a major or a minor in the
Division o f Humanities, in the Division o f the
Social Sciences, or in cross-divisional programs.
M ajors in the Honors Program may take either
three or four seminars in the Department.
M inors in the Honors Program are ordinarily
expected to take at least two seminars.
G eneral: Students seriously considering a
major in history should try to take more than
two history courses during their freshman and

114

sophomore years. Those who intend to
continue their studies after graduation should
bear in mind that a reading knowledge o f one
or two foreign languages (particularly French
and German) is now generally assumed for
admission to graduate school.
1. Early Europe.
Europe from the rise o f Christianity to the end
o f the Middle Ages. This course will stress the
uses o f primary sources.
F all sem ester. Smith.
2. Early M odern Europe.
A topical survey o f Europe from the late
Middle Ages to the mid-eighteenth century.
Readings in primary sources and secondary
works.
Not offered 1980-81. DuPlessis.
3. M odern Europe.
Europe from the Old Regime to the midtwentieth century.
Spring sem ester. Anderson or DuPlessis.
4. Latin A m e rica .
The development o f the Latin American area
from preconquest times to the present.
Emphasis is on the political, economic, and
social development o f Brazil, Mexico, and
Argentina, and on recent attempts at radical
transformation.
Spring sem ester. W ood.
5. The United S ta te s to 1877.
The colonial experience; independence, a new
society and a new government; transcontinen­
tal expansion and the struggle between North
and South.
F all sem ester. Beeman.
6. The United S ta te s s in c e 1877.
Industrialism and its consequences; the United
States as a great power; the problems o f a
shrinking world.
Spring sem ester. Bannister or Field.
7. A frica n -A m e rica n History.
A survey o f the African-American experience
from its African background to the present.
Topics will include politics, economics, educa­
tion, philosophy, race relations, and selected
forms o f expressive culture.
F all sem ester. Morgan.

8. A frica .
A survey o f African history, with an emphasis
on tropical Africa in modern times.
F all sem ester. Garretson.
9. C hinese Civilization .
An historical introduction to various aspects
o f traditional Chinese civilization and culture
— language, literature, philosophy, art, imper­
ial and bureaucratic institutions. The impact
o f Chinese civilization on other parts o f Asia
will be examined briefly.
Not offered 1980-81. Li.
10. Islam.
A survey o f the Islamic W orld from the rise o f
the Prophet Mohammed to the present.
F all sem ester. Garretson.
C la s s ic s 31. H istory o f G reece.
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
C la s s ic s 32. The Roman Republic.
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
C la s s ic s 42. G reece in the Fifth
Century R.C.
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
C la s s ic s 44. The Roman Em pire.
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
11. Early M ed iev al Europe.
The history o f western Europe from the
accession o f Diocletian to the last Carolingians.
F all sem ester. Smith.
12. Later M ed iev al Europe.
The history o f western Europe from the tenth
to the fifteenth century, with emphasis on the
role o f the Papacy.
N ot offered 1980-81. Smith.
13. England to 1509.
The political, cultural, and religious history o f
England from the Rom an occupation to the
accession o f Henry VIII.
Spring sem ester. Smith.
14. M ed iev al European Intellectual
H istory.
The history o f ideas in western Europe from
the fifth to the fourteenth century, with
roughly equal attention being paid to the
development o f political theory, theology,
philosophy, education, and science.
Not offered 1980-81. Smith.

15. M ed ieval European
H istoriography.
Writings on history, from Augustine to
Froissart, and the Middle Ages, from the
fifteenth century to the present, will be
studied. The course’s purpose is to identify
changes in each period’s conception o f the
Middle Ages.
Spring sem ester. Smith.
16. The Twelfth Century.
A study o f the m ost rapid period o f change in
the Middle Ages, seen through the careers o f
six representative figures: Abelard, Bernard,
Henry Plantagenet, Barbarossa, Louis V II, and
Pope Alexander III.
Not offered 1980-81. Smith.
19. The R en aissan ce.
The Italian Renaissance from the fourteenth to
the early sixteenth centuries; its spread and
manifestations throughout Europe.
Not offered 1980-81. DuPlessis.
22. The R ise of W estern Europe.
The development o f the early modern state,
society, and economy during the sixteenth and
seventeenth centuries.
Not offered 1980-81. DuPlessis.
23. Tudor and S tu art England.
From the Reform ation through the Glorious
Revolution.
Not offered 1980-81 . DuPlessis.
24. S tu d ies in European Econom ic
and S o c ia l History.
Patterns o f agrarian transformation, commer­
cial expansion, and industrial development in
Europe from the fourteenth to the early
nineteenth centuries.
Not offered 1980-81. DuPlessis.
29. V ictorian England.
England from the 1830’s to the end o f the
nineteenth century. Topics will include landed
and industrial society, the poor, and reform;
piety and morality; liberalism and its aesthetic
and moral critics; Ireland; Splendid Isolation
and Empire; and representative figures o f the
age.
F all sem ester. Anderson.

/

History

32. Europe of the D ictators,
1914-1945.
The assault o f radical politics, left and right,
on the social and political fabric o f Europe;
the interaction o f domestic and international
conflict; the crisis o f industrial capitalism;
nationalism, militarism, racism; the first
effective experiments in the use o f ideology,
technology, and terror as means o f social
control.
Spring sem ester. Anderson.
36. M odern Germany.
Germany’s development from Bismarck to
Schmidt.
F all sem ester. Anderson.
37. M odern Russia.
The course begins with the reign o f Peter and
gives half its time to the twentieth century.
Spring semester.
41. The A m erica n Colonies.
The foundations o f American civilization,
1607-1763. Topics treated include: the develop­
ment o f representative government; denominationalism and religious toleration; the emer­
gence o f a new social structure; racism and
ethnic relations; and England’s imperial policy.
Not offered 1980-81. W ood.
42. The A m e rica n Revolution.
The conflict between intensive self-government
in the colonies and English ideas and projects
for empire; the revolt against colonial status
and the elaboration o f a "republican” ethos
and "republican” institutions, 1763-1789.
Not offered 1980-81 . W ood.
43. Je ffe rso n ia n ism and the
A m e rica n Experience.
An interdisciplinary course which focuses
intensively on contrasts between the Jefferson­
ian view o f man and America and other
perspectives in American politics, constitu­
tional law, social theory, religion, literature,
and architecture. Limited enrollment.
Prerequisite: A t least one course in United
States history, or the permission o f the
instructor.
Not offered 1980-81 . W ood.
45. A m e rica n Intellectual H isto ry to
1865.
Puritanism, the Protestant Ethic, and national
character; Enlightenment, Revolution, and the

116

liberal tradition; revivalism, Romanticism,
and reform; Transcendentalism and the New
England Renaissance; racism, nationalism, and
the Civil War.
Not open to freshman.
Not offered 1980-81 . W ood.
46. A m e rica n Intellectual H istory
s in c e 1865.
Liberalism from the "gospel o f wealth” to the
new industrial state; the "revolt against
formalism” in philosophy, law, and the social
sciences; literature and society; DuBois,
Garvey, and Black Power; the Old Left and the
New; culture and conservatism.
Not open to freshman.
Spring semester. Bannister.
47. A m e ric a and the World: to 1900.
The American role in world affairs from the
Revolution through the W ar with Spain;
independence and westward expansion; ideo­
logical and economic interaction with Europe
and the outer world; the growth o f industrial
power and the problem o f "imperialism.”
N ot offered 1980-81 . Field.
48. A m e ric a and the World: s in c e
1900.
New responsibilities in the Caribbean and the
Far East; the expansion o f American economic
and cultural influence; two world wars and the
effort to prevent a third; the American
"challenge” and the American "empire.”
Spring semester. Field.
49. A m e rica n Econom ic History.
(A lso listed as Econom ics 4 9 .) Econom ic
development from the colonial period to the
New Deal with emphasis on patterns o f
growth, the quantitative expansion o f the
economy, changing institutional and social
structure, and the culminating economic and
social crises o f each stage o f development.
F all semester. Weiman (Department o f Econ­
om ics).
51. A m e ric a in the P ro g re s s iv e Era,
1896-1920.
Public policy, social problems, and the "New
Liberalism.” Topics include politics and gov­
ernmental reform; trust busting; labor and

socialism; poverty and "social control” ; the
urban crisis; women’s liberation; war and
reform.
F all semester. Bannister.
52. Education in A m e rica .
(A lso listed as Education 5 2 .) A history o f
primary, secondary, and higher education in
America from the European and colonial
origins to the present. The course will
consider both theory and practice within the
context o f American society and culture, and
in relation to other agencies o f socialization.
Prerequisite: The usual exemption for seniors
is extended to juniors in the Program in
Education.
Not offered 1980-81. Bannister.
54. Women and the Fam ily in
A m e rica n History.
A consideration o f ideas about women,
children, education, and the family from the
seventeenth to the twentieth century. Topics
covered are child-rearing practices, marriage
customs, attitudes towards sex, the women’s
movement and changes in family life brought
about by political, economic, and social
change.
Not offered 1980-81 . Frost (Department o f
Religion).
55. Traditions in Tw entieth-Century
B la ck A m e rica .
W hile the course will consider the traditional
element in the overall scheme o f black culture
throughout the African diaspora, major
emphasis will be placed on the role o f
tradition in Black America since 1900.
Prerequisite: History 6 , 7, or 8 , or the
permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Morgan.
56. Ex-Slave N arra tiv es.
An exploration o f slavery and slave folklife as
reflected in ex-slave reminiscences. Emphasis
is placed on the relationship o f the narratives
to the understanding o f the black experience
in the United States.
Prerequisite: History 6 , 7, or 8 , or the
permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Morgan.
57. O ral History.
By examining the living past this course seeks
to emphasize the relevance o f history to
modem life with special emphasis on American

subject matter. Students will be taught the
skills requisite for the completion o f an
original research project that involves the
collection, classification, and analysis o f data
selected from both written and oral sources.
General discussion topics include folk religion,
the role o f the family, local and personal
history, and old ways in the new world. Som e
work will be done o ff campus.
F all semester. Morgan.
58. The W orld of W.E.B. DuBois.
A study o f DuBois’ thought on important
issues as reflected in a selection o f his creative
writings, speeches, addresses, and major
historical works. Topics include DuBois’ views
on the econom ic and political position o f
blacks in the United States, on Pan Africanism,
and on imperialism.
Prerequisite: History 6 , 7, or 8 , or the
permission o f the instructor.
Fa ll semester. Morgan.
59. M aking the A m e rica n P a s t
An analysis o f the nature o f historical enquiry
and o f selected historians and "schools” o f
interpretation instrumental in shaping our
understanding o f the American past. Limited
enrollment. Open to majors with some
American history and, with the permission o f
the instructor, to non-majors.
Spring semester. W ood.
Religion 17. H isto ry o f Religion in
A m erica .
(See listing under Department o f Religion.)
Religion 18. Q uakerism .
(See listing under Department o f Religion.)
61. Islam: the M odern World.
Topics in Modern Islamic History. Emphasis
will be given to the growth o f nationalism and
to four Middle Eastern countries, including
Egypt and Iran.
Spring semester. Garretson.
63. South A frica .
A survey o f South African history with an
emphasis on Black-W hite relations and on the
development o f contemporary problems.
Not offered 1980-81. Wright.
67. The A fric a n in Latin A m e rica .
The history o f black people in French,
Portuguese, and Spanish America: slavery,
emancipation, the contemporary scene. Special

117

History

attention will be given to the impact o f African
civilization on Latin countries, as well as to
comparative analysis o f the experience o f
blacks in that region and in the United States.
Not offered 1980-81. W ood.
72. Ja p a n e se C iv iliza tio n .
Japan’s history from its origins to the early
nineteenth century tracing its dominant
political, intellectual, religious, and cultural
patterns.
Not offered 1980-81 . Li.
74. M odern China.
The history o f China since the early nineteenth
century. Topics include the impact o f the west,
reform and revolution, nationalism, and the
development o f the communist movement.
Not offered 1980-81. Li.
75. M odern Japan.
The transformation o f Japan into a modern
nation-state, from the early nineteenth century
until the present.
Not offered 1980-81. Li.
77. China: The P o litic s o f History.
This course will examine, with particular
emphasis on political influences, the historiog­
raphy o f China from three perspectives: 1) the
relationship o f the traditional Chinese view o f
the past to the Confucian state; 2 ) major
ideological controversies from the late nine­
teenth century to the present; 3 ) the changing
views o f W estern observers and historians,
both popular and scholarly. Limited enroll­
ment.
Prerequisite: History 9 , History 74, or the
permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1980-81. Li.

86. Folklore and Folklife Studies.
(A lso listed as English 86 .) An introduction to
the major forms o f folklore and selected forms
o f folklife materials. The course includes the
study o f myth, legend, folktales, proverbs,
jokes, riddles, and other verbal arts including
folk music. It explores superstition, witchcraft,
magic, and popular beliefs; and considers the
function o f folklore in highly industrialized
modem societies as well as in traditional ones.
Spring semester. Morgan.
87. P rob lem s in H istoriography.
Readings and discussion centering on the
nature o f historical writing, on the relationship
o f historians to their times, and on historical
method and its problems. Limited enrollment.
Open to majors and, with the permission o f
the instructor, to non-majors.
Not offered 1980-81 .
91. S p e c ia l T op ics (thesis).
A consideration o f the nature and methods o f
historical research and writing, normally for
seniors in the Department who choose the
thesis option. Individual and group meetings
focus on preparation o f an extended research
paper. Open to non-majors with the consent
o f the chairman and instructor.
Spring semester. Members o f the Department.
93. D irected Reading.
Individual or group study in fields o f special
interest to the student not dealt with in the
regular course offerings. The consent o f the
chairman and o f the instructor is required.
History 9 3 may be taken for one-half credit as
History 93A .
Members o f the Department.

SEMINARS
The following seminars are offered by the
Department, when possible, to juniors and
seniors who are preparing to be examined for a
degree with Honors. They may be taken
without regard to chronological order. Som e
preliminary reading or other preparation may
be required for seminars on subjects in which
no work has previously been done.

118

111. M ed ieval Europe.
W estern Europe from the Papal-Frankish
alliance o f the eighth century to about 1300.
Fall semester, 1980; Spring semester, 1982. Smith.
116. The R en a issa n ce.
M ajor topics in W estern European history
from the fourteenth to the early sixteenth

century, with concentration on the emergence
o f early modern society and culture in Italy
and their adoption by the rest o f Europe.
Not offered 1980-81 . DuPlessis.
117. Europe in the 16th and 17th
C enturies.
A topical study o f W estern Europe from the
Reform ation to the crisis o f the seventeenth
century.
Not offered 1980-81. DuPlessis.
118. Tudor and Stuart England.
Religious reform, political revolution, and
socio-econom ic transformation during the
sixteenth and seventeenth centuries.
Not offered 1980-81 : DuPlessis.
122. Europe 1760 to 1870.
The revolutionary transformation o f the old
regime; the rise o f liberalism and its critics.
F all semester. Sessa.
124. England, 1815-1914.
England in the liberal age. The rise o f the first
modern industrial state and its social, political,
and cultural problems and achievements.
F all semester. Anderson.
125. F a s c is t Europe.
Italy, Spain, Hungary, Rumania, and Germany
in the early twentieth century.
Spring semester. Anderson.
128. Eastern Europe.
The origins and consequences o f the Russian
Revolution and the development o f the
nations o f East Central Europe.
Spring semester.
130. Early A m e rica n H istory.
Political, economic, social, and cultural
aspects o f the period from the explorations to
the early National era.
Spring semester. W ood.

134. A m e rica n D iplom atic History.
A study o f the evolution since 1776 o f
American relations with the outer world with
emphasis on ideological, economic, and
strategic developments.
Spring semester. Field.
136. A m e ric a n Intellectual History.
Political, social, and literary culture from the
late eighteenth century through W orld W ar I.
Spring semester. Bannisterr
140. M odern A fric a . ~
Studies in sub-Saharan African history with
emphasis on the period since 1800.
Spring semester. Garretson.
141. South A fric a .
South Africa from the seventeenth century to
the present.
Not offered 1980-81 , Wright.
144. M odern East A sia .
Political, social, and intellectual change in
China and Japan since the early nineteenth
century, comparing the different responses to
western imperialism and the different ap­
proaches to modernization.
Not offered 1980-81 . Li.
148. Latin A m e rica .
Selected topics in Latin American history.
Fall sem ester 1981. W ood.
180. T h e sis.
W ith the permission o f the Department,
Honors candidates may write a theses for
either single or double course credit. Double­
credit theses will normally be written in the
fall semester o f the senior year for submission
as papers to the visiting examiners. Honors
candidates wishing to write a thesis for single
(non-H onors) credit should elect History 91.

132. T h e United S tates s in c e 1787.
Selected topics in the history o f the United
States.
E ach semester. Bannister, Field, or Wood.

119

International Relations
Students who plan to enter upon a career in
the field o f international relations should
include in their programs, during the first two
years, introductory courses in economics,
history, and political science and should
complete the intermediate course in one or
more m odem languages.
Advanced courses selected from the groups
listed below may be incorporated in the
programs o f students who do thejr major
work in economics, history, political science,
or modern language.

Comprehensive Examination in this field.
Students preparing for this examination
should take eight or m ore courses from among
those listed below, including all o f those listed
in Group I, one or more in Group II, and one
or more in Group III. T he examination is
administered by a committee appointed by the
chairmen o f the Departments o f Economics,
History, and Political Science, under the
chairmanship o f the Department o f Political
Science.

These students who wish to concentrate in
international relations may take their Senior

Group 1
P o litic a l S c ie n c e 4.
International Politics
P o litica l S c ie n c e 14.
American Foreign Policy

Eco n o m ics 30.
The International Economy

Group II
H isto ry 4.
Latin America
H isto ry 8.
Africa
H isto ry 10.
History o f Islam
H isto ry 37.
Modern Russia

H isto ry 47.
America and the W orld: to 1900
H isto ry 48.
America and the W orld: since 1900
H isto ry 74.
Modern China
H isto ry 75.
M odem Japan

Group III
Eco n o m ics 11.
Econom ic Development
E co n o m ics 31.
Comparative Econom ic Systems
P o litic a l S c ie n c e 3.
Comparative Politics
P o litica l S c ie n c e 5.
Politics o f the Third W orld
P o litica l S c ie n c e 13.
International Organizations in W orld Politics
P o litica l S c ie n c e 18.
Political Development
P o litica l S c ie n c e 19.
Comparative Communist Politics

120

P o litica l S c ie n c e 20.
Politics o f China
P o litica l S c ie n c e 21.
Politics o f Black Africa
P olitica l S c ie n c e 22.
Latin American Politics
P o litica l S c ie n c e 55.
Modern Political Theory
P o litica l S c ie n c e 63.
Advanced International Politics
P o litica l S c ie n c e 70.
(also listed as Economics 7 0 ) The Political
Econom y o f Communist Systems

Students who plan to enter the External
Examination (H onors) Program will find it
possible to select a similar combination o f
courses and seminars in the field o f interna-

tional relations. In planning such programs,
they should consult with the chairman o f their
prospective m ajor department,

121

Linguistics
ALFRED BLOOM, Associate Professor and Program D irector*

Linguistics is the study o f language. O n the
most general level it deals with the internal
structure o f languages, the history o f their
development and the role they play in
influencing the entire spectrum o f human
activity. D escriptive linguistics involves an
attempt to arrive at an adequate description o f
the phonological, syntactic and semantic
components o f language, differentiating those
elements which are generic to all languages
from those which are particular to any given
language or family o f languages. D iachronic or
historical linguistics looks at the evolution o f
these components over time. Sociolinguistics
centers on the link between language and the
social context in which it is spoken; m athem au
ical linguistics on the formal analysis o f
linguistic structures; and psycholinguistics on
the interplay between language and the
processes o f perception and cognition. Futhermore, linguistic variables influence interaction
at the individual and societal levels, play a
central role in shaping the form and meaning
o f literary expression and constitute a
significant area o f philosophical inquiry.
Special m ajors bridging linguistics and the
humanities or the social sciences are encouraged
for Course students. All such programs are
designed on an individual basis to suit the
interests o f the student, but it is highly
recommended that Linguistics 108 be included
at some point in the course sequence.
The Honors M ajor o f Linguistics consists o f a
minimum o f three external examination
preparations. Honors candidates in addition
are required to include in their programs at
least one seminar in theoretical linguistics and
to have developed competence in at least one
foreign language beyond the intermediate level
through an advanced course or an introductory
literature course.
1. Language — An Introduction.
A n introduction to language and its multifaceted interaction with human thought and
behavior. The first part o f the course will

* Join t appointment with Psychology.

122

concentrate on the description o f the internal
structure o f language, providing a grounding
in the principles o f structural linguistics,
transformational grammar and semantic theory.
The second part will turn from a description
o f internal structure to brief explorations into
the role played by linguistic variables in
psychological processes and development,
philosophical inquiry, socio-political interac­
tion and artistic creation.
Spring semester. Bloom.
9. Language, Culture, and Society.
(See Sociology 9).
27. Philosophy of Language.
(See Philosophy 2 6 .)
34. The P sych o lo g y o f Language.
An exploration into the interplay o f language
and psychological functioning with special
emphasis on the psychological implications o f
contemporary modes o f linguistic description
and on the role played by linguistic variables
in the development o f cognitive processes and
in the shaping o f world view.
Prerequisite: Linguistics 1, Psychology 3 or
permission o f the instructor.
F all semester. Bloom.
52. D ia ch ron ic Lin g u istics.
An introduction to historical linguistics: the
reconstruction o f prehistoric linguistic stages,
the establishment o f language families and
their interrelationships, and the examination
o f processes o f linguistic change on all levels,
phonological, morphological, syntactic and
semantic.
56. Cognitive P attern s in M o ral,
Lin g u istic and P o litica l Behavior.
(Crosslisted as Psychology 5 6 .) An investiga­
tion into the role played by cognitive
dimensions in influencing linguistic, moral
and political behavior, with emphasis on
adolescence and beyond. A n attempt will be
made to place the investigation within a
framework provided by current trends in
cognitive psychology, existential philosophy

and linguistics and to draw on the implications
o f these dimensions with respect to the
relationship o f the individual to the nation­
state and the international system.
Spring semester. Bloom.
93. D irected Reading o r R esearch.
Students may conduct a reading or research
program in consultation with the instructor
(permission o f the instructor required).
Either semester. Bloom.
96. S e n io r Paper.
Either semester. Bloom.

O ther courses o f particular interest to
students o f Linguistics:
C h in ese IB-26. Introduction to
M andarin Chinese.
R ussian 16. H isto ry of the R ussian
Language.
French 20. H isto ry of the French
Language.
C re e k 19. Com parative G ram m ar of
G reek and Latin.

SEMINARS
104. P sy c h o lo g ic a l Anthropology.
(see Sociology 104).
107. Language and Thought.
An intensive investigation o f selected linguis­
tic, psychological and philosophical approaches
to the elusive interaction o f language and
thought. Emphasis will be placed on develop­
mental and cross-cultural perspectives, and
students will be encouraged to undertake
independent research projects in their specific
areas o f interest.
Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 or permission o f
instructor.
F all semester. Bloom.

108. Contem porary A p p ro a ch e s to
D escrip tive Linguistics.
A comparison o f models o f linguistic descrip­
tion with emphasis on recent developments in
transformational grammar and generative
semantics.
Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 or permission o f the
instructor.
Spring 1982.
180. T h e sis

Literature
ROBERT ROZA, Coordinator

The Literature m ajor is administered by a
Literature Committee representing the Departments o f Classics, English Literature, and
M odem Languages and Literatures. The basic
requirement for a major in Literature is work
in two or more literatures in the original
language. A student who intends to major in
Literature will submit to the Literature
Committee a proposed program o f integrated
work which sets forth the courses or seminars
to be taken and the principle o f coherence
upon which the selection is based. The
Committee will review the proposal and
advise the student. Subject to the requirement
o f serious study o f at least two literatures in
the original language, one o f which may be
English, work in translation is encouraged,
especially as it consists o f thematic or
comparative courses. In lieu o f a regular
course, the Literature Committee will consider
proposals for an individual or cooperative
project, for one or more research papers
written as course attachments, or for the
substitution o f a thesis for course credit when
these projects have as their purpose either the
integration o f work within the m ajor or the
relating o f work outside the major to some
portion o f the major.
For a m ajor in the Course
requirem ents are as follow s:

Program

the

1. A minimum o f ten courses in two or more
literature departments, including a substantial
concentration o f work — normally not fewer
than five courses — in one o f the departments.
Only xourses numbered 11 or above in

Classics and Modem Languages and Literatures
are counted as constituents o f the Literature
major. O f English courses numbered 2
through 10 , only one may be counted for the
major.
2. A senior essay planned early in the first
semester o f the senior year. The senior essay
counts for at least one credit, usually for two
credits, and is thus a paper o f considerable
scope or intensiveness in which a theme or
result o f the student’s individual program o f
work is developed. In some cases the
Committee may require that the essay be
written in whole or in part in a language other
than English.

I

I
I

3. A comprehensive examination taken in the
second semester o f the senior year.
For a m ajor in the External Exam ination (H onors)
Program the requirem ents are as follow s:
Not fewer than five papers in Literature,
including at least three in one department and
significant work done in a foreign language,
ancient or modern. Literature majors in the
Honors Program are encouraged to include in
their program a thesis with the purpose o f
integrating the work o f the major in accord
with the principle o f coherence on which the
program is based.
Prospective majors in Literature are urged to
make their plans early so as to acquire the
necessary linguistic competence by the junior
year.

a

124

Mathematics
JA M E S W. ENGLAND, Professor and Chairman
GUDMUND R. IVERSEN, Professor o f Statistics
EUGENE A. KLOTZ, Professor
DAVID ROSEN, Professorf
J . EDWARD SKEATH, Professor
STEPHEN R. MAURER, Associate Professor
HELENE SHAPIRO, Assistant Professor

Mathematics is one o f the most powerful tools
available to the physical, biological, and social
sciences, and to engineering. It is the aim o f
the Swarthmore Mathematics Department to
enable those who so wish, to study mathemat­
ics as a discipline in its own right, while
providing the skills and structural insights
necessary to those in need o f its power.
W e live in a time when mathematics is cutting
across more and m ore disciplines; there now
exist such specialties as mathematical econ­
omics, mathematical linguistics, mathematical
sociology, mathematical psychology, and math­
ematical biology, along with more traditional
areas such as mathematical physics. Computer
Science and Operations Research are disciplines
which rely heavily on both mathematics and
engineering. In recognition o f all this, the
Mathematics Department is interested in
facilitating the creation o f joint majors, and
also in developing carefully worked out
programs which involve concentration in
mathematics and some other discipline.
M athem atics courses av ailab le to first sem ester
freshm en include Math I (Statistics for Obser­
vational Data), Math 2 (Statistics for Experi­
mental Data), Math 3 (Basic Mathematics),
Math 5A or 5 B (Calculus), Math 7 (Introduc­
tion to Computer Science), Math 9 (Discrete
Mathematics), all with only normal high
school preparation. Students may take Math­
ematics 11A by passing the Calculus I
placement exam, Mathematics 12 by passing
departmental Calculus II placement exam, or
Mathematics 12H by passing the departmental
Calculus II and Calculus III placement exams.
All freshmen planning to enroll in Mathematics
3, 5A or 5B , 11A, 12 or 12H are required to

take the appropriate departmental placement
exams given during freshman orientation.
Programs fo r prem edical students: M ost medical
schools require a year o f college mathematics.
Many require that one semester be calculus,
and a few require the full year to be calculus.
For a semester o f calculus most premedical
students should consider Math 4 or 5. In
addition, premedical students should consider
the precalculus courses 2 and 3, the second
semester calculus course 1 1 , the discrete
mathematics course 9 , and the post-calculus
statistics course 15. Sometimes medical schools
will give credit for calculus taken in high
school, but only if it is acknowledged on the
college transcript, as an AP or placement exam
credit.
Programs fo r social science m ajors: M ost leading
graduate departments in the social sciences
regard it as a definite plus if an applicant has
had calculus, statistics, and computer experi­
ence. Econom ics graduate departments often
go further, requiring a year o f calculus and
hoping for much more: multivariate calculus,
linear algebra, differential equations, probabil­
ity, operations research. Mathematics courses
o f particular interest to social science students
included: Elementary, 1, 3 , 4, 6 ; Intermediate,
5, 7, 9 , 11, 12, 14, 15, 21, 2 2; Advanced, 2 5 ,
2 6 , 2 8 , 3 0.
Programs fo r students in Chemistry an d Engineer­
ing: Students interested in Chemistry and
Engineering might plan to take a minimum o f
Mathematics 5 ,1 1 , 2 2, and 3 0 , or (with proper
Advanced Placement), Mathematics 12, 22,
and 3 0. O ther courses o f general interest to
students in these areas include Mathematics
14, 15, 34, 51, and 5 2. Special interest courses

t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1981.

125

Mathematics

include Mathematics 2 4, 3 4 , 41, 4 2 , 57, or
equivalent seminars.

Students who want a seminar in statistics can
take Math 111.

Programs fo r physics m ajors: See Physics section
for basic requirements. Other useful courses
are Math 12, 14, 2 4 , 2 5 , 3 4 , 41, 4 2 , and 57.
Appropriate seminars include Math 101, 102,
104, and 105.

Com puter Science: The Departments o f Math­
ematics and Engineering are working together
on a curriculum in computer science. This
curriculum will be available by the fall o f
1980, and will include the courses Math 7 and
Math 9.

M athem atics m ajors: The normal preparation
for a major in mathematics consists o f the
sequence o f Mathematics 5 , 11, 12, and 22 (or
with Advanced Placement 12 or 22 ).
A student who wishes to major in mathematics
in Course must complete six advanced courses
and the Senior Conference or the departmental
comprehensive examination, in addition to the
normal sequence o f four courses just listed.
An Honors candidate with a major in
mathematics will normally take Math 101 and
102 in the junior year, and two other
mathematics seminars in the senior year.
Mathematics majors are urged to study in
some depth a discipline which makes serious
use o f mathematics. All mathematics students
are urged to acquire some facility with the
computer. Students bound for graduate school
in mathematics should obtain a reading
knowledge o f French, German, or Russian.
Secondary accreditation : A Course or Honors
major in mathematics will normally qualify a
student for secondary school certification in
mathematics. In view o f the impact o f
computers on mathematics, the department
urges prospective teachers to obtain a facility
in the use o f computers. A student who is not
a mathematics major can achieve certification
by taking the following courses: Math 5 and 11
and four advanced courses such as 12, 2 2, 23,
and 24. All persons asking for certification
should register for a directed reading with the
department in order to become familiar with
mathematics texts that will be helpful in their
teaching career.
Statistics: Students who do not know calculus
can take Math 1 or 2, with the choice
determined by their intended major. Both
courses lead to Math 6 on multivariate
statistical analysis. Students who know calculus
should take Math 15 and students with a
strong background in mathematics can take
the more theoretical Math 2 5. Both courses
lead to Math 21 on multivariate analysis.

126

1. S ta tis tic s fo r O bservational Data.
Data for one variable are examined through
averages and measures o f variation. Relation­
ships between variables are studied using
methods such as chi-square, rank correlation
and regression analysis. The main examples
are taken from sample surveys and govern­
mental data, and the course is intended for
students in political science, sociology, and
related disciplines making use o f observational
data. The course does not satisfy any
mathematics prerequisite, except for Math 6,
nor can it be counted toward a m ajor or minor
in the Department.
Spring semester. Iversen.
2. S ta tis tic s fo r Experim ental Data.
Data for one variable are examined through
averages and measures o f variation. Relation­
ships between variables are studied using
methods such as chi-square, rank correlation,
analysis o f variance and regression analysis.
The main examples are taken from experi­
mental research, and the course is intended for
students in biology, psychology and related
disciplines making use o f experimental data.
The course does not satisfy any mathematics
prerequisite, except for Math 6 , not can it be
counted toward a major or minor in the
Department.
Spring semester. Iversen.
3. B a sic M athem atics.
This course focuses on two objectives (1)
review and remedial work, and (2 ) preparation
for calculus. Some special attention will be
given to those whose previous experience with
mathematics has not been entirely prosperous.
Prospective students should take the Basic
Skills Test during Orientation Week, preferably
at the Math Exam time. (The results will be
used to help determine both classroom topics
and individual strengths and weaknesses.)
Subject matter will be taken from logic,

algebra, trigonometry and geometry.
F all semester. Klotz.
4. C a lcu lu s C oncepts.
This course, which covers the basic concepts
o f one variable calculus, is particularly useful
for biology and social science majors. Topics
to be included are sequences, series, differ­
entiation, integration, transcendental functions,
and extremal problems.
Spring semester. Klotz.
5A, 11A. C a lcu lu s I and II.
The first semester will cover topics in
differentiation and integration o f functions o f
one variable with some applications. The
second semester is a continuation o f the first.
Topics covered in the second semester include
series, improper integrals, differential equations
and techniques o f integration. Math 11A may
be taken in the fall semester by passing the
departmental Calculus I placement exam. All
students planning to enroll in 5A or 11A in the
fall semester are required to pass the
appropriate departmental placement exam.
Staff.
5B, 11B. C a lcu lu s and M a tric e s in
APL
This is an introductory mathematics course
which presupposes the same high school
preparation as 5A. Among the topics covered
will be differentiation and integration o f
functions o f one variable with applications,
introductory approximation theory, selected
topics in matrices and linear algebra. The
notation will be A PL and use will be made o f
the computer.
Year course. England.
6. M u ltivaria te S ta tistica l A n a ly sis.
Given as a continuation o f Math 1 or 2, the
course deals mainly with the study o f
relationships among three or more variables.
Included are such topics as multiple regression
analysis, with multitude and partial correlation,
several variable analysis o f variance and the
analysis o f multidimensional contingency
tables. The course ends with an introduction
to Bayesian methods. The course does not
satisfy any mathematics prerequisite nor can it
be counted toward a major or minor in the
Department.
Prerequisite: Math 1 or 2 or 15 o r 25 or Econ 4
or Psych 13.
Fall semester. Iversen.

7. Introduction to Com puter S cien ce.
This course includes a brief survey o f the
computer science field, with detailed attention
to algorithms and the structuring o f programs.
The approach will stress problem solving in
general with programming implemented in a
high level language (A PL in 1980). This course
is intended to form the normal introduction to
computer science for students interested in
this discipline and also to offer an introduction
to the computer for students in the natural
sciences, engineering, and mathematics.
F all Semester. Klotz.
9. D iscre te M athem atics.
An introduction to noncontinuous methods
in mathematics, this course is o f special value
to students interested in computer science or
applications o f mathematics to the social and
management sciences. Topics include sets,
functions, number systems, induction, and an
introduction to logic, counting methods,
difference equations, finite probability, graph
theory, and the algorithmic way o f thinking.
This course will be taught at a level of
sophistication similar to Math 5 and 11, and
may be taken before, during, or after calculus.
F all semester. Maurer.
12. Lin ear Algebra.
The subject matter o f this course consists o f
vector spaces, matrices and linear transforma­
tion with applications to solutions o f systems
o f linear equations, determinants and the
eigenvalue problem.
Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math II
or a passing grade on the departmental
Calculus II placement exam.
12H. Lin ear A lgebra H onors Course.
This honors version o f Mathematics 12 will be
more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous than
its standard counterpart (the subject matter
will be equally as valuable in applied
situations, but applications will not be dwelt
upon). It is intended for students with
exceptionally strong mathematical skills, and
primarily for students who enter with BC
Advanced Placement calculus courses.
Prerequisite: A grade o f B or better in Math II
or a passing grade on the departmental
Calculus II placement exam.
F all semester. Rosen.

127

Mathematics

14. Probability.
This course deals with the mathematical
theory and concepts o f probability including
an introduction to stochastic processes.
Prerequisite: Math 5, 2 2, or permission.
F all semester. Skeath.
15. S ta tistics.
This calculus-based introduction to statistics
covers most o f the same methods examined in
Math 1 and 2, but the course is taught on a
higher mathematical level. The course is
intended for anyone who wants an introduction
to the application o f statistical methods.
Prerequisite: Math 5.
F all semester. Iversen.
21. M u ltivariate S ta tistic s.
Given as a continuation o f Math 15 or 25, the
course deals mainly with statistical models for
relationships between variables. The general
linear model, which includes regression,
variance, and covariance analysis, is examined
in detail. The course concludes with nonparametric statistics, sampling theory and
Bayesian statistics.
Prerequisite: Math 15 or 25.
Not offered 1980-81 .
22. S e v e ra l Variable C a lcu lu s.
This course considers differentiation and
integration o f functions o f several variables
with special emphasis on two and three
dimensions. It is the normal sequel to Math 11
and is a prerequisite for several other
mathematics courses.
Prerequisite: Math 11, or 12.
E ach semester.
22H. S e v e ra l Variable C a lcu lu s
H onors Course.
This honors version o f Mathematics 2 2 will be
more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous than
its standard counterpart (the subject matter
will be equally as valuable in applied
situations, but applications will not be dwelt
upon). It is intended for students with
exceptionally strong mathematical skills, and
primarily for students who have successfully
completed Math 12H.
Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math
12H or permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Skeath.
23. H igher Geometry.
Synthetic and analytic projective geometry

128

will be considered axiomatically. Affine and
Euclidean geometry will be developed as
special cases.
Spring semester. Rosen.
24. Introduction to M odern A lgebra.
The course will survey some o f the important
topics o f modern algebra, such as groups,
integral domains, rings, and fields.
Prerequisite: Math 12 or permission o f the
instructor.
25. M athem atical S ta tistic s.
Based on probility theory, this course examines
the statistical theory for the estimation o f
parameters and tests o f hypotheses. Both small
and large sample properties o f the estimators
are studied. The course concludes with the
study o f models dealing with relationships
between variables including chi-square and
regression analysis.
Prerequisites: Math 12 and 22.
Not o ffered 1980-81.
26. M odeling.
A n introduction to the methods and attitudes
o f mathematical modeling. Since modeling in
natural science and engineering is already
taught in courses in those disciplines, applica­
tions in this course will be primarily to social
and biological sciences. Various standard
methods used in modeling will be introduced:
differential equations, Markov chains, game
theory, graph theory, computer simulation.
However, the emphasis will be on how to
apply these subjects to specific modeling
problems, not on their systematic theory. The
format o f the course will include projects as
well as lectures and problem sets.
Prerequisites: Math 12 and 22, or instructor’s
permission.
Spring Semester. Maurer.
28. M athem atical Program m ing.
Linear Programming and its extensions: the
simplex method, duality, assignment problems,
network flows, two-person game theory, and
an introduction to non-linear programming.
Numerous algorithms are discussed, and there
will be opportunities for computer implemen­
tation. A different perspective on mathematical
programming is available in Engineering/
Econom ics 57, Operations Research. In
comparison, Mathematics 2 8 is more advanced
mathematically in that there is more emphasis

on theory, and linear algebra is used to present
it. However. Engineering 5 7 is more extensive
in that engineering economics and probabilistic
decision models are also covered, and case
studies are involved. A student may take both
courses; together they form a strong introduc­
tion to the theory and practice o f optimization.
Prerequisites for Math 28: Math 12 and 2 2 , or
instructor’s permission.
N ot offered 1980-81.
30. D ifferential Equations.
A n introduction to differential equations that
includes such topics as: first order equations,
linear differential equations, approximative
methods, some partial differential equations.
Prerequisite: Math 11 or 12.
Spring semester.
33. Foundations o f Real A n a ly sis.
This course is designed to give the student an
understanding o f basic theorems o f calculus.
The student is also expected to learn how to
construct a mathematical proof. This course is
recommended for students majoring in math­
ematics in course and for students planning to
m ajor in mathematics in honors.
Spring semester.
34. N u m erical M ethods.
This course will deal with the numerical
solution o f various mathematical problems,
pure and applied. The computer will be used
extensively. A lso listed as Engineering 24.
Prerequisite: Math 11, and E 23 or equivalent.
Spring semester.
35. Data S tru ctu res.
Trees, lists, arrays, stacks, queues, sorting and
searching, garbage collection, applications o f
use in doing algorithms in computer science
(parsing, efficient storage and use o f sparse
matrices, etc.)
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81.
37. N um ber Theory.
The theory o f primes, divisibility concepts,
and the theory o f multiplicative number
theory will be developed. Potential secondary
school teachers should find this course
valuable.
Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor.
F all semester. Shapiro.
39. A lgorithm s.
The construction, analysis, and theory o f
algorithms for solving mathematical problems.

Algorithms for constructing all or random
combinatorial objects, e.g., subsets, permuta­
tions, partitions. Algorithms on graphs, e.g.,
graph coloring and shortest paths. Complexity
o f algorithms and the theory o f NP-Completeness. Overlap with Mathematics 2 8 , Math­
ematical Programming, and Mathematics 35,
Data Structures, will be minimized by avoiding
lengthy discussion o f algorithms studies in
those courses.
Prerequisite: Math 9 and/or further courses in
mathematics and computing.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81.
41. G roups and Representations.
An introduction to some o f the applicable
portions o f the theory o f groups and their
representations. O f potential interest to
students in chemistry, physics and engineering,
as well as mathematics. This course may be
combined with Math 6 5 , Functional Analysis
with Applications, to comprise an Honors
paper in mathematics.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1979-80.
51. A pplied A n a ly s is I.
Analytic functions, integration and Cauchy’s
Theorem , power series, residue calculus,
conformal mapping, and harmonic functions.
The emphasis o f this course is on applications
to the physical sciences.
Prerequisite: Math 22.
F all semester. Rosen.
52. A pplied A n a ly s is II.
Fourier series, the Fourier transform, ortho­
gonal functions, introduction to Hilbert space
and operators. The motivation for these topics
- will be in partial differential equations arising
in the physical sciences.
Prerequisites: Math 3 0; Math 51, or permission
o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Rosen.
57. D ifferential Geometry.
An introduction that will include surfaces,
manifolds, curvature, Riemannian geometry.
The algebra o f tensors and differential forms
will be developed as needed.
Prerequisite: Math 2 2.
F all semester. England.
65. Functional A n a ly s is with
A pp lication s.
Basic theorems on Banach and Hilbert spaces,

129

Mathematics

and spectral analysis o f self-adjoint operators,
will be the main topics covered in this course.
The emphasis o f the course will be on
applications o f the material to quantum
theory, and thus a certain amount o f the
subject matter will be presented informally.
This course may be combined with Math 41,
Groups and Representations, to comprise an
Honors paper in mathematics.
Prerequisite: Math 51 or permission o f
instructor.

93. D irected Reading.
96. T h e sis.
97. S en io r C onference.
This half course is designed to give students an
overview o f all o f their mathematics courses
by solving a variety o f mathematical problems.
W hen offered, this course replaces the
departmental comprehensive examination.
H alf course credit.
Spring semester.

SEMINARS
101. Real A n a ly sis.
This seminar concentrates on the careful study
o f the principles underlying the calculus o f
real valued functions o f real variables.
F all semester. Skeath.
102. M odern A lgebra.
This seminar deals with the theoretical
properties o f such formal systems as groups,
rings, fields and vector spaces. W hile these
concepts will be illustrated by many concrete
examples, the emphasis will be on the abstract
nature o f the subject.
Spring semester.
103. Com plex A n a ly sis.
A brief study o f the geometry o f complex
numbers is followed by a detailed treatment o f
the Cauchy theory o f analytic functions o f a
complex variable. Various applications are
given and some special classes o f functions,
such as elliptic functions, are studied. Analytic
continuation and the theory o f Weierstrass are
also discussed.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81.
104. Topology.
The subject matter o f this seminar will include
such topics as point set topology with some
application, piecewise linear topology, hom ol­
ogy and homotopy theory.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 .
105. Probability.
The purpose o f this seminar is to give the
mathematical background necessary for an
understanding o f the mathematical analysis o f
statistical data. In addition, the modern

130

development o f this subject provides a
valuable application o f the concepts and
techniques acquired in the study o f advanced
calculus. The topics treated may include: the
axiomatic approach, the use o f Stieltjes
integrals, correlation and regression, some
special distributions, sampling theory, and a
short introduction to the theory o f statistical
estimation.
Spring semester.
106. C o m b in a to rics, Optim ization and
A lgorith m s.
A selection, in seminar format and at a higher
level o f sophistication, o f topics related to
Math 9 , 2 8, 3 5 , and 3 9 . The emphasis will
depend on student interest. Possible topics
are: advanced enumeration, combinatorial
structures (e.g., graphs, matroids, designs),
optimization, game theory, social choice
theory, theory o f computational complexity. If
slanted towards com binatorics and theory o f
algorithms, this seminar will be o f special
interest to those studying computer science. If
slanted towards the other topics, it will be o f
special interest to those studying mathematical
economics.
Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission.
111. M athem atical S ta tistic s.
Properties o f random variables are studied
together with ways o f inferring about param­
eters in statistical models. Special emphasis is
put on the study o f models for relationships
between random variables.
F all semester. Ivefsen.

Medieval Studies
Coordinator: BERNARD S. SMITH

This program offers an opportunity for a
comprehensive study o f European and Medi­
terranean civilization from the fourth century
to the fifteenth. The period, which has a
critical importance for the understanding o f
W estern culture, can be approached best
through a combination o f several disciplines.
Hence eight Departments (A rt, Classics,
English Literature, History, M odem Languages,
Music, Religion, and Philosophy) cooperate to
provide a course o f study which may be
offered as a major in either the course Program
or the External Examination (Honors) Program.
For a major in the Course Program the
requirements are as follows:
1. Latin 14, Mediaeval Latin
1 course in Medieval History (History 11 or

12)
Either Religion
History 14

36/Philosophy

19

or

The prerequisites for the courses listed above
are:
Latin 1-2 or the equivalent; an introductory
history course; Philosophy 1.
2. Five other courses chosen from three o f
the following fields:
A rt (15, 16, 17).
History (11, 12, 13, 14, 15).
Religion (3 5 , 3 6 ).
Literature (Classics 3 5 ; English 19, 20, 31,
81; C E L 13, French 2 0 and 3 0 ; Spanish
3 0 ).
Music (15).
O ther courses appropriate to Medieval
Studies that are from time to time included
in departmental offerings.
Directed readings in medieval subjects.

3. A student may write a thesis as a substitute
for a course during the first semester o f the
senior year.
4. The student must pass a comprehensive
examination in the senior year based on
courses taken in the medieval field. The
examination includes a section o f Latin
translation.
For a major in the Honors Program the
requirements are as follows:
1. T he student must satisfy the language and
distribution requirements o f the program,
as listed above, by appropriate courses or
seminars. Som e work in one or more o f
the fields, included in the program must be
done before admission to the Program.
2. Seminars may be chosen from the following:
Philosophy 110 (Medieval Philosophy),
History 111 (Medieval Europe), A rt 117
(G othic A rt), English 102 (Chaucer and
Medieval Literature) or French 100 (Lit­
térature du Moyen-Age).
3. By attachments to the courses listed above,
and by writing a thesis, the student may
expand the possibilty o f work in the
Honors Program beyond these five sem­
inars.
The minor program should be planned with
the coordinator so as to insure a close relation
to the major. No minor in Honors is offered.
Students wishing to minor in subjects included
in this field should take them as minors in the
department in which they are normally
offered.

131

Modern Languages and
Literatures
GEORGE C. AVERY (Germ an), Professor
GEORGE KRUGOVOY (Russian), Professor
PHILIP METZIDAKIS (Spanish), Professor*
JEAN ASHM EAD PERKINS (French), Professor and Chairman, 1 9 8 3 -8 6 ))
ROBERT ROZA (French), P ro fe ss o r)))
FRANCIS P. TAFOYA (French and Spanish), Professor and Chairman, 1980-83
EUGENE WEBER (Germ an), Professor
THOMPSON BRADLEY (Russian), Associate Professor)
JOHN J . H ASSETT (Spanish), Associate Professor
SIMONE VOISIN SMITH (French), Associate Professor)
TATIANA M . COSM AN (Russian), Assistant Professor (part-tim e) and
Director o f the Language Laboratory
MARION J . FABER (Germ an), Assistant Professor
GEORGE M 0 S K 0 S (French), Assistant Professor
CONCHITA ALBORG DAY, Lecturer**
JA N E K. FRANCIS, Lecturer
MARY K. KENNEY (Spanish), Lecturer
CECILIA CHIN LEE (Chinese), Lecturer
ELKE PLAXTON (Germ an), Lecturer
PATRICE TERRONE, Assistant

The purpose o f the m ajor is to acquaint
students with the important periods and
principal figures o f the literatures taught in the
Department, to develop an appreciation o f
literary values, to provide training in critical
analysis, and to foster an understanding o f the
relationship between literary phenomena and
the historical and cultural forces underlying
the various literary traditions. In addition to
demonstrated competence in the language, a
foreign literature major will normally complete
seven credits in literature courses or seminars,
take Special Topics, and pass the comprehen­
sive examination. Students whose interests lie
primarily in language or civilization are
advised to consider the possibility o f a Special
Major in combination with Linguistics, History,
or some other appropriate department. Stu­
dents interested in studying literature in more
than one language are encouraged to consider
a Literature major.

* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1980.
* * Fall semester, 1980.
f Absent on leave, spring semester
1981

Courses numbered IB through 8 are primarily
designed to help students acquire the linguistic
competence necessary to pursue literary
studies in a foreign language through work
with the language and selected literary texts.
For a detailed description o f the orientation in
these courses see the Explanatory Note on
language courses below. Courses numbered 11
or above emphasize the study o f literature as a
humanistic discipline as well as competence in
the spoken and written language.
Students who plan to major in a foreign
language and its literature are advised to
present sufficient credits on admission to
enable them to enroll in courses numbered 11
and 12 in their freshman year. Students who
enter with no previous knowledge o f the
language and are interested in majoring in a
foreign literature should register for the
intensive language courses (1B -2B ) in the

f t Program Coordinator, Swarthmore
Program in Grenoble, fall semester,
1980.
f f f Program Coordinator, Swarthmore
Program in G renoble, spring
semester, 1981.

freshman year. Language courses numbered IB
through 5 (8 in German) do not count toward
the minimum o f eight credits required for the
major.
Students who wish to continue a language
begun elsewhere will be placed at the course
level where they will profit best according to
their score in the College Entrance Examination
or placement tests administered by the
Department in the fell.
Prerequisites for majors are noted under the
listing o f each o f the literatures taught.
Exceptions to course requirements are made
for those who show competence in the
language o f specialization. Students who speak
French, German, Russian or Spanish fluently
should consult with the Department before
electing courses.
M ajors are urged to elect supporting courses
in other literatures, in history, philosophy,
linguistics, or art history. The Department also
recommends participation for a minimum o f a
summer and a semester in an academic
program abroad. Linguistically qualified stu­
dents may apply to the Swarthmore Program
at the University o f Grenoble, for one or two
semesters in the sophmore or junior year. This
program is particularly suited for majors in the
humanities and the social sciences. Students

competent in Spanish should consider the
Hamilton College Program in Madrid, Spain,
which is cooperatively sponsored by Swarth­
more. Beginning in the academic year 1980-81
students may apply scholarship monies to
designated programs o f study abroad, in
addition to the Hamilton College Program in
Madrid and the Swarthmore Program in
Grenoble (see Education Abroad, p. x).
Students wishing to receive a Teaching
Certificate in French, German, Russian or
Spanish should plan on taking the regular
program o f language and literature courses
required for the m ajor or show p ro of o f the
equivalent. In addition, they should take
Linguistics 1 or a course in the history o f the
language offered in the Department Appropri­
ate supporting courses which broaden knowl­
edge and understanding o f the foreign culture
being studied are also recommended. Prospec­
tive teachers o f a foreign language should plan
to include a minimum o f a summer and a
semester abroad in their academic program.
Students planning to do graduate work are
reminded that, in addition to the language o f
specialization, a reading knowledge o f other
languages is often required for admission to
advanced studies.

C on tin en tal E u ro p ean and Spanish A m erican
L iteratu res (in tran slation )
Students acquainted with a particular foreign
language are urged to elect an appropriate
literature course taught in the original
language. CEL/SA L courses provide the
opportunity to study literature which cannot
be read in the original. These courses may be
used to satisfy the distribution requirements,
but cannot be substituted for the 11 or 12 level
courses to satisfy the departmental prerequi­
sites for a m ajor or m inor in the original
languages. In some cases CEL/SA L courses
may form an appropriate part o f supporting

upper-level work, part o f a Literature Major,
or they may serve as the basis o f preparation
for an Honors paper. Students planning
programs where such considerations might
apply should consult with the Department.
Normally, at least one C EL or SA L course is
offered each semester; these courses are
announced before fall and spring registration.
Other, cross-listed courses in foreign literature
in translation are listed after SA L 50.

133

Modern Languages and Literatures

12R. R u ssian Thought and Literature
in the Q uest fo r Truth.
The development o f Russian intellectual
tradition as reflected in Russian philosophy
and literature from the 18th century to the
present. B rief consideration o f Russian medi­
eval literature and thought. Eighteenth century:
secularization o f culture. Nineteenth and
twentieth centuries: philosophical and literary
polemics within the framework o f current
secular ideologies and religious thought.
Russia and the W est and the dream o f a
Perfect W orld.
Not offered 198081 . Krugovoy.

50G. S tu d ies in M odern Germ an
Literature.
Under this course title topics will be offered
from year to year that reflect the richness and
variety o f literature in German-speaking
countries, against the background o f this
century’s dominant social and cultural crises.
Courses to be offered in subsequent years
include: The Novels o f Thomas Mann;
Modern German Criticism from Nietzsche to
Benjamin; W om en in Modern German Liter­
ature; German Expressionism, Austrian W rit­
ers o f the 20th Century. In the fall, 1980, the
topic will be:

13R. The R u ssian Novel.
See Russian 13.

Literature an d Film in W eim ar Germany. An
examination o f German culture from 1919-33,
this course will consider examples o f the rich
and diversified literature o f the period as well
as masterpieces o f the German Expressionist
cinema. In addition to aesthetic principles, the
intellectual and political trends and sociolog­
ical realities mirrored in this art will also be o f
central interest. As necessary, there will be an
extra class meeting bi-weekly for film viewing.
F all semester. Faber.

13. M ed iaeval Com parative
Literature.
The tension between ideals and their realization
as reflected in the literature o f the Middle
Ages, especially the epic (R olan d, C id,
N ibelungen) and the romance (Tristan, Yvain,
T he G rail).
N ot offered 198081 . Perkins.
20G. The Germ an Novel S in c e 1945.
A study o f intellectual, literary, and sociolgical
currents in East and W est Germany, Austria,
and Switzerland since the end o f W orld War II
as they appear in representative works o f
prose fiction. Authors include T h. Mann,
Boll, Gunter Grass, Max Frisch, Uwe Johnson,
Peter Handke and Christa W olf. Lectures and
discussions in English. German majors will be
required to read some o f the works in
German.
N ot offered 198081 . Avery.
25R. R u ssian Folklore and R ussian
Culture.
A study o f folk poetry in its cultural and
artistic aspects. Folklore and the genesis o f
literature and civilization. Survivals o f myth
and ritual in Russian folk poetry and their
significance for the understanding o f the
collective psychological dominants in Russian
cultural outlook will be discussed. Special
attention will be given to ritual poetry, tales,
heroic epic and lyric poetry with extensive use
o f comparative evidence from non-Russian
folk traditions. Representative texts will be
analyzed in class with active participation by
students.
N ot offered 1980-81. Krugovoy.

134

50R. R u ssian Literature and
Revolutionary Thought.
A study o f continuity and change; the
relationship between the major political and
social movements and the writers before and
after 1917. Special attention will be given to
the post-revolutionary literary and political
struggle in the 1920*s and the literary revival
o f the 1960’s.
N ot offered 1980-81.
50S. S pan ish Thought and Literature
of the Twentieth Century.
The struggle between traditionalism and
liberalism, its background and manifestations
in Spanish thought and letters from the turn o f
the century through the Civil W ar to the
present day. Emphasis on Unamuno, Ortega y
Gasset, Federico García, Lorca, Cam ilo Jose
Cela, Carmen Laforet, and Juan Goytisolo.
N ot offered 1980-81 .
S A L 50. Contem porary S panishA m e rica n Literature.
A consideration o f intellectual and social
themes and artistic innovations which mark
the coming into the mainstream o f SpanishAmerican fiction. Representative authors
from the various national literatures.

A RG EN TIN A : Borges, Cortázar; PER U : Var­
gas Llosa; C O LO M BIA : G arda Márquez;
G U A TEM A LA : Asturias; M E X IC O : Fuentes,
Rulfo, Pedro; C U BA : Carpentier.
Not o ffered 1980-81 .

Miguel Angel Asturias and others will be
discussed in conjunction with sociological
patterns in contemporary Spanish America.
See Sociology-Anthropology 6 0.
Not offered 1980-81. Hassett and Munoz.

SA L 60. S p an ish A m erica n S o ciety
Through Its Novel.
This course will explore the relationship
between society and the novel in Spanish
America. Selected works by Carlos Fuentes,
Mario Vargas Llosa, Gabriel García Márquez,

34. * Ren aissance Com parative
Literature.
See English Literature 34.
48. *Modern Orama.
See English Literature 48.

EXPLANATORY NOTE OF FIRST- AND SECOND-YEAR LANGUAGE
COURSES:
A. Courses numbered 1-2 are designed for
students who begin their study o f the
language in college and whose primary
interest is the acquisition o f reading skills:

1-2 combines the presentation o f grammar
with readings from the humanities
(including literature), social sciences
and sciences. Classes meet three times
per week and are conducted in
English. May be used to prepare for
fulfilling the reading requirement o f
graduate schools but does not prepare
students for intermediate or advanced
courses in literature taught in the
original language.
B. Courses numbered 1B-2B, 3B carry one
and one-half credits per semester. Three
semesters in this sequence are equivalent
to two years o f work at the college level.

Designed to impart an active command o f
the language and combine the study or
review o f grammar essentials and readings
o f varied texts with intensive practice to
develop the ability to speak the language.
Recommended for students who want to
progress rapidly and especially for those
with no previous knowledge o f the
language and who are interested in
preparing for intermediate or advanced
courses in literature taught in the original
language. Students who start in this
orientation can m ajor in a foreign language
and literature not studied previously.
These courses (a) meet as one section for
grammar presentation and in small groups
for oral practice with a native speaker o f
the language, and (b ) may require periodic
work in the language laboratory.

C hinese
IB, 2B. introduction to M andarin
Chinese.
An intensive introduction to written and
spoken Mandarin Chinese. Specifically de­
signed to prepare students for continuing
study in Taiwan, Hong Kong, or Middlebury
Summer Language School.
Lee.

3, 4. S e co n d -y e a r M andarin Chinese.
A two-semester course designed for students
who have mastered over five hundred
characters (8 0 0 words) and basic grammar.
The course combines the study o f grammar
and oral practice with writing and readings in
modern Chinese literary and expository prose.
Not offered every year. Lee.

135

Modem Languages and Literatures

F ren ch
French may be offered as a major in the
Course Program or as a major or minor in the
External Examination (H onors) Program.
Prerequisites for both Course students and
Honors candidates are as follows: French 6
and 12 , the equivalent, or evidence o f special
competence.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory departmental statement.

M ajors in the Course and Honors Programs,
as well as minors in the Honors Program are
expected to be sufficiently proficient in
spoken and written French to do all o f their
work in French, i.e., discussions and papers in
courses and seminars, and all oral and written
examinations, including comprehensive and
Honors examinations. Course majors are
required to do Special Topics.

COURSES
N O TE: Not all advanced courses are offered
every year. Students wishing to major or
minor in French should plan their program in
consultation with the Department.
IB, 2B, 3B. Intensive French.
For students who begin French in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar
with intensive oral practice, writing, and
readings in literary or expository prose.
Prepares for intermediate and advanced
courses in literature taught in the original
language. Recommended for students who
wish to acquire minimal linguistic competence
for study abroad in the Swarthmore Program
in France. See the explanatory note on
language courses above as well as the
description o f the Swarthmore program at the
University o f Grenoble under Education
A broad. Normally followed by 5.
5, 5A. C om position and Diction.
Emphasis on oral fluency and writing proficiency. May be taken for single credit (5 ), or
one and one-half credits with additional
discussion sessions (5A ). Prepares for French
6 and 12. Recommended for students who
wish to study abroad at the university level.
Prerequisite: French 3B or the equivalent.
E ach semester.
12. Introduction to Lite ra ry S tudies.
A n analytical approach to French literature
through the study o f particular genres or
specific modes o f expression. Selected works
from M olière to Balzac.
Prerequisite: French 5, a score o f 67 5 on the

136

College Entrance Examination, or the equiv­
alent with special permission.
E ach semester.
15. Freshm en Sem inar.
For freshmen only. Limited enrollment.
Prerequisite: a score o f 7 0 0 or above in
French, and special permission o f the instruc­
tor.
F all semester. M oskos.
16. S tu d ies in S ty lis tic s .
(formerly listed as 6 ) For m ajors or those who
wish an advanced course to develop selfexpression in the written and oral language.
Original compositions are based on a stylistic
study o f texts by representative French
authors from the 17th century to the present.
Prerequisite: French 5, 12, or the equivalent
with special permission.
E ach semester. F all semester, Smith.
20. H isto ry of the French Language.
The development o f the French language from
its Latin origins to its current forms. Emphasis
will be placed more on general patterns than
on philological details. Texts o f the various
periods will be analyzed intensively. The
course will be given in English; students must
have a reading knowledge o f French.
This course will satisfy the linguistics require­
ment for teacher certification and may be used
for a Medieval Studies major.
Spring semester. Perkins.
25. L’A n cie n Régime.
A social history o f the 17th and 18th centuries,
treating such topics as education, political

institutions, life at the court, Parisian culture
and the development o f social classes. Open to
students with the equivalent o f French 5.
Spring semester. Perkins.

arising from socio-political changes in 19th
century France. Based primarily on the novels
o f Balzac, Stendhal, Flaubert, and Zola.
Moskos.

28. La Fra n ce Contem poraine.
A study o f events and ideas which have shaped
French society from the 19th century to the
present. Selected French works in history,
political science, sociology and literature.
F all semester. Smith.

61. Rom antism e.

82. Colloquium .
W om en W riters and their Specific Contribu­
tions.
F all semester. Moskos.
91. S p e c ia l Topics.
(for senior m ajors). Study o f individual
authors, selected themes, or critical problems.
Spring semester.
93. D irected Reading.
94. T h e sis.
Courses to be offered in subsequent years:
30.

Littérature du M oyen-Age.

35.

L’H um anism e de la R en a issa n ce.

42. Le C la s s ic is m e .
43. Le Théâtre.
Representative works from the Middle Ages
to the Rom antic period included.
Smith.
50. Le Roman avant la Révolution.

65. B audelaire, Rimbaud, M allarm é,
A ppolinaire.
A study o f Symbolism through its major
poets.
Roza.
70. T h éâ tre M oderne.
M ajor trends in 20th century drama from
Anouilh, Sartre to Beckett and Ionesco.
Roza.
71. P o é sie Contem poraine.
From Apollinaire and Surrealism to Char and
Saint John-Perse.
Roza.
72. Gide, P roust, Céline.
73. Littéra teu rs Engagés.
A study o f the literature o f commitment
before and after W orld W ar II. Principally an
examination o f the literary manifestations o f
French Existentialism. Includes works by
Malraux, Sartre, de Beauvoir, Camus, and
Frantz Fanon or others.
Tafoya.
74. Le Nouveau Roman.
75. P ro u st and Jo y c e .

51. L e s P h ilo sop h es.
60. Le Roman du 19e S iè c le .
A study o f innovations in techniques and form
as well as the examination o f moral problems

SEMINARS
All seminars to be offered in a particular year
will be announced in advance. Preparation o f
topics for External Examinations (H onors)
may be done by appropriate courses plus
attachments only when seminars are not
available. Students preparing for External
Examinations should consult with the Depart­
ment on the suitability and availability o f
attachments.

100. Littérature du M oyen-Age.
Old French readings in lyric poetry, theatre
and romance.
Perkins.
101. La R en aissan ce.
Prose works o f Rabelais, Marguerite de
Navarre, and Montaigne. Poetic innovations
from M arot through the Pléiade.
Smith.

137

Modem Languages and Literatures

102. Le Th éâtre C la ssiq u e.
1. Aristotle, Corneille and Racine: a study o f
“the Tragic” and the theories o f tragedy. 2.
Molière.
Smith.
103. L’A g e d e s Lu m ières.
Concentrating on Diderot and Rousseau.
Perkins.
104. Stendhal et Flaubert*
Moskos.

106. P o é sie Sym b o liste.
From Baudelaire to Apollinaire.
Roza.
108. Le Roman du 20e S iè c le .
M ajor innovations in form and theme from
Gide and Proust to the New Novel.
F all semester. Roza.
109. Le Rom antism e.
Spring semester. Moskos.
180. T h e sis .

105. P roust.
Style and vision in L a R echerche du Temps
perdu.
Roza.

G erm an
German may be offered as a major in the
Course Program or as a major or minor in the
External Examination (H onors) Program.
Prerequisites for both Course students and
Honors candidates are as follows:
Required: German 11 or 12, or equivalent
work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the

introductory departmental statement.
W ith minor exceptions, the language o f
instruction in courses numbered 11 and above
is German. Students are expected to have a
sufficient command o f the language to be able
to participate im class discussions and do
written work in German. Course m ajors are
required to do Special Topics.

COURSES
N O TE: Not all advanced courses or seminars
are offered every year. Students wishing to
m ajor or minor in German should plan their
program in consultation with the Department.
All courses listed under Groups I and II are
open to students after either German 11 or 12.
The courses listed under Group II are offered
on a regular two-year sequence. M ajors in
Course are required to select a minimum o f
four courses from Group II.
1, 2. Germ an Reading and Translation.
For students who wish to acquire the
fundamentals o f German grammar and a
reading knowledge o f the language. This twosemester course is a terminal sequence. See the
explanatory note on language courses above.
IB, 2B, 3B. Intensive German.
For students who begin German in college.

138

Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar
with intensive oral practice, writing, and
readings in literary or expository prose. See
the explanatory note on language courses
above. Normally followed by 8 , 11 or 12.
4. Interm ediate German.
For entering students with high school
language training equivalent to 3B. Review o f
grammar, literary readings o f moderately
difficult texts, such as Brecht’s G edichte,
Diirrenmatt’s D ie Physiker, Stifter’s Brigitta.
Regular written assisgnments. Normally fol­
lowed by German 8 , 11, or 12. Admission
contingent upon departmental testing or
permission o f the instructor.
F all semester. Faber.

8. W riting and Speaking Germ an.
Oral discussions and writing practice based on
general and literary topics o f contemporary
interest. For students who want to consolidate
their skills o f expression. Recommended for

German majors. Can be taken concurrently
with German 11 or 12.
Prerequisite: German 3B , 4 , or by depart­
mental placement test.
Spring semester. Avery.

GROUP I
11. Introduction to G erm an Literature
(ea rly 20th century).
An introductory course which emphasizes
critical and analytical reading o f literature.
Representative poetry, drama, and fiction
from the beginning o f the 20 th century,
including works by Rilke, Lasker-Schiiler,
Kafka, Brecht, and Schnitzler.
Prerequisite: German 3B , 4, 8 or equivalent
work.
Spring semester. Avery.
12. Introduction to Germ an Literature
(the A ge of Goethe).
An introduction to German literature through
close reading o f selections from the second
half o f the 18th and the early part o f the 19th
century. Representative works o f Goethe,
Schiller, the Romantics.
F all semester. Faber.

63. Goethe’s Faust.
An intensive study o f Faust I and II.
N ot offered 1980*81. Weber.
83. K afka and Brecht.
A study o f the principle works o f each author
with emphasis on the emergence o f major
themes and the examinations o f literary
craftsmanship. Kafka’s notebooks and journals
and Brecht’s journals and critical writings will
be considered in the context o f the authors’
cultural and social environment.
Not offered 1980-81. Avery.
91. S p e c ia l T op ics (for se n io r
m ajors).
Study o f individual authors, selected themes,
or critical problems. Open to qualified upperlevel students.
Spring semester.

50. Die D eutsche Lyrik.
Readings in the m ajor German poets.
N ot offered 1980-81 .

GROUP II
60. A u fklaerung und Sturm und
Drang.
The German Enlightenment and various
reactions to it. Authors read include Gellert,
Lessing, Klopstock, W ieland, Herder, the
early G oethe and the early Schiller.
Not offered 1980-81 . Weber.

80. K la s s ik e r d e r M oderne.
A study o f German literature from the
beginnings o f Modernism through W orld War
I. Authors include Hofmannsthal, Rilke,
George, Schnitzler, Trakl, Sternheim, and
Thomas Mann.
N ot o ffered 1980-81. Avery.

62. W eim arer K la ssik .
M ajor writings o f the authors associated with
the W eimar Court from the time o f G oethe’s
arrival in 1775. An investigation in the main o f
the works and concerns o f the later Goethe,
Schiller, and Herder.
F all semester. Weber.

82. Literatu r d e s zw a n zig ste n
Jahrhunderts.
German literature from the twenties to the
present with emphasis on the continuity o f the
m odem tradition under the impact o f political
exile and W orld War II. Authors include

70. Die D eutsche Rom antik.
See German 105 below.

139

Modern Languages and Literatures

Brecht, Thom as Mann, and post-World W ar II
writing in Austria, Switzerland, East and W est
Germany.
Spring semester. Avery.
Courses to be offer in subsequent years:
52.

72. Literatur des neunzehnten
Ja h rh u n derts.
German literature from the end o f Rom anti­
cism to the beginnings o f Modernism.
84.

Rilke, Hofm annsthal, George.

Das D eutsche Dram a.

SEMINARS
All seminars to be offered in a particular year
will be announced in advance. Preparation o f
topics for External Examinations (Honors)
may be done by appropriate courses plus
attachments only when seminars are not
available. Students preparing for External
Examinations should consult with the Depart­
ment on the suitability and availability o f
attachments.
104. Goethe.
A study o f G oethe’s major works in the
context o f his life and times. (The seminar
does not include F aust.)
To b e offered 1981-82 . Weber.

105. Die Deutsche Romantik.
Romanticism as the dominant movement in
German literature, thought, and the arts in the
first third o f the 19th century. Authors include
Tieck, Novalis, Hölderlin, Kleist, Brenanto,
Eichendorff, the early Buchner, and Heine.
Also offered as a course. See 70.
Spring semester. Faber.
107. M oderne P rosa.
The development o f German prose narrative
since 1900 as reflected in works by Schnitzler,
Hofmannsthal, Rilke, Mann, Kafka, Döblin,
Karl Kraus and R . Walser.
F all semester. Avery.

R ussian
Russian may be offered as a m ajor in the
Course Program or as a major or m inor in the
External Examination (H onors) Program.
Prerequisites for both Course students and
Honors candidates are: Russian 6 , 11, 12, and
13, or equivalent work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory department statement.

above. Normally followed by 6 , 11, and 12.

N O TE: Not all advanced courses or seminars
are offered every year. Students wishing to
major or m inor in Russian should plan their
program in consultation with the Department.
Course m ajors are required to do Special
Topics.

11. Introduction to R ussian Literature.
Old Russian literature and its place within
European literature. 18th century: Classicism
and Sentimentalism. 19th century: Rom anti­
cism and Golden Age o f Russian poetry.
Pushkin, Lermontov, Gogol. Lectures and
discussions in Russian.
F all semester. Krugovoy.

1R, 2B, 3B. Intensive R ussian .
For students who begin Russian in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar
with intensive oral practice, writing, and
readings in literary or expository prose. See
the explanatory note on language courses

140

6. A dvan ced R ussian.
For majors and those primarily interested in
perfecting their command o f language. Ad­
vanced conversation, composition, translation,
and stylistics. Readings include short stories
and newspapers. Conducted in Russian.
Spring semester. Krugovoy.

12. Introduction to R ussian Literature.
19th and 20th century Russian literature to
1918, and its place within European literature.
Realism and literary tendencies in the first two

decades o f the 20th century. Turgenev,
Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Chekhov, Bunin, Bely.
Silver Age o f Russian poetry. Lectures and
discussions in Russian.
Spring semester. Krugovoy.

o f the Russian language and its place among
the other modem Indo-European and Slavic
languages. The uses o f philology and linguistics
for the ideological and stylistic analysis o f
literary texts.

13. The R ussian Novel.
Continuity and change in the development o f
the novel in the 19th century and in the postrevolutionary period. Lectures and readings in
English. Russian majors will be required to
read a part o f the material in Russian.
F all semester. Bradley.

Satisfies the linguistics requirement for teacher
certification. The course will be offered in
response to manifest student interest.
Krugovoy.

16. H isto ry o f the R u ssian Language.
An introductory course. A study o f the origin

91. S p e c ia l Topics.
(For senior m ajors.) Study o f individual
authors, selected themes or critical problems.
93. D irected Reading.

SEMINARS
101. Tolstoy.

105. Literature of the S o vie t Period.

102. R u ssian Short Story.

106. R u ssian Drama.

103. P ushkin and Lermontov.

107. R u ssian L y ric a l Poetry.

104. D ostoevsky.

108. M odern R u ssian Poetry.

Spanish
Spanish may be offered as a m ajor in the
Course Program or as a major or minor in the
External Examination (H onors) Program.
Prerequisites for both Course students and
Honors candidates are as follows:
Required: Spanish 11, 13, or equivalent work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the

introductory departmental statement.
M ajors are expected to speak Spanish with
sufficient fluency to take part in discussion in
courses and seminars in the language and to
pass all oral comprehensive or oral Honors
examinations in Spanish. Course majors are
required to do Special Topics.

COURSES
N O TE: Not all advanced courses are offered
every year. Students wishing to m ajor or
minor in Spanish should plan their program in
consultation with the Department.
IB, 2B, 3B. Intensive Span ish .
For students who begin Spanish in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar
with intensive oral practice, writing, and
readings in literary or expository prose. See

the explanatory note on language courses
above. Normally followed by 5, 11, or 13.
5. C om position and Diction.
For m ajors and others who wish advanced
courses in which the emphasis is not primarily
literary. An effort is made to correct faulty
pronunciation and to improve both oral and
written self-expression in the language.
E ach semester. Hassett.

141

Modern Languages and Literatures

11. Introduction to Spanish Literature.
A study o f representative prose fiction, poetry,
and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries
(works by authors such as Espronceda,
Zorrilla, Bécquer, Pérez Galdós, Unamuno,
Baroja, Lorca, etc.). Discussions, papers.
Prerequisite: Spanish 3B , the equivalent, or
special permission.
Fall semester. Day.

74. Literatura Española de posquerra.
Spanish prose fiction and poetry o f the last
forty years. Novels by Cela, Delibes, Goytisolo,
Martin Santos, Benet, García Hortelano and
Fernández Santos. The poetry o f Bias de
O tero, José Hierro, Gabriel Celaya, Luis
Rosales and Dionisio Ridruejo. The theater o f
Buero Vallejo and Alfonso Sastre.
Spring semester. Metzidakis.

13. Introduction to S panish A m e rica n
Literature.
A study o f representative prose fiction, poetry
and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries
(works by Echeverría, Sarmiento, Marti, Silva,
Dario, Lugones, Sánchez, Lillo, Neruda,
Vallejó, Huidobro, Rulfó, Garcia Marquez).
Discussions, papers.
Spring semester. Hassett.

75. Teatro h ispanoam ericano
contem poráneo.
After a brief introduction to the origins o f
Spanish American theatre this course will
focus principally on representative works by
some o f the most important figures o f
twentieth century Spanish American Theatre.
O ur selection o f dramatists will include
Horencio Sánchez, R odolfo Usigli, René
Marqués, Egon W olff, Emilio Carballido,
Carlos Solórzano and Enrique Solary Swayne.
F all semester. Hassett.

N O TE: Spanish 11, 13, the equivalent, or
consent o f instructor, are prerequisite for the
courses in literature that follow.
30. La Literatura M edieval.
From the Poem a del C id to L a C elestina. Also
included are works by Gonzola de Berceo,
Don Juan Manuel, el Arcipreste de Hita, and
Jorge Manrique.
Spring semester. 1982. Metzidakis.
40. El Teatro del Renacim iento y del
S ig lo de Oro.
Special emphasis will be placed on the
outstanding dramatists o f the Golden Century
(Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Ruiz de
Alacón, Cadéron, etc.)
F all semester. 1981. Metzidakis.
44. Cervantes.
The works o f Cervantes with special emphasis
on the Q uijote.
Spring semester. Metzidakis.
60. La N ovela en el Sig lo XIX.
Realism and Naturalism in 19th century prose
fiction. W orks by Alarcón, Valera, Pérez
Galdós, Pardo Bazán, Clarín, Blasco Ibáñez
and others.
Spring semester. 1982. Metzidakis
70. La C e n era ció n del 98.
Studies in the works o f Valle-Inclán, Azorín,
Baroja, Unam uno, Benavente and Antonio
Machado.
F all semester. Day.

142

76. La P oesía H ispanoam ericana en
el S ig lo XX.
A study o f the poetry o f Mistral, Agustini,
Ibarboutou, Storni, Vallejo, Huidorbro, Cor­
os tiza, Paz, Nicholás Guillén, Neruda, Borges,
and others.
F all semester. 1981. Staff.
79. El cuento hispanoam ericano.
The Spanish American short story from the
early 19th century to the present. Represent­
ative authors include Echevarría, Carrasquilla,
Payró, Lillo, Portillo y Rojas, Roa Bastos,
Borges, Bioy Basares, Rulfo Cortázar, and
others.
Spring semester. Hassett.
91. S p e c ia l Topics.
Study o f individual authors, selected themes
or critical problems. Topic in Spanish American
literature to be announced.
Spring semester. 1982. Staff.
Courses to be offered in subsequent years:
7.

Fonética Española.

42. La P oesía del R enacim iento y del
S ig lo de Oro.
71. Literatura Española
Contem poránea.

72. La N ovela Española de la
P osguerra.

78. La Novela M ex ican a S o cia l del
Sig lo XX.

73. (Jnamuno.

________ ,__

77. La N ovela. H ispan oam erican a en
el Sig lo XX.

[

I EXTERNAL EXAMINATION (HONORS) PROGRAM
I Honors papers may be prepared by attachments
to courses. Consult the Department for
suitability and availability.

I

______________________________

Music
PETER GRAM SWING, Professor
PATRICIA WITYK ROYER, Associate Professor o f Dance and Director o f the Dance Program f
JA M E S D. FREEMAN, Associate Professor and Chairman
ANN L. KOSAKOWSKI, Assistant Professor
GERALD LEVINSON, Assistant Professor
CAROLYN REICHER, Associate in Performance (Dance)
PAULA SEPINUCK, Associate in Performance (Dance)
ROSERT M. SM ART, Associate in Performance (M usic)

The study o f music as a liberal art requires an
integrated approach to theory, history and
performance, experience in all three fields
being essential to the understanding o f music
as an artistic and intellectual achievement.
Theory courses train the student to work with
musical material, to understand modes o f
organization in composition and to evolve
methods o f musical analysis. History courses
and seminars introduce students to methods
o f studying the development o f musical styles
and genres, and the relationship o f music to
other arts and areas o f thought. The
department encourages students to develop
performing skills through private study and
through participation in the orchestra, chorus
and chamber music coaching program which it
staffs and administers. The Department also
assists instrumentalists or singers to finance
the cost o f private instruction. Credit may be
granted under the provisions for Creative
Arts.
Students wishing to combine instrumental or
vocal studies outside the College with a major
in music at Swarthmore can, with special
permission from the department and the
Provost, elect a five-year plan o f study, thus
reducing the normal number o f courses to be
taken per semester.
Two semester courses in theory and one
semester course in history are prerequisite for
acceptance as a major. M ajors will normally
take five semester courses in theory (including
Music 61), three semester courses in history
(including Music 15, 16), and meet the basic
piano requirement.

f Absent on leave, spring semester, 1981.

144

M ajor in the External Exam ination (H onors)
Program : A student intending to major in the
Honors Program will generally stand for four
papers in music. T he department strongly
recommends that one paper be a thesis or
research project. Music 61, 6 2 , may be used as
the basis o f a paper. Papers in history can be
prepared by taking a history course with a
concurrent or subsequent attached unit o f
additional research, or by directed reading, or
by a tutorial.
Minors in the H onors Program : A student
intending to minor in the Honors Program will
generally stand for two papers in music. Two
semester courses in theory and one semester
course in history are prerequisite for a minor.
Music 2 may, with permission o f the
Department, be substituted for the theory
prerequisite.
Language Requirem ents fo r G raduate Schools:
Students are advised that graduate work in
music requires a reading knowledge o f French
and German. A reading knowledge o f Latin is
also desirable for students planning to do
graduate work in musicology.
P roficiency on an instrument: All m ajors in
music will be expected to play a keyboard
instrument well enough to perform at sight a
two-part invention o f J.S . Bach and a first
movement o f an easy late 18th or early 19th
century sonata. By the end o f the junior year
they should be able to read chamber music
scores, vocal music in four clefs, and realize
figured basses. The department recommends
that m ajors take one or two semesters of

Music 3 9 to develop these skills. Students
with exceptional proficiency in an instrument
other than the piano, o r in singing, will not be
expected to meet the performing standards o f
pianists.
T he basic pian o program : This program is
designed to develop keyboard proficiency to a

point where a student can effectively use the
piano as a tool for study, also to help students
meet the keyboard requirements outlined
above. It is open to freshmen and sophomores
planning to major in music. No academic
credit is given for basic piano.

CREDIT FOR PERFORMANCE
A student who has taken Music 1, Music 2, or
Music 11-12 (or who has equivalent prior
training) has the option to receive credit for
study o f an instrument or voice, participation
in the Department’s chamber music coaching
program, participation in the Swarthmore
College Orchestra, and participation in the
Swarthmore College Chorus. The amount o f
credit received will normally be a half-course
in any one semester, and will usually be
granted only to students participating for a full
year in a particular activity. Students applying
for credit will be given an audition at the
beginning o f the semester and will fulfill
requirements established for each activity, i.e.,
regular attendance at rehearsals and perfor­
mances and participation in any supplementary
classes held in connection with the activity.
Students will be graded on a credit/no credit
basis.
A student applying for credit to study an
instrument or voice (M usic 37 — Individual
Instruction) will first demonstrate to the
Department ability to undertake such study at
least at an intermediate level. The student will
arrange to work with a teacher o f her/his
choice, subject to the approval o f the

Department, which will then supervise the
course o f study. The teacher, also the student,
will submit written evaluations at the close o f
the semester to be used by the Department in
making its evaluation. The Department will
pay half the cost o f instruction, and has
scholarship money to provide additional
subsidy for particularly deserving students.
The Department views individual instruction
as related to performance. A student will be
expected to perform as a soloist, or in a
chamber music ensemble, in one or more
concerts or workshops, including one directly
supervised by the Department during the
semester for which credit is sought.
Music 3 7 is open to students who are
members o f the Swarthmore College Orches­
tra, Chorus, the Gospel Choir or the College
Jazz Band. Players o f non-orchestral instruments
for instance, pianists and guitarists, who are
not in one o f the groups listed above, will be
accepted into the program if they are majors in
the Department, or are enrolled in a History
or Theory course at Swarthmore College,
either in the semester for which they are
seeking credit, or in a contiguous semester.

COURSES AND SEMINARS
1. Introduction to M u sic.
A course designed to teach intelligent listening.
The course assumes no prior training in music.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Spring semester. Swing.
2. Introduction to M u sic .
A course that approaches listening and
analysis through concentration on musical
fundamentals: reading notation and developing

or expanding aural perception o f pitch,
rhythm, structure, phrasing and instrumenta­
tion. The course assumes no prior training in
music.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
F all semester. Freeman.
6. J.S . Bach.
A study o f selected instrumental and vocal

145

Music

compositions. O pen to all students without
prerequisite.
F all semester. Swing
8. M u s ic of the Orient.
Introduction to music and musical theories o f
the Near East and the Far East. Guest lecturers

in special fields will meet with the class at
appropriate intervals. The course will assume
some familiarity with music on the part o f
students.
Spring semester. Levinson.

THEORY AND COMPOSITION
The Theory Cycle
The theory cycle is a series o f three full-year
courses normally taken in sequence. W ork in
counterpoint, harmony, orchestration, strict
composition, sight-singing, dictation, analysis
and theory construction is coordinated with
the study o f pre-tonal, tonal and post-tonal
compositions.
Students entering the cycle are expected to
know traditional rhythmic notation, major/
minor scales* and be able to play or sing at
sight simple lines in treble and bass clef.
Music 13-14 and 61, 6 2 can be taken
concurrently by students beginning* the cycle
in their junior year, but only with permission
o f the Department.
11, 12. F irs t Year Theory.
Two lectures, two drill sections per week.
Fundamentals o f tonal counterpoint and
harmony. W ritten musical exercises include
composition o f original materials as well as
commentary on excerpts from the tonal

literature. Listening assignments coordinated
with written work.
Prerequisite: Music 2 (or the equivalent).
Year course. Kosakowski.
13, 14. Second Year Theory.
Continued work with the tonal literature at an
intermediate level. Detailed study o f selected
works with assignments derived from these
works.
Prerequisite: Music 11-12 (or the equivalent).
Year course. Levinson.
61. T hird Year Theory.
Detailed study o f a limited number o f works
both tonal and non-tonal, with independent
work encouraged.
Prerequisite: Music 13-14 (o r equivalent).
F all semester. Kosakowski.
62. T hird Year Theory.
Projects in the analysis o f tonal and non-tonal
works.
Spring semester. Kosakowski.

Composition
41. Com position.
F all an d spring sem esters. Levinson.

HISTORY OF MUSIC
15. Introduction to the H isto ry of
M u s ic (I).
Topics in music o f the Middle Ages and the
Renaissance, with emphasis given to the
analysis and performance o f selected composi­
tions. This course is also concerned with
studying the relationship o f music to the art
and thought o f the times, and the function o f
music in the Rom an Catholic liturgy.

146

Prerequisite: Music 2 (or the equivalent).
F all semester. Swing.
16. Introduction to the H isto ry of
M u s ic (II).
Topics in music o f the 17th, 18th and 19th
centuries.
Prerequisite: Music 2 (or the equivalent).
Spring semester. Freeman.

22. Tw entieth-Century M u sic .
An examination o f a selected group o f
compositions and o f their historical and
theoretical premises.
Prerequisite: Music 2 (or the equivalent).
F all semester. Levinson.
28. W.A. M o za rt.
A study o f representative works in the light o f
modern style criticism. A reading knowledge
o f French or German is desirable.
Open to students with permission o f instructor.
31. Opera.
An examination o f the problems and relation­
ship o f opera and drama. Scenes from two or
three operas will be prepared, staged, and
studied in detail. O ther operas from various
periods will be examined in terms o f the
musico-dramatic problems encountered in the
prepared scenes.
Prerequisite: Som e vocal, dramatic or instru­
mental ability.
32. H isto ry of the Strin g Quartet.
This course traces the development o f the
string quartet from the middle o f the 18th
century to the present through study and
(wherever possible) performance o f selected
works.
Open to students with permission o f the
instructor. .
Spring semester. Swing.

42. Lieder.
A study, through performance and analysis, o f
various solutions by various composers to the
problems o f relating text and music. Students
should be moderately proficient either as
singers or as pianists. A knowledge o f German
is required.
43. Early Nineteenth Century
Rom anticism .
A study o f the origins and rationale o f musical
Romanticism in the first half o f the 19th
century. A reading knowledge o f French or
German will be very helpful.
45. P ro je cts in P erfo rm an ce.
A study o f chamber repertoire. Performance
practice and problems in music o f the 17ththrough the 20 th-centuries will be examined
in terms o f analysis, research, and rehearsal.
Ability to perform instrumentally or vocally is
required.
F all semester. Freeman.
92. Independent Study.
93. D irected Reading.
95. Tutorial.
Special work in composition, theory, or
history. O ne or two credits.
96. S e n io r T h e sis .
One or two credits.
F all an d spring sem esters.

PERFORMANCE (MUSIC)

|

N O TE: All performance courses are for half­
course credit per semester. See p. 72 and p.
181 for general provisions governing work in
performance under the provisions for Creative
Arts.
33. Elem ents o f M u sic ia n sh ip .
Sight-singing, rhythmic and melodic dictation.
Open to all students and may be taken with or
without credit.
Both sem esters. Kosakowski.

*

34. P e rfo rm an ce (cham ber m usic).
Both sem esters. Freeman.

35. P e rfo rm an ce (orchestra).
Both sem esters. Freeman.
36. P e rfo rm an ce (chorus).
Both sem esters. Swing.
37. Individual Instruction.
Both sem esters.
39. Figured B a ss and S c o re Reading.
Both sem esters. Smart.
40. Conducting.
Spring semester. Freeman.

I

147

Music

DANCE
1. Introduction to Dance.
A course in dance technique with emphasis on
alignment and movement analysis and includes
introductory theory o f dance as an art form.
The class meets three hours weekly and is a
prerequisite (or equivalent prior training) for
all dance courses except Dance 23. The course
receives no academic credit but may be
substituted for required physical education.
E ach semester. Boyer and Sepinuck.
2. Beginning Ballet.
The class meets three hours weekly, receives
no academic credit, but may be substituted for
required physical education.
Prerequisite: Dance 1 (or equivalent prior
training).
F all semester. Boyer.
4. Interm ediate Dance Technique.
Approaches to various styles o f dance
technique. The class meets three hours weekly,
receives no academic credit but may be
substituted for required physical education.
E ach semester. Boyer, Reichek, and Sepinuck.
5. High Interm ediate Dance
Technique.
The class meets two hours weekly, receives no
academic credit but may be substituted for
required physical education.
E ach semester. Reichek and Sepinuck.
10. Dance Im provisation.
This course is geared to improvisation both as
a performance technique and as a tool for
dance composition. It gives the student a
chance to expand individual movement vocab­
ulary and work with others as a part o f a
cohesive ensemble. The class meets two hours
weekly and receives no academic credit.
Spring semester. Sepinuck.

148

11. Dance Com position.
A study o f the priniples o f dance composition
through exploration o f the elements o f dance,
movement invention and improvisation, devel­
opment o f movement themes, and choreo­
graphic structure. Students will be expected to
read, create movement studies, and choreo­
graph a full length dance as a final project. A
course in dance technique must be taken
concurrently.
F all semester. Boyer.
23. Twentieth Century Dance.
A study o f the evolution o f contemporary
dance as a performing art. The course begins
with a brief historical survey o f dance prior to
the turn o f the century. Emphasis is placed on
the artists o f the twentieth century whose
works influenced the shape o f modern dance
and ballet in their present form . Distinguished
lecturers in special areas meet with the class at
appropriate intervals. Open to all students
without prerequisite.
Not offered 1980-81.
30. P erfo rm an ce (Dance).
This course includes dance technique on the
advanced level, basics o f production, choreog­
raphy and performance. One half course
credit may be received each semester with
participation in scheduled performances. One
course credit per semester may be awarded to
those students who (not receiving credit for
Dance Com position) choreograph a work
which is performed at a public concert.
Admission by audition or invitation o f the
dance faculty.
E ach semester. Boyer, Reichek and Sepinuck.

Philosophy
HUGH M . LACEY, Professor and Chairman
HANS OBERDIEK, Professori
DAVID LACHTERMAN, Associate Professor
CHARLES RAFF, Associate Professor
RICHARD SCHULDENFREI, Associate Professor
ROSEMARY DESJARDINS* Assistant Professor
MICHAEL KRAUSZ, Visiting L ectu rer§***
GILMORE STOTT, Lecturer

Students majoring in philosophy must com ­
plete at least one course or seminar in each o f
these areas: (1) Logic, ( 2 ) Ancient or M odem
Philosophy, and (3 ) M oral or Social Philoso­
phy. Prospective majors should complete the
Logic requirement as early as possible.
Mastery o f at least one foreign language is
strongly recommended. Students majoring in
the Course Program may be required to elect
Philosophy 97.
1. Introduction to Philosophy.
Philosophical literature and methods o f
investigation are introduced through discussion
o f typical philosophical problems, such as: the
problem o f freedom, the arguments for the
existence o f God, the nature o f logic and
mathematics, the sources and limits o f human
knowledge, the justification o f moral judg­
ments. Readings include classical and current
sources.
Introduction to Philosophy is a prerequisite
for all other philosophy courses except Logic.
E ach semester. The staff.
2. Introductory S em in a r in M o ral
Philosophy.
A seminar closed to freshmen, an alternative
to Philosophy 1. Enrollment limited to
approximately ten students, chosen by lot.
F all semester. Stott.
11. Ethics.
A study o f the principal theories about value
and moral obligation, and o f their justification.
The emphasis is systematic, but works o f
leading ethical philosophers, both classical and

f Absent on leave, spring semester 1981.
* * * Spring semester, 1981.

contemporary, will be read as illustrations o f
the m ajor theories.
F all semester. Oberdiek. Spring semester. Stott.
12. Logic.
An introduction to the principles o f deductive
logic with equal emphasis on the syntactic and
semantic aspects o f logical systems. Applica­
tions o f logic to selected philosophical
problems are also studied.
F all semester. Lacey.
13. M odern Philosophy.
Renaissance through Enlightenment. 16th-,
17th-, and 18th-centuries’ crises o f faith and
authority, scientific revolutions, and concep­
tions o f modern man are presented through
philosophical issues o f the nature o f knowledge,
reality, man. Readings selected from sources
including Luther, Montaigne, Bacon, Descartes,
Spinoza, Locke, Hume, Voltaire, Kant.
F all semester. Raff.
14. A ncient Philosophy.
The development o f Greek philosophy from
its sixth-century B.C . beginnings to the
thought o f Plato and Aristotle, with some
attention to its impact on Western culture and
its relation to subsequent (and contemporary)
developments in philosophy. Emphasis is on
understanding and critically evaluating the
teachings o f Plato and Aristotle on funda­
mental issues o f metaphysics, epistemology,
psychology, and ethics.
Spring semester. Desjardins.
16. Philosophy o f Religion.
See Religion 14.

§ Bryn Mawr-Haverford-Swarthmore
faculty exchange program.

149

Philosophy

17. A e sth e tics.
An examination o f definitions o f art, the
nature o f aesthetic experiences, and the
relation between creation and appreciation.
Readings will include contemporary and
classical texts.
Spring semester. Krausz.
18. Philosop hy of the S o cia l
S c ie n c e s.
The course will be concerned with the
philosophical problems which arise in the
attempt to study and understand man. Typical
issues will be the relation o f facts to values,
empirical evidence to theory, and ideas to
other cultural forces. An attempt will be made
to show how patterns o f response to these
issues reflect conceptions o f the nature o f
man, and in general bring out the substantive
implications o f methodology.
F all semester. Schuldenfrei.
19. M ed ieval Philosophy.
See Religion 36.
21. S o cia l and P o litica l Philosophy.
This course will be primarily concerned with
issues in the philosophical foundations o f
modern democracy. The nature and justifica­
tion o f democracy, as well as tolerance, liberty,
and community will be considered. The
"exceptional” character o f American democ­
racy may also be discussed. Classical sources
may be used for background, but the bulk o f
the reading will be o f 19th- and 20th-century
sources, such as J.S . M ill, de Tocqueville,
Schumpeter, Dahl, and MacPherson.
Spring semester. Schuldenfrei.
22. A m e rica n Philosophy.
This course will focus on pragmatism’s
contribution to American thought. Peirce,
James and Dewey will be given the most
attention, but the implications o f pragmatism
for major work on social, political, and
aesthetic questions may be traced in such
thinkers as O.W . Holmes, Jane Addams, G.H.
Mead, Randolph Bourne, and Thorstein
Veblen. Interaction o f pragmatism and posi­
tivism will be considered.
Not o ffered 1980-81 . Schuldenfrei.
23. Contem p orary Philosophy.
A single philosophical issue selected to
illustrate 20 th-century philosophical techniques
and theories; such as: the nature o f emotion,

150

value, human action, personal identity, truth,
G od, or imagination. Readings include current
contributions and 20 th-century classics by
M oore, Russell, or Wittgenstein.
Not offered 1980-81. Raff.
24. T h eo ry of Know ledge.
Empiricist, idealist, and realist traditions in
epistemology surveyed as treatments o f prob­
lems o f scepticism, dogmatism, authority,
truth, self-knowledge, perception, memory,
objectivity. Readings from both current and
traditional theorists.
Spring semester. Raff.
26. P h ilosophy o f Language.
Philosophical techniques are applied to prob­
lems which arise about linguistic phenomena
such as meaning, referring, naming. Readings
in the works o f Frege, Wittgenstein, Chomsky,
etc. No prerequisite, but Logic o r Linguistics
are recommended complementary courses.
Not offerd 1980-81 . Desjardins.
27. M e ta p h y sics.
An exploration o f selected topics arising out
o f the question o f W hat there is: rationalist
and empiricist views on the justification o f
metaphysical assertions; concrete and/or ab­
stract entities; the issue o f realism, both
comm on sense and scientific: the status o f
mind and concept o f person; the role and/or
possibility o f a transcendent reality. Against a
historical background, contemporary authors
like Bertrand Russell. A .J. Ayer, Gilbert Ryle,
P.S. Strawson, and W ilfrid Sellars will be read.
Not offered 1980-81 . Desjardins.
28. M a rx is t Philosophy.
Not offered 1980-81 .
29. Nineteenth-Century Philosophy.
This course will be devoted to the careful
analysis o f some o f the main currents o f 19thcentury philosophy and their interconnections,
e.g., Idealism, Romanticism, Marxism, and
Nihilism. Authors to be studied include
Fichte, Schopenhauer, Hegel, Feuerbach, Marx,
and Nietzsche.
F all semester. Lachterman.
37. H isto ry of S cie n c e .
A survey o f the development o f physics and
astronomy in the sixteenth and seventeenth
centuries, emphasizing the nature o f the
scientific revolution, the revolt against Aris­

totle, the role o f mathematics within science,
the role o f experiment, and the development
o f concepts o f mass, force, universal gravitation,
and the heliocentric universe. The philo­
sophical and sociological origins o f the
scientific revolution will also be studied.
Readings are drawn mainly from the writings
o f Copernicus, Kepler, Galileo, Descartes, and
Newton.
Not o ffered 1980-81 . Lacey.

pleteness o f first order axiomatic systems o f
arithmetic, recursive function theory, modal
logics, axiomatic theories o f space and time,
logical form and the structure o f natural
languages, philosophical foundations o f arith­
metic, foundations o f geometry emphasizing
problems o f the nature o f metrics. May be
taken for one or two credits. Approval o f
instructor required.
Spring semester. Lacey.

38. Philosop hy of S cie n c e .
The course will focus on issues connected with
the nature and verification o f scientific
theories. Special treatment will be given to the
nature o f scientific change, growth and
development, giving an historical emphasis to
the course.
Spring semester. Lacey.

89. Colloquium : Philosophy of
Psychology.
The study will center upon behaviorism, its
various kinds, its critics, and alternatives to it,
in particular cognitive theories. There will be
selected topics from the methodological and
philosophical foundations o f behaviorism,
types o f theoretical concepts used in psychol­
ogy, the explanatory function o f various
theoretical concepts (e.g., mentalistic and
neurophysiological), the explanation o f lin­
guistic behavior, the compatibility o f deter­
minism with psychology, the relation between
structural and functional explanation, criteria
o f choice between conflicting theories, the
relevance o f values to theory choice.
F all semester. Lacey.

39. Phenom enology and
Existentialism .
A n introduction to several o f the key issues in
European phenomenology and existentialism,
including the nature o f human selfhood, the
origin o f values, the structure o f mental
activity, the interplay between human existence
and its 'worlds’, and the search for the
foundations o f rationality. The careful reading
and discussion o f selected primary texts by
Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Brentano, Husserl,
Jaspers, Scheler, and Heidegger.
N ot offered 1980-81 . Lachterman.
42. P h ilo sp h ical C la s s ic s .
N ot offered 1980-81 .

93. D irected Reading.
E ach semester. Staff.
96. T h e sis.
Fall semester. Staff.
97. S en io r C onference.
F all semester. Desjardins.

87. Colloquium : A dvanced Logic and
Foundations o f M athem atics.
A selection o f topics from the following:
metatheorems o f first order logic, the incom­

SEMINARS
101. M o ra l Philosophy.
A n examination o f the principle theories
about value and moral obligation, and o f their
justification: o f the concepts o f justice and
human rights; o f the implications for ethics o f
different theories about the freedom o f the
will. W orks o f representative theorists, both
classical and contemporary, will be read.
F all semester. Oberdiek.

102. A n cien t Philosophy.
The development o f Greek philosophy from
its sixth-century B .C . beginnings to the
thought o f Plato and Aristotle. Emphasis on
achieving a comprehensive and critical under­
standing o f the philosophy o f Aristotle, its
historical role and objective significance.
Attention is given to developing a proper
methodology for critical historical study in

151

Philosophy

philosophy, and to the Presocratic, Socratic
and Platonic background o f Aristotle’s thought.
Spring semester. Desjardins.
103. M odern Philosophy.
Metaphysical and epistemological problems
about the nature o f minds and bodies, the
varieties o f knowledge and freedom, are
approached through, the philosophical systems
o f Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley,
Hume, Kant.
F all semester. Raff.
104. C ontem porary Philosophy.
Some current philosophical problems are
investigated in light o f the work o f Russell,
M oore, W ittgenstein, and the most recent
contributions.
N ot offered 1980-81 . Raff.
106. A e sth e tics.
N ot offered 1980-81.
107. Logic and Foundations of
M athem atics.
See Philosophy 87.
Spring semester. Lacey

110. M ed iev al Philosophy.
Close study o f some major philosophical texts
from the Christian, Islamic and Judaic
Medieval traditions.
Spring semester. Lachterman.
by

113. Theory of Know ledge.
Topics in epistemology explore the nature and
limits o f rationality. Readings primarily from
current theorists.
Spring semester. Raff.
114. Nineteenth-Century Philosophy.
See Philosophy 29.
F all semester. Lachterman.
115. Language and Thought.
See Linguistics 107.

152

118. Philosophy o f Psychology.
See Philosophy 89.
N ot o ffered 1980-81 . Lacey.
119. H isto ry and Philosophy of
S cie n c e .
A n examination o f some o f the central
problems in the philosophy o f science (e.g.,
the nature o f scientific explanations, the
interrelationship between theory and observa­
tion, criteria for the acceptance o f a scientific
theory, the nature o f scientific concepts) will
be made through an analysis o f important
episodes in the history o f physics. Writings o f
Aristotle, Copernicus, Kepler, Galileo, Descarts, and Newton will be studied, as well as
contemporary writings in the philosophy o f
science.
Spring semester. Lacey.
121. S o cia l and P o litica l Philosophy.
See Philosophy 21.
Spring semester. Schuldenfrei.

109. M e ta p h y sics.
See Philosophy 27.
N ot offered 1980-81. Desjardins.

111. Philosop hy of Religion.
See Religion Department Preparation
course and attachment.

117. Philosophy o f the S o cia l
S c ie n c e s.
See Philosphy 18.
F all semester. Schuldenfrei.

122. P hilosophy of Law.
A study o f concepts o f law, including
examination o f the relationships between legal
systems and other social and political institu­
tions. Such issues as the proper relationship
between law and morality, civil disobedience,
legal enforcement o f morality, and justification
o f punishment are considered. Readings in
both historical and contemporary sources.
N ot offered 1980-81. Oberdiek.
123. Phenom enology and
Existentialism .
N ot offered 1980-81 . Lachterman.
180. T h e sis.
A thesis may be submitted by majors in the
department in place o f one Honors paper,
upon application by the student and at the
discretion o f the department.

Physical Education and
Athletics
GOMER H. DAVIES, Professor
ELEANOR K. HESS, Professor
ERNEST J . PRUDENTE, Associate Professor
DAVID B. SMOYER, Associate Professor and Chairman
SUSAN P. DAVIS, Assistant Professor
DOUGLAS M. WEISS, Assistant Professor
MICHAEL L. M ULLAN, Instructor
ELIZABETH D. WATTS, Instructor
PATRICIA CORNELL, Assistant
LEE W. JENKINS, A ssistant***
THO M AS F. LAPINSKI, A ssistant**
JOSEPH LEITNER, A ssistant**
JOEL M ARCUS, Assistant
JA M E S W. NOYES, A ssistant***
C.J. STEFANOWICZ, A ssistant**
DENNIS C. WEST, Assistant

The aim o f the Department is to contribute to
the total education o f all students through the
medium o f physical activity. W e believe this
contribution can best be achieved through
encouraging participation in a broad program
o f individual and team sports, dance, aquatics,
and physical conditioning. The program
provides an opportunity for instruction and
experience in a variety o f these activities on all
levels. It is our hope that participation in this
program will foster an understanding o f
movement and the pleasure o f exercise, and
will enhance, by practice, qualities o f good
sportsmanship, leadership, and cooperation in
team play. Students are also encouraged to
develop skill and interest in a variety o f
activities which can be enjoyed after graduation.
The intercollegiate athletic program is compre­
hensive, including varsity teams in twenty
different sports, eleven for men and nine for
women. During many o f these activities
contests are arranged for junior varsity teams.
Ample opportunities exist for large numbers
o f students to engage in intercollegiate
competition, and those who qualify may be
encouraged to participate in regional and
national championship contests. Several club
teams in various sports are also organized and

* * Fall semester, 1980.

a program o f intramural activities is sponsored.
Students are encouraged to enjoy the instruc­
tional and recreational opportunities offered
by the Department throughout their college
careers. In the freshman and sophomore years
all students not excuséd for medical reasons
are required to complete a four quarter (two
semester) program in physical education. All
students must pass a survival swimming test or
take up to one quarter o f swimming instruc­
tion; classes for this purpose are offered in the
fall quarter.
Courses offered by the Department are listed
below. Credit toward completion o f the
Physical Education requirement will also be
given for participation in intercollegiate
athletics, as well as for the following two dance
courses: Music — Dance 1 (Introduction to
D ance) and Music — Dance 4 (Interm ediate
D ance Technique). To receive credit for any
part o f the program students must participate
in their chosen activity a minimum o f three
hours a week. Faculty regulations stipulate
that students who have not fulfilled the
Physical Education requirement will not be
allowed to enter the junior year.

* * * Spring semester, 1981.

153

Physical Education and Athletics

Fall A c tiv itie s
Advanced Life Saving
Aquatics
Archery
Badminton
* * * * Cross Country
*\ Field Hockey
Folk & Square Dance

* * * Football
* Soccer
* Tennis
Touch Football
* * Volleyball
Weight Training

W inter A ctiv itie s
Aquatics
* * Badminton
* Basketball
Fencing
Folk & Square Dance
Ij. Gymnastics
* Squash

* * * * Swimming
Tennis
Volleyball
W ater Safety Instructor
Weight Training
* * * Wrestling

S pring A c tiv itie s
Archery
Aquatics
Badminton
* * * Baseball
Folk & Square Dance
* * * G olf
* * * * Lacrosse

\ W om en
* Intercollegiate competition and course
instruction.
* * Intercollegiate competition for women,
course instruction for men and women.

154

* * Softball
Squash
* Tennis
* * * * Track and Field
Volleyball
W ater Safety Instructor (continued)
Weight Training

* * * Intercollegiate competition for men.
* * * * Intercollegiate competition for men
and women.

Physics
OLEXA-MYRON BILANIUK, Professor
M ARK A. HEALD, Professor
LU HO-FU, Visiting Professor**
PAUL C. MANGELSDORF, JR., Professor and Chairman
JOHN R. BOCCIO, Associate Professor
ALBURT M . ROSENBERG, Associate Professor*
MICHAEL E. BACON, Assistant Professor
ALLEN S. BLAER, Assistant Professori
RUSH 0, HOLT, Instructor

The Physics Department offers two introduc­
tory courses. Physics 1, 2 is a more applied
course, covering both classical and modem
physics, designed primarily for those students
planning to take only one year o f physics.
Physics 3, 4 is a m ore analytical course, aimed
toward m ajors in physics and others planning
to take further work in the department.
Physics 3 , 4 covers fewer topics, being the first
half o f a two-year introductory sequence
consisting o f 3, 4 , 14, 15.

Throughout the work o f the department,
emphasis is placed on quantitative, analytical
reasoning, as distinct from the mere acquisition
o f facts and skills. In all courses and seminars
particular importance is attached to laboratory
work, since physics is primarily an experimen­
tal science. External examination candidates
taking physics seminars accompanied by
experimental work must submit their labora­
tory notebooks to the visiting examiners for
their inspection.

Entering freshmen with advanced placement
credentials should see the department chairman
if they are interested in taking advanced
courses in the department. Typically, Physics
3H , 4H will be required prior to enrollment in
Physics 14 or 15.

In addition to curricular work, students are
encouraged to pursue research projects in
consultation with members o f the faculty.
Good shop facilities, a wide range o f electronic
instrumentation, and computing facilities in
both laboratories and the Computing Center
are available in support o f independent work.
Research colloquia are held regularly under
the auspices o f the local chapter o f the Society
o f Physics Students o f the American Institute
o f Physics.

In addition to Physics 1, 2, the department
offers a selection o f courses (Physics 6 , 7 ,8 ,9 ,
10, 21, 2 2 ) that are suitable for nonscience
majors seeking to fulfill the science distribution
requirement.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Students who intend to major in physics
normally take Physics 3 , 4 and Chemistry 1, 2
(or 14) in the freshman year and Physics 14,15
in the sophomore year. For freshmen prepared
to enter Mathematics 11A or 11B the normal
mathematics sequence for. physics majors
would be Mathematics 11A or 11B, 12 or 12H,

* * Fall semester, Virginia and Julien
Cornell Distinguished Visiting
Professor from Fudan University,
Shanghai.

2 2 or 22H , and 3 0, during the first four
semesters, followed by Mathematics 51, 52.
Students entering the mathematics sequence
with Mathematics 5A or 5B may wish to defer
Mathematics 3 0 until after their sophomore
year. Students taking Physics 1, 2 may also
continue with Physics 14, 15 and advanced

* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1980.
Ij. Absent on leave, 1980-81.

155

Physics

work in the Department, although in most
cases it will be necessary to include a halfcredit attachment to Physics 15 (Physics 15A)
to expand the students background in certain
topics treated intensively in Physics 3 , 4.
Satisfactory work in an introductory course is
prerequisite for all further work in the
department. In view o f graduate school
requirements and o f the extensive literature o f
physics in French, German and Russian, it is
recommended that the student acquire a
reading knowledge o f at least one o f these
languages.
External Examination students majoring in
physics normally take Physics 101, 107, 108
and Mathematics 51, 5 2 , or equivalent.
Physics 115, Chemistry 101, and one or two
mathematics seminars are encouraged but not
required. O ther seminars and courses in the
program may be chosen to meet the interests
o f the student. Students preparing for
graduate work in physics often present four
papers in physics and two in mathematics; one
or two papers in chemistry, astronomy,
engineering, economics, or another m inor may
be substituted. An External Examination
m ajor with three papers in physics and greater
diversity in the minors and supporting courses
constitutes an effective educational program
for careers in law, medicine, and other
professions inasmuch as the aim throughout is
to achieve an understanding o f fundamental
ideas and concepts, as distinct from the
mastery o f information, skills, and techniques
in a limited segment o f science. Students
minoring in physics may prepare for examina­
tions by taking Physics 1 4 ,1 5 , with permission
o f the department.
A course major in physics is also available,
normally including Physics 101, 107, 108 and
Mathematics 51, 5 2 . Course m ajors take
departmental comprehensive examinations at
the end o f their senior year.
1, 2. Introductory P h y s ic s .
An introduction to selected concepts and
applications o f classical and modern physics.
Vectors, Newtonian mechanics, special relativ­
ity, mechanical advantaage, fluid mechanics,
thermodynamics, electricity and magnetism,
optics and optical instruments, waves, sound
and nuclear physics. Laboratory and homework

156

exercises include use o f the computer. Three
lectures, a conference section, and a laboratory
period weekly.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 4 completed, or
Mathematics 5 concurrently or comparable
preparations in mathematics.
Bacon, staff.
3, 4. G eneral P h y sic s: M e ch a n ics,
E le c tric ity and M agnetism .
A presentation o f a unified view o f physics
through analysis o f basic principles, their
implications and their limitations. Special
emphasis will be placed on analytical under­
standing o f physical phenomena through the
use o f calculus and simple differential equation.
Topics include mechanics in Cartesian coor­
dinate systems, conservation laws, oscillatory
m otion, systems o f particles, rigid body
rotation about a fixed axis, special relativity,
electricity and magnetism, Maxwell’s equations,
direct- and alternating-current circuits, optics,
and wave phenomena. Laboratory and home­
work exercises include extensive use o f inter­
active computing and computer graphics.
Students with advanced placement credentials
may be admitted to a half-credit tutorial
course with weekly laboratory, designated 3H,
4H , in place o f the regular course. Three
lectures, a conference section, and a laboratory
period weekly.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 5, 11 taken concur­
rently, or comparable preparation in math­
ematics.
Boccio, staff.
6. P rin c ip le s o f the Earth S c ie n c e s.
An analysis o f the forces shaping our physical
environment, drawing on the fields o f geology,
geophysics, meteorology and oceanography.
Special emphasis on plate tectonics and
geomorphology. Readings and discussion based
on current literature. The underlying physical
and chemical principles are stressed. Labora­
tory demonstrations and one or more field
trips. No special scientific background required.
Spring semester. N ot offered in 1980-81.
Mangelsdorf.
7. R evolutions in P h y sic s.
The problem o f celestial motion and the
Copemican revolution. The problem o f
terrestrial m otion and Galileo. The Newtonian
synthesis. Einstein’s theory o f relativity.
Consideration o f the nature o f scientific

revolutions. Some use o f computer graphics
will be taught. Includes weekly laboratory.
Intended for nonscience majors.
F all semester. N ot offered in 1980-81 . Rosenberg.
8. The P h y s ic s of Living M a ch in es.
The camera and the eye, and semiconductor
devices and bioelectricity, sound detection and
orientation, signal to noise discrimination, as
illustrations o f the importance o f physical
theory and instruments in understanding
certain aspects o f the living machine. Includes
weekly laboratory. Intended for nonscience
majors; not appropriate for pre-medical
students.
F all semester. N ot offered in 1980-81. Rosenberg.
9. O rder and Sym m etry in Natural
S ystem s.
Analysis o f the forms seen in nature and the
principles involved in order and symmetry. A
study o f pattern as it arises from ( 1 ) statistical
regularities governed by the laws o f chance,
time’s arrow, ( 2 ) fluid appearances o f streams
and gas flows, and (3 ) geometrical packing or
mathematical ordering, with examples selected
from molecular systems, crystals, atoms,
nuclei, and elementary particles. Symmetries
in living organisms and in man-made designs
will also be considered. The IBM 1130
computer and graphic display will be used in
producing various patterns. Includes weekly
laboratory. Intended for nonscience majors.
Spring semester. M ay be offered 1980-81.
Rosenberg.
10. A n a ly s is of the Perturbed
Environm ent.
Problems associated with numbers and flow in
the movement o f people. Energy resources
and distribution. Selected problems o f pollu­
tion, including radioactive contamination. The
computer will be used to simulate different
ecological situations. The value and implication
o f these models will be sought. W here needed,
basic physical concepts, computer techniques,
and analytical methods will be taught.
Lectures plus projects. Intended for nonscience
majors.
Spring semester. May not be offered 1980-81.
Rosenberg.

14. General P h y sic s: Quantum
P h y sic s.
This is an introductory course on the
Quantum Theory with applications to nuclear,
atomic, molecular, and solid-state systems.
Emphasis is placed on the basic principles o f
quantum mechanics: the wave-particle duality,
the operator formalism for obtaining probabil­
ity distributions, measurement, the collapse o f
the wave function, and the time-dependent
Schrodinger equation.
Prerequisites: Physics 2, 4; Mathematics 12 or
22 taken concurrently.
F all semester. Bilaniuk
15. G eneral P h y sic s: S ta tistica l
P h y s ic s and Therm odynam ics.
Thermal and statistical physics with applica­
tions and examples taken from solid state
physics. Three lectures, conference section,
and laboratory weekly.
Prerequisite: Phys. 14, or permission o f
instructor.
Spring semester. Staff.
15A. Attachm ent of P h y s ic s 15.
A half-credit course for students from Physics
1 , 2 who wish to qualify for advanced work in
the department.
Spring semester. Staff.
21. P rin c ip le s o f A eron au tics.
Principles o f flight, elements o f aircraft
structure and performance, flight instruments,
navigation aids and methods, flight meteorol­
ogy, airspace utilization. No prerequisites,
open to all students. Two lecture hours and an
afternoon ground lab weekly.
Spring semester. Bilaniuk.
22. Energy fo r M ankind.
The role o f energy in the modern world.
Renewable and nonrenewable energy resources,
their present and potential use and abuse. The
physical concept o f work and energy. Fossil,
hydroelectric, geothermal, tidal, wind, ocean,
bio-mass, direct-solar, satellite-solar, nuclear
fission, nuclear fusion, and other energy
sources; their respective advantages and
disadvantages. Lectures and afternoon session
(lab or field trip). Acceptable for science

157

Physics

distribution requirement. No prerequisites,
but enrollment limited because o f field trips.
Spring semester. Bilaniuk.
25. M athem atical M ethods in the
P h y sic a l S c ie n c e s.
Ordinary and partial differential equations.
Calculus o f variations and the principle o f
least action. Differential geometry, tensor
analysis, and an introduction to General
Relativity and Cosmology. Probability theory
and statistical models. Linear operators in
Hilbert Space and the mathematical foundations o f the quantum theory. Group theory
and its application to quantum mechanics.
Prerequisite: Math 2 2 and Physics 14, or
permission o f the instructor.
Not offered in 1980-81. Blaer.
31. B io p h y sics.
Damage due to ionizing radiation. Biomem­
branes. Electrical potentials o f nerve brain,
and heart muscle. Mechanisms o f vision and
hearing. Energy yielding reactions. Therm o­
dynamics and life processes. Enzyme kinetics.
Utrasonics. Force and shape. Automata.
Optical data analysis. Applications o f physical
instrumentation. The course is intended for
biological and physical science, mathematics,
and engineering students.
Spring semester. May not be offered 1980-81 .
Rosenberg.

useful in future research. Techniques, materials,
and the design o f experimental apparatus.
Shop practice, electronic circuit construction,
vacuum systems. Offered as a half-credit
attachment to Physics 107 or 108; may be
elected by other students with permission o f
the instructor.
Spring semester. Bacon.
93. D irected Reading o r Project.
This course is to provide an opportunity for
individual students to do special work, with
either theoretical or experimental emphasis, in
fields not covered by the regular courses and
seminars. The student will present oral and
written reports to the instructor.
94. Experim ental o r T h eo retica l
R esearch.
Initiative for a research project may come
from the student, or the work may involve
collaboration with on-going faculty research.
The student will present a written and an oral
report to the Department.
97. S en io r C onference.
Preparation o f papers and oral presentations
on selected topics o f an integrative nature.
One-half course credit.
Spring semester.

63. P ro ce d u re s in Experim ental
P h y sic s.
Laboratory work directed toward the acquisi­
tion o f knowledge and skills which will be

SEMINARS
101. C la s s ic a l P h y sic s.
Formulations o f Newtown, Lagrange, Hamil­
ton, and Maxwell, with applications including
rigid-body m otion, waves, normal-mode anal­
ysis, boundary-value problems, and electric
and magnetic materials. Laboratory program
including electrical measurements, elementary
electronics, and instrumentation.
Prerequisites: Phys. 3, 4 (or Phys. 1, 2 , 15A);
Math 3 0 .
F all semester. Mangelsdorf, Holt, Lu.

153

107. Quantum P h y sic s.
A more formal continuation o f Physics 14
with applications in atomic, nuclear, solid
state, and particle physics. Relativistic dynam­
ics. Laboratory program includes substantial
set-piece experiments and projects.
Prerequisites: Phys. 15 and 101; Math 51, with
Math 5 2 concurrently.
Spring semester. Boccio.

108. E lectro d yn a m ics.
Applications o f Maxwell’s equations. Wave­
guides, antennas, radiation. Fraunhofer and
Fresnel diffraction theory. Four-vector formu­
lation o f the special theory o f relativity.
Microscopic theory o f the electrical and
magnetic properties o f materials. Plasma
physics. Accompanied by laboratory exercises
and experimental projects.
Prerequisites: Physics 101; Mathematics 51,
52.
F all semester. Heald, Holt.
115. S e n io r Sem inar.
An intensive investigation o f one or more
advanced topics such as:
Classical and Quantum Field Theory
Fundamental Particles

General Relativity — (1981 - Boccio)
Group Theory
Nuclear Structure
Physical Oceanography
Plasma Physics
Quantum Mechanics
Quantum Optics
Solid State Physics
Statistical Physics
Topics will be planned in advance each year in
consultation with the students intending to
enroll in the seminar. Depending on interest
and appropriateness to External Examination
Programs, certain topics may be offered as
intensive half-semester seminars.
Spring semester.

159

Political Science
CHARLES E. GILBERT, Professor*
RAYMOND F. HOPKINS, Professor
JA M E S R. KURTH, Professor
DAVID G. SMITH, Professor and Chairman
KENNETH G. LIEBERTHAL, Associate Professor^
RICHARD L. RUBIN, Associate Professor o f Public Policy and Political Science
KENNETH E. SHARPE, Associate Professor^.
CHARLES R. REITZ, Assistant Professor
THO M AS ROSSERT, Assistant Professor
GAIL RUSSELL, Assistant Professor

Courses and seminars o f offered by the
Political Science Department deal with the
place o f politics in society and contribute to an
understanding o f the purposes, organization,
and operation o f political institutions, domestic
and international. For the beginning student,
the Department offers courses dealing generally
with the basic concepts o f political science and
the processes o f politics as illustrated by case
studies, by theoretical analysis, and by more
extended study o f the elements o f politics in

various institutional settings. In appropriate
places throughout the curriculum attention is
focused on problems o f change (evolutionary
and revolutionary), freedom and authority,
war and peace — and on the development o f
political institutions that are responsive to the
needs o f our day. Courses are provided that
give special attention to political theory,
comparative political systems, political devel­
opment, politics and government in the
United States, and international relations.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Students planning to study political science
are advised to start with Elements o f Politics
(Political Science 1), and to continue with one
or m ore o f the other introductory level
courses, Policy-Making in America (Political
Science 2 ), Comparative Politics (Political
Science 3 ), International Politics (Political
Science 4 ). Normally any two o f these courses,
preferably including Political Science 1 and/or
Political Science 2, constitute the prerequisite
for further work in the Department. Students
who intend to m ajor in political science
should begin their work in the freshman year
if possible. Supporting courses strongly
recommended for all m ajors are: Applied
Statistics I (Mathem atics 1); and Introduction
to Econom ics (Econom ics 1-2). Political
Theory, either in seminar for Honors candi­
dates, or in Course (Political Science 5 4 or 5 5 )
for Course students, is required o f all majors.

* Absent on leave, fall semester 1980.

160

Program in International Relations: This program,
designed for students interested in a career in
the field o f international relations, is described
in full on p. 120 .
1. Elem ents o f P o litics.
Designed to probe some major questions o f
politics, this course asks: W h o governs in the
interests o f whom? How? W h at are the sources
o f political stability and change? How is
political power created, maintained, or chal­
lenged? Answering these questions will involve
a study o f the basic institutions, concepts, and
moving forces o f politics and exploring
problems such as justice, freedom, equality,
and obligation. Materials will be drawn from
the United States, Germany, China, and the
Soviet Union.
F all semester. Staff.

\ Absent on leave, 1980-81.

2. P o licy-M a kin g in A m e rica .
Consideration o f basic elements o f American
national politics, and o f ways o f defining and
explaining the functions and results o f
American politics. M ajor attention will be
devoted to electoral organizations, voting
behavior and opinion formation, legislation
and presidential leadership, administration
and policy choices.
E ach semester. Russell.
3. C o m parative P o litics.
An introduction to theories o f comparative
politics and to the data used in comparing
political systems. M ajor attention will be given
to the political systems o f W estern Europe,
particularly Britain, France, W est Germany,
Italy, and Spain. The course will focus on
political culture; political crises; political
parties, including Communist, anarchist and
fascist movements; and contemporary political
institutions and policy-making.
Spring semester. Russell.
4. International P o litics.
An introduction to the analysis o f the
contemporary international system and its
evolution since 1945. T he course will examine
the foreign policies o f major powers, wars and
interventions, international economic conflicts,
and various approaches to world order.
Spring semester. Staff.
11. P ro b le m s in Com m unity
Governm ent.
The social, economic, and legal setting o f local
government. Politics and administration at
state and local levels. Problems o f federalism
and metropolitan areas. The course may
include special research projects, such as field
work in nearby communities.
Spring semester. G ilbert or Russell.
13. International O rganizations in
W orld P o litics.
This course surveys briefly the activities o f
international organizations related to military
security and peacekeeping, but will focus
primarily on one or more o f the new issues
facing international organizations, such as
energy, food, economic or environmental
concerns.
A lternate years, spring semester. N ot offered 1980
81.

14. A m e rica n Foreign Policy.
An examination o f the making o f American
foreign policy and o f the major problems
faced by the United States in the modern
world. The course will focus on the influence
o f political, bureaucratic, and economic forces
and on the problems o f war, intervention, and
economic conflict.
A lternate years, fa ll semester. Kurth.
18. P o litica l D evelopm en t
An examination o f the conditions o f change
and development. The processes which pro­
mote change and affect the stability and
capacity o f political systems will be considered
in the context o f widely diverse states
including industrialized and third world states.
Spring semester. Bossert or Hopkins.
19. C o m parative Com m unist P olitics.
A comparative study o f the various communist
countries, with special attention to the Soviet
Union and the Chinese People’s Republic.
Analysis o f differences in goal structures,
modes o f rule, and social development as a
function o f the interaction between legacies o f
the paths to power, domestic political conflict,
and economic imperatives.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Lieberthal.
20. P o litic s o f China.
An analysis o f critical elements in Chinese
politics: the historical legacy, ideology, policy­
making, policy implementation, economic
programs, and foreign policy.
Spring semester. N ot offered in 1980-81. Lieberthal.
21. P o litic s of Black A frica .
A survey o f political forces in contemporary
Africa. Selected countries will be studied to
illuminate important aspects o f political
change including traditional attitudes, leader­
ship, ethnic rivalry, socialism, neocolonialism,
military intervention, national integration, and
international involvements.
Spring semester. Hopkins.
22. Latin A m e rica n Politics.
This introduction to Latin American politics
will explore such topics as the colonial legacy
o f Latin America; the difficulties o f creating
viable political institutions; contemporary
sources o f instability, revolution, and military
intervention; the different meaning o f politics

161

Political Science

for various groups (Indians, peasants, workers,
middle-class groups, industrialists, landowners,
etc.); and the economic and political difficulties
raised by U .S.-Latin American relations.
These topics will be approached through a
comparative study o f such countries as Brazil,
Chile, Cuba, Mexico, and Argentina.
F all semester. Bossert.
36. The P o litic s o f Peasant
M ovem ents.
Focusing on the politics o f peasant movements,
this course will address such general political
questions as: How is authority legitimized?
How do men come to accept or reject the
obligation to obey? W hat are the obstacles and
resources involved in creating the power to
challenge a particular form o f control? The
course will integrate theories o f revolution and
ideological change with anthropological mater­
ials to explore the quality o f peasant life, the
meaning o f various forms o f economic and
political control, and the origins and results o f
peasant movements. Cases will be drawn from
M exico, China, Italy, the Dominican Republic,
and the United States.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1979-80. Sharpe.
51. P u blic A d m inistration.
An analysis o f policy-making and administra­
tion in modern governments with illustrative
material drawn chiefly from the national
government o f the United States. Central
topics include: accountability and responsibil­
ity; organizational theory and practice; budget­
ing, planning, and " rational” policy making;
public relations; regulation; administrative
law; intergovernmental relations.
F all semester. N ot offered in 1980-81. Gilbert.
52. A m e rica n Constitutional Law.
The role o f the Supreme Court in the
American political system, viewed both
historically and through analysis o f leading
cases. Areas o f constitutional law and develop­
ment emphasized are: the nature and exercise
o f judicial review; federalism and the scope o f
national power; due process, equal protection,
the First Amendment, and other civil liberties.
Open to sophomores and upperclassmen.
F all semester. Smith.
53. A m e rica n P arty P o litics.
An historical and functional analysis o f
American political parties. The study o f

162

interest groups, public opinion and voting
behavior, electoral systems and representation,
the legislative process.
F all semester. Rubin.
53B. The M a s s M edia and A m erica n
P o litics.
An historical and contemporary consideration
o f the effects o f mass media on American
political institutions and political behavior.
Special emphasis on the transformation from
print to electronic media and its impact upon
political parties and governmental institutions.
Spring semester. Rubin.
53C. P resid en tia l P o litics.
The central focus o f the course is on electoral
connections between public opinion, political
organizations and institutions, and the exercise
o f presidential power.
Spring semester. Rubin.
54. P o litica l Theory: Plato to
M a ch ia velli.
The development o f political thought in the
ancient and medieval periods, and the
emergence o f a distinctively m odem political
outlook. Topics considered include: the
origins, functions, and purposes o f the citystate; the role o f law and knowledge in
government; the relation o f ethics and politics;
justice, and its relation to Greek and Christian
thought. Recommended for students who plan
to take the Political Theory seminar.
F all semester. N ot offered in 1980-81 . Sharpe.
55. M odern P o litica l Theory.
A study and critique o f liberalism through
close reading and analysis o f the writings o f
such theorists as Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau,
Bentham, J.S . Mill, Marx, and Rawls. The
course will consider problems regarding
liberty, political obligation, the comm on good,
human nature, and distributive justice.
Spring semester. Beitz.
56. Contem porary P o litic a l Theory.
An examination o f political theory from Marx
and J.S . M ill to present. Among other topics a
special concern will be the ability o f
contemporary liberal political and economic
thought to respond to its critics’ attacks on its
psychological and epistemological foundations,
and on its adequacy as a guide to political
understanding and action. An effort will be

made to understand the various and often
conflicting currents within liberal theory, as
well as to identify certain common problems.
Marxist, existentialist, anarchist and structur­
alist critics may be considered.
Prerequisite: Political Science 55 or permission
o f the instructor.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Sharpe or
Beitz.
57. Ju risp ru d e n ce .
As exploration o f the concept o f law as it has
been understood by lawyers, judges, philos­
ophers, and social scientists. Issues to be
considered include the nature and validity o f
law, the relation o f law to morality, and the
place o f political theory in the judicial
decision. Som e current moral issues in law
may be discussed. Readings will be chosen
from classical and contemporary works in the
philosophy and social science o f law as well as
from representative cases.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Beitz or
Smith.
58. Health Policy.
(A lso listed as Economics 5 8 .) Analysis o f
governmental policy toward health care and
public health, its impact upon institutions and
resource allocation, and m ajor alternatives for
action. Central topics are the organization o f
health care delivery (roles and views o f
physicians, nurses, administrators, patients
and insurers); the interplay o f federal, state,
and local governments, quasi-public authorities,
and interest groups; technical and political
aspects o f health insurance alternatives; health
manpower (medical and nursing schools, paraprofessionals); biomedical research programs.
Students wishing to take this course should
consult in advance with the instructors. Prior
work in at least two o f the following will be
helpful: Economics 1-2, 4, 2 6 ; Political
Science 2, 51; Mathematics 1; Engineering 4,
Spring semester. Hollister and Smith.
60. S p e c ia l Top ics in P olitica l
S cien ce.
Open to senior Course m ajors in Political
Science. Devoted to the preparation fo three
qualifying papers in the senior year.
Spring semester. Members o f the Department.

61. Topics in P olitica l Theory.
An analysis o f topics or problems in the fields
o f political philosophy or the history o f
political thought, chosen by the instructor.
Som e o f the possibilities are: varieties o f
systematic theory; such problems as privacy or
individual rights; political obligation; or
concentrated study o f a particular period such
as political thought o f nineteenth-century
Britain.
Staff.
62. Econom ics, J u s tic e and Law.
(A lso listed as Economics 6 2 .) The purpose o f
this course is to explore the premises behind
the use o f utilitarian constructs in the analysis
o f public policy issues. In particular, the
appropriateness o f the growing utilization o f
economic methodology will be examined
through an intensive study o f issues in law and
distributive justice. The necessary background
in political theory and welfare economics will
be developed as needed.
Prerequisite: Permission o f the instructor.
F all semester. Beitz and Kuperberg.
63. A dvanced International P o litics.
An examination o f the major international
wars and the major international economic
crises from 1870 to the present. The emphasis
will be on the relationships between domestic
politics and foreign policies. Topics will
include W orld W ar I, the Great Depression,
W orld W ar II, and contemporary economic
conflicts.
Prerequisite: Political Science 4 or the
equivalent.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Kurth.
64. P o litica l S o cia liza tio n and
Sch o ols.
(A lso listed as Education 6 4. See course
description under Program in Education.)
N ot offered 1980-81. Travers.
65. P olitica l Psychology.
(Also listed as Psychology 6 5 .) A psychological
examination o f individuals’ participation in
and impact upon politics and the effect o f
various political systems on individuals.
Topics include opinion in the American
electoral process, ideology formation and
models o f post-revolutionary man. Projects

163

Political Science

will involve gathering
analyzing archival data.
F all semester. Peabody.

original

data

and

66. Energy Policy.
(A lso listed as Engr. 66 .) Presentation and
exploration o f political, economic, and tech­
nological issues affecting development o f
energy policy, and
investigation o f the
influence o f energy policy on policymaking in
other areas. Possible topics include: develop­
ment o f the U .S. Energy bureaucracy;
international political/econom ic d ecision­
making and O PEC ; development and impact
o f energy price decontrol; economic and
political aspects o f U .S . energy technology
exports; economic and environmental per­
spectives o f energy resource development
(renewable and otherwise). Suggested prepar­
ation includes Econom ics 1-2 and Political
Science 2 or 51. Enrollment by permission o f
instructors.
F all semester. Orthlieb and Rubin.

environment. Interactions among governmen­
tal agencies, private industries, and public
interest groups are explored and related to the
physical processes that are affected and the
pollution control technologies that are available.
Enrollment by permission o f instructors;
suggested preparation includes Economics 1
and 2, Political Science 2, a mathematics
course, and a science co u rse.,
Not offered 1980-81.
69. D efense Policy.
Analysis o f the history and stucture o f defense
policy since W orld War II, with particular
emphasis on the choice o f weapons systems
and military strategies. Political, economic,
bureaucratic, and other explanations o f past
and present policies will be explored.
F all semester. Kurth.
70. The P o litica l Econom y of
Com m unist S ystem s.
(A lso listed as Economics 7 0 .) A single-credit
colloquium analyzing the interaction between
economics and politics in Communist coun­
tries. Case study material will be drawn from
several East European countries, the U SS R ,
and China.
Prerequisite: at least one introductory course
in either economics or politics.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81 .

67. S o c ia l Insurance and W elfare
Policy.
(A lso listed as Econom ics 67.) The principal
American policies and programs dealing
primarily with relief o f poverty and economic
insecurity, and the prospects and options for
reform in this field. Topics include: Social
Security, national health inurance, unemploy­
91. M a c ro e c o n o m ic P o lic y and
ment compensation and welfare reform. The
A m e rica n P o litica l Institutions.
various public objectives and methods o f
(A lso listed as Econom ics 91.) The course
income support and related social services, as
treats the economic and political aspects o f
well as certain contextual or alternative
inflation, unemployment, and tax policy in the
programs and regulatory policies. Conceptions
U .S. Particular emphasis is given to interaction
o f "welfare” ; economic, social, political, and
between governmental institutions, markets
administrative or professional considerations
\and public policy decisions. Specific topics
in policy; historical and comparative perspec­
include: (A ) Unemployment Policy: the legacy
tives. Intended as a single- or double-credit
o f the Great Depression and the Keynesian
seminar for students in the Public Policy
Revolution; structural unemployment policy,
Concentration and open for single credit to
(discrimination by race or sex; unskilled
others who have taken appropriate Public
workers); unemployment compensation, wel­
Policy prerequisites, on which consult the
fare, and minimum wage laws; (B ) Inflation
Catalogue and, as to exceptions, one o f the
Policy: the stagflation dilemma; monetary and
instructors.
fiscal discipline; "incom es” policies (voluntary,
Spring semester. Gilbert and Seidman.
mandatory controls, tax-incentives — T IP);
68. Environm ental Policy.
(C ) Tax Policy: the trade-off between equality
(Cross-listed as Engineering 68 .) A seminar
and efficiency; tax reform to encourage
which explores public policy issues related to
productivity and capital formation.
the degradation and protection o f the natural

164

Prerequisite: Political Science 1 or 2 and
Economics 1 and 2.
Spring semester. Rubin and Seidman.
93. D irected R eadings in P olitica l
S cien ce.
Available on an individual or group basis,
subject to the approval o f the chairman and
the instructor.

96. T h e sis.
W ith the permission o f the chairman and a
supervising instructor, any major in Course
may substitute a thesis for one course,
normally during either semester o f the senior
year.

S E M IN A R S
The following seminars prepare for examin­
ation for a degree with Honors:
101. P o litica l Theory.
An analytical and critical examination o f the
philosophical foundations o f liberalism and
socialism, drawing on the writings o f theorists
from Hobbes to Marx and including works o f
some contemporary political philosophers.
The subjects considered include such problems
as the nature o f legitimate authority, the basis
o f political obligation, liberty, and democracy.
Particular attention will be given to the
question o f distributive justice and the
relevance o f M arx’s political and philosophical
writings to liberal theory.
E ach semester. Beitz.
102. P o litic s and Legislation.
The study o f political parties, interest groups,
public opinion and voting behavior, electoral
systems and representation, the legislative
process. Emphasis is on American politics,
with some comparative material; and, ulti­
mately, on politics from the standpoint o f
theories o f political democracy.
Spring semester. Gilbert.
103. P ro b le m s in Governm ent and
A d m inistration.
Problems o f administrative organization, policy­
making and responsibility, with primary
reference to the United States and to selected
fields o f policy.
F all semester. Smith.
104. International P o litics.
A n inquiry into problems in international
politics. Topics will include (1) wars and
interventions, ( 2 ) international economic
conflicts and crises, ( 3 ) competing theories o f
foreign policies, ( 4 ) various approaches to
world order.

Prerequisite: Political
equivalent.
F all semester. Hopkins.

Science

4

or

the

105. A m e rica n Foreign Policy.
A study o f key problems faced by the United
States in the modem world together with a
critical investigation o f the making and
implementing o f American foreign policy. A
variety o f explanations o f American foreign
policy will be discussed and evaluated, and the
political, economic, and social influences
upon it will be considered. Key assumptions
o f United States policy-makers will be
subjected to scrutiny, and alternate assumptions
and policies will be analyzed.
Spring semester. Kurth.
106. P ublic Law and Ju risp ru d e n ce .
A study o f the sources and nature o f law;
historical, sociological, philosophic, "realistic,”
and behavioral approaches to jurisprudence;
the nature o f the judicial process and other
problems o f jurisprudence, illustrated by
judicial decisions and other legal materials
relating to selected areas o f law.
Spring semester. Smith.
107. C o m parative Com m unist P olitics.
A comparative study o f the various communist
countries, with special attention to the Soviet
Union and the Chinese People’s Republic.
Analysis o f differences in goal structures,
modes o f rule, and social development as a
function o f the interaction between legacies o f
the paths to power, domestic political conflict,
and economic imperatives.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Lieberthal.
108. Com parative P o litics.
A comparative study o f the political systems
o f Western Europe. The major countries
examined will be Britain, France, Germany,

165

Political Science

Italy and Spain, but attention will also be given
to smaller states. Topics will include (1)
competing theories o f comparative politics,
( 2 ) the relationships between economic
development, economic crises, and political
conflict, ( 3 ) political parties, including com ­
munist, anarchist, and fascist movements, and
( 4 ) contemporary political institutions and
policymaking.
Prerequisite: Political Science 3 or the
equivalent.
F all semester. Kurth or Russell.
108B. Com parative P o litics: Latin
A m erica .
A comparative study o f the politics o f several
Latin American countries: Chile, Brazil, Cuba,
M exico, Peru, Argentina, the Dominican
Republic. T he course will focus on important
differences in major institutions, class struc­
tures and social values, and an examination o f
various theories explaining political stability
and change. Problems will include: difficulties
o f creating stable democratic institutions;
causes and results o f revolutions, coups, and
military interventions; different meanings o f

166

politics for various classes in socialist,
corporatist, and (formerly) democratic regimes;
and the utility o f dependency theory in
explaining U .S.-Latin American relations.
Spring semester. N ot offered in 1980-81 . Sharpe.
109. P o litica l Development.
A comparative study o f the politics o f
societies undergoing change and modernization.
Various theories, approaches, and methods o f
explanation are examined and considered in
the context o f third world states in Asia,
Africa, the Middle East and Latin America and
industrialized states such as the United States
and countries o f Western Europe.
Spring semester. Hopkins.
110. Urban Society, P o litics, and
Policy.
The political and governmental organization o f
extended cities in contemporary America:
social, economic, and constitutional founda­
tions; issues o f public policy.
Spring semester. Gilbert.
180. T h e sis.
All members o f the Department.

Psychology
NORMAN ADLER, Visiting Professor (part-tim e)**
KENNETH J . GERGEN, Professori
DEAN PEARODY, Professor
ALLEN SCHNEIDER, Professor*
ALFRED RLOOM, Associate Professor§§
DERORAH G. KEMLER, Associate Professor
JEAN NE M ARECEK, Associate Professor
BARRY SCHWARTZ, Associate Professor and Department Head
PHILIP KELLM A d, Instructor
LEIGHTON WHITAKER, Director o f Swarthmore College Psychological Services
HANS WALLACH, Research Psychologist

The work o f the Department o f Psychology
deals with the scientific study o f human
behavior and experience; processes o f percep­
tion, learning, thinking, and motivation are
considered in their relation to the development
o f the individual personality, and to the
relations o f the individual to other persons.
For those students planning graduate and
professional work in psychology and related
fields, the courses and seminars o f the
Department are designed to provide a sound
basis of understanding o f psychological princi­
ples and a grasp o f research method. Students

learn the nature o f psychological inquiry and
the psychological approach to various prob­
lems encountered in the humanities, the social
sciences, and the life sciences.
A special major is available in conjunction
with Linguistics emphasizing fundamental
issues in human cognitive organization. A full
description o f this program may be found
under Linguistics.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Psychology 3 , Introduction to Psychology, is
normally a prerequisite for further work in the
Department.
A Course m ajor consists o f at least eight
courses, normally including four o f the core
courses (with course numbers in the 3 0 ’s):
Physiological Psychology, Learning and Behav­
ior Theory, Perception, Cognitive Psychology,
Psychology o f Language, Social Psychology,
Personality, Abnormal Psychology, and Child
Development. Those wishing to substitute
more individualized programs should present
their reasons in writing. M ajors should take at
least one course providing them with exper­
ience in research. In addition, majors in
Course are encouraged to enroll in Psyschology

§§ Joint appointment with Linguistics.
ij. On leave, 1980-81.

9 8 during the spring semester o f their senior
year. This course is intended to provide
integration o f different fields o f psychology
and to offer majors one way to meet the
comprehensive requirement. Students intend­
ing to pursue graduate work in psychology will
also find it useful to take Psychology 13,
Statistics for Experimental Data, or Psychology
14, Statistics for Observational Data,, or
Psychology 15, Statistics.
3. Introduction to Psychology.
An introduction to the basic process under­
lying human and animal behavior, studied in
experimental, social, and clinical contexts.
Analysis centers on the extent to which

* On leave, fall semester, 1980.
** Fall semester, 1980.

167

Psychology

normal and abnormal behavior are determined
by learning, motivation, neural, cognitive, and
social processes.
E ach semester. Staff.

theories are evaluated. The laboratory is
designed to acquaint students with the
processes considered.
F all semester. Schwartz.

13. S ta tis tic s fo r Experim ental Data.
(See Mathematics 2 .)
Spring semester. Iversen.

32. Perception.
The major theories and some problems o f
visual and auditory perception are outlined
and used to acquaint the student with
experimental research. Primary emphasis is on
adult visual perception, but other senses and
some developmental issues are also treated.
F all semester. Kellman.

14. S ta tis tic s fo r O bservational Data.
(See Mathematics 1.)
Spring semester. Iversen.
15. S ta tistic s.
(See Mathematics 15.)
F all semester. Iversen.
21. Educational P syschology.
(See Education 21.)
F all semester.
23. A d o le sce n ce .
(See Education 2 3 .)
Spring semester.
24. P sy ch o lo g ica l Anthropology.
(See Sociology/Anthropology 2 4 .)
25. M ethods o f P sy ch o lo g ica l
R esearch.
Direct research experience is emphasized, and
instruction proceeds by example. Discussion
focusses on the relationships between given
theories and the methods used in the
supporting research. The comparative advan­
tages and disadvantages o f participatory
observation and analysis, "objective” natural­
istic observation, interviewing, content analysis,
and experimentation are examined. Each
student conducts an individual research
project and participates in class projects.
Kemler.
30. P h ysio lo g ical Psychology.
A survey o f the neural and biochemical bases
o f behavior with special emphasis on sensory
processing, motivation, emotion, learning, and
memory. Both experimental analyses and
clinical implications are considered.
F all semester. Adler.
31. Learning and B ehavior Theory.
The experimental analysis o f the major
phenomena o f learning and conditioning is
considered mainly at the animal level, with
particular attention to the theories o f B.F.
Skinner. Specific empirical and theoretical
issues are considered in detail, and the major

168

33. Cognitive Psychology.
The course covers higher mental processes,
including such topics as visual and auditory
attention, pattern recognition, short- and
long-term memory, concept formation, think­
ing, and problem solving. Models o f human
cognition are examined in the light o f
experimental data.
F all semester. Kellman.
34. The P sych o lo g y o f Language.
(See Linguistics 34 ).
F all semester. Bloom.
35. S o c ia l Psychology.
An examination o f theory and research
relevant to the understanding o f social
interaction from a psychological viewpoint.
Special emphasis is placed on social perception
and its distortion, attitude development and
change, conformity, the relationship o f per­
sonality to social interaction and social
motivation.
Spring semester. Gergen, Peabody.
36. Personality.
An examination o f contrasting theories o f the
human personality. Theories o f Freud, Jung,
Fromm, Rogers and others will be discussed,
and special attention will be given to current
empirical work.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81.
38. A bnorm al Psychology.
A survey o f major forms o f psychopathology
in adults and children. Biogenetic, socio­
cultural, and psychological bases o f abnormal­
ity are examined, along with their correspond­
ing modes o f treatment.
Spring semester. Marecek.

39. Child Development.
A selective survey o f cognitive and social
development from infancy to adolescence.
Major theoretical perspectives on the nature
o f developmental change are examined, in­
cluding those o f Piaget and his critics. Topics
include the growth o f logic, language, and
other cognitive skills, as well as moral
development, sex typing, and personality
theory in a developmental context.
F all semester. Kemler.
44. P sych o lo g y of Women.
An examination o f traditional and revisionist
theories and research on sex roles and sex
differences. The socialization o f sex roles in
adults and children will be studied, with
particular emphasis on the penalties that
adults incur for sex-role deviance. Other
topics include m en’s and women’s marital and
family roles; gender roles and mental health;
and institutional and psychological barriers to
women’s achievement.
F all semester. Marecek.
45. Group D ynam ics.
The course deals with the psychological
aspects o f behavior in groups. Issues such as
intimacy, solidarity, group problem solving,
leadership development, splinter-group forma­
tion, and phases o f group development receive
attention. Classroom sessions focus on the
ongoing behavior within the group itself.
Outside reading and papers are used to
illuminate processes within the group and to
raise significant theoretical problems. (By
application only.)
55. N europ sychology o f Language.
The course investigates higher cortical function
in humans. It focuses on breakdowns in
cognition, languages, and memory which
accompany particular types o f neurological
disorder, with primary emphasis on what these
neurological breakdowns reveal about cognitive
function in the normal, intact human.
Previous work in linguistics and in cognitive
psychology, and a working familiarity with the
functions o f the nervous system are helpful
and may be essential. Students deficient in
background may be asked to do some
preparatory reading.
Spring semester.

56. Cognitive Patterns in M oral,
Linguistic and P olitica l Behavior.
An investigation into the role played by
cognitive dimensions in influencing moral,
linguistic, and political behavior, with emphasis
on adolescence and beyond. An attempt is
made to place the investigation within a
framework provided by current trends in
cognitive psychology, existential philosophy
and linguistics and to draw on the implications
o f these dimensions with respect to the
relationship o f the individual to the nation­
state and the international system. (Crosslisted as Linguistics 5 6 .)
Spring semester. Bloom.
62. S ch izo p h re n ic D iso rd ers.
A course in seminar format. Psychodynamic,
cognitive, social, biographic and psychophysiologic approaches are used to understand this
broad group o f disorders, their commonalities,
and variations, and their relatedness to other
psychological states. Som e attention is given
to forms o f intervention with emphasis on
psychotherapy.
Prerequisites: Abnormal Psychology and inter­
est in broad coverage o f concepts o f schizo­
phrenic disorders and multi-disciplinary ap­
proaches to the subject matter.
F all semester. Whitaker.
63. S p e c ia l T op ics in Cognitive
Psychology.
Selected problems from the current literature
on human information processing and cogni­
tive psychology are considered in detail.
Emphasis is placed on the relationship
between theories o f cognition and current
experimental findings. A lso, the development
o f cognitive skills receives some attention.
Kellman.
64. M o des of Psychotherapy.
A survey o f the theories, techniques, and goals
o f various modes o f psychotherapy, including
psychodynamic approaches, behavior therapy,
humanistic therapies, cognitive therapy, and
family therapy. O ther topics include research
on the effects o f psychotherapy, the ethics and
politics o f psychotherapy, and the community
mental health movement.
Prerequisite: Psychology 38.
Spring semester. Marecek.

169

Psychology

65. P o litica l P sychology.
A psychological examination o f individuals’
participation in and impact upon politics and
the effect o f various political systems on
individuals. Topics include public opinion in
the American electoral process, ideology
formation, and models o f post-revolutionary
man. Projects involve gathering original data
and analyzing archival data. (Crosslisted as
Political Science 6 5 .)
F all semester. Peabody and Hopkins.
66. S p e c ia l T op ics in
N eurobehavioral R esearch .
A course in seminar format. A detailed
analysis o f the neural basis o f behavior.
Genetics, endocrinology, and neuro-chemistry
are considered with emphasis on their relation
to behavioral disorders such as schizophrenia,
amnesia, and aphasia.
Not offered 1980-81. Schneider.
67. S p e c ia l T op ics in Child
Developm ent.
Conducted in a combined lecture and
discussion-group format. Aspects o f personal­
ity, social, and cognitive development are
examined, with individual and group field
projects an important part o f the course.
F all semester. Kemler.
68. S p e c ia l Top ics in S o cia l
P sychology.
Considers selected special topics in human
relations.
69. S p e c ia l T op ics in P ersonality.
Considers selected topics in personality
organization and dynamics.
88. Colloquium : B eh a viorism and
D evelopm entalism .
This course examines behaviorism, as exem­
plified by B.F. Skinner, in detail. It evaluates
the epistemological assumptions o f behavior­
ism, the empirical support for these assump­
tions, and the social and political implications
o f behaviorist analysis. Special attention is
paid to the articulation o f alternative episte­
mological assumptions as potential frameworks
for empirical psychology.
Open to advanced students in philosophy
and/or psychology.

170

89. Colloquium : P hilosophy of
Psychology.
(See Philosophy 118 for description.) Available I
for one or two credits.
Prerequisite: O ne course in psychology and I
one course in philosophy or permission o f the I
instructor. (Crosslisted as Philosophy 8 9 .)
F all semester. Lacey.
90. P rac ticu m in Psychology.
An opportunity for advanced psychology I
students to gain supervised experience working I
in off-campus research projects or clinical I
settings. Informal seminars meet to consider I
practical, theoretical, and ethical issues arising I
from participants’ experiences. Course require- I
ments and evaluations are tailored to individ- I
ual projects. Advance arrangements for place- I
ments should be made in consultation with the I
instructor.
Spring semester. Marecek.
91. R e se a rch P rac ticu m in
Psychology.
Research on the neural and chemical bases o f
learning and memory. Current theories are
discussed. Special topics include: interhemispheric transfer, memory consolidation, and
recovery from retrograde amnesia. In seminar
format.
Prerequisite: Psychology 3 0. By application.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Schneider.
92. D irected R esea rch on S o cia l
Explanation.
Lectures and discussions first center on
contemporary psychological and philosophical
issues in self and social perception, emotional
identification, and causal explanation. After
exploring fundamental issues relating these
areas, students engage in independent super­
vised research projects based on this work.
The course furnishes a means o f gaining first­
hand research experience on issues o f major
concern in contemporary social and personality
psychology.
Not offered 1980-81 . Gergen.
94. Independent R esearch.
Students conduct independent research pro­
jects. They typically study problems with
which they are already familiar from their

I
I
I
9
I
I

|
I

course work. Students must submit a written
report o f their work. Registration for Inde­
pendent Research requires the sponsorship o f
a faculty member who agrees to supervise the
work.
E ach semester. Staff.
95. Tutorial.
Any student may, with the consent o f a
member o f the department, work under a
tutorial arrangement for a single semester. The
student is thus allowed to select a topic o f
particular interest, and in consultation with a
faculty member, prepare a reading list and
work plan. Tutorial work may include field
research outside Swarthmore.
E ach semester. Staff.
96, 97. S e n io r Paper.
W ith the permission o f the Department,
students may do a comprehensive research
paper in their senior year — in lieu o f
comprehensive exams. Such students are

encouraged to take the course both semesters.
The course includes: (a) carrying out a
research project with the advice o f a faculty
sponsor and (b ) taking part in a joint
discussion group that will share the problems
o f each stage o f their research. It is helpful for
such students to develop a general plan by the
end o f the junior year. It is possible to take the
course for a single semester. By application.
Both semesters.
98. H isto ry and S y s te m s of
Psychology.
Intended to provide integration o f different
fields o f psychology and to offer majors one
way to meet the comprehensive requirement.
Historical treatment concentrates on the
major systematic points o f view. Special
consideration is given to problems overlapping
several areas o f psychology.
Spring semester. Peabody.

SEMINARS
101. Perception.
Reading and discussion combines with inde­
pendent. experimental projects. Students are
expected to know the basic facts about human
perceptual mechanisms and their development
by the time they have completed this seminar.
Specific topics covered are: color vision,
grouping and form , depth and distance, size,
visual motion, visual and auditory localization,
recognition, adaptation o f perceptual functions.
Laboratories are devoted to demonstrations
and both group and individual projects with
adults, infants, and children.
Kellman.
104. Individual in Society.
The relationship between man and his society.
Basic processes including the understanding o f
other persons, theories o f cognitive consistency,
group influence and conformity. Applications
to political attitudes, group prejudices. The
relation o f attitudes and personality. The
relation o f psychology to the social sciences.
F all semester. Peabody.
105. P ersonality.
A scrutiny o f attempts to build an objective
basis for "understanding the person as a

whole.” Contrasting theoretical orientations,
techniques o f observation, and specific prob­
lems will be examined. Theoretical orientations:
psychoanalysis, factor analysis, learning theory,
phenomenology. Observation techniques: in­
terviews, questionnaires, fantasy material.
Problems: aggression, need achievement, pre­
diction, psychotherapy, and psychological
maturity.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Gergen.
107. Language and Thought.
See Linguistics 107.
F all semester. Bloom.
109. P h ysio lo g ica l Psychology.
An in depth analysis o f the neural bases o f
motivation, emotion, learning, memory and
language. Generalizations derived from neurobehavioral relations will be brought to bear on
clinical issues.
Spring semester. Schneider.
118. Philosophy of Psychology.
The content o f the seminar will be covered in a
colloquium during the 1980-81 academic year.
Refer to Psyc/Phil 89.
N ot offered in 1980-81 . Lacey.

171

Psychology

131a and b. Learning and Behavior
Theory.
See description o f Psychology 31. Students are
expected to attend lectures given in Psychology
31, and to participate in the laboratory. The
second part o f the seminar (131b) considers in
depth special topics o f interest discussed in the
first part o f the seminar. One credit each
semester.
B oth sem esters. Schwartz.
133a and b. Cognitive Psychology.
An intensive study o f selected problems in
human information processing. Specific topics
may include visual and auditory attention,
pattern recognition, short- and long-term
memory, concept formation, thinking and
problem-solving. Students will conduct indi­
vidual or group projects o f empirical research.
Psychology 133a meets with Psychology 33.
The second part o f the seminar (133b)
considers in depth special topics o f interest
discussed in the first part o f the seminar. One
credit each semester.
Both sem esters. Kellman.
138. A bnorm al Psychology.
A comparison o f theories o f disordered
behavior. Biological, psychodynamic, and

sociocultural approaches are considered. Topics
such as the "illness” model o f mental
disorders, ethical issues in psychotherapy, and
definitions o f mental health are also discussed.
F all semester. Marecek.
139. Chilli Development.
A comparative study o f the major theoretical
approaches to child development. Psycho­
analytic, cognitive development and learning
orientations are stressed. Interplay among
biological maturation, experience with the
physical and social environment, and the
socialization practices o f parents and schools is
examined. Substantive topics covered include
sensory-motor and social development in
infancy, language acquisition, cognitive change
in the preschool and early elementary school
years, moral development, and selected aspects
o f personality development.
Spring semester. Kemler.
180. T h e sis.
May be presented as a substitute for one
seminar provided some member o f the
Department is available to undertake the
direction o f the thesis.
E ach semester. All members o f the Department.

MASTER’S DEGREE
A limited number o f students may be accepted
for graduate study toward the M aster’s degree
in general psychology (See p. 5 4 ). Students
receiving the Bachelor’s degree from Swarthmore are not encouraged to enter this
program.
The program o f work for the Master’s degree
requires the completion o f four seminars (as

172

listed above), or their equivalent. O ne o f the
seminars must be a research seminar leading to
a thesis. The work o f the seminars is judged by
external examiners. The requirements for the
M aster’s degree can normally be completed in
one year.

Public Policy
RICHARD L. RUBIN, Coordinator

The concentration in Public Policy enables
students to combine work in several depart­
ments toward critical understanding and some
practical competence in issues o f public policy
including its development, formulation, imple­
mentation, and evaluation. The departments
centrally concerned with the concentration are
Economics, Engineering and Political Science;
but work in other departments is decidedly
pertinent to the concentration. Faculty mem­

bers from other departments may be directly
involved in the concentration, and course or
seminar offerings from other departments
may, in certain circumstances, meet require­
ments for the concentration. Som e compe­
tence in formal or quantitative methods is
required for students concentrating in Public
Policy, but work in the concentration also and
at least equally emphasizes historical, institu­
tional, and normative analysis or understanding.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The concentration in Public Policy is not a
major. It may be taken together with a Course
or External Examination (H onors) major in
any field, and it can be combined most
integrally with a m ajor in one or more o f the
participating departments o f Econom ics, Eng­
ineering or Political Science. A t a minimum,
the concentration consists o f certain course
requirements, totaling six credits and an
internship. The program o f each concentrator
should be worked out in consultation with the
Coordinator o f the Public Policy Program and
approved by the Coordinator, preferably at
the same time as m ajors in the Course and
Honors Programs are planned. Students who
wish to concentrate in Public Policy are urged
to complete the introductory, prerequisite
courses in two or more o f the participating
departments by the end o f their sophomore
year.
Academic requirements for the concentration
include three preparatory courses: Economics
2 0 (Econom ics Theory) or Econom ics 22
(Public Finance), Political Science 51 (Public
Administration), and at least one course in
quantitative analysis. This last requirement
may be met by Mathematics 1 (Applied
Statistics), Mathematics 15 (Mathematical
Statistics), Econom ics 4 (Statistics for Econ­
om ists), Engineering/Economics 5 6 (Oper­
ations Research), and Econom ics 108 (E con­
om etrics).
Two courses, colloquia, or seminars specific to
the Public Policy concentration and dealing
with certain substantive sectors or institutional

aspects o f public policy are required, and at
least one o f these will be taken for double
credit. Four or more offerings are available
each academic year and, as a rule, are taught
jointly by faculty members from two depart­
ments. These may be taken as single-credit or
as double-credit units, and some may be taken
as units in the external examination program.
Enrollment will be limited, and students
concentrating in Public Policy will take
priority in admission to seminars or colloquia.
Students able to do pertinent work beyond
these requirements are encouraged to do so.
Highly desirable, though not required, is some
course or seminar work dealing with questions
o f public law and political philosophy, such as
Political Science 57 (Jurisprudence), and
Political Science 6 2 (Economics, Justice and
Law). These courses and other academic
work, such as theses, directed reading, and
regular offerings in various departments
relevant to the particular program and interest
o f the student, should be included in the
planning o f the student’s program even if they
are not formally required for the concentration.
In special circumstances, students with ade­
quate and appropriate alternative preparation
(as might be the case for some natural-science
students) may request that such preparation
be substituted for courses normally required
in the concentration. Approval o f such
requests, as for approval o f internships, will be
the responsibility o f the coordinator and the
committee on public policy studies.

173

Public Policy

INTERNSHIP
Som e direct experience or practical responsi­
bility in the field, through work in a public,
private, or voluntary agency, is required for
graduation with a concentration in public
policy. This requirement may be met by
completing an internship during either a
semester or a summer or both. Normally,

students will hold internships between their
junior and senior years. The internship
program is supervised by the faculty member
serving as coordinator o f the concentration,
and specific opportunities may be worked out
for the students.

E L IG IB IL I T Y
The concentration is open to students
majoring in any field, although students in the
social and natural sciences are likely to be able
to meet the requirements m ost readily. Any
student with acceptable preparation is welcome
to undertake work in a public policy course,

subject to the priority for concentrators. For
students concentrating in Public Policy and
reading for Honors, certain work in the
concentration may be eligible for external
examination.

Religion
PATRICK HENRY, Professor and Chairperson
J. WILLIAM FROST, Professor and Director o f the Friends Historical Library I
DONALD K. SWEARER, Professor*
P. LINWOOD UROAN, JR ., Professor
K. PRISCILLA PEDERSON, Lecturer

Religion as a field o f study encompasses
historical religious traditions and varied
dimensions o f human experience on social and
personal levels evidenced at all times and in all
forms o f human society. Because o f the diverse
and pervasive nature o f religion, several
methodologies have evolved for its study,
including the skills o f historical investigation,
textual criticism, philosophical analysis, and
I empirical description. Added to these skills is
the important ingredient o f empathy toward
the claims religious persons make regarding
what they have perceived to be ultimately real.
Focus for the several methodologies is
provided by dividing the subject matter into
I two broad areas: The Religious Traditions o f
I the W est, and the Religious Traditions o f Asia.
I Any course numbered 2 through 6 may be
taken as introductory to other courses in the
Department. Successful completion o f one o f
these courses is normally required for
admission to courses numbered 10 and above.
Religion 3, 4 , 5, and 6 are particularly relevant
to work in the Religious Traditions o f the
W est, and Religion 2 to the Religious
Traditions o f Asia. The normal prerequisite
for religion as a Course major, or an External
Examination major or minor, is completion o f
two courses.

elect the Senior Comprehensive Paper. How­
ever, with the consent o f the Department,
students may substitute a two-credit Thesis.
For advanced work in some areas o f religion,
foreign language facility is desirable. Students
should consult members o f the Department
on the appropriateness o f various languages,
whether ancient or m odem, for their own
particular interests.
2. P attern s of A sia n Religions.
An introduction to the study o f religion
through an examination o f selected teachings
and practices o f the religious traditions o f
India and China structured as patterns o f
religious life. Material is taken primarily from
Hinduism and Buddhism in India, and
Confucianisim and Taoism in China.
F all semester. Pederson.
3. Introduction to the H ebrew
S c rip tu re s.
A comprehensive introduction to the Hebrew
Scriptures (O ld Testament), with some study
o f the ancient Near Eastern setting, leading to
an understanding o f the development and
variety o f religious institutions, practices and
beliefs in ancient Israel.
F all semester. Henry.

The m ajor in Religion is planned through
consultation with faculty members in the
Department. M ajors in both the Course and
the External Examination Programs shall
[ select an area o f concentration — either
Religious Traditions o f the W est or Religious
Traditions o f Asia — but shall also do some
work in the other areas.

4. Introduction to the New
Testam ent.
A comprehensive introduction to the New
Testament, with some study o f the religious
situation in the Rom an Empire, leading to an
understanding o f continuities and transforma­
tions in the emergence o f Christianity and its
development during the first century.
Spring semester. Henry.

An important part o f the Course major is the
production o f a sustained piece o f writing.
Normally, students in the Course program will

5. P ro b le m s of R eligious Thought.
The purpose o f this course is to study various

^ Absent on leave 1980-81.

175

Religion

answers to the chief religious problems o f the
twentieth century. Problems include: the
nature o f religious experience, the existence o f
G od, religion and morality, science and
religion, and the problem o f evil. Answers
include those given by Martin Buber, W illiam
James, Reinhold Niebuhr, Paul Tillich and
others. Students are encouraged to find their
own answers and to work out their own
religious beliefs.
E ach semester. Urban.

13. C o m parative R eligious M ysticism .
Mysticism is studied as a distinctive phenom­
enon within the religious traditions o f Asia
and the W est. The writings o f particular
mystics, e.g., Eckhart, the Baal-shem, al Din
Rumi, Ramakrishna, are studied and such
problems as mystic states o f consciousness,
language and mysticism, the mystic and
traditional religious authority, mysticism and
community are explored.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Swearer.

6. W ar and P eace.
An analysis o f the moral issues posed by war
with consideration o f the arguments for holy
wars, just wars, defensive wars, pacifism, and
the sancity o f life. T he study o f America’s
wars from the Revolution to Vietnam will
show our nation’s responses to organized
violence.
F all semester. O ffered 1981. Frost.

14. Philosophy o f Religion.
An investigation o f the nature o f religious
faith, the problem o f religious knowledge,
concepts o f deity, the problems o f evil, and the
relationship o f religion to ethics. Both critics
and supporters o f traditional religious per­
spectives will be studied. (Crosslisted as
Philosophy 16.)
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Urban.

10. The Hindu Tradition.
An analysis o f the Hindu religious tradition
structured around the classical paths o f action
(karm a), knowledge (jn an a), and devotion
(bh akti). The course includes analyses o f
various mythic, poetic, and didactic texts,
selected rituals, representative institutions,
and symbolic expressions in art and architec­
ture.
Spnring semester. N ot o ffered 1980-81 . Swearer.

15. M o ses: History, Tradition,
Interpretation.
An investigation o f the dynamic interplay of
history, myth, philosophy, ritual, and society
in the origin and development o f religious
tradition and understanding, through a study
o f the figure o f Moses as he appears in various
religious contexts (e.g., Hebrew Scriptures,
Philo, New Testament, Rabbinic literature, the
Q ur’an, art and music). Methodological
perspectives will be developed from such
modern interpreters as Weber, Freud, Buber,
and several historians o f ancient Israel.
F all semester. Henry.

11. The B uddhist Tradition.
A study o f selected facets o f the worldviews o f
the three major schools o f Asian Buddhism
(Theravada, Mahayana, Vajrayana). The course
includes analyses o f various mythic, poetic,
didactic texts, selected rituals, representative
institutions, and symbolic expressions in art
and architecture.
Spring semester. Pederson.
12. R eligious Autobiography.
Autobiography as a genre o f religious literature
and as a way o f understanding the religious
experience o f men and women. Methods and
problems o f studying religious autobiography
as well as how religious experience is affected
by culture, religious tradition, and sex will be
considered. Autobiographies to be read
include Augustine, C .S. Lewis, Malcolm X ,
Gandhi, Schweitzer, Basho, and Thoreau.
F all semester. N ot o ffered 1980-81 .

176

16. The A p o sto lic Age.
A study o f the early development o f key
Christian concepts (including *''orthodoxy”
and "heresy,” Christ, the Holy Spirit, God as
creator, law, gospel, worship, baptism, ethics,
martyrdom, etc.) and institutional forms
through the letters o f Paul, the Johannine
literature, and the Apostolic Fathers (early
second century writers).
Spring semester. Henry.
17. H isto ry of Religion in A m e rica .
An examination o f religious ideas and
practices o f Americans from the 17th until the
20th century. Particular emphasis is placed
upon the effects o f religious pluralism,
immigrant churches, the challenge o f Darwin­

ism, and the relation between the church and
reform movements from Puritanism to Progressivism.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Frost.
18. Q uakerism .
The history o f the distinctive religious and
social ideas o f the Friends from the time o f
George Fox until the present. Particular
attention is paid to differences in the
development o f Quakerism in England and
America.
Spring semester. Bronner (History Department).
19. Existentialism and Religious
Belief.
A study o f one o f the m ost influential
philosophical movements o f the twentieth
century and its impact on religious thought.
Amongst philosophers attention is given to
the writings o f Edmund Husserl, Martin
Heidegger, and Jean-Paul Sartre. Amongst
religious thinkers the writings o f R udolf
Bultmann, John Macquarrie, Karl Rahner, and
Paul Tillich are read.
F all semester. Urban.
28. East A sia n C la s s ic s in
Translation.
Readings in translation o f some o f the great
literary and philosophical works o f China and
Japan including the Analects o f Confucius, the
Tao Te Ching, Zen works, novels such as
Monkey and T he Tale o f G enji, Noh and
Kabuki drama, and Haiku poetry. Emphasis
will be placed on the student’s personal
response to the literature and interpretation o f
the material.
Spring semester. Pederson.
29. S elf-C ultivation in East A sia n
R eligions.
An exploration o f practices directed towards
the goals o f enlightenment, religious knowledge
or transformation o f the human condition,
drawing materials from Taoism, Zen and
Buddhist Tantra. The course will investigate
meditation practices and the use o f symbols
and sacred image, and the doctrinal contexts
o f these practices.
F all semester. Pederson.
30. Religion a s a Cultural Institution.
See Sociology and Anthropology 3 0.

31. Indian R eligious Literature.
An introduction to the classical literatures and
languages o f Hinduism and early Buddhism.
The course focusses on the B hagavad G ita o f
the Hindu tradition and the D ham m apada o f
the Buddhist tradition. Study is in bilingual
texts with traditional commentaries, and
includes an elementary examination o f relevant
structures and vocabulary o f the Sanskrit and
Pali languages. Not a language course as such
but o f relevance to an understanding o f IndoEuropean.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Swearer.
32. Religion in East A sia .
The m ajor religous traditions o f East Asia
studied against the social and cultural back­
ground o f Japan. Particular attention is given
to the appropriation and later development o f
classical Chinese Buddhist, Confucian, and
Taoist traditions; religion, nationalism, and
state Shinto; religion and modes o f Japanese
aesthetics; and the development o f new
religions in the 20th Century.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Swearer.
33. The Reform ation.
A study o f the doctrinal, ecclesiastical, and
political effects stemming from the reformation
o f the Rom an Catholic Church in western
Europe in the period from 1500 until 1688
focusing on Luther, Calvin, the Anabaptists,
the Henrican settlement, and Puritanism.
Topics considered include the relationship
between ch u ith and state, revelation and
science, and the emergence o f toleration.
F all semester. N ot o ffered 1980-81. Frost.
34. Religion in the 19th Century.
W hat were the effects in religious thought and
sensibility o f new ways o f understanding
history, society, nature, and the psyche that
developed in the nineteenth century? Repre­
sentative figures, such as Schleiermacher,
Newman, Arnold, Emerson, Khomyakov,
Troeltsch, Schweitzer, and the development o f
distinctive schools o f thought within Judaism,
are considered in some detail.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Henry.
35. Form ation of C h ristia n Doctrine.
A study o f the formation and classical
expression p f the doctrines o f the Trinity,

177

Religion

Incarnation, Atonement, Original Sin, and the
Sacraments as found in Scripture and the
Early and Medieval Church. Toward the end
o f the semester students are given the
opportunity to expound and evaluate the
views o f 19th and 20th century thinkers on
these major themes. Such thinkers could
include: K. Barth, M. Buber, R . Bultmann, K.
Rahner, E Schleiermacher, and P. Tillich.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Urban.
36. M ed ieval Philosophy.
Philosophical thought from Augustine to the
15th century. Attention is paid both to specific
problems such as universals, analogy, and
epistemology and to outstanding thinkers such
as Anselm, Aquinas, and Ockham. Although
the primary emphasis is historical, attention is
given to the contemporary relevance o f
medieval thought. (A lso listed as Philosophy
19.)
Spring semester. Urban.

93. D irected Reading.
Staff.
95. Tutorial.
Staff.
96. T h e sis.
M ajors in Course may, with Departmental
permission, write a two-credit thesis.
97. S en io r Paper.
Senior majors in Course will normally write a
one-credit paper as the major part o f their
comprehensive requirement.
Spring semester. Staff.
Courses offered occasionally:
Religions of the O ppressed
A sia n R eligions in A m erica
M o n a sticism East and West
Religion and Literature
Religion and S cie n c e

PREPARATION FOR EXTERNAL EXAMINATIONS
The Department will arrange External Exam­
inations in the following areas, to be prepared
for in the ways indicated.

Preparation by seminar:
R eligiou s P e rsp e c tiv e East and W est
(Sem inar: 101).
An examination o f the nature and structure o f
religious systems through the study o f seminal
thinkers or schools o f thought as they
influenced and were shaped by the traditions
o f which they were a part. Thinkers considered
include Nagarjuna, Shankara, Ram anuja,
Thomas Aquinas, Spinoza, and Kierkegaard.
(This paper is required o f all students
declaring a Religion M ajor in their External
Examination Program.)
Spring semester. Urban.
C h ristia n ity and C la s s ic a l Culture
(Sem inar: 102).
A study o f the development o f Christian
thought and institutions to the fifth century in
the context o f Greco-Rom an religion and
society. Readings in Lucretius, Apuleius,
Plutarch, and Hellenistic religious texts, in
Philo and the Dead Sea Scrolls, and in early

178

Christian writers such as Justin Martyr,
Tertullian, Origen, Athanasius, Ambrose,
Augustine.
F all semester. Henry.
A sia n R eligious Thought (Sem inar:
103) .
A study o f seminal writings in India and China
which have had a decisive influence on the
religious traditions o f these two cultures. The
traditions considered are: Vedanta, SamkhyaYoga, Mahayana Buddhism, Confucianism,
and Taoism.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81 .
Religion in Southeast A s ia (Seminar:
104) .
An analysis o f Theravada Buddhism as a part
o f the cultural traditions o f Sri Lanka, Burma,
and Thailand. The seminar is structured in
terms o f three different contexts: national,
village and urban. T he themes dominating

these contexts are national integration, syncre­
tism, and modernization.
F all semester. N ot o ffered 1980-81 . Swearer.

millennialism, personal and corporate ethics,
rituals, and theology.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Frost.

Religion and S o cie ty (Sem inar: 105).
An examination o f the interaction between
religious values and institutions and society in
different cultural contexts and time periods.
M ajor concentration on the English Civil War,
late nineteenth-century Africa, and modem
America. Topics include patterns o f conversion,

Contem porary R eligious Thought
(Sem inar: 106).
Representative thinkers and schools o f thought
in the present century. These include Karl
Barth, Martin Buber, Rudolph Bultmann, Karl
Rahner, Paul Tillich, and A.N. Whitehead.
Fall semester. Urban.

Preparation by combinations o f courses:
For each o f the external examination papers in
this category, a general prospectus o f subjects
to be covered and materials to be read will be
drawn up by the instructor(s) involved. The
two courses in a particular case may not
exactly cover the material o f the prospectus,
but much attention will be given to the
prospectus in the shaping o f the courses.

R eform ation, Enlightenm ent, Rom anticism :
The Tw entieth-Century Rackground
The Reform ation (Frost)
Religion in the Nineteenth Century
(Henry)

Indian Religion
The Hindu Tradition (Swearer)
Indian R eligious Texts (Swearer)

Preparation by course an d attachm ent:

Buddhism
The Buddhist Tradition (Swearer)
Religion in East A s ia (Swearer)
A postolic Faith and A postolic Tradition
The A p o sto lic A ge (Henry)
Form ation of C h ristia n D octrine (U rban)

T he Protestant Traditions
The Reform ation (Frost)
H isto ry of Religion in A m e rica n (Frost)

Early Judaism
Early Ju d a ism (Samuel T. Lachs — Bryn
Mawr College)
Philosophy o f Religion
P h ilosophy of Religion (U rban)

T he A ge o f F aith and the A ge o f R eform ation
Form ation of C h ristia n D octrine (U rban)
The Reform ation (Frost)

Preparation by Thesis:
Students who declare a m ajor in Religion in
their External Examination Program may, with

permission o f the Department, offer a thesis as
one o f their External Examination papers.

COURSES COMPLEMENTING RELIGION OFFERINGS AT SWARTHMORE
BRYN MAWR COLLEGE:
103a and 104a. H isto ry and
Literature o f the Rible.
Lachs.
001. Elem entary Hebrew.
Rabi.
101. Readings in the H ebrew Dible.
Rabi.

201a. T op ics in Dible Literature.
Lachs.

HAVERFORD COLLEGE:
215a. M odern C ritic s of Christianity.
Thiemann.
310a. Life and Theology of M artin
Luther. Luman.

179

Sociology and
Anthropology
ASM ARO M LEGESSE, Professor
STEVEN PIKER, Professor and Chairman^
JENNIE KEITH, Associate Professor, Acting Chair, 1980'81
HANS-EBERHARD MUELLER, Associate P rofessori
BRAULIO MUNOZ, Assistant Professor
JONATHAN RIEDER, Assistant Professor**

Although Sociology and Anthropology arose
initially out o f divergent historical traditions,
they are engaged in a com m on task. Studies in
the Department are directed toward the
discovery o f the general principles which help
to explain the order, meaning, and coherence
o f human social and cultural life. To that end,
work in the Department will emphasize the
comparative analysis o f societies and social
institutions; the structure and functioning o f

human communities; the principles o f social
organization and disorganization; and the
conditions which tend to foster continuity and
change, consensus and conflict. Emphasis will
also be laid on the relevance o f Sociology and
Anthropology to social problems in the
modern age, particularly to the question o f the
nature, conditions, and limits o f human
freedom.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Courses numbered 1 through 12 as well as 2 4 ,
may serve as points o f entry for students
wishing to begin work in the Department.
Students may take m ore than one entry
course. Enrollment in these courses is
unrestricted, and completion o f one o f them
will normally be prerequisite to all other work
in the Department (the following courses may,
with permission o f the instructor, be taken
without prerequisite: 3 0 , 47, 4 8 ). Applicants
for m ajor will normally be expected to have

completed at least two courses in the
Department. Course m ajors will complete a
minimum o f eight units o f work in the
Department, including a double-credit thesis
tutorial to be taken during the fall and spring
semesters o f the senior year, as well as course
5 0. Course m ajors normally will be expected
to complete course 5 0 no later than the spring
semester o f the junior year. Prospective majors
may take the course during the sophomore
year.

AREAS OF SPECIAL CONCENTRATION IN SOCIOLOGY AND
ANTHROPOLOGY
Teaching and research interests o f members o f
the Department cluster so as to create a
number o f subject matter areas within or
between the two disciplines in which students
may take a concentration o f work, in course or
seminar format, or both. T he Department
here identifies these general areas and the
faculty members who work within them, and
encourages students interested in them to

* * Fall semester, 1980.
^ Absent on leave. 1980-81.

180

meet with one or more o f the indicated
Department members to explore program o f
study possibilities.
A ) Social Theory and Social Philosophy
(Mueller, Muñoz, Rieder)
B ) Cultural Ecology, Human Adaptation, and
Human Evolution (Legesse, Piker)

§ Inactive, 1980-81.

C ) Post-Industrial Society (Keith, Mueller,
Rieder)
D ) Cultural and Ethnic Pluralism (Keith,
Legesse, Rieder)
E ) Psychology and Culture (Legesse, Mueller,
Piker and Rieder)
F ) Sociology o f A rt and Intellectual Life
(Mueller, Munoz, Rieder)
G ) Modernization and Development in the
W est and non-W estem W orld (Keith,
Legesse, Mueller, Rieder)
1. M odern A m erica : Culture, S o cie ty
and State.
The analysis o f the central patterns and
processes o f modern America. Topics include
the evolution o f corporate capitalism; class,
power and ethnicity; inequality and m eritoc­
racy; political parties, ideology and partici­
pation, mass culture and intellectuals.
F all semester. Rieder.
3. Creation of Community.
The process through which both the structures
and the feelings o f community are created, the
conditions which promote or obstruct that
creative process, and the consequences for the
individuals who participate in it, will be
examined through comparison o f community
formation in a variety o f settings: utopias,
kibbutzim, retirement villages, suburbs, mental
institutions.
F all semester. Keith.
4. Environm ent, Society, and Culture
Change.
This is an introductory course dealing with
social and cultural adaptation to natural and
man-made environments. The course examines
how simpler societies regulated their popula­
tion and maintained a steady state, whereas
m odem societies are faced with great social
upheavals associated with rapid population
growth, economic development, and unprec­
edented levels o f urbanization. T he central
theme is this: Can present rates o f change be
sustained? I f not, what are the alternatives?
Som e attention will be paid to the social
effects o f crowding and to territoriality,
personal space, privacy, and stress as possible
ecological regulators that are emerging in
urban society.
Primarily for freshmen and sophomores.
Spring semester. Not offered 1980-81 . Legesse.

5. Freshm an Sem inar: The M eaning
of Work.
This seminar will take up theory and research
pertaining to the social organization o f work
and the meaning o f work experience in
modern societies. Among the topics to be
discussed are the concept o f career, the nature
o f work-satisfaction, the process o f profes­
sionalization, degrees o f commitment to work,
the relationship o f work and leisure, mid-life
career change and retirement, both voluntary
and involuntary. Occupational subcultures to
be studied will include several types o f
industrial workers, law, medicine, education,
and the military. Special attention will be
devoted to the relationship o f work and family
life, and the problems associated with the
work o f women.
Fall semester. Staff
6. Freshm an S e m in a r C la s s ic s in
the Study o f A m e rica n S o cie ty and
Culture.
Sociologists and anthropologists have made a
unique contribution to the study and interpre­
tation o f American society. This course
reviews a number o f classic studies and places
them in historical context. An attempt will be
made to determine whether or not these
studies support a particular interpretation o f
the character o f American society and culture.
Among the studies to be read are: Alexis de
Tocqueville, D em ocracy in A m erica; Thorstein
Veblen, T h e Theory o f the Leisure C lass; W.
Lloyd Warner, American L ife: D ream and
R eality; W illiam Foote W hyte, Street C om er
Society; E . Franklin Frazier, B lack Bourgeoisie;
C . Wright Mills, T he Power E lite; David
Riesman, T he Lonely Crowd.
Upper-class students may be admitted with
permission o f the instructor.
Spring Semester. Staff
7. S ex Roles, Pow er, and Identity.
An exploration o f the social, political, and
psychological implications o f gender, drawing
on socio-biological, cross-cultural, and histor­
ical materials. The primary emphasis will be
placed on developments in contemporary
America.
Spring Semester. Rieder.
10. Human Evolution.
This course emphasizes the human condition,

181

Sociology and Anthropology

or culture, as a mode o f adaptation to be seen
in evolutionary perspective. Topics to be
treated include: the relationship o f Hominids
o f the Order o f the Primates; stages in the
evolution o f humankind; and the evolution o f
distinctively cultural systems o f behavior.
Special emphasis will be given to the evolution
o f language, the evolution o f the family and
incest taboos, and bio-evolutionary theses on
human nature.
Spring semester, N ot offered 1980-81. Piker.
11. S o c io lo g ic a l D im ensions of
Literature.
This course analyzes the relationship between
the literary act and society from a sociological
perspective. Topics examined include: a) social
factors making for the rise o f literary genres
(an extensive analysis o f the rise o f the
European novel is undertaken); b ) social
factors underlying the rise and fall o f literary
"sch ools” or "m ovem ents” ; c ) effects o f the
social position o f the writer on his work; d)
role o f the public in literary production; e) the
patterns o f distribution and consumption o f
literary goods. The class also analyzes major
contemporary literary products.
Prerequisite: Entry-level course or permission
o f the instructor.
Not offered 1980-81 . Muñoz.
12. S o c ia l O rigins of Inequality.
Study o f the m ajor historical forms o f social
inequality such as unequal kinship groups in
tribal societies, castes and estates in peasant
societies, and classes and status groups in
industrial societies. Emphasis will be given to
their origin in economic, political, and cultural
organizations o f the societies, as well as to the
evolution o f inequality from the simplest to
the most complex societies. The course will
culminate with a comparison o f contemporary
capitalist and socialist societies.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Mueller.
24. P sy c h o lo g ic a l Anthropology.
Sometimes called culture and personality, this
field explores the relationship between the
individual and his or her culture. The course
treats the following issues: a) the psychological,
or symbolic, capacities presupposed by culture;
b ) socialization, or the transmission o f culture
from generation to generation; c) the cultural
distribution o f personality traits; and d)
culture and mental health. Case materials will

182

be principally, but not exclusively, nonWestern, and the cross-cultural study o f child
rearing will receive particular emphasis.
Prerequisites: S& lA 1-12, Psychology 3, or
permission o f the instructor.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Piker.
25h. S o cio log y through Literature.
This half course introduces students to the
uses o f literature (novels, plays, poetry,
folklore) as a social indicator. The course is
divided into two parts. The first half
introduces hermeneutics as a sociological
method o f research. Rigorous analysis o f
selected texts is carried out. The second half o f
the course explores a) the uses o f narrative
(including autobiography, biography, confes­
sional literature, epistolary, historical, and
anthropological novels) as sociological data;
and b ) the uses o f literature in the elucidation
o f specific areas o f sociological investigation
such as The Family.
N ot offered 1980-81 . Muñoz.
27. A fro -A m e ric a n Culture and
Society.
Black culture is examined at several stages o f
its development in the twentieth century — as
a culture o f survival, assimilation, panAfricanism, prophetism, nationalism, and
revolution. The sociology o f Black American
communities is viewed in terms o f the
lifecycle, family structure, associational life,
religious institutions, and dass structure, and
how these systems react to racism, urban
migration, economic deprivation, and political
change.
F all semester. Legesse.
30. Religion a s a Cultural Institution.
(Cross-listed as Religion 3 0 .) The focus is
exclusively cross-cultural, and case materials
will be drawn from both civilized and
preliterate traditions. The following topics will
be taken up: the content o f religious
symbolism, religion as a force for both social
stability and social change, and the psycholog­
ical bases for religious belief.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Piker.
33. Ecology and Society.
Examination o f different types o f ecological
conditions and how they influence pastoral,
agricultural, peri-urban and urban social
systems. Special attention will be given to the

world food crisis, to climatic change, demographic pressures, environmental degradation
and a wide range o f adaptive strategies that
have developed in response to ecological
stress.
F all semester. N ot offered 198081 . Legesse.
36. P eop les and Cu ltu res of A frica .
An introduction to traditional and modern
Africa with emphasis on representative soci­
eties from East and W est Africa. The course
examines pre-colonial political and social
institutions, African responses to colonial
domination, and the impact o f urbanization
and economic development during the post­
colonial period.
F all semester. Legesse.
42. C aribbean Society.
A review o f the attempt to develop generaliza­
tions about the structure o f Caribbean society.
Theoretical materials will focus on the
historical role o f slavery, the nature o f plural
societies, race, class, ethnicity, and specific
institutions such as the family, the school, the
church, and the political structure.
Spring semester. Staff
43. S o cie ty and Culture in Spanish
A m erica .
The relationship between society and culture
in Spanish America. Recent and historical
developments in social stratification and
ethnic relations will be considered as crucial
factors underlying Spanish-American culture.
Particular attention will be given to SpanishAmerican social thought as evidenced in social
sciences research, theology, philosophy, and
literature.
F all semester. Muñoz.
44. S o c ia l Stratification.
Comparative study o f structured social in­
equality, processes o f class formation, and
conditions o f class conflict since the industrial
revolution.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Mueller.
45. Field S tu d ies in Prim ate
Behavior.
(Cross-listed as Biology 4 5 .) An investigation
o f primate ethology as studied in the animal’s
natural environment. Particular emphasis will
be placed on those studies relating social
behavior to habitat or population stress. The
course will include both lecture and seminar

format; although there is no scheduled
laboratory, students will be expected to
participate in at least one field trip.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 or one introductory
level course in Sociology/Anthropology giving
an appropriate background in anthropology.
F all semester. W illiams.
46. P olitica l Anthropology.
This course will utilize the comparative
perspective o f anthropology to study the ways
in which authority is acquired and accepted as
legitimate, the ways in which decisions are
made or avoided, and the ways in which
conflict is defined, mediated, and resolved or
extended. Subject matter will include political
communities in various cultural contexts and
at various levels o f social and technological
complexity.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Keith.
47. Education and Society.
(A lso listed as Education 47.) Classical views
o f education and society including Dewey and
Durkheim. Comparative study o f the functions
o f schools from the perspective o f sociology
and anthropology. Among the topics to be
discussed are the relation o f educational
institutions to other sectors o f society, and the
question o f alternatives to schooling in both
modernizing and "post-industrial” societies.
F all semester. Staff
48. S o cio log y o f H igher Education.
(A lso listed as Education 4 8 .) This course will
explore the »theory and practice o f higher
education from a sociological point o f view.
Students, faculty, curriculum, governance and
decision-making, nontraditional approaches,
and the college and university as key
institutions in modem industrial society will
be the focus o f study. Field observation and
interviewing at one o f the many institutions in
the Greater Philadelphia area will represent an
important component o f the course.
Spring semester. Staff
49. The M eaning o f Work: S o cio log y
of O ccupations and P ro fe ssio n s.
This course will take up theory and research
pertaining to the social organization o f work
and the meaning o f work experience in
modern societies. Among the topics to be
discussed are the concept o f career, the nature
o f work-satisfaction, the process o f profession­

183

Sociology and Anthropology

alization, degrees o f commitment to work, the
relationship o f work and leisure, mid-life
career change and retirement, both voluntary
and involuntary. Occupational subcultures to
be studied will include several types o f
industrial workers, law, medicine, education,
and the military. Special attention will be
devoted to the relationship o f work and family
life, and to the problems associated with the
work o f women.
Not o ffered 1980-81 . Staff
50. Intellectual Foundations of
Contem p orary S o cio lo g y and
Anthropology.
Examination o f fundamental and recurrent
theoretical issues in sociology and anthropol­
ogy from the perspective o f intellectual
history. This course will normally be taken by
Course majors during their junior year. It is
open to non-majors, though freshman and
sophomores must have permission o f the
Department chairman.
Spring semester. Staff.
55. A ging in Society.
The course will examine aging from a crosscultural perspective with the goal o f distin­
guishing universal aspects o f the aging process
from the diverse effects o f social and cultural
context on the roles o f older people and the
use o f age as a principle o f group definition.
Specific problems will include relations be­
tween generations, political organization o f
older people, and the role o f older people in
the family and the household.
F all semester. Keith.
56. Urban Anthropology.
Cross-cultural, comparative study o f social life
in cities, with particular emphasis on bases and
strategies o f group formation and maintenance,
e.g., kinship, ethnicity, friendship, residential
separation, ritual. Readings represent a wide
range o f societies both geographically and
culturally; and ail students in the course will
do a field work project.
Not offered 1980-81. Keith.
60. S p a n ish A m e rica n S o ciety
Through Its Novel.
(A lso listed as SA L 6 0 — see Modern
Languages.) This course will explore the
relationship between society and the novel in
Spanish America. Selected works by Carlos

184

Fuentes, Mario Vargas Llosa, Gabriel Garcia
Márquez, Miguel Angel Asturias and others
will be discussed in conjunction with sociolog­
ical patterns in contemporary Spanish America.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Hassett and
Muñoz.
61. Know ledge and Society.
Exploration o f the relationship between forms
o f social, economic, and political life on the
one hand and forms o f consciousness,
theoretical systems o f thought, and knowledge
o f everyday life on the other. The course will
examine the major approaches to the *''soci­
ology o f knowledge” and turn to some o f the
recent critical theories o f contemporary
culture that have come from this sociological
tradition.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Mueller.
62. P o litica l Sociology.
Study o f political elites, political institutions,
normal politics, and protest movements from
the perspective o f comparative historical
sociology.
N ot offered 1980-81 . Mueller.
65. The S o cio lo g y o f R ace and
Ethnicity.
A review o f theories and forms o f ethnic
attachment, employing cross-cultural and
historical perspectives, with accent on the
American experience. Topics include: the
sources and functions o f communalism;
assimilation, pluralism, and inequality; ethnic­
ity in traditional and advanced societies;
immigration, class, and race in American
development; black mobilization and white
reaction; the debate on meritocracy; the limits
o f liberalism.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Rieder.
66. Urban S o cio log y; the S o c ia l Life
of C ities.
Placing the American metropolis in develop­
mental and comparative context, this survey
o f urban life considers: classical theories o f the
city; the city and the rise o f capitalism; third
world urbanization; cultural production and
change; the ideology o f private life in America;
the politics o f race and ethnicity; regional
imbalance, fiscal crisis, and public policy;
poverty and social disorder; the city as
metaphor.
F all semester. Rieder.

81. Colloquium : The S o cio lo g y of
Intellectual Life.
Study o f the social conditions o f intellectual
life in the realms o f science, literature, art, and
music. Particular attention will be given to the
social aspects o f creative process and changes
in cultural taste.
Not offered 1980-81 . Mueller.
82. Colloquium : Ethnographic
A n a ly sis.
An examination o f three intellectual traditions
and analytical procedures in anthropology: the
French school o f structuralist thought (LéviStrauss), the Manchester school o f dynamic
anthropology (Turner), and an American
school o f empiricist research (M urdoch).
Third W orld critique o f these intellectual
traditions will receive special attention.
Prerequisite: O ne o f the entry-level courses or
permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Legesse.
83. Colloquium : A rt and Society.
The course is divided into two parts, the first
part examines the relationship between art and
society from a sociological perspective. W orks
by Lukács, Benjamin, Gadamer, and others
will be discussed in this connection. The
second part introduces hermeneutics as a
sociological method for the interpretation o f
art. Rigorous analysis o f selected texts is
carried out. This semester the class will
examine selected works by Plato and, time
permitting, Borges.
Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor.
F all semester. Muñoz.
91A. S p e c ia l Topics: D evelopm ent and
U rbanization in the T h ird World.
An examination o f the post-colonial social
transformation that occurred in the Third
W orld. This process will be considered in the

context o f demographic and ecological change,
the green revolution, and the rural-urban
exodus. The problem o f urban poverty will
receive special attention. Case material will be
drawn from Africa, Asia, and Latin America.
N ot offered 1980-81. Legesse.
91D. A dva n ced Urban R esearch .
Students participate in evaluation research and
program development at Hahnemann Hospital
Community Mental Health and Mental Retar­
dation Center. Field notes on this work are
turned in weekly, and class members meet
regularly at Swarthmore to discuss their
experiences. Juniors and seniors with a B
average who are willing to spend V/i days per
week at Hahnemann are eligible to apply.
Transportation to Hahnemann is paid, and
credit hours vary with individual involvement
in the program.
93. Directed Reading.
Individual or group study in fields o f special
interest to the students not dealt with in the
regular course offerings. Consent o f the
chairman and o f the instructor is required.
Members, o f the Department.
96-97. T h e sis . T h e se s w ill be
required of a ll C o u rse m ajors.
Seniors in the Course program will normally
take two consecutive semesters o f thesis
tutorial. Students are urged to discuss their
thesis proposals with faculty during the spring
semester o f their junior year, especially if they
are interested in the possibility o f field work.
Members o f the Department.
The follo w in g c o u rs e s , with attachments,
can be taken in preparation for Honors
examinations: S&cA 4 4 , 81.

SEMINARS
101. C ritic a l M odern S o c ia l Theory.
This seminar will trace the development o f
critical modern social theory from the works
o f Marx to present day social theorists.
Particular attention will be paid to selected
works by Marx, Lukács, Adorno, Horkheimer,
Marcuse, Unger, and Habermas.

Prerequisites: advanced work in Sociology/
Anthropology, Philosophy, or Political Science;
or permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Munoz.

185

Sociology and Anthropology

102. Creation of Community.
The central question for the seminar is under
what conditions community can successfully
be created. Utopian experiments, squatter
settlements and institutions Such as retirement
residences and monasteries will be compared
as examples o f intentional and unintentional,
planned and unplanned community creation.
Spring semester. Keith.
103. P o lifica l Anthropology.
A cross-cultural perspective on politics: the
structures and processes o f authority, conflict,
and group definition. Specific problems will
include legitimation o f authority, decision­
making, agenda-building, expansion, contain­
ment and resolution o f conflict. Particular
emphasis will be placed on symbolic aspects o f
politics. Readings will cover a wide range o f
cultures and degrees o f societal complexity; in
addition, each student will work intensively
with ethnographic material from one tradi­
tional society.
Not o ffered 1980-81. Keith.
104. P sy ch o lo g ica l Anthropology.
This seminar deals with a growing interdisci­
plinary field that draws upon cultural anthro­
pology, human evolution and biology, psychol­
ogy (particularly developmental and cognitive),
and linguistics. The following specific topics
will be treated: psychobiological foundations
o f culture, human maturation, socialization,
and culture and mental health.
Spring semester. Not offered 1980-81 . Piker.
105. M odern S o c ia l Theory.
An analysis o f selected works by the founders
o f modern social theory and contemporary
social theorists. W orks by Marx, Weber,
Durkheim, Parsons, and Schütz will be
discussed.
F all semester. Mufioz.
107. Religion a s a Cultural Institution.
The relations between religious belief and
practice, psychological properties o f individuals
and society. The following specific topics will
be treated: religious evolution; religion as a
force for both social stability and social
change; the psychological bases for religious
belief. M ajor theories to be considered include
those o f Max Weber, Emile Durkheim, and
Sigmund Freud.
F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Piker.

186

108. S o c ia l S tratification.
Comparative study o f structured social in­
equality, processes o f class formation, and
conditions o f class conflict since the industrial
revolution.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Mueller.
109. S o cia l and Cultural Change.
This seminar will examine the theories o f
social movements, modernization, Western­
ization, cultural diffusion, and stages o f
development as they apply to the process of
social change in non-Western societies. Case
studies will be drawn from China, India,
Indonesia, Peru, Brazil, M exico, Nigeria,
Kenya, and South Africa.
Prerequisites: Entry-level course in SociologyAnthropology or permission o f the instructor.
Srping semester. Legesse.
110. S o cio lo g y of O ccupations and
P ro fe ssio n s.
This seminar will take up theory and research
pertaining to the social organization o f work
and the meaning o f work experience in
modern societies. Among the topics to be
discussed are the concept o f career, the nature
o f work-satisfaction, the process o f profession­
alization, degrees o f commitment to work, the
relationship o f work and leisure, mid-life
career change and retirement, both voluntary
and involuntary. Occupational subcultures to
be studied will include several types of
industrial workers, law, medicine, education,
and the military. Special attention will be
devoted to the relationship o f work and family
life, and to the problems associated with the
work o f women.
F all semester. Staff
114. P o litica l Sociology.
Study o f political elites, political institutions,
normal politics, and protest movements from
the perspective o f comparative historical
sociology.
N ot offered 1980-81 . Mueller.
116. Post-Industrial S o ciety: M odern
A m erica .
A theoretical and historical exploration o f
continuity, conflict, and change in America’s
"exceptional” culture, economy, and polity in
the post-W orld W ar Two era.
Spring semester. Rieder.

117. Urban Anthropology.
Cross-cultural, comparative study o f social life
in cities, with particular emphasis on bases and
strategies o f group formation and maintenance,
e.g., kinship, ethnicity, friendship, residential
separation, ritual. Readings represent a wide
range o f societies both geographically and
culturally; and all students in the seminar will
do a field work project.
Not offered 1980-81. Keith.
118. Ecology and Society.
Examination o f different types o f ecological
conditions and how they influence pastoral,
agricultural, peri-urban, and urban social
systems. Special attention will be given to the
world food crisis, to climatic change, demo­
graphic pressures, environmental degradation,
and a wide range o f adaptive strategies that
have developed in response to ecological
stress.
F all semester. Legesse.

119. Age, Culture, and Society.
The social and cultural significance o f age will
be explained in this seminar. Generational
conflicts, rites o f passage, peer grouping,
cultural definitions o f the life course will be
major topics. Case material will include EastAfrican age grades, modern retirement com ­
munities, life history from various cultures.
Seminar members will also do observation and
interview projects focused on age.
N ot offered 1980-81. Keith.
180. T h e sis.
Honors candidates who choose to do so will
customarily write theses during the senior
year. Students are urged to have their thesis
proposals approved as early as possible during
the junior year.
Members o f the Department.

187

VI
T h e C o rp o ra tio n

A d m in istration

B o ard o f M anagers

V isiting Exam in ers

A lu m n i A sso ciatio n
O fficers & A lu m n i
C o u n cil

D egrees C o n ferred

T h e Facu lty

188

Awards and D istinctions
E n ro llm en t Statistics

The Corporation
Charles C. Price III, C hairm an
120 Hilldale Road, Lansdowne, PA 19050

Kendall Landis, Assistant Secretary
Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, PA
19081

J. Lawrence Shane, V ice-C hairm an
21 College Avenue, Swarthmore, PA
19081

Ann Brownell Sloane, Treasurer
145 E. 74th Street, New York, NY 10021

Sue Thomas Turner, Secretary
5 5 9 5 C ook Road, Alfred Station, NY
14803

Lawrence L. Landry, A ssistant Treasurer
Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, PA
19081

Board Of Managers
E x o ffic io
Theodore Friend,
President o f Swarthmore College,
Swarthmore, PA 19081.
E m eriti
Boyd T. Barnard,
2 0 0 0 M arket Street, 13th floor,
Philadelphia, PA 19103.
Clement M . Biddle,
7 O x Bow Lane, Summit, NJ 07901.
Isabel Jenkins Booth,
Kendal at Longwood, Kennett Square, PA
19348.
Eleanor Stabler Clarke,
Kendal at Longwood, Kennett Square, PA
19348.
George B. Clothier,
1418 Packard Bldg., Philadelphia, PA
19102.

Thomas B. M cCabe,
Scott Plaza, Philadelphia, PA 19113.
Phillip T. Sharpies,
251 Royal Palm Way, Palm Beach, FL
33480.
Claude C . Smith,
1600 Land T itle Building, Philadelphia,
PA 19110. Helen Gawthrop W orth,
Box 141, Kendal at Longwood, Kennett
Square, PA 19348.

Term E x p ires D ecem ber, 1980
Clark Kerr,
8 3 0 0 Buckingham Drive, El Cerrito, CA
94530.
*Louis A. Kislik,
1552 Pebble Lane, Hewlett, L .I., NY
11557.
Walter Lamb,
Chester Springs, PA 19425.

W inniffed Poland Pierce,
211 M cCotter Drive, Ann Arbor, MI
48103.
*Jeannette Streit Rohatyn,
1125 Park Ave„ New York, N Y 10028.
W alter T. Skallerup, Jr.,
Suite 5 0 4 , 1001 Connecticut Ave. N.W .,
Washington, D C 2 0 0 3 6 .

* Nominated by the Alumni Association

189

Board of Managers

Term E x p ires D ecem ber, 1981
Maria K. Aweida,
7184 Spring Dr., Boulder, C O 8 0 3 0 3 .
Ellen Ash Blumberg,
71 Sycamore R d., W est Hartford, C T
06117.
*Carol Seabrook Boulanger,
4 0 0 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022.
Dorothy Lucking Hagerty,
P.O. Box 7 2 0 5 9 6 , Atlanta, G A 3 0 3 2 8 .
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.,
The Benson East, Jenkintown, PA 19046.
Eugene M . Lang,
912 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10021.

Audrey Shields Penn,
5 5 0 0 Fieldston Road, Riverdale, NY
10471.
J. Lawrence Shane,
21 College Avenue, Swarthmore, PA
19801.
Ann Brownell Sloane,
145 E. 74th Street, New York, NY 10021.
* Arthur F.F. Snyder,
Commonwealth Bank &. Trust C o ., 10
Post O ffice Square, Boston, M A 02109.
Ira Tensard Wender,
5 5 5 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10021.

Term E x p ires D ecem ber, 1982
Neil Austrian,
Doyle Dane Bernbach, Inc., 43 7 Madison
Ave., New York, NY 10022.
*Esther Leeds Cooperman,
8 0 3 5 Seminole Ave., Philadelphia, PA
19118.
Katherine Conner,
6 3 5 San Marino Ave., Bryn Mawr, PA
19010.
Julien Cornell,
Central Valley, NY 10917.
Donald Lloyd-Jones,
P.O. Box 61616 Dallas/Ft. W orth
A irport, T X 75261.

* W illiam C.H. Prentice,
R D 2, Adamsville, R I 02801.
John W . Roberts,
P.O. Box 27211, Richmond, VA 23261.
Marge Pearlman Scheuer,
101 Central Park W est, New York, NY
10023.
Sue Thomas Turner,
5 5 9 5 C ook Road, Alfred Station, NY
14803.

T erm E x p ires D ecem ber, 1983
W illiam M .E. Clarkson,
Graphic Controls Corporation, 189 Van
Rensselaer St., Buffalo, NY 14210.
Jerom e Kohlberg, Jr.,
6 8 0 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10019.
* W illiam F. Lee, Jr.,
10 Ogden Avenue, Swarthmore, PA
19081.
Elizabeth M cCorm ack,
Rockefeller Family and Associates, 3 0
R ockefeller Plaza, New York, NY 10020.

190

Charles C. Price III,
120 Hilldale Road, Lansdowne, PA
19050.
*Nancy Grace Rom an,
4 6 2 0 North Park Ave., A pt. 306W ,
Chevy Chase, M D 20015.
Janet Hart Sylvester,
6 6 48-32n d St. N.W ., Washington, D .C .
20015.
Richard B. W illis,
W illow Road, Ambler, PA 19002.

C om m ittees O f T h e B oard
The Chairman o f the Board is ex officio a member o f every Committee

Executive
Charles C. Price III, Chairman
J. Lawrence Shane, Vice-Chairman
Katherine Conner
Julien Cornell
Eugene M . Lang

Marge Pearlman Scheuer
W alter T. Skallerup, Jr.
Ann Brownell Sloane
Sue Thom as Turner

Finance and Trusts Administration
A nn Brownell Sloane, Chairman
Neil Austrian
George B. Clothier
H. Thom as Hallowell, Jr.
Louis A . Kislik
W alter Lamb

Thomas B. McCabe
W illiam C.H . Prentice
Nancy Grace Rom an
J. Lawrence Shane
Janet Hart Sylvester
Richard B. W illis

Instruction and Libraries
Katherine Conner, Chairperson
Maria Klemperer Aweida
Ellen Ash Blumberg
Carol Seabrook Boulanger
Clark Kerr
Donald J. Lloyd-Jones
Elizabeth M cCormack
Audrey Shields Penn

W innifred Poland Pierce
W illiam C.H . Prentice
Nancy Grace Roman
W alter T. Skallerup, Jr.
Sue Thom as Turner
Ira T. Wender
Helen Gawthrop W orth

Investment
J . Lawrence Shane, Chairman
Boyd T. Barnard
Richard C . Bond
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.

Thomas B. M cCabe
Ann Brownell Sloane
Ira T. Wender
Richard B. W illis

Property
Julien Cornell, Chairman
John W . Roberts, Vice-Chairman
Boyd T. Barnard
Dorothy Lucking Hagerty
H. Thom as Hallowell, Jr.
Jerom e Kohlberg, Jr.

W alter Lamb
W illiam F. Lee, Jr.
Jeannette Streit Rohatyn
Marge Pearlman Scheuer
Arthur F.F. Snyder
Janet Hart Sylvester

Student Life
Marge Pearlman Scheuer, Chairperson
Maria Klemperer Aweida
Clem ent M . Biddle
Ellen Ash Blumberg
W illiam M .E. Clarkson

Katherine Conner
Esther Leeds Cooperman
Louis A . Kislik
Eugene M . Lang
Donald J . Lloyd-Jones

Board of Managers

Audrey Shields Penn
W innifred Poland Pierce
Jeannette Streit Rohatyn

Ann Brownell Sloane
Sue Thom as Turner

Nominating
W alter T. Skallerup, Jr., Chairman
Ellen Ash Blumberg
Katherine Conner
Jerom e Kohlberg, Jr.

Donald J. Lloyd-Jones
Marge Pearlman Scheuer
Janet Hart Sylvester

Development
Eugene M . Lang, Chairman
Neil Austrian
Boyd T. Barnard
Clement M . Biddle
Carol Seabrook Boulanger
Stokes Clement, Jr., ex officio
Julien Cornell
Dorothy Lucking Hagerty
H. Thom as Hallowell, Jr.
Jerom e Kohlberg, Jr.

192

W illiam F. Lee, Jr.
Donald J. Lloyd-Jones
John W . Roberts
W alter T. Skallerup, Jr.
Arthur F.F. Snyder
Janet Hart Sylvester
Sue Thom as Turner
Babette Barbash Weksler, ex officio
Ira T. Wender
Richard B. W illis

Alumni Association
Officers & Alumni Council
P resid en t,
Babette Barbash W eksler ’5 8 , 331 Engle
Street, Tenafly, NJ 0 7 6 7 0

V ice P re s id e n t
Susan W illis R u ff ’6 0 , 3521 Ordway St.,
NW, Washington, D C 20016

P re sid e n t D esignate,
Marshall Beil ’67, 8 W . 13th St., New
York, NY 10011

S ecretary,
Linda Habas Mantel ’6 0 , 61 Jane St., Apt
15J, New York, NY 10014

V ice Presid ent,
Samuel Brackeen ’6 8 , 7 05 Preston Road,
Erdenheim, PA 19118

Term Expires May

Zone A
New Jersey (Atlantic, Burlington, Camden, Cape May, Cumberland, Glouster, Hunterdon,
Mercer, Ocean, Salem, W arren Counties), Pennsylvania (except Western Pennsylvania)
1981

Eleanor Eves Cogshall ’37, 3 4 3
Edison-Fur long Rd., Doylestown, PA
18901

Eugene A . Bentley, Jr. ’5 4,
Llangollen Lane, Newtown Square,
PA 19073

Samuel I. Kalkstein ’37, Green Hill
Ranch, 2 3 6 9 0 Alcudia Rd., Hinkley,
CA 92347

Barbara W eber Mather ’6 5 , 2001
Fidelity Bldg., Philadelphia, PA
19109

Joh n G . Moxey, Jr. ’3 5 , 1404
Johnny’s Way, R D 3, W est Chester,
. PA 19380

Roger J. Youman ’5 3 , 752 Mancill
Road, Wayne, PA 19087
1983

Paula Lawrence Wehmiller ’67, 201
Harvard Ave., Swarthmore, PA
19081

Frances Pace Crosby ’2 6 , 2 2 7 N.
Swarthmore Ave., Swarthmore, PA
19081

Mary Lou Dutton W olfe ’4 6 , 3 3 7
Barren Hill R d., Conshohocken, PA
19424

John B. Ferguson, Jr. ’41, 1736 Paper
Mill R d., Meadowbrook, PA 19046

Richard J. Yeager ’67, 1300 Ocean
Ave., Mantaloking, NJ 0 8 7 3 8 .
1982

Elizabeth Maxfield C rofts ’6 3 , 1373
Butternut Dr., Southampton, PA
18966

John W . Seybold ’3 6, 6 Roylencroft
Lane, R ose Valley, PA 19063

Esther Howard Allen ’27, F -229
Open D oor Estates, 411 N.
Middletown R d., Lima, PA 19037

Zone B
Connecticut, New Jersey (Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Middlesex, M onm outh, M orris, Passaic,
Som erset, Sussex, and U nion Counties), New York
1981

Paul G ottlieb ’5 6 , 211 Central Park
W est, Apt. 15K, New York, NY
10024
Frances Halsband Kliment ’6 5 , 35
W . 9 0 th St., New York, NY 10024

1982

Randall W . Larrimore ’6 9 , 9 8
Partrick Rd., W estport, C T 0 6 8 8 0
Beatrice Beach MacLeod ’31, 9 5 7 E.
State Street, Ithaca, NY 14850

193

Alumni Association Officers
& Alumni Council

1983

R obert C . Wallach ’5 6, 4 3 0 E. 86th
Street, Apt. 17C, New York, NY
10028

Jeanne M cKee Jacobson ’5 3, 19
Rosewood Drive, Clifton Park, NY
12065

Sally A . W arren ’6 5 , 11 East 63rd
St., Apt. 3A , New York, NY 10021

W ill McLain HI ’2 9 , P.O. Box 174,
Hope, NJ 0 7 8 4 4

Sherry F. Bellamy ’74, 9 3 Lake
Place, New Haven, C T 06511

Norman B. Sher ’5 2, 2 3 4 7 East
63rd St., Brooklyn, NY 11234

Zone C
Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont
1981

Joan Jessop Brewster ’4 6 , RR1, Box
113A , Peterborough, NH 0 3 4 5 8

R obert G . Murray ’67, 3 6 Appleby
Road, Wellesley, M A 02181

Zone D
Delaware, D istrict o f Columbia, Maryland, Virginia
1982

Barbara Stubbs Cohen ’67, 2617
W oodley PL, NW , Washington, D C
20008
W alter A . Scheiber ’4 6 , 5316
Sangamore Road, Bethesda, MD
20016

1983

Eleanor DugUid Craig ’6 0 , 8 0 8
Greenwood Road, W ilm ington, D E
19807
Peter G . Gould ’73, 1405 Kenwood
Avenue, Alexandria, VA 2 2 3 0 2

Zone E
O h io W estern Pennsylvania (Allegheny, Armstrong, Beaver, Butler, Clarion, Crawford, Erie,
Fayette, Greene, Lawrence, Mercer, Venango, Washington, Westmoreland Counties), W est
Virginia
1981

Janice R obb Anderson ’4 2 , 8 9 5
W est Rahn R d., Dayton, O H 4 5 4 2 9

Nicholas Andrew Beldecos ’4 3 , 1336
Shady Ave., Pittsburgh, PA 15217

Zone F
Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina,
Oklahoma, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas
1982

Ned B. W illiam s ’3 4 , 4 Gull Point
R d., Hilton Head Island, SC 2 9 9 2 8

Louise Lichtenberg W ilson ’67, 201
E. Wesley R d ., NE, Atlanta, GA
30305

Zone G
Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, M issouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, South
Dakota, W isconsin
1982

Marilyn Mathews Bendiksen ’5 9 ,
3 4 7 0 Greenbriar C t, LaCrosse, W I
54601

194

Fred H. Montgomery ’6 8 , 2 2 5 3 N.
Burling St., Chicago, IL 60614

1983

John F. Cromwell ’51, 4 5 4 Ivywood
Drive, Ballwin, M O 63011

Margaret Barber Scholten ’3 6 , 9 3 0
W. Inkster Avenue, Kalamazoo, MI
49001

Zone H
Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New M exico, Oregon,
U tah, Washington, Wyoming, Territories, and foreign countries
1981

Paul I. Corddry ’5 8, 1921 North
21st St., Boise, ID 8 3 7 0 2
Betty Stern Hoffenberg ’4 3 , 1365
Marinette R d., Pacific Palisades, CA
90272

1983

Marian Hubbell Mowatt ’3 4, 6471
Sand Point Way, NE, Seattle, WA
98115
Lawrence J. Smith ’6 8 , 1930 Oak
Avenue, Boulder, C O 8 0 3 0 2

195

The Faculty
Theodore Friend, b .a . and LL.D .,
W illiam s College; M .A . and Ph.D ., Yale
University, President. 3 2 4 Cedar Lane.
H a rriso n M. Wright, B .A ., M .A ., Ph.D.,
Harvard University. Provost and Professor
o f History. 319 Cedar Lane.
T h om as H. B lackburn, b .a ., Amherst
College; B.A . and M .A ., University o f
O xford; Ph.D ., Stanford University, Dean
and Professor o f English. 6 0 9 Elm Avenue.
L a w re n ce L. Landry, B .S.B .A ., m .b .a .,
Clark University, V ice President —
Finance. 3 0 2 Avondale Road.
Kendall Landis, B .A ., Swarthmore
College; M .A ., Wesleyan University, Vice
President — Alumni, Development, Public
Relations. 5 5 0 Elm Avenue.
G ilm ore Stott, B.A . and M .A ., University
o f Cincinnati; B.A . and M .A ., University
o f O xford; M .A . and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Provost and Associate
Dean, Lecturer in Philosophy. 318
Dartmouth Avenue.

Ja n e t Sm ith D ickerson , b .a ., W estern
College for W om en; M .Ed., Xavier
University, Associate Dean. 515 Elm
Avenue.
Robert A. Barr, Jr., B.A ., Swarthmore
College; M .A ., University o f Pennsylvania,
Dean o f Admissions. 510 Strath Haven
Avenue.
Ja n e H. M u llin s, B .A ., Swarthmore
College, Registrar. 11 S. Princeton Avenue.
M ich a e l Durkan, B.A ., St. Patrick’s
College, Maynooth, Ireland; Diploma in
Library Training, University College,
Dublin, Librarian. 201 W est R ose Valley
Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.
J a m e s A. H inz, B.A ., Concordia .Senior
College; B.D . and M . Div., Concordia
Seminary; M .A ., Stanford University,
Humanities Librarian. 5 6 6 Juniata Avenue.
Emi K. H orikaw a, B .E., University o f
Nevada; M .A ., University o f U tah, Science
Librarian, 3 0 9 Rutgers Avenue.

EMERITI
M a ry A lb ertso n , B .A ., m .a . and Ph.D.,
Bryn Mawr College, Isaac H. Clothier
Professor Emerita o f History and
International Relations. 5 0 5 Ogden Avenue.
Elisa A sen siO , M .A ., Middlebury
College, Professor Emerita o f Spanish. 510
Panmure Road, Haverford, PA 19041.
Lyd ia Baer, B .A ., O berlin College; M .A .
and Ph.D ., University o f Pennsylvania,
Professor Emerita o f German, Manatee
River Hotel, Bradenton, FL 3 3 5 0 5 .
Paul A. Beik, B.A ., U nion College, M .A .
and Ph.D ., Columbia University, Centennial
Professor Emeritus o f History. 2461
Venetian Way, W inter Park, FL 3 2 7 8 9
H ein rich Brinkm ann, b .a ., Stanford
University; M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard
University, A lbert L. and Edna Pownall
Buffington Professor Emeritus o f
Mathematics. Wallingford Arms,
Wallingford, PA 19086

196

A lic e Brodhead, B.s. and m .a .,
University o f Pennsylvania, Professor
Emerita o f Education. 144 Park Avenue.
Hilda D, Cohn, Dr. Phil., University o f
Heidelberg, Professor Emerita o f German.
W ildm an Arms.
M artha A. Connor, B.s. and m .a .,
University o f Pennsylvania; B .S. in L .S.,
Drexel University, Librarian Emerita. Apt.
219 Crosslands, Kennett Square, PA 19348.
W illiam C. Elm ore, B .S., Lehigh
University; Ph.D ., Yale University; M orris
L. Clothier Professor Emeritus o f Physics.
2 8 8 Paxon Hollow Road, Media, PA
19063.
L e w is H. Elverson, B .S., University o f
Pennsylvania, Professor Emeritus o f
Physical Education for Men. Quidnet,
Nantucket, M A 0 2 5 5 4 .

Robert K. Enders, b .a . and Ph.D.,
University o f Michigan, Isaac H. Clothier,
Jr., Professor Emeritus o f Biology. 311 Elm
Avenue.
E J . Faulkner, Professor Emeritus o f
Physical Education for Men. 5 0 0 Osceola
Avenue, Apt. 210, W inter Park, FL 3 2 7 8 9 .
Launce J . Flem ister, b .a ., m .a . and
Ph.D ., Duke University, Professor Emeritus
o f Zoology, P.O. Box F, Swarthmore, PA
19081.
M ila n W. G arrett, B.A . and M .A .,
Stanford University; B.A . and D . Phil.,
University o f O xford, Professor Emeritus
o f Physics, 16 Beach Road, Sevem a Park,
M D 21146.
Everett L. Hunt, B .A ., Huron College;
M .A ., University o f Chicago; D . Litt.,
Huron College, Dean Emeritus and
Professor Emeritus o f English. 221 N.
Princeton Avenue.
F re d ric K le e s, b .a ., Bowdoin College,
Professor Emeritus o f English. 2 2 0 South
Chester Road.
Olga Lang, Graduate, University o f
M oscow; Ph.D., Columbia University,
Professor Emerita o f Russian. 611 W . 111th
St., New York, NY 10025.
B arbara P e a rso n Lange, Dean Emerita
o f W om en, W ildm an Arms.
Lu zern e G. Livingston, B .S ., Lawrence
College; Ph.D ., University o f W isconsin,
Professor Emeritus o f Botany. 15
Dartmouth Circle.
Fran z H. M autner, Dr. Phil., University
o f Vienna, Professor Emertius o f German.
4 0 8 W alnut Lane.
John D. M cC ru m m , B.A . and M .S.,
University o f Colorado, Howard N. and
Ada J. Eavenson Professor Emeritus o f
Engineering. 6 0 6 Ogden Avenue.
N orm an A. M einkoth, B. o f Ed.,
Southern Illinios Teachers College; M .S.,
and Ph.D ., University o f Illinois, Professor
Emeritus o f Zoology. 431 W est Woodland
Avenue, Springfield, PA 19064.
Irene M o ll, B.s. in Ed., University o f
Kansas; M .A ., Texas University for

W om en, Associate Professor Emerita o f
Physical Education for W om en. 8 0 5 Illinois
Street, Lawrence, K S 6 6 0 4 4 .
Jo h n M . M oore, B .A ., Park College;
B .D ., U nion Theological Seminary; M .A .,
Harvard University; Ph.D ., Columbia
University, Professor Emeritus o f
Philosophy and Religion. 512 Ogden
Avenue.
B ernard M o rrill, B .s . in M .E .,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology;
M .M .E ., University o f Delaware, Ph.D.,
University o f Michigan, Henry C . and J.
Archer Turner Professor Emeritus o f
Engineering. 21 Oberlin Avenue.
J . Roland Pennock, B.A ., Swarthmore
College; M .A . and Ph.D ., Harvard
University, Richter Professor Emeritus o f
Political Science. 7 3 9 Harvard Avenue.
Edith P h illip s, B .A ., Goucher College;
Docteur de l’Université de Paris, Susan
W L ip p in cott Professor Emerita o f French.
Kendal at Longwood, Kennett Square, PA
19348.
Frank C. P ierso n , B .A ., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D ., Columbia University,
Joseph W harton Professor Emeritus o f
Political Economy. 740 Ogden Avenue.
H edley H. Rhys, B .A ., W est Virginia
University; M .A . and Ph.D ., Harvard
University, Professor Emeritus o f A rt
History. Apt. 217, Crosslands,^ Kennett
Square, PA 19348.
J a m e s D. Sorber, b .a ., Lehigh
University; M .A ., University o f Nebraska,
Professor Emeritus o f Spanish, Apt. 211,
Kendal at Longwood, Kennett Square, PA
19348.
W illis J . Stetson, B.A ., Swarthmore
College; M .A ., University o f Pennsylvania,
Professor Emeritus o f Physical Education
for Men. 144 North Highland Road,
Springfield, PA 19064.
Derek T ra ve rsi, b .a . and m .a .,
University o f O xford, Alexander Griswold
Cummins Professor Emeritus o f English.
211A College Avenue.
P eter van de Kam p, Cand. and Docts.,
University o f U trecht; Ph.D., University o f

197

The Faculty

California; D. Phil., University o f
Groningen, Edward Hicks Magill Professor
Emeritus o f Astronomy and Director
Emeritus o f the Sproul Observatory. 15
Wellesley Road.

Neal A. Weber, B.A ., M .S. and D .Sc.,
University o f North Dakota; M .A . and
Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor
Emeritus o f Zoology. 2 6 0 6 M ission Road,
Tallahassee, FL 3 2 3 0 4 .

Robert M. Walker, B.A . and M .F.A .,
Princeton University; Ph.D., Harvard
University. Professor Emeritus o f Art
History. 6 Fox Hollow, Mainestone,
Wayland, M A 01778.

H ow ard H. W illiam s, B .A ., Lake Forest
College; M .A . in L .S ., Columbia
University, Reference Librarian Emeritus.
144 Park Avenue.

H ans W allach, Dr. Phil., University o f
Berlin, Centennial Professor Emeritus o f
Psychology. 510 Bryn Mawr Avenue.

PROFESSORS
**Norman T. Adler, B .A ., Harvard
University; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f
California, Berkeley, Visiting Professor o f
Psychology (part-tim e), University o f
Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, PA 19104.
George C. Avery, B .A ., M .A ., and Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Profesor o f
German. 2 3 0 Haverford Avenue.
Robert C. Rannister, b .a . and Ph.D.,
Yale University; B.A . and M .A ., University
o f O xford, Professor o f History. 6 0 6 Elm
Avenue.
C a rl RarUS, B.A ., Brown University; M .S.
in E.E., Massachusetts Institute o f
Technology, Professor o f Engineering. 4 0 4
W alnut Lane.
O lexa-M yron Bilaniuk, Cand. Ingénieur,
Université de Louvain; B .S.E ., B .S ., M .S.,
M .A . and Ph.D., University o f Michigan,
Professor o f Physics. 100 Plush Mill Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086
David L. Bow ler, B .S. in E .E ., Bucknell
University; M .S. in E .E., Massachusetts
Institute o f Technology; M .A . and Ph.D.,
Princeton University, Professor o f Electrical
Engineering. 5 0 5 Yale Avenue.

University, Professor o f English. 312 Ogden
Avenue.
G om er H. D avies, B.S., East Stroudsburg
State College; Ed.M ., Temple University,
Professor o f Physical Education. 225
Cornell Avenue.
Lee Devill, B .A ., San Jose College; M.A.
and Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor o f
English Literature and Director o f The
Theatre. 511 Harvard Avenue.
H. S e a rl Dunn, B .S.E . and M .S.E .,
Princeton University; Ph.D., Brown
University, Professor o f Engineering. 6 0 3
Elm Avenue.
J a m e s W. England, B .A ., Kansas State
Teachers College; M .A . and Ph.D.,
University o f Missouri, Professor o f
Mathematics. 312 Cornell Avenue.
Edw ard A. Fehnel, B .S., M .S ., and
Ph.D ., Lehigh University; Edmund Allen
Professor o f Chemistry. 120 Paxon Hollow
Rd., R ose Tree, Media, PA 19063
M a m e s A. Field, J r „ B .S., M .A . and
Ph.D., Harvard University, Isaac H.
Clothier Professor o f History. 6 0 5 Hillborn
Avenue.

David COWdeil, B.A ., Swarthmore
College; M .A . and Ph.D. Harvard

* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1980.

198

* * Fall Semester, 1980.

t-J« W illiam Fro st, B .A ., DePauw University;
M .A . and Ph.D., University o f W isconsin,
Director o f the Friends Historical Library and
Professor o f Religion. 601 North Chester
Road.
•«Kenneth J . Gergen, B .A ., Yale
University; Ph.D., Duke University,
Professor o f Psychology. 331 Rogers Lane,
Wallingford, PA 19086.
^Charles E. G ilbert, B .A ., Haverford
College; Ph.D ., Northwestern University,
Richter Professor o f Political Science, 223
Kenyon Avenue.
J a m e s H. H am m ons, B .A .,
College; M .A . and Ph.D., The
Hopkins University, Professor
17 Furness Lane, Wallingford,

Amherst
Johns
o f Chemistry.
PA 19086.

M a rk A. Heald, B .A ., O berlin College;
M .S. and Ph.D ., Yale University, Professor
o f Physics. 4 2 0 Rutgers Avenue.
Wulff D. Heintz, Dr. rer. nat. München
University, Professor o f Astronomy. 5 4 0
Riverview Avenue.

for Social and Policy Studies. 212 Elm
Avenue.
T. K a o ri Kitao, B.A. and M .A .,
University o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Professor o f Art
History. 5 4 0 Westminster Avenue.
Eugene A. Klotz, B .S ., Antioch College;
Ph.D., Yale University, Professor o f
Mathematics, 735 Yale Avenue.
George Krugovoy, B.A ., M .A ., and
Ph.D ., Philosophical Institute, Salzburg,
Austria, Professor o f Russian. 5 6 2 Juniata
Avenue.
J a m e s R. Kurth, B .A ., Stanford
University; M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f Political Science.
W ild man Arms.
Hugh M. Lacey, B.A . and M .A .,
University o f Melbourne, Ph.D., Indiana
University, Professor o f Philosophy. 4
W hittier Place.
A sm a ro m Le g e sse , B.A ., University
College o f Addis Ababa; Ed.M. and Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Professor o f
Anthropology. 4 0 7 Vassar Avenue.

P a trick Henry, B.A ., Harvard University;
B.A . and M .A ., University o f Oxford;
M .A . and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor
§§§Sarah Lee Lippincott, B .A ., University
o f Religion. 915 Harvard Avenue.
o f Pennsylvania; M .A ., Swarthmore
Eleanor K. H e ss, B.s. and M.s.,
College; D .S c., Villanova University,
University o f Pennsylvania, Professor o f
Director o f Sproul Observatory and
Physical Education. 3 0 2 North Chester
Professor o f Astronomy. 5 0 7 Cedar Lane.
Road.
**LU Ho-Fu, B .S., Yenching University; M .S.
Robinson G. H ollister, Jr., B.A .,
and Ph.D., University o f Minnesota,
Amherst College; Ph.D., Stanford
Cornell Visiting Professor o f Physics. 4 0 5
University, Professor o f Econom ics (partWalnut Lane.
tim e). 1 W hittier Place.
Paul C. M angelsdorf, Jr., B .A .,
Raym ond F. H opkins, B .A ., O hio
Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard
Wesleyan University; M .A ., O h io State
University, M orris L. Clothier Professor o f
University; M .A . and Ph.D., Yale
Physics. 110 Cornell Avenue.
University, Professor o f Political Science.
*Philip
M e tzid a k is, B.A ., Dartmouth
3 0 8 Ogden Avenue.
College; Ph.D., Yale University, Professor
Gudmund R. Iversen, M .A ., University
o f Spanish. 113 Governors Drive,
o f Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Wallingford, PA 19086
Professor o f Statistics, and Director, Center

‘ Absent on leave, fall semester, 1980.
* * Fall Semester, 1980.

Ij.Absent on leave, 1980-81.
§§§ Half-time leave, 1980-81.

199

The Faculty

Helen F. North, B .A ., M .A ., and Ph.D„
Cornell University, Centeniflal Professor o f
Classics. 6 0 4 Ogden Avenue.
fH a n s F. Oberdiek, B .S., and PK.D.,
University o f W isconsin, Professor o f
Philosophy. 410 Dickinson Avenue.
M a rtin O stw ald, B .A ., University o f
Toronto; M .A ., University o f Chicago;
Ph.D ., Columbia University, W illiam R .
Kenan, Jr., Professor o f Classics. 2 W hittier
Place.
H ow ard P ack, B .B.A ., City College o f
New York; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute
o f Technology, Professor o f Economics.
1530 Locust St., Philadelphia, PA 19102.
H arold E. Pagliaro, A .B., M .A ., Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Professor o f English
Literature. 5 3 6 Ogden Avenue.
Dean Peabody, B .A ., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Professor o f Psychology. 4 0 5 Rogers Lane.
f f J e a n A shm ead P e rk in s, B .A .,
Swarthmore College; M .A . and Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Susan W . Lippincott
Professor o f French. 913 Strath Haven
Avenue.
ts te v e n I. Piker, B .A ., Reed College;
Ph.D ., University o f Washington, Professor
o f Anthropology. 125 Rutgers Avenue.
F re d e ric L. Pryor, B .A ., Oberlin College;
M .A . and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor
o f Econom ics (part-tim e). 7 4 0 Harvard
Avenue.
t David Rosen, B.A ., New York University;
M .A . and Ph.D ., University o f
Pennsylvania, Professor o f Mathematics,
3 3 6 North Princeton Avenue.
tt fR o b e r t Roza, B .A ., University o f
Toronto; M .A . and Ph.D ., Princeton

* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1980.
* * Fall Semester, 1980.
f A bsent on leave, spring semester,
1981.
f t Program Coordinator, Swarthmore
Program in Grenoble, fall semester,
1980.

200

University, Professor o f French. 2 3 3
Cornell Avenue.
R ernard S affran, b .a ., City College o f
New York; Ph.D., University o f Minnesota,
Professor o f Econom ics. 201 Garrett
Avenue.
Robert E. S avage, B.A ., O berlin College;
M .S. and Ph.D., University o f W isconsin,
Professor o f Biology. 411 Vassar Avenue.
*Allen M. Schneider, B.s., Trinity
College; Ph.D., Indiana University,
Professor o f Psychology. 6 0 8 Elm Avenue.
**Anne D. S e s s a , B .A ., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., University o f Delaware,
Visiting Professor o f History, (part-time).
W est Chester State College, W est Chester,
PA 19380.
J . Edw ard Skeath, B.A ., Swarthmore
College; M .A . and Ph.D ., University o f
Illinois; Professor o f Mathematics. 11
Benjamin W est Avenue.
B ernard S. Sm ith, b .a . and M .A .,
University o f Oxford; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f History. 311 Park
Avenue.
David G. Sm ith, B .A ., and M .A .,
University o f Oklahoma; Ph.D., T he Johns
Hopkins University, Centennial Professor o f
Political Science. 3 W hittier Place.
t Su san Brooke Snyder, B .A ., Hunter
College; M .A . and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Professor o f English. 4 0 3
W alnut Lane.

\Donald

K. S w e arer, B.A ., M .A . and
Ph.D., Princeton University; B.D . and
S.T.M ., Yale Divinity School, Professor o f
Religion. 109 Columbia Avenue.
P eter Gram Sw ing, b .a . and M .A .,
Harvard University; Ph.D., University o f

f f t Program Coordinator, Swarthmore
Program in Grenoble, spring
semester, 1981.
t Absent on leave, 1980-81.

Chicago. Daniel Underhill Professor o f
Music and Director o f the Chorus. 614
Hillborn Avenue.
F ra n c is P. Tafoya, b .a . and M .A .,
University o f Colorado; Ph.D., Yale
University Professor o f French and
Spanish. 6 2 0 North Chester Road.
+
+P eter T. Thom pson, B .A ., The Johns
Hopkins University; Ph.D., University o f
Pittsburgh, Professor o f Chemistry. 92 5
Strath Haven Avenue.
P. Linw ood Urban, Jr., B .A ., Princeton
University; S.T.B., S.T.M. and T h.D .,

General rheological Seminary, Charles and
Harriet C ox McDowell Professor o f
Religion. 2 0 South Princeton Avenue.
f Eugene Weber, B.A., W illiams College;
M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard University,
Professor o f German. 4 0 9 Strath Haven
Avenue.
M. Jo se p h W illis, B .C .E ., University o f
Washington; M .S., Cornell University;
Ph.D., T he Johns Hopkins University,
Professor o f Engineering. 3 0 6 Chestnut
Lane.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
M a rg a re t A n derson , b .a ., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., Brown University, Associate
Professor o f History. 214 Rutgers Avenue.
**Richard Beem an, Ph.D., University o f
Chicago, Visiting Associate Professor o f
History (part-tim e). 612 Hillborn Avenue.
A lfre d H. Bloom , B .A ., Princeton
University; M .A ., and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Associate Professor o f
Linguistics and Psychology, and Program
Director o f Linguistics. 5 W oodbrook
Lane.
Joh n B. BoCCiO, B .S ., Polytechnic
Institute o f Brooklyn; Ph.D., Cornell
University, Associate Professor o f Physics.
737 Harvard Avenue.
(P a tric ia W ityk Boyer, B .S., Trenton
State College; M .A ., New York University,
Associate Professor o f Dance and Director
o f the Dance Program. 817 Parkridge
Drive, Media, PA 19063.
(Thom pson Bradley, B .A ., Yale
University; M .A ., Columbia University,
Associate Professor o f Russian. Price’s
Lane, Moylan, PA 19065.
(R o bert S ain t-C yr Du P le s s is , b .a .,
W illiam s College; M .A ., Ph.D ., Columbia

* * F a ll Semester, 1980.
( A bsent on leave, spring semester,
1981.

University, Associate Professor o f History.
211 Rutgers Avenue.
J a m e s D. Freem an, B .A ., m .a . and
Ph.D., Harvard University, Associate
Professor o f Music and Director o f the
Orchestra. 2 0 6 Martroy Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
Jo h n J . HaSSett, B .A ., St. Francis
College; M .A ., University o f Iowa; Ph.D.,
University o f W isconsin, Associate
Professor o f Spanish. Swarthmore College.
(C h a rle s L. Ja m e s , B .S., State University
o f New York at New Paltz; M .S ., State
University o f New York at Albany,
Associate Professor o f English. 4 0 2 Laurel
Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.
Joh n B. Je n k in s, B .S.
State University; Ph.D.,
California, Los Angeles,
o f Biology. 5 5 8 Rutgers

and M .S., Utah
University o f
Associate Professor
Avenue.

Je n n ie Keith, B .A ., Pomona College;
M .A ., and Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Associate Professor o f Anthropology.
Swarthmore College.
Deborah G. Kem ler, b .a ., M .A ., and
Ph.D., Brown University, Associate

Ij.
ij. Absent on leave, 1980-81.

The Faculty

Professor o f Psychology. 211 Benjamin
W est Avenue.
^Alison M . Kettering, B.A ., Oberlin
College; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f
California, Berkeley, Associate Professor o f
Art. 915 Harvard Avenue.
Edw ard N. K re sch , B .S. and M .S.,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology;
Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Associate Professor o f Engineering. 1632
M t. Pleasant Road, Havertown, PA 19083.
David R. Lachterm an, B .A ., St. Joh n’s
College, Ph.D ., Harvard University,
Associate Professor o f Philosophy.
Swarthmore College.
ijlillia n M . Li, A .B., Radcliffe College;
A .M . and Ph.D ., Harvard University,
Associate Professor o f History. 915 Harvard
Avenue.
^Kenneth G. Lieberthal, b .a ., Dartmouth
College; M .A . and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Associate Professor o f Political
Science. 4 0 6 Cedar Lane.
IjNelSOn A. M acken, B .S ., Case Institute
o f Technology; M .S., Ph.D ., University o f
Delaware, Associate Professor o f
Engineering. 2 5 0 Haverford Avenue.
J e a n n e M a re c e k , B .S., Loyola
University; Ph.D ., Yale University,
Associate Professor o f Psychology. 519
W alnut Lane.
Stephen B. M aurer, B.A ., Swarthmore
College; M .A . and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Professor o f
Mathematics. 317 N. Chester Road.
Lucy M cD iarm id, B.A ., Swarthmore
College; M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Associate Professor o f English
Literature. 1720 Lombard Street,
Philadelphia, PA 19146.
M a rg a re t L. M io v ic, A .B., Radcliffe
College; Ph.D ., University o f Pennsylvania,

* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1980.
Absent on leave, 1980-81.

202

Associate Professor o f Biology. 2 3 5 Park
Avenue.
Kathryn L. M organ, B .A ., Virginia State
College; M .A ., Howard University; M .A .
and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania.
Associate Professor o f History. Apt. 728,
W ildman Arms.
§§H ans-Eberhard M ueller, B .A ., Hunter
College; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f
California, Berkeley, Associate Professor o f
Sociology. 519 N. Lemon St., Media, PA
19063.
Ern est J . Prudente, B .S. and M .S.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Associate
Professor o f Physical Education. 914 Surrey
Road, Media, PA 19063.
C h a rle s Raff, B.A ., University o f
Rochester; M .A . and Ph.D., Brown
University, Associate Professor o f
Philosophy. 214 Rutgers Avenue.
G ilbert P. R ose, B.A . and Ph.D.,
University o f California, Berkeley, Associate
Professor o f Classics. 6 0 0 Elm Avenue.
*Aiburt M. R osenberg, B.A ., Harvard
University; M .S., University o f Florida;
Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Associate Professor o f Natural Science. 6 0 9
Hillborn Avenue.
R ich ard L. Rubin, A .B., Brown
University; M .A . and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Associate Professor o f Political
Science and Public Policy. 5 0 4 ‘/2 Riverview
Road.
R ich ard Sch u ld en frei, B.A . and M .A .,
University o f Pennsylvania; Ph.D.,
University o f Pittsburgh, Associate
Professor o f Philosophy. 8 S . Lemon
Street, Media, PA 19063.
B a rry S c h w a rtz , B.A ., New York
University; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f
Pennsylvania, Associate Professor o f
Psychology. 5 3 9 Riverview Road.

§§ Inactive, 1980-81.

^Kenneth E. Sharpe, B.A ., Dartmouth
College; M .S ., London School o f
Econom ics and Political Science; Ph.D.,
Yale University, Associate Professor o f
Political Science. 521 Elm Avenue.
fS im o n e V. Sm ith, Licence et Lettres,
University o f Grenoble, Associate Professor
o f French. 125 Forest Lane.
David B ro o k s Sm oyer, B .A ., Dartmouth
College; L L.B., Harvard Law School,
Associate Professor o f Physical Education.
3 3 5 Park Avenue.
Kit-Yin Tieng Snyder, B .S., College o f
the City o f New York; M .A ., University o f
Michigan; M.F.A. Sculpture U .C .L .A . Clarem ont, Associate Professor o f Studio
A rts (part-tim e). 317 N. Chester Road.

P h ilip M. W einstein, A .B., Princeton
University; A .M . and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Associate Professor o f English
Literature. 510 Ogden Avenue.
Tim othy C. W illia m s, B .A ., Swarthmore
College; A .M ., Harvard University; Ph.D.,
R ockefeller University, Associate Professor
o f Biology. 314 Rutgers Avenue.
C ra ig W illiam son , B .A ., Stanford
University; M .A ., Harvard University;
Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Associate Professor o f English Literature.
6 0 2 Elm Avenue.
*J e ro m e H, Wood, Jr., B.A . Howard
University; Ph.D., Brown University,
Associate Professor o f History, 103 E.
Providence Road, Aldan, PA 19014.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
M a u ric e F. Aburdene, M .S. and Ph.D.,
University o f Connecticut, Assistant
Professor o f Engineering. 3 0 2 North
Chester Road.

Assistant Professor o f Political Science.
2116 Spruce Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

George B. A s s a f, B.A ., Kingston
Polytechnic; M .A ., Essex University,
Visiting Assistant Professor o f Economics.
401 W alnut Lane.

E ric A. G. Binnie, B.A ., Strathclyde
University, Scotland; M .A ., McMaster
University; Ph.D., University o f Toronto,
Assistant Professor o f English and
Technical Director for T he Theatre. 915
Harvard Avenue.

M ich a e l E. Bacon, B •Sc., University o f
Natal; M .S. and Ph.D., Colorado State
University, Assistant Professor o f Physics.
515 Elm Avenue.

tA lla n S . Blaer, A .B., M .A ., Ph.D„
Columbia University, Assistant Professor o f
Physics. Tunbridge Apt. A -3 0 5 , 274 Glen
Riddle Road, Glen Riddle, PA 19037.

C h a rle s A. B a le stri, A .B ., Princeton
University; B .A ., Cambridge University;
Ph.D ., Yale University, Assistant Professor
o f English. 1 Crum Ledge.

T h om as B o sse rt, B.A ., Princeton
University; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f
W isconsin, Assistant Professor o f Political
Science. 521 Elm Avenue.

W illiam H. B atsch elet, b .a ., Grmnell
College; M .A . and Ph.D ., University o f
Washington, Assistant Professor o f
Chemistry, Swarthmore College.

Tatiana M . Cosm an, b .a ., m .a .,
Middlebury College; M .A ., Columbia
University; Ph.D., New York University,
Assistant Professor o f Russian (part-time)
and Director o f the Language Laboratory.
3 0 6 S. Chester Road.

C h a rle s R. B eitz, b .a ., Colgate
University; M .A ., University o f Michigan;
M .A . and Ph.D., Princeton University,

* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1980.
t Absent on leave, spring semester,

1981.

Ij. Absent on leave, 1980-81.

The Faculty

M ich a e l W. Cothren, B .A ., Vanderbilt
University; M .A ., Columbia University,
Assistant Professor o f A rt History. 4 0 4
Elm Avenue.
S u sa n P. D avis, B .S ., Springfield College;
M .S., Sm ith College, Assistant Professor o f
Physical Education. 2411 W hitehouse Road,
Berwyn, PA 19312.
R osem a ry M. R. D esja rd in s, B.A . and
M .A ., University o f M elbourne; Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Assistant
Professor o f Philosophy. Swarthmore
College.
M a rio n J . Faber, B .A ., M .A ., University
o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Assistant Professor o f German.
#1 Crum Ledge Lane.
G regory L. Florant, B .S., Cornell
University, Ph.D., Stanford University,
Assistant Professor o f Biology, ft5 Crum
Ledge.
S co tt F. G ilbert, B .A ., Wesleyan
University; M .A . and Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Assistant Professor o f
Biology. 617 Fairview Road.
^Robert J . G ro ss, B .A ., Swarthmore
College; M.A.T., Ed.D ., Harvard University,
Assistant Professor in the Program in
Education. 214 Harvard Avenue.
^Judith C. Hem pel, B .S., M .A ., Ph.D.,
University o f Texas, Assistant Professor o f
Chemistry. 317 N. Chester Rd.
C on stan ce Cain H ungerford, B.A .,
Wellesley College; M .A ., Ph.D., University
o f California, Berkeley, Assistant Professor
o f A rt History. 318 N. Chester Road.
M a rk J a c o b s , B .A ., Harvard University;
Ph.D ., Stanford University, Assistant
Professor o f Biology. 8 W hittier Place.
C a ro l C. Kahler, B .S ., University o f
Chicago; M .S. and Ph.D ., University o f
California, Berkeley, Assistant Professor o f
Chemistry. 318 N. Chester Road.
M ich a e l Knutson, B.F.A., University o f
Washington; M .F.A ., Yale University,

Ij. Absent on leave, 1980-81.

204

Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts. 510
Elm Avenue.
Ann L. K o sa k o w sk i, B.A ., Wellesley
College; M .Phil. and Ph.D., Yale University,
Assistant Professor o f Music. 318 N.
Chester Road.
M a rk Kuperberg, B .A ., Amherst College;
M .A ., Massachusetts Institute o f
Technology, Assistant Professor o f
Economics. 317 N. Chester Road.
Gerald Levinson, B .A ., University o f
Pennsylvania; M .A . and Ph.D., University
o f Chicago, Assistant Professor o f Music.
#2 Crum Ledge.
\Linda Yuen-Ching Lim, B.A ., University
o f Cambridge; M .A ., Yale University;
Ph.D., University o f Michigan, Assistant
Professor o f Econom ics. Swarthmore
College.
A rth u r E. M cGarity, B .A ., Trinity
University; M .S .E ., Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University. Assistant Professor o f
Engineering. 5 2 5 Elm Avenue.
George M o sk o s, B.A ., Davidson College;
M .A . and Ph.D., University o f W isconsin,
Madison, Assistant Professor o f French.
515 Elm Avenue.
David L. Muething, B .A ., M .A ., Boston
College; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute o f
Technology, Assistant Professor o f
Econom ics. 317 N. Chester Road.
Draulio MufiOZ, B.A ., University o f
Rhode Island; Ph.D ., University o f
Pennsylvania, Assistant Professor o f
Sociology/Anthropology. 517 Elm Avenue.
F re d e ric k L. Orthlieb, B .S. and M .S.,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology;
Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University,
Assistant Professor o f Engineering. J3
Green Valley Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.
M a ry L. Poovey, B .A ., O berlin College;
M .A . and Ph.D., University o f Virginia,
Assistant Professor o f English Literature.
6 0 3 Ogden Avenue.

“ Jonathan Rieder, B .A ., Harvard College;
Ph.D., Yale University, Assistant Professor
o f Sociology/Anthropology. Swarthmore
College.
Gail R u ssell, B .A ., Wellesley College;
M .A . Princeton University, Assistant
Professor o f Political Science. 4 0 4 Elm
Avenue.

^Richard H. Spady, B.A ., Haverford
College; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute o f
Technology, Assistant Professor o f
Economics. Swarthmore College.
^ Charles F. Stone, III, B .A ., Swarthmore
College; Assistant Professor o f Economics.
#3 Crum Ledge.

M a ry Beth Saffo, B .A ., University o f
California at Santa Cruz; Ph.D., Stanford
University, Assistant Professor o f Biology. 4
Crum Ledge.

Eva F. T ra ve rs, B .A ., Connecticut
College; M .A . and Ed.D., Harvard
University, Assistant Professor o f Education
and Director o f Education Program. 416
Park Avenue.

R ichard P. S a iler, B .A ., University o f
Illinois; Ph.D., Cambridge University,
Assistant Professor o f Classics. 512 Elm
Avenue.

Judith G. Voet, B.S., Antioch College;
Ph.D., Brandeis University, Assistant
Professor o f Chemistry. 3 6 8 Trevor Lane,
Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004.

P eter J . Schm idt, B.A ., Oberlin College;
M .A . and Ph.D., University o f Virginia,
Assistant Professor o f English Literature.
#7 Crum Ledge.

J a c o b Weiner, B .A ., Antioch College;
Ph.D., University o f Oregon, Assistant
Professor o f Biology. 4 0 5 E. Rose Valley
Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.

Lau ren ce S. Seidm an, A .B., Harvard
University; Ph.D., University o f California,
Berkeley, Assistant Professor o f Economics,
Swarthmore College.

David F. Wei man, A .B., Brown
University; M .A ., Yale University, Assistant
Professor o f Economics. 4 0 4 Elm Avenue

Helene Shapiro, B .A ., Kenyon College;
M .A . Princeton U niversity; Ph.D.,
California Institute o f Technology, Assistant
Professor o f Mathematics. #8 Crum Ledge.

D ouglas M. W eiss, A.T.C., Assistant
Professor o f Physical Education. 117 S.
Chester Road.

INSTRUCTORS
Rush D. Holt, B .A ., Carleton College;
M .S., New York University, Instructor in
Physics. 8 B W hittier Place.
P h ilip J . Kellm an, B .A ., Georgetown
University; M .A ., University o f
Pennsylvania, Instructor in Psychology.
Swarthmore College.
B rian A . M eunier, B •F.A., University o f
Massachusetts, Amherst; M .F.A ., Tyler
School o f A rt, Temple University,
Instructor o f Studio Arts. 4 0 9 ‘/i Elm
Avenue.

* * Fall Semester, 1980.

M ich a e l L. M ullan, B .A ., University o f
California, Instructor o f Physical Education
and Athletics. 213 Fields Lane, R ose Valley,
PA 19065.
Elizabeth D. Watts, B .S., University o f
Delaware, Instructor o f Physical Education
and Athletics. 231 Sharpies Street, W est
Chester, PA 19380.

t Absent on leave, 1980-81.

205

The Faculty

LECTURERS (all part-time)
H a rry J . Augensen, B .A ., Elmhurst
College; M .A . and Ph.D., Northwestern
University, Lecturer in Astronomy. 2 3 3 S.
Chester Road.
Cynthia Bourgeault, B .A ., O hio State
University; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f
Pennsylvania, Lecturer in English.
Swarthmore College.
***§Edwin B. B ronner (Professor o f History,
Haverford College), Ph.D., University o f
Pennsylvania, Visiting Lecturer in History.
Haverford College, Haverford, PA 19041.

**Conchita A lb o rg Day, B .A ., Georgia
State University; M .A ., Emory University,
Lecturer in Spanish. 1251 Cardinal Lake
Drive, Cherry Hill, NJ 0 8 0 0 3 .
**§Noel J .J . F a rle y (Associate Professor o f
Econom ics, Bryn Mawr College), Ph.D.,
Yale University, Visiting Lecturer in
Economics. Byrn Mawr College, Byrn
Mawr, PA 19010.
J a n e K. F ra n cis, M .A ., University o f
Delaware; Diploma, University o f
Hamburg, Lecturer in German. 113 Briar
Lane, Newark, D E 19711.
P eter P. Garretson, B .A ., Haverford
College; Ph.D., University o f London,
Lecturer in History. 915 Harvard Avenue.
M a ry K. Kenney, A .B., Chestnut Hill
College; M .A ., Villanova University,
Lecturer in Spanish. 4 8 N. Hillcrest Road,
Springfield, PA 19064.

University o f Toronto, Visiting Lecturer in
Philosophy, Bryn Mawr College, Bryn
Mawr, PA 19010.
C e c ilia Chin Lee, B .A ., National Taiwan
University; M .A ., University o f Michigan,
M .A .L .S., University o f Washington,
Lecturer in Chinese. 211 College Avenue.
K. P r is c illa P ederso n , B.A ., By rn Mawr
College; M .A . and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Lecturer in Religion.
Swarthmore College.
Elke Plaxton, B •A., Brigham Young
University; M .A ., University o f Colorado,
Lecturer in German. 2 0 2 2 Brandywine
Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.
Ann Renninger, B.A ., University o f
Pennsylvania; M .A ., Bryn Mawr College,
Lecturer in the Program in Education. 27
Holland Avenue, Ardmore, PA 19003.
**Eugene J . Rosenbaum , B.S., Ph.D.,
University o f Chicago, Lecturer in
Chemistry. 6 0 Pilgrim Lane, Drexel Hill,
PA 19026.
**Sarah P h elps Sm ith, B .A ., Wellesley
College; M .A ., Courtauld Institute o f Art;
Ph.D., University o f Pittsburgh, Lecturer in
A rt History. 217 W est State Street, Kennett
Square, PA 19348.
B arb ara Yost S tew art, B.A .,
Swarthmore College; M .A ., and Ph.D.,
Bryn Mawr College, Lecturer in Biology.
5 4 3 Marietta Avenue.

***§Michael K ra u sz (Associate Professor o f
Philosophy, Bryn Mawr College), Ph.D.,*

* * Fall Semester, 1980.
* * * Spring semester, 1981.

206

§ Single Course, Byrn Mawr:
Haverford-Swarthmore faculty
exchange program.

ASSISTANTS AND ASSOCIATES (all part-time)
,,

P a tric ia C o rn ell, Assistant in Physical
Education. 2 2 5 Port Royal, Philadelphia,
PA 19126.

C a ro lyn Reichek, B .S ., Columbia
University, Associate in Performance
(Dance). 4 3 5 Ogden Avenue.

U rsu la M . D avis, B .A ., M T (A D C P)
Colby Junior College, Assistant in
Chemistry. 11 Rampart W est, Media, PA
19063.

G loria U. Rosen, B .A ., Hunter College;
M .A ., M t. Holyoke College, Assistant in
Biology. 3 3 6 N. Princeton Avenue.

Dorothy K. Freem an, B.M ., m .m .,
Boston University, Concert Manager and
Chamber Music Coordinator. 2 0 6 Martroy
Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.
***Lee W. J e n k in s, Assistant in Physical
Education and Athletics. 413 Haverford
Place.

Paula Sepinuck, B.A ., Bennington
College, Associate in Performance (Dance).
2 Lantoga Square, Wayne, PA 19087.
Nita H a rris S icilia n o , B .S ., Russell Sage
College, Assistant in Chemistry. 1287 A
Samuel Road, W est Chester, PA 19380.
Robert M. S m art, B .A ., Curtis Institute
o f Music; M .A ., Westminster Choir
College, College Organist and Associate in
Performance (M usic). 18 Oberlin Avenue.

**ThomaS F. Lapinski, B .A ., University o f
Delaware; M .S ., Villanova University,
Assistant in Physical Education and
**'C. Jo se p h S te fa n o w icz, B.A ., Lafayette
Athletics. 2217 Fairfax Boulevard,
College, Assistant in Physical Education
W ilm ington, D E 19083.
and Athletics. 921 Flora Lane, Boothwyn,
M a rg a re t M. Lehm an, U.A., Swarthmore
PA 19061.
College, Assistant in Chemistry. 105 Upper
P a tric e Terrone, Maitrise De Histoire,
Gulph Road, Wayne, PA 19087.
University o f Grenoble, Assistant in
** J o se p h F. Leitner, Assistant in Physical
French. 3 0 2 N. Chester Road.
Education and Athletics. 1390 Ship Road,
Je a n L. Tom ezsko, B.A ., Pennsylvania
W est Chester, PA 19380.
State University, Assistant in Biology. 4
Prince Eugene Lane, Media, PA 19063.
J o e l M a rc u s , B .E .E ., City College o f
New York; M .B .A ., City University o f New
Dennis C. W est, M .A ., Purdue
York, Assistant in Physical Education and
University; M .Ed., Temple University,
Athletics. 2 0 7 Fox Lane, Wallingford, PA
Assistant in Physical Education and
19086.
Athletics. 313 Barry Lane, Wallingford, PA
19086.
***James W. N oyes, B .A ., Amherst College,
Assistant in Physical Education and
**
Athletics. Meadow Lane.

* * * Spring semester, 1981.

* * Fall semester, 1980.

207

The Faculty

Standing C o m m ittees o f the Facu lty 1 9 8 0 -8 1
Academic and Cultural Support

Curriculum Committee

O BER D IEK /K LO TZ , Barus, Davies,
Dickerson, Marecek, Meunier, Schuldenfrei,
Stott, Travers, W einer

W R IG H T, M iovic, Mullins, Henry/Perkins,
Smith, D ., Stott

Academic Requirements

Faculty Equal Opportunity Advisory
Committee

BLA CK BU RN , Anderson, Bloom,
Dickerson, Heintz, Lacey, Moskos, Mullins,
Saffran, Stott, W illis, Wright

H U N G ER FO R D , W illiam son, Boyer/Wood

Admissions and Scholarships

LANDRY, Aaron, Bowler, C ook, Heller,
Iversen, Miller, Pack, Shero, U rban, Wright

HENRY, Anderson, Avery, Barr, Blackburn,
Dickerson, Dunn, Hess, Hungerford,
McDiarmid, Skeath, Smoyer

Asian Studies
BLO O M , Hollister, Kitao, Kurth, Lee,
Levinson

Black Studies
W IL LIA M SO N /W O O D , Garretson,
Hopkins, Lacey, Legesse, Weiman
C e n te r for Social and Policy Studies

IV ERSEN , Dunn, Hopkins, Kuperberg,
Little, M cGarity, Peabody, Rubin.

Committee o n Computing Services
SKEATH, Aburdene, B occio, Landry, Little,
Pryor/Safffan, Ryan, W illiam s, Wright

Committee on Faculty Procedures
FRIEN D , Hungerford, Rose, Wright [and
four other elected faculty]

Cooper Committee
BRA D LEY/SW IN G, Binnie, Desjardins,
Devin, Durkan, Knutson, Landis,
McDiarmid, Morgan, Saffo

Council on Educational Policy
W R IG H T, Boccio, Friend, Heald, North,
Savage, Travers, Weinstein

208

Faculty and Staff Benefits Committee

Faculty Representative to the Bookstore
HINZ

Fellowships and Prizes
ST O T T , Beitz, Cothren, Cowden,
Dickerson, Fehnel, Jenkins, Lachterman,
Marecek, Sailer

Health Sciences Advisory Committee
LIEBER TH A L, Clark, Fehnel, Jenkins,
Mangelsdorf, Marcek, Stott, W illiams

Library Committee
D U R K A N , Aaron, Cothren, England,
Hassett, Kuperberg, Lachterman, Munoz,
Ostwald, Saffo, Wright

Physical Education and Athletics
BLA CK BU RN , Davis, Devin, Hammons,
Hess, Keith, Mullan, Smoyer

Promotion and Tenure
FRIEN D , Bannister, England, Heald, North,
Wright

Research Ethics Committee
BA N N ISTER, Bilaniuk, Jacobs, Kurth,
Pryor.

Research Support Committee

Teacher Education Committee

BILA N IU K, Eisler, Faber, Hammons,
Lippincott, Raff, Sailer, Schuldenfrei,
Schwartz

T R A V E R S, Balestri, Hassett, Kemler,
Maurer, Savage, Tafoya, Wright

Teaching Technology
Schedule o f Classes
M U LLIN S, Dickerson, Freeman, Kresch,
Krugovoy, Mangelsdorf, Maurer, Prudente,
Raff, W atts

Space Use and Energy Conservation
SPA FFO RD , B occio, Kitao, McGarity,
Mullins, O rthlieb, Raymond, Schwartz,
Smoyer, Stanton, W einer

HINZ, Barus, Cosman, Horikawa, Levinson,
Meunier, Little.

Secretary to the Faculty
Bernard Smith

Parliamentarian
P. Linwood Urban

Standing C o m m ittees o f the College
Advisory Committee on Resource Use

Equal Opportunity Advisory Committee

Faculty members: Bowler, Hollister, Miovic,
Henry/Perkins, Sm ith, D .; Chairman o f the
Board Committees on Development,
Finance, Instruction and Libraries,
Investment, Property, and Student Life; the
two V ice Presidents, Provost, and Dean;
three students; chaired by the President o f
the College, with the Assistant to the
President as Recording Secretary

Faculty members: Boyer/Wood,
Hungerford, W illiam son; three staff
members, and two students; chaired by the
Equal Opportunity Officer

D ivisions and D ep artm en ts
I.

D I V IS IO N O F T H E H U M A N IT IE S
Patrick Henry/Jean Ashmead Perkins, Chair

A rt,
T. Kaori Kitao, Chairperson

M odern Languages,
Francis P. Tafoya, Chairman

C la s s ic s ,
Helen F. North, Chairman

M u sic ,
James D. Freeman, Chairman

English Literature,
Philip Weinstein, Chairman

Philosophy,
Hugh Lacey, Chairman

History,
Robert C . Bannister, Chairman

Psychology,
Barry Schwartz, Department Head

L in g u istics (Program ),
Alfred H. Bloom,
Program Director

Religion,
Patrick Henry, Chairperson

M ath em atics,
James England, Chairman

209

The Faculty

II.

DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
David G. Sm ith, Chair

Econom ics,
Bernard Saffran, Chairman

M ath em atics,
James England, Chairman

Education (Program ),
Eva Travers, Program Director

Philosophy,
Hugh Lacey, Chairman

Engineering,
H. Searl Dunn, Chairman

P o litica l S cie n c e ,
David G . Smith, Chairman

H istory,
R obert C . Bannister, Chairman

P sychology,
Barry Schwartz, Department Head

L in g u istics (Program ),
Alfred H. Bloom , Program Director

S o cio lo g y and Anthropology,
Jennie Keith, Acting Chair

III.

DIVISION OF THE NATURAL SCIENCES AND ENGINEERING
Margaret Miovic, Chair

Astronom y,
W u lff D . Heintz, Chairman

M athem atics,
James England, Chairman

Biology,
R obert Savage, Chairman

Philosophy,
Hugh Lacey, Chairman

Chem istry,
James H. Hammons, Chairman

P h y sic s,
Paul C . Mangelsdorf, Jr., Chairman

Engineering,
H. Searl Dunn, Chairman

P sych o lo gy,
Barry Schwartz, Department Head

210

Administration
P R E S ID E N T ’S O F F IC E
Theodore Friend, B.A . and LL.D .,
W illiam s College; M .A . and Ph.D., Yale
University, President.
Eleanor B. Johnston, b .a ., Pomona
College, Assistant to the President.

S h ellie W ilen sky Cam p, B.A .,
Swarthmore College; M .M ., Eastman
School o f Music; Ja n e F. Ja m e s , B.S.,
State University o f New York at New Paltz;
Secretaries.

V IC E P R E S ID E N T S ’ O F F IC E
Kendall Landis, B.A ., Swarthmore
College; M .A . Wesleyan University, Vice
President Alumni, Development, Public
Relations.

Pauline M. C a rro ll, M a ry C. Kasper,
Secretaries.

La w re n ce L. Landry, B .S.B .A ., M .B.A .,
Clark University, V ice President - Finance.

P R O V O S T ’S O F F IC E
H arriso n M. Wright, B .A ., M .A ., Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Provost.
Ja c q u e lin e Robinson, Secretary.
G ilm ore StOtt, B.A. and M .A ., University
o f Cincinnati; B.A . and M .A ., University

o f Oxford; M .A . and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Provost and Associate
Dean.
M a ry Etta Z w ell, Secretary.

D E A N ’S O F F IC E
Thom as H. B lackburn, B.A ., Amherst
College; B.A . and M .A ., University o f
O xford; Ph.D., Stanford University, Dean.
J a n e t Sm ith D ickerson , B.A ., Western
College for W om en; M .Ed., Xavier
University, Associate Dean and Director o f
Support Programs.
G ilm ore Stott, B.A. and M .A ., University
o f Cincinnati; B.A . and M .A ., University
o f O xford; M .A . and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Provost and Associate
Dean.
N ancy Anne Orr, B.A . and M .S., Indiana
University, Assistant Dean.

G loria C a rey Evans, B.A ., Western
Washington College o f Education; M .S.,
University o f Washington; Ph.D., Stanford
University, Consultant for Testing and
Guidance and Adviser to Foreign Students.
J a c o b S. Roberts, Jr., B.A ., Gettysburg
College; M .S.W ., University o f
Pennsylvania, Director, Black Cultural
Center.
D. G retchen Bow en, Tutor Coordinator
for Support Programs.
D. Gretchen Bow en, A lm a E. Stew art,
Norm a Boyle A .A ., Temple University.

Administration

ADMISSIONS OFFICE
Robert A. Barr, Jr., B .A ., Swarthmore
College; M .A ., University o f Pennsylvania,
Dean o f Admissions.
David A. Walter, B .S., Swarthmore
College; M . Div., Princeton Theological
Seminary, Associate Dean o f Admissions.
W allace Ann A y re s, B .A ., Swarthmore
College; Ed.M ., Harvard University,
Assistant Dean o f Admissions.

Brenda M. B rock, B.A ., Earlham College,
Assistant Dean o f Admissions.
P h y llis Hall Raym ond, B .A ., Indiana
University; M .A ., Swarthmore College,
Assistant Dean o f Admissions.
Jo a n n e B a rra c liff, Catherine B occio,
B arbara A. Hadly, A g n e s Shonert,
S a ra -P a g e White, B .A ., Swarthmore
College, Secretaries.

ALUMNI RELATIONS AND INFORMATION SERVICES
M a ra ly n O rbison G illesp ie , b .a .,
Swarthmore College, Associate Vice
President - Director o f Alumni Relations
and Information Services.

Hope L. Wohl, B .A ., Princeton University,
Publications Associate.

W illiam J . P ich ardo, B .A ., Swarthmore
College, Associate Director, Alumni
Relations.

Ann D. Geer, B .A ., Randolph-Macon
W om an’s College, Assistant.

Ruth M alone, B .S., Temple University;
A .A ., Charles M orris Price School,
Associate Director, Inform ation Services.

Kathryn B a ssett, Alumni Editor (part
tim e).

M im i GeiSS, O ffice Manager.
Ruthanne K ra u ss , Secretary.

N ancy R. Sm ith, A .B., Radcliffe, Director
o f Publications and Managing Editor o f
The Alumni Magazine.

ANNUAL FUNDS AND RECORDS OFFICE
Robin R. M o ll, B .A ., Bucknell University,
Co-Director, Annual Funds.
M a rily n Rothberg, B .A ., University o f
Connecticut, Co-Director, Annual Funds.
Elizabeth F. Dickey, B .A ., Pennsylvania
State University, O ffice Manager.

Elizabeth B. Cam pbell, Senior Fund
Recorder; R osem a ry M. P h illippi, Fund
Recorder.
J o y c e M . Fuller, Secretary.
M ild re d B. Bergm an, Clerk/Typist.

J a n e S. Reach, B .A ., Connecticut
College, Secretary.

BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS DEPARTMENT
W illiam M. Stanton, B .A ., University o f
W isconsin, Director o f Physical Plant.
J o se p h E. Spafford, B .S ., University o f

212

Missouri; Administrative Engineer
Facilities Planning and Utilization.

Gordon E. Cheesm an, B.S., Swarthmore
College, Architect/Engineer.
Franklin H. B rig gs, B.A ., Earlham
College; Donald V. Kelley, David F.
M elro se; H arold T. Hofman; Assistant
Directors o f Physical Plant.
Ju n e M. Carn all, Facilities Coordinator.
A lice Balbierer, Eleanor J . Breischaft,

Esther B. Kelley, A delaide M. Young,
Secretaries; Ja cq u e lin e M. Batker,
Purchasing Assistant.
Jo se p h J . Delozier, Jr., H arry F.
Foulke, A bbie Jo n e s, Leila Dennis
McDuffy, Carolin e Robinson, Rachel
W illiam s, P h y llis W oodcock,
Supervisors.

B U S IN E S S O F F IC E
Caroline Shero, B .A ., Swarthmore
College; M .B .A ., University o f
Pennsylvania, Controller.
Carolin e C. Busch, B.S., ciem son
University, Assistant Controller.
M a rg a ret A. Thom pson, Ellen R.
Augsberg er, Laura B. M cLaughlin,
Fra n ce s A. M onahan, Assistants.
L e w is T. Cook, Jr., B .A ., St. Lawrence
University; M .S. Pennsylvania State
University, Associate Vice President
Business Affairs.
Ruth B. Walker, Secretary.

B arbara H. Greenhow, Purchasing Clerk.
Robert L. Lam berson, Jr., B.A.,
W illiams College; M .B.A ., Drexel
University, Manager o f Bookstore.
Helen DiFeliciantonio, Director o f
Stenographic Office.
C arolina C la rk e, Ellen L. D olski,
Joann M. M a ssa ry , Edith R.
Woodland, Stenographic staff.
Ju d y G race Feiy, Dorothy H. Olson,
Console Attendants.
A rlen e Delozier, Postmistress.

C A R EE R PLANNING AND PLACEM ENT
Jud ith K apustin Katz, B .A ., Temple
University; M .A ., University o f Michigan;
Ed.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Director.
N ancy G. S w a rtz, B.A ., University o f

Michigan; M .S., University o f Pennsylvania,
Career Planning and Placement Counselor.
J u lia Lemon, Recruiting Coordinator/
Secretary.

CENTER FOR SOCIAL AND POLICY STUDIES
Gudmund R. Iversen, Director.

H azel C. Rapp, Secretary.

C O M P U T IN G S E R V I C E S
Elizabeth R. Little, B .S., North Carolina
State University, Director o f Computing
Services.
W illiam C. Ryan, B .A ., Swarthmore
College, Associate Director.

M a ry M. England, B.S., University o f
Missouri; W. M a rsh a ll Northcott, B.S.,
Lock Haven State College, Programmers,
Administrative Systems.

213

Administration

T h om a s E. Fo rre st, Jr., B .S ., Drexel
University, C.D .P., Programmer/Analyst,
Administrative Systems.

C la ra Notaro, A g n e s Kennedy, Data
Entry Operators.
H azel C. Rapp, Secretary.

Sau n d ra K. G rabania, Computer
Operator.

DEVELOPMENT OFFICES
R ich ard W. Jo h n so n II, B .A ., Colgate
University, Director o f Development.

M a ry S . Harw ood, B .A ., Douglass
College, Research Associate.

P ru d en ce S . C h u rch ill, B .A ., Dickinson
College; M .S.Ed ., Temple University,
Director o f Capital Support.

M a rg a re t W. N ikelly, B .A ., Upsala
College; M a rg a re t M . Richm ond,
Secretaries.

Betty Nathan Eisler, B .A ., Swarthmore
College; M .S ., Drexel University, Director
o f Foundation and Government Support.

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE
Robin B. C ow ard , B .A ., Hunter College;
J.D ., Temple University, Equal Opportunity
Officer.

FINANCIAL AID OFFICE
Laura T. A lp erin , B .A ., W heaton College,
Director o f Financial Aid.

Philom ena M. Cam po, B .A ., Rosem ont
College, Vera B. M o rriso n , Secretaries.

FOOD SERVICE
C h a rle s W. Sp ieg el, B .S ., University o f
Denver, Director.

Robert M itten, A .A ., Brandywine Junior
College, Food Service Manager.

Stephen Finch, B .S., W est Virginia
Wesleyan University, Food Service
Manager.

Elizabeth D avis, Secretary.

HEALTH SCIENCE ADVISORY PROGRAM
J a n e L in d sa y Lieberthal, B .A .,
Douglass College; M .A ., Columbia
University, Health Sciences Advisor.

214

Bonnie E. Harvey, B .A ., Swarthmore
College, Secretary.

HEALTH AND PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES
J a m e s E. Clark, b .a W est Virginia
University; M .D ., Jefferson Medical
College, Director o f Medical Services.
La w ren ce W allach, b .a ., Queens
College; M .D ., Hahnemann Medical
College, College Physician.
M a rk G oldstein, b .a ., Penn State
University; M .D . Hahnemann Medical
College, College Physician.
A rth u r T. Laver, B .A ., Swarthmore
College; M .D ., Hahnemann Medical
College, Consulting Gynecologist.
C h a rle s D. Hummer, Jr., B .A ., Amherst
College; M .D . Hahnemann Medical College,
Athletic Orthopedic Consultant.

Leighton C. W hitaker, B.A ., Swarthmore
College; M .A ., University o f Connecticut;
Ph.D., Wayne State University, Director,
Psychological Services.
S ila s L. Warner, B .A ., Princeton
University; M .D ., Northwestern University,
Consulting Psychiatrist.
Anita G. Bell, B .A ., Antioch College;
M .S., Hahnemann Medical College,
Consulting Psychologist
Paula S. Rosen, B .A ., University o f
Rochester; M .A ., University o f
Pennsylvania; M .S .S., Bryn Mawr College
Graduate School o f Social W ork and
Social Research, Consulting Social'W orker.

Erw in R. Schm idt, Jr., B .S., Yale
University; M .D ., University o f W isconsin,
Consulting Orthopedic Surgeon.

Nurses:
E. Elizabeth M cG eary, R .N ., Head
Nurse, E lissa R. Chansky, R .N ., Beth
Israel Hospital, Constance C. Jo n es,
R.N ., Jo a n M orton, R .N ., R arbara A.

Sm etana, R .N ., College Health Nurse
Practitioner, Brigham Young University.
Elizabeth P. Cozine, R .N ., Secretary.

LIBRARY STAFF
College Library
M ich a e l J . Dùrkan, B.A ., St. Patrick’s
College, Maynooth, Ireland; Diploma in
Library Training, University College,
Dublin, Librarian.
Ja n e H. Aaron, B .A ., BirminghamSouthern College; M .S. in L .S., Drexel
University; Associate Librarian, and Head,
Acquisitions Department.
Ch ristin e D. Zook, Secretary to the
Librarian.
Richard Daly, B.A . and M .S. in L .S.,
University o f California, Berkeley, Head,
Cataloging Department.
Lorena Filosa, B .A ., La Salle College;
M .S. in L .S., Drexel University, Assistant
Catalog Librarian.

B arbara H. S ch ley er, B.S., Simmons
College; Anne M . Sw ann, B.A .,
Swarthmore College; Anne J . Perkins;
Netta Shinbaum , b .a ., s u n y , Oswego;
Editors.
D oris Pitm an M oist, Processing
Supervisor. Elizabeth Tolles, A .B.,
Radcliffe College, Assistant.
Elizabeth Am ann, B .A ., Swarthmore
College; M .S. in L .S., Drexel University,
Assistant Order/Public Services Librarian.
M onique Constantino, Records 6c
Purchasing.
Pauline M a rsh a ll, B .S., Simmons
College, Continuations.

215

Administration

S h irle y F. Kirby, B .A ., Washington
University, Periodicals.
JaiH 6S A. Hinz, B.A ., Concordia Senior
College; B .D ., M. Div., Concordia
Seminary; M .A ., Stanford University,
Humanities Librarian and Head o f
Reference.
Lois G. P eterson, B.A ., O berlin College,
Interlibrary Loan.
Edw ard Fuller, B.A ., W idener College;
M .S. in L .S., Drexel University, Documents
and Special Collections.
Catherine J . Sm ith, B.A ., Swarthmore
College; B .S. in L .S., Drexel University,
Head, Circulation Department.

Je a n Pfeiffer, Circulation Assistant.
Pauline E. Hallm an; M artha Scott;
Diane Van Roden; D oris A. Stoddart;
C la ire R. Sm ith, Assistants.
Emi K. H orikaw a, B .E., University o f
Nevada; M .A ., University o f U tah, Science
Librarian. C a rm ella M. K ice, B.S.,
Kutztown State College; A m y M o rriso n ,
B.A. and M .L .S., Rutgers University,
Assistants.
George K. Huber, B .A ., University o f
Pennsylvania; M .S. in L .S., Drexel
University, Librarian, Underhill Music
Library.

Friends Historical Library
J . W illiam Frost, B .A ., DePauw
University; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f
W isconsin, Director.
A lb e rt W. Fow ler, B.A ., Haverford
College; M .S. in L .S., Syracuse University,
Assistant Director.

C la ire B. Shetter, Cataloging Assistant.
P a tric ia L. Neiley; N ancy P. Speers;
Ja n e M. Thorson, B.A ., Goddard
College; Assistants.
K a zu e Oye, Conservation Assistant.

Swarthmore College Peace Collection
J e r r y R ichard K yle, B.A. and M .A .,
Temple University, Curator.
B arbara E. A dd ison, B .S., University o f
W isconsin (Milwaukee); M .S. in
Librarianship, University o f W isconsin
(M adison), Cataloging Assistant. Eleanor
M. Barr, B .A ., M ount Holyoke College,

M .L .S., University o f Pittsburgh, Archivist.
M a ry Ellen Clark, B. Mus., W est
Virginia University, Assistant, Cynthia
Lee Sadler, B .A ., University o f
Pennsylvania, M .S .L .S., Villanova
University, Archivist.

H ono rary Curators o f the Friends Historical Library

M a rg a re t Hope Bacon, Judith C.
Breault, F ra n c e s W illia m s Brow in,
Joh n Edwin Brush, H arriet F ro re r
Durham , David C. Elkinton, LaVerne

Forbush, J a m e s R. Frorer, Carolin e
Biddle M alin, Joh n M. M oore, Lyman
W. Riley, C atharine M o rris Wright,
Ellis T. W illiam s.

Advisory Council o f the Swarthmore Collegt Peace Collection
Irwin A b ram s, Helen M. C a rro ll,
Ju lie n C ornell, H ila ry Conroy, M e rle
Curti, A lfre d A. F ra s e r III, La rry

216

Gara, Robert W allace Gilm ore, Phebe
R. Ja c o b s e n , Kendall Landis, E.
Raym ond W ilson.

P E R S O N N E L S E R V IC E S
N ancy L. Goguen Heller, B.A ., Wesleyan
University, Director.

P a tricia J . Hem phill, Secretary.

R E G I S T R A R ’S O F F IC E
Ja n e H. M u llin s, B .A ., Swarthmore
College, Registrar.

N ancy S. Bell, Natalie K ru cza j,
Recorders.

A R T H U R H O Y T S C O T T H O R T IC U L T U R A L F O U N D A T IO N
Joh n C. W ister, B.A ., Harvard
University; D .Sc., Swarthmore College,
Director Emeritus o f the Arthur Hoyt
Scott Horticultural Foundation.
J o se p h W. Oppe, B .S., Marietta College;
M .S., University o f Idaho, Director o f the
Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural
Foundation and Swarthmore College
Horticulturist.

Judith D. Zuk, B .S., Rutgers University;
M .S., University o f Delaware, Educational
Coordinator.
David M e lro se , Assistant Director.
Jo se p h in e Hopkins, Secretary.
M a ra Baird, B.A ., Swarthmore College,
Intern.

Advisory Committee to the Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Foundation
M a rg ie Baker, Betty Nathan Eisler,
W illiam F re d e rick , Jr., Theodore W.
Friend, M a ra lyn O rbison G illespie , H.
T h om as H allow ed , S teven s
H ecksch e r, Dr. W illiam Klein, M rs.
B ichard K rem entz, Kendall Landis,

La w re n ce L. Landry, W illiam Lee,
David M e lro se , Jo se p h Oppe, Mr. and
M rs . W illiam Plate, M rs . Jo se p h B.
Shane, W illiam Stanton, M rs . K a rl A.
Thiem e, Dr. and M rs . Joh n C. W ister,
Ju d y Zuk.

S E C U R IT Y A N D S A F E T Y S E R V IC E S
J a m e s C. Lyons III, A .B., Brown
University, Director.

Peter A. H erkenham , B .A ., Lehigh
University, Shift Supervisor.

U PW A RD BO UN D
Edwin A. C o llin s, B.A ., Lincoln
University; B.S., Cheyney State College,
Director.

M elva N. M cM illa n , Secretary.

DeLoiS M. C o llin s, B .A ., Temple
University, Associate Director.

217

Administration

DEPARTMENTAL SECRETARIES, ASSISTANTS AND TECHNICIANS
Art: Teresa F. Klingler, A .A ., Hershey Junior
College.
A stronom y: Elliot Borgman, B.A .,
University o f Pennsylvania; Mary MacD.
Jackson, B.A ., Swarthmore College; Ruth V.
Kennedy, B .A ., University o f Pennsylvania;
Michael D. W orth, A .A ., Keystone Junior
College; Barbara C. Niebruegge, A .B.,
R adcliffe College, Secretary.
A udio-visual Technician: Stephen L.
Mann.
Biology: Henrietta P. Ewing, B.A.,
Swarthmore College; Harry J. Smith.
Chem istry: Janice W . Bright, B.A .,
University o f California, Davis; E. Earl
Matthews, A .S., D elaw are County Community
College.
C la s s ic s : Sarah S. Fought, B.A. and
M .A ., University o f Wisconsin.
Econom ics: Eleanor Greitzer, Mary E.
Renneisen.
Education: Maud W . Marshall, B.A.,
Goddard College.
E le c tro n ic s Technician: John j .
Dougherty.
Engineering: Frances L. Shero, B.A .,
Swarthmore College; Grant Lee Smith.

218

English Literature: Thelma M. Miller.
H istory: Eleanor W . Bennett.
Lin g u istics: W inifred G. Vaules.
M athem atics: Joyce A. Glackin.
M odern Languages: Martha Dieffenbach,
Eleanor L. O ’Keefe.
M u sic : Judy Lord, A .A ., Wesley College.
Philosophy: Alta K. Schmidt.
P h y sic a l Education and A thletics:
Patricia E. Trinder, Esther R . Gosser,
Octavius Holland, David Lester, Nancy L.
Saul, B.A ., Laurentian University.
P h y sic s: Joh n R . Andrews, Freda J.
Oppe.
P o litica l S cien c e: Eleanor Greitzer, Mary
E. Renneisen.
P sych ology: Dorothea L. Beebe, B.A.,
Gettysburg College; Harry J. Smith; Julia L.
W elbon, B.A ., W illiam Smith College.
Religion: Janice Hampton.
S o cio lo g y and Anthropology: Pauline
B. Federman.

Visiting Examiners 1980
A rt H isto ry
Professor W illiam W . Clark, Queens College
CU N Y; Professor Susan Kuretsky, Vassar
College; Professor Penelope Mayo, State
University o f N.Y. at SU N Y; Professor
Daniel G. Rosenfeld, Boston University;
Professor Paul W atson, University o f
Pennsylvania.
B iology
Professor Roselyn Eisenberg, School o f
Veterinary Medicine, University o f
Pennsylvania; Professor James Gould,
Princeton University; Professor Dietrich
Kessler, H averford College; Professor Phillip
Kilbride, Bryn M awr College; Dr. Paul
Moorehead, University o f Pennsylvania,
School o f Medicine; Professor Andrew G.
Stephanson, Pennsylvania State University.
C h em istry
Professor Harold Bright, University o f
Pennsylvania; Professor Maitland Jones, Jr.,
Princeton University; Professor James H.
Loehlin, Wellesley College; Professor Donald
M cClure, Princeton University.
C la s s ic s
Professor Michael C . Alexander, University
o f Illinois; Professor Marylin B. Arthur,
Wesleyan University; Professor Sylvia G .
Brown, University o f Pennsylvania; Professor
Floyd L. Moreland, T h e Graduate School
and University Center o f CUNY.
E co n o m ics
Professor Christopher Clague, University o f
Maryland; Professor Noel Farley, Bryn M awr
College; Dr. John Haring, Glassman-Oliver
Economic Consultants; Professor Holland
Hunter, Haverford College; Professor John
Page, Princeton University; Professor John
Pettingill, University o f Virginia; Professor
R obert Summers, University o f Pennsylvania;
Professor Richard Tresch, Boston College;
Professor Sidney Weintraub, University o f
Pennsylvania.
Engineering
Dr. Joel I. Abrams, University o f Pittsburgh;
Dr. R aou f Farag, RCA ; Dr. Paul Kalata,
Drexel University; Dr. Frederick D . Ketterer,
University o f Pennsylvania; Dr. Charles
ReVelle, Johns Hopkins University.

English Literature
Professor Richard H. Brodhead, Yale
University; Professor Joan Ferrante,
Colum bia University; Professor Michael
Goldman, Princeton University; Professor
Lawrence Graver, W illiam s College;
Professor Edward B. Irving, Jr., University o f
Pennsylvania; Professor Richard A . Johnson,
Mount Holyoke College; Professor Alexander
Leggatt, University o f Toronto; Professor
Thomas P. Roche, Jr., Princeton University
H isto ry
Professor Linda Grant DePauw, George
Washington University; Professor Richard H.
Elphick, Wesleyan University; Professor
R obert Harding, Yale University; Professor
Mary S. Hartman, Douglass College;
Professor Margaret L. King, Brooklyn
College; Professor Bruce Kuklick, University
o f Pennsylvania; Professor Jonathan O cko,
Harvard L aw School; Professor Norman
Rich, Brown University; Professor Alexander
V. Riasonovsky, University o f Pennsylvania.
L in g u istics
Professor R obert Fiengo, Queens College,
C U N Y ; Professor Harris Savin, University o f
Pennsylvania; Dr. Jane Tompkins, Temple
University
M a th em a tics
Professor Kenneth P. Bogart, Dartmouth
College; Professor Clifford J . Earle, Jr.,
Cornell University; Professor Jerry L.
Kazdan, University o f Pennsylvania; Professor
Helene Shapiro, University o f Wisconsin.
French
Professor V ictor Brom bert, Princeton
University; Professor Marcel Gutwirth,
Haverford College.
Germ an
Professor Steven R . Cerf, Bowdoin College.
P h ilosophy
Professor Martha Bolton, Douglass College;
Professor R obert Brumbaugh, Yale
University; Professor Joshua Cohen,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology;
Professor Geoffrey Joseph, University o f
Wisconsin; Professor George L. Kline, Bryn
M awr College.

219

Visiting Examiners 1980

P h y s ic s
Professor W illiam C. Davidon, Haverford
College; Professor Eugene Golowich,
University o f Massachusetts; Professor Melvin
Lax, City College o f the CUNY.
P o litic a l S c ie n c e
Professor Douglas Bennett, Temple
University; Professor Thomas P. Bernstein,
Colum bia University; Professor W illiam
Connolly, University o f Massachusetts;
Professor Thom as Ferguson, Massachusetts
Institute o f Technology; Professor R obert
Kaufman, Douglass College; Professor Samuel
Krislov, T he Brookings Institution; Professor
Peter Lange, Harvard University; Professor
Richard Mansbach, Rutgers College;
Professor Bernard Mennis, Temple
University.
P sych o lo g y
Professor Jonathan Baron, University o f
Pennsylvania; Professor Carol Gilligan,

220

Harvard Graduate School o f Education;
Professor Jean Kristeller, Yale University;
Professor Harris Savin, University o f
Pennsylvania; Professor Martin Seligman,
University o f Pennsylvania; Professor Phillip
Shaver, University o f Denver; Professor
Elizabeth Speike, University o f Pennsylvania.
Religion
Professor Francine Cardman, Weston School
o f Theology; Professor Ninian Smart,
University o f California.
S o cio lo g y & A nthropology
Professor Sandra Barnes, University o f
Pennsylvania; Professor Philip Kilbride, Bryn
Maurr College; Philip Pachoda, Senior Editor,
Pantheon Books; Professor Daniel Rose,
University o f Pennsylvania; Professor R .
Stephen Warner, University o f Illinois.

Degrees Conferred
May 2 6 , 1980

BACHELOR OF ARTS
Katherine Anne Abele, M edieval Studies
Karen B. Adelman, Political Science
Katherine M . Allen, Economics
Angela Jordan Alston, Biology & Philosophy
David Kenneth Andres, Economics &
Psychology
Gohalem Assefa, German
Eric Martin Ball, Biology
Richard Kevin Ballot, Psychology
Nancy J. Banks, English Literature
Lisa Gene Barber, Biology
Ruth Ellen Bardon, Literature
Rona Lynn Barksdale*, Sociology &
Anthropology
Margaret W ethered Barroll, Physics
Saralyn Bass, Economics
Mary Teresa Battenfeld, Linguistics
Alan A . Bednarski, Philosophy
Angela A . Beldecos, Art History
Megan Anne Bevan, English Literature
Deborah Kathleen Bezanson, Biology
Jean Blaney, History
Blair David Boatwright, Mathematics
Marian Frances Bock, English Literature
Mark W . Bode, Political Science
Nina Denice Bonner*, Psychology
David Alan Boulifard, English Literature
Patricia Lynn Brady, Music & Special Major:
Sociolinguistics & Music
Jacqueline M . Brokaw*1|., History
Sylvetta Ann Brow n*, English Literature
John Clarke Browning, History
Richard Mark Brunell, Political Science
Pamela Marie Burch, M edieval Studies
Gene Burns, Psychology
Robert Kirwan Campbell, History
R obert Post*Cannon, English Literature
Patricia Lynn Carpenter, Biology
Christopher John Caruso, Economics
Thomas Edward Cavin, Mathematics
Lisa Nicole Cawley, English Literature
Tiela M .K . Chalmers, History
M itchell Thomas Chase*, Psychology
Susan Eugene Chimene, Art History
W ei'W ei Chiu, Economics
Michael Adam Chodos, English Literature

* with Concentration in Black Studies.
** w ith Concentration in Asian Studies.
* * *w ith Concentration in Public Policy.

David Huaiming Chow, English Literature
James Vernon Coe, Jr., Chemistry
Kevin Barry Connolly, Biology
Jane Nicole Conrad, Sociology & Anthropology
John Pierre Constantino, Economics
Catherine Marie C ook, English Literature
R obert Joseph Coontz, Jr., Mathematics
Stuart Kent Cornew, Political Science
Eric Owen Corngold, Political Science
Carol Cornsweet, Psychology
David Alexander Crow, History
Donna Crystal, Mathematics
Mary Allerton Cushman, English Literature
with Concentration in Theatre
Carol Ann Cutkosky, Economics
Frederick Lowe Daly, English Literature
Gregg Loren Davis, History
Robert Warren Davis, Political Science
Jennifer Love Denman, German
Lisa Maria D iaz**, Political Science
Lois Augusta Doggett, Special Major: French &
Linguistics
Eric Christopher Eichenwald, History
Eric S. Eipper, Religion
Douglas James Elliott, Economics
Samuel Eric Epstein, Biology
Jordan Eth, Economics
Rosemarie Cecelia Ewing, Special Major:
Linguistics & Social Psychology
W illiam Thomas Ewing, III, Art History
Benjamin D . Fields, Political Science
Michelle Ann Fineblum, Philosophy &
Psychology
Mark Jay Fireman, Chemistry
Martin E. Fleisher, Philosphy
Alison Ann F o x ** *, Economics & Political
Science
Marc R obert Freedman, Sociology &
Anthropology
Jane Eden Friedman, M edieval Studies
Carol Friesen, English Literature
Carl Chandler Fristrom, Physics
Steven R obert Froehlich, Philosophy
Barbara Lynne Gandek, Economics
Khushro Ghandhi, Philosophy
Shannon Margaret Gifford, Art History

\ Secondary School Teaching
Certificate.

221

Degrees Conferred

Ira Adam Gitlin, Greek
Denise Marie Green, English Literature
Mitchell Ray Grunes, Physics
Greta Gugenheim, Economics
R obert Edwin Gurwitt, Political Science
Laurent Guy, Economics
Abigail Ann Hafer, Biology
Amy Anne Halio, Special Major: Psychobiology
Janet Virginia Hallahan, Philosophy
Jane Elizabeth Halsema, Economics & Political
Science
Denise Michele Heberle, Psychology
Lisa Jane Heller, Special Major: Spanish &
Sociology
Robert Gary Herman, Political Science
Kathryn A. Herrmann, Political Science
David Hertz, History
Daniel Marc Hittner, Chemistry
Macfarlane Hoffman, Philosophy
Timothy Paul Hofmeister, German
Alvin Orlando H olt*, English Literature
Keiichi Homma, Physics
Jenny A . Hourihan, Economics
Joy A nn Huise, Music
Kenneth D . Hutchins, Biology
Catherine Eaton Hutchison, Literature
Melanie Reed Ingalls, Art History
Eric Edward Ingbar, Sociology & Anthropology
Patricia Anne Jameson, Philosophy
Judith Christina Jansen, Art History
Rondy Edward Jennings, Economics
Leon Jones, Philosophy
T. Elwood Kanwit, Sociology & Anthropology
Charles Stanley Kaplan, Special Major:
Psychobiology
Philip James Karanian, Chemistry
Edward Sean Kelley, Biology
John Joseph Kelly, III, Biology
David Mac Lean Kennedy, Philosophy
Mary Catherine Kennedy, Political Science
Janice Klunder, Chemistry
Peter Brampton Koelle, Political
Science-International Relations & Russian
David Ben Kraskow, Political Science
Michael Karl Kuehlwein, Economics
Paul Erwin Kuenstner, English Literature
Caroline Paula Kurtz, English Literature
Kerrie Lynne Kyde, English Literature &
Political Science

*w ith Concentration in Black Studies.
**w ith Concentration in Asian Studies.

222

Robert Blodgett Kyle, III, History
J o Denise Landes, Sociology & Anthropology
Todd Mason LaPorte, Sociology &
Anthropology
Christopher Laszlo, Economics
Frederick James Laufer, Chemistry
Cecilia Lee, Biology
Darrell Anthony Lee, Economics
Frederick Stinson Leichter, Mathematics
Max Leuchter, History
Jay Edward Levenson, Sociology &
Anthropology
Daniel Lewis Levine, Political Science
David Bruce Levine, Mathematics
Daniel Levitt, Psychology
Emily J . Levy, Chemistry
Andrea Susan Libresco, History
Jairam Rao Lingappa, Physics
Catherine Schuyler Livingston, English
Literature & German
David Joseph Lloyd, Biology
Patricia Annette Lokeyij., Biology
Thomas John Long, Political Science
Susan Lee Louis, Special Major: Religion &
Culture
Francis Fowler MacGrath, Economics &
Philosophy
David Richmond Marble, Physics
Daniel Allan Marcus, English Literature
Marcelle Renee Martin, English Literature &
French
Bruce Stewart Maxwell, History
Maureen Ann McBride, Art History
Gary J. McCabe, Political Science
Lucinda Jayne McElwee, Economics
Charles Francis McGovern, History
Anne Maureen McGuire, Psychology &
Philosophy
Gregory James Mcllvain, History
Elizabeth Crawford Mclntoshij., Psychology
Craig Kenric M cjett, Political Science
Kristan Helen M cK insey**, Art History
Adrian Iver Merryman, Economics & Political
Science
Jacob E. Meskin, Philosophy
Philip Avedis Metzidakis, Religion
Margaret D eW itt Miller, Biology
Eben Moglen, History

\ Secondary School Teaching
Certificate.

Julie Kay Mueller, Special Major: Political
Philosophy
Roberta Lynn Mueller, Latin
Nathan Hale Mull IV, Biology & Chemistry
David Christopher Heath Mundy, German
Robert Sidney Neufeld, English Literature
David Lee Newcomer, Economics
David Caryl Newitt, Physics
Ida Oberman, History
Andrea Osgood, Biology
Carol L. Osier, Economics
Martin Frederic Packer, Mathematics
Gregg A. Parker^., History
Lori Alida Patton, Psychology
Katherine Ellen Pearce, Economics
Douglas Demaree Perkins, Psychology
Heather Elizabeth Perry, Biology
Marian Petre, Special Major: Psycholinguistics
Thaddeus Allen Piotrowski, Biology
Elizabeth Burbridge Placed, Political Science
Geoffrey Plank, English Literature
Ellyn Fern Plato, Psychology
Mary Elizabeth Plough, Psychology
Clara Amanda Pope, History
Thomas Bliss Stillman Quarles, Jr., History
Daniel Philip Rask, Special Major: Linguistics &
German
Elizabeth Gray Raymond, Biology
Abigail W illiam s Reifsnyder, English Literature
Gefard Thomas Riley, Economics
Shanti Marie Rivera, History
Valerie Lynn Robertson, Sociology &
Anthropology
Ben Wallace Rockefeller, Economics
Richard Browning Rogers, Jr., French
Gay Heidi Rosa, Special Major: Psychology &
Biology
Brandon Ross, Psychology
Carol Anne Rothstein, English Literature
Rachel Rue, Philosophy
R obert O lts Russ, Biology
Emily Joan Sack, History
Steven Miller Schail, Sociology & Anthropology
Barry Martin Schkolnick, Political Science
Anne Elizabeth Schlesslj., English Literature
Anne Schuchat, Philosophy
Roy Ephraim Schutzengel, Chemistry
Herman Mark Schwartz, Political Science
Radwan Ali Shaban, Economics

** with Concentration in Asian Studies.
f As of the Class o f 1972.

David Edward Sharp, Economics & Political
Science
Suzanne Stacy Sheppe, English Literature
Mehmet Kaya Sila, Biology
Gary Isadore Silverman, Political Science
Karen Georgianna Simmons f , History
Karen Elayne Simms, Biology
Anne L. Singletary, Sociology & Anthropology
Richard Gerard R obert Slattery, Political
Science
Charles Frederick Smith, Biology
David Richard Snyder, Economics
Robin Stanton, Biology
Sandra Leigh Sterba, History
Jeanne Marguerite Stewart, Philosophy
Jaine Strauss, English Literature
Karen Barbara Strier, Special Major:
Anthropology & Biology
Christianna Lenore Strohbeck, Chemistry
Elizabeth Ann Strom , History
Richard Granville Summers, Jr., Chemistry
Ellen Marie Sutherland, Chemistry
Bernita Clare Taylor, Biology
Mark Samuel Taylor^., Political Science
Patrice Jacklyn Thoman, Chemistry
Margaret L. Thomas, Economics & Psychology
Julia Tipton, Special Major: S elf and God in
Western Literature
Beulah Trey, Psychology
Daria Anna Trojan, Chemistry
Alice Elizabeth Tucker, Chemistry & Biology
Andrew Edwin Turner, Astronomy
Andrew Taylor Vaden, Political Science
Kathryn Marie Vance, Biology
David K. Veleta, Philosophy
Ann Louise V ick ers**, Religion
Christopher Thompson Walker, Music
W illiam Christopher Walker, Philosophy
Julia Caroline Walworth, M edieval Studies
Camella Gail Ward, Psychology
Philip Francis Weber, History & Political
Science
Susanne M. W eil, English Literature &
Psychology
Rachel Marian Weinberger, Art History
J. Paul Weinstein, Physics
Melanie Kuhlman Wentz, Sociology &
Anthropology
Alan Evan Wessel, Mathematics

Ij. Secondary School Teaching
Certificate.

223

Degrees Conferred

Maura Francesca W helan, English Literature
Gary Robert W hite, Psychology
Scott N. Whitelj., Psychology
Terry Lee W hite, Sociology &
Anthropology
Cecile W hitting, Art History
Kurt W ihl, Philosophy & History

Joyce Darnell W ilson, Psychology
Peter Blanchard W ilson, Biology
Deborah Lynn W ood, Sociology &
Anthropology
Michael Hemsley W ood, Physics
Joseph Yeboah-Mensah, Mathematics
Jennifer J. Zimmerman, Philosophy

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Peter Henry Barschall, Engineering
Glenn M ilton Beheim, Engineering
Gregory Charles Berlin, Engineering
Edgard Francis Bertaut, Jr., Engineering
Carol Margaret Cheever, Engineering
Craig Allen Close, Engineering
Peter Samuel Cohan, Engineering
John Pierre Constantino, Engineering
Raymond James Ehlers, Jr., Engineering
Stephen J. Garrett, Engineering
Thomas Lindley G ilbert, Engineering

Man-Tung Tony Hsiao, Engineering
Philip James Karanian, Engineering
Barrett Emil Koster, Engineering
Christopher Hume Lamb, Engineering
W ing Keung Leung, Engineering
James R obert Lindquist, Engineering
Ed Mellinger, Engineering
Mark H. Michels, Engineering
Dirk A. Schoonmaker, Engineering
Rad wan Ali Shaban, Engineering
Neil David Yelsey, Engineering

MASTER OF ARTS
R obert Radford, Psychology

HONORARY DEGREES
Marian Wright Edelman, Doctor o f Laws
Carl Levin, Doctor o f Laws
J. Peter Schickele, Doctor o f Music

\ Secondary School Teaching
Certificate

Renoo Suvarnsit, Doctor o f Laws
James Tobin, Doctor o f Laws

Awards and Distinctions
May 26, 1980

HONORS AWARDED BY THE VISITING EXAMINERS — 17 MAY 1980
HIGHEST HONORS:
Jordan Eth, Carl Fristrom , Shanti Rivera,
Anne Schuchat, Radwan Shaban.
HIGH HONORS:
Alan Bednarski, Marian Bock, John
Browning, Gene Burns, R obert Cannon,
Donna Crystal, Eric Eichenwald, Martin
Fleisher, M arc Freedman, R obert Gurwitt,
Laurent Guy, Tim othy Hofmeister, David
Kennedy, Michael Kuehlwein, Thomas
Long, Bruce Maxwell, Eben Moglen,
Roberta Mueller, Clara Pope, Carol
Rothstein, Rachel Rue, Emily Sack,
Richard Slattery, Ellen Sutherland, Julia
W alworth, Paul Weinstein.
HONORS:
Nancy Banks, Ruth Bardon, Margaret
Barroll, Saralyn Bass, Mary Battenfeld,

Richard Brunell, W ei W ei Chiu, Michael
Chodos, David Chow, James Coe,
Catherine C ook, Eric Comgold, David
Crow, Carol Cutkosky, Frederick Daly, Lisa
Diaz, Ben Fields, Carol Friesen, Steven
Froehlich, Barbara Gandek, Robert
Herman, Keiichi Homma, Jenny Hourihan,
Melanie Ingalls, Mary Kennedy, Todd
LaPorte, Christopher Laszlo, Max Leuchter,
Andrea Libresco, Jairam Lingappa, Charles
M cGovern, Jacob M eskin, R obert Neufeld,
Ida Oberman, Martin Packer, Geoffrey
Plank, Thom as Quarles, Barry Schkolnick,
Jaine Strauss, Elizabeth Strom , Richard
Summers, W . Chris Walker, Alan W essel,
Maura W helan, Deborah W ood, Michael
W ood, Jennifer Zimmerman.

DISTINCTIONS IN COURSE AWARDED BY FACULTY
Eric M artin Ball, Blair David Boatwright,
Carol Margaret Cheever, Carol Comsweet,
Michelle Ann Fineblum, Ira Adam Gitlin,
Amy Anne Halio, Jane Elizabeth Halsema,
Lisa Jane Heller, Man-Tung Tony Hsiao,
Eric Edward Ingbar, Charles Stanley
Kaplan, Janice Klunder, Barrett Emil Koster,
Caroline Paula Kurtz, Cecilia Lee, W ing

Keung Leung, Daniel Levitt, Anne Maureen
M cGuire, Margaret D eW itt Miller, Nathan
Hale M ull IV, David Caryl Newitt, Mary
Elizabeth Plough, Elizabeth Gray Raymond,
Herman M ark Schwartz, Radwan Ali
Shaban, Suzanne Stacey Sheppe, Mark
Samuel Taylor, Julia Tipton, A lice Elizabeth
Tucker, David K . Veleta.

ELECTIONS TO HONORARY SOCIETIES
PHI BETA KAPPA:
Eric M artin Ball, Ruth Ellen Bardon, Blair
David Boatwright, Joh n Clarke Browning,
Richard Mark Brunell, Carol Margaret
Cheever, Michael Adam Chodos, Eric
Owen Corngold, Carol Com sweet, David
Alexander Crow, Eric Christopher
Eichenwald, Jordan Eth, M artin E. Fleisher,
Carl Chandler Fristrom, R obert Edwin
Gurwitt, Amy Anne Halio, Jane Elizabeth
Halsema, Man-Tung Tony Hsiao, Charles
Stanley Kaplan, Janice Klunder, Barrett
Emil Koster, Michael Karl Kuehlwein,
Caroline Paula Kurtz, W ing Keung Leung,
Daniel Levitt, Thom as Joh n Long, Bruce

Stewart Maxwell, Eben Moglen, Nathan
Hale M ull IV, David Caryl Newitt,
Geoffrey Plank, Clara Amanda Pope,
Elizabeth Gray Raymond, Shanti Marie
Rivera, Rachel Rue, Anne Schuchat,
Radwan A li Shaban, Jaine Strauss, Richard
Granville Summers, Jr., Ellen Marie
Sutherland, Julia Caroline Walworth, J.
Paul W einstein, Jennifer J . Zimmerman.
SIGMA XI:
Eugene Burns, Thomas Cavin, Carol
Cheever, James Coe, Carol Comsweet,
Donna Crystal, Carl Fristrom, Keiichi
Homma, Man-Tung Hsiao, Joh n Kelly IV,

225

Awards and Distinctions

Barrett Koster, W ing Keung Leung, Daniel
Levitt, Jairam Lingappa, Edward Meilinger,
Margaret Miller, Nathan Mull IV, David
Newitt, Andrea Osgood, Martin Packer,
Mary Plough, Elizabeth Raymond, Anne
Schuchat, Radwan Shaban, Kaya Sila,
Robin Stanton, Jaine Strauss, Karen Strier,
Richard Summers, Ellen Sutherland,

Andrew Turner, Paul Weinstein, Alan
Wessel, Michael W ood.
TAU BETA PI:
Glenn M . Beheim, Carol M. Cheever, ManTung Tony Hsiao, W ing K. Leung, Radwan
A. Shaban.

SWARTHMORE COLLEGE FELLOWSHIP AWARDS
T he Phi Beta K ap p a Fellowship to Shanti
Rivera.
T he H annah A. Leedom Fellowship to
Radwan Shaban, Herman Schwartz.
T he Joshua Lippincott Fellowship to Peter
Schwartz *79.
T he John Lockw ood M emorial Fellowship to
Elizabeth McKinstry *79, Brenda Perkins
*79, Rachel Rue.

T he Thom as M. M cC abe, Jr. and Yvonne
Motley M cC abe M emorial Fellowship to
Gabrielle D ’Amato *78.
T he Lucretia Mott Fellowship to Ruth
Bardon, Lisa Diaz, Julia Walworth.
T he M artha E. Tyson Fellowship to
Jacqueline Brokaw.
T he Sarah Kaighn Cooper Scholarship to
Elizabeth Anderson *81.

SPECIAL AWARDS
T he Ivy Award to R obert Herman.
T he O a k L e a f Award to Clara Pope.
T he M cC abe Engineering Award to Radwan
A. Shaban.
T he Brand Blanshard Prize to Julie-Kay
Mueller.
T he A. Edward Newton Library Prize to
David Bolton, Addison Lee, Thomas
Kanwit/Alexander Troy.
T he Lois Morrell Poetry Prize to Elizabeth
Cole.

226

T he John Russell Hayes Poetry Prize: Valerie
Cornell, Johanna Prins.
T he W illiam Plumer Potter Short Story Prize
to Helen Perivier, Alvin Holt, Neal Epstein.
T he Philip M. Hicks Prizes for Literary
Criticism to Valerie Cornell, Elizabeth
Mackie.
T he A lice L. Crossley Prize in A sian Studies
to Kristan McKinsey.
T he Dorothy Ditter Gondos Award to Jennifer
Pap.

HHH
■■¡■i

Enrollment Statistics
ENROLLMENT OF STUDENTS BY CLASES 1979-80

Seniors
Juniors
Sophomores
Freshmen

Graduate Students
Special Students
T O TA LS

MEN

W O M EN

TO TA L

161
162
20 3
190

133
127
138
173

294
28 9
341
363

716

571

1287

1
10

0

1

16

26

727

58 7

1314 *

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF STUDENTS 1979-80
Pennsylvania
New York
New Jersey
Maryland
California
Massachusetts
Connecticut
O hio
Delaware
Virginia
Illinois
District o f Columbia
Texas
North Carolina
Maine
Oregon
Indiana
Michigan
Missouri
Colorado
Minnesota
New M exico
Washington
Florida
Georgia
Vermont
W isconsin

276

212
136
87
65
55
52
36
34
34
33
27
19

11
10
10
9
9
9

8
8
8
8
7
7
7
7

* As o f September, 1979
* * As o f November, 1979

228

New Hampshire
Tennessee
Arizona
Kansas
Louisiana
Oklahoma
Rhode Island
Iowa
South Carolina
Hawaii
Kentucky
Utah
Alabama
Alaska
Idaho
Mississippi
Nevada
Virgin Islands
W est Virginia

6
6
5
5
5
5
5
4
4
3
3
3

2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1246

Canada
Hong Kong
Ghana
Italy
Japan

7
5
4
4
4

Malaysia
W est Germany
France
Lebanon
Greece
Iran
Netherlands
United Kingdom
Switzerland
Bangladesh
Barbados
Belgium
Bolivia
Colombia
Indonesia
Egypt
Jordan
Libya
Nigeria
Peru
Rumania
Saudi Arabia
Total from Abroad
G RA N D TO TA L

4
4
3
3

2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
61
1 3 0 7 **

G 0 M 7 S Ü U T H
¡>r

I

h o n k v j¡ v 't ¡ i- í

»i

T

«v r?4* W

KW % ; ’-HT>i-.v.v. (v‘! I ijvv* ;

Amin^ a(m)

HoUww«*w «M*

1

»

w

«•çLve^y

s a i a i

I NEE.SO.lDC |f
'TOSJlÇLE^Sun.Ne
F*îw IN^Kt ,*■ S» * * 1
[$**«**■

xJtmijpc*' Em ncrman ¿

«

w #W

€ 0

Ä

R rcH M O f

or

SS S y& gs
Jf « H I

w «w
ÿffî*W W .

mßt.......

*&<►
.{. «*»Vl «■- .« .H a?*!'.

'^^ w ^wêê

Rii

n m o iK

«v*.i -/
j-lî :-' ’*•*: •** : ?•“/:

H

K e ê d i m t » 4H

r*» **

f^

v ft <

* •*< ♦ »»1 t n *
« ■ * * * D T 8 6 AU

ftìw.
W

V,

w ■.

^ji«*-#**»*

B p ÄS w 5 s
> s ^ t L 2^< i já?*íw a 4 v a / fí *

M (í

**•!&

a*:

MT*€i*
§ß ■
• ■s?¿? ??¿ r
\á i # .4£«'#•»«;•./i ■
SSSIv?■’■•^Jfc jtf».
R

ü

229

Key to the Map
1. Parrish Hall and Annex
Wilcox Gallery
2. Admissions Office
3. Scott Foundation Building
[Relief Map of Campus]
4. Hall Gymnasium
5. Sharpies Swimming Pool
6. Lang Music Building
7. Martin Biological Laboratory and
Animal Laboratory
8. DuPont Science Building
9. Beardsley Hall
10. Hicks Hall
11. Trotter Hall
12. Arts Center
Pearson Theatre
13. Papazian Hall
14. Friends Meeting House
15. Whittier House

16. Scott Horticultural Foundation Office
a. Lilac collection
b.Peony collection
c. Magnolias
d.Crabapples
e. Pineturn
f. Rhododendrons and azaleas
g. Dean Bond Rose Garden
h. Scott Foundation Nursery and
Frorer Holly Collection
17. McCabe Library
.18. Tarble Social Center
19. Worth Health Center
20. Benjamin West House
21. Bond Memorial and Lodges
22. Robinson House
— Black Cultural Center
23. Tennis Courts
24. Cunningham Field
25. Clothier Fields
26. Bam
27. Lamb-Miller Reid House
28. Squash Courts
29. Service Building
30. Heating Plant
31. Fraternity Lodges

32. Sharpies Dining Hall
33. Clothier Memorial
34. Sproul Observatory
35. Scott Outdoor Auditorium
36. Crum Creek
37. Physical Activities Building

D orm itories and
R e sid e n ce s
A.
B.
C
D.
E.
F.

Dana Dormitory
Hallowell Dormitory
Wharton Hall
Willets Dormitory
Worth Dormitory
Palmer Hall

H.
J.
K.
L.
M.
N.
O.
P.

Roberts Hall
Mary Lyon Buildings
Ashton House
Woolman House
Professors’Houses
Employees’Houses
Cunningham House
President’s House

G. Pittenger Hall

Index
Absence from examinations, 51
Academic honesty, 51
Addams, Jane, Peace Collection, 12
Administration and staff, 211
A D M ISSIO N P R O C E D U R E , 15
Application dates, 16
Scholastic Aptitude and Achievement
Tests, 16
School subjects recommended, 15
Advanced Degrees, 5 4
Advanced Placement, 17
Advanced Standing, 17
Advisors, 3 3
Alumni A ssociation O fficers, 193
Alumni Council, 193
Alumni O ffice, 3 4
A ncient History and Civilization, 85
Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural
Foundation, 12
A rt History, 6 3
A rts Center, 10
Arts, Studio, 3 6 , 6 6
Asian Studies, 6 8
Astronomy, 70
Athletic fields, see map
Athletics, 37, 153
Attachments to Courses, 4 4
Attendance at Classes, 5 0
Autom obiles, regulations 35
Awards and Distinctions, 22 5
Awards and Prizes, 5 6
Bachelor o f Arts Degree, 5 4
Bachelor o f Science Degree, 5 4
Barnard Music Fund, 13
Benjamin W est House, 13
Benjamin W est Lecture, 13
Bequests, 10
Biology, 72
Black Cultural Cenlter, 3 2
Black Studies, 78
Board o f Managers, 189
Comm ittees of, 191
Botany, see Biology
Calendar, College, 5 , 6
Career Planning and Placement, 3 3
Center for Social and Policy Studies, 11, 173
Chemistry, 8 0
Chinese, 135
Classics, 8 3
College Entrance Examinations, 16
College job s, 21
Comprehensive Examinations, 41, 5 4
Computing Center, 10
Cooper (W illiam J .) Foundation, 12
Cooperation with neighboring institutions, 47

Corporation, officers of, 189
Courses o f Instruction, 6 0
Course Program, 3 9
Creative Arts, 47
Curriculum, 3 9
Dance, 37, 148
Degrees offered, 5 4
Degrees conferred, 221
Dining Hall, 31
Directed Reading, 4 4
Directions for Correspondence, 2
Directions for reaching the College, 2 4 0
Distinction in Course, 4 2
Distribution requirements, 4 0
Divisions and Departments, 2 0 9
Dormitories, 31
Drama, 37, 104
DuPont (Pierre S .) Science Building, 10
Econom ics, 8 8
Education, 9 4
Emeritus Professors, 196
Endowment, 10
Engineering, 97
Engineering, degrees in, 5 4
English Literature, 104
Enrollm ent statistics, 2 2 8
Equal Opportunity O ffice, 214
Equal Opportunity Statement, 2
Examination regulations, 51
Exclusion from College, 53
Expenses, 18
External Examination (H onors) Program, 42
Extra-curricular activities, 3 6
Faculty advisors, 3 3 , 4 0 , 41
Faculty, committees of, 2 0 8
Faculty members, 196
Faculty Regulations, 5 0
Fees (tuition, residence, etc.) 18, 55
Fellowships, 5 8
Financial Aid, 2 0
Fine Arts, see A rt History
Foreign students, 2 2 8
Foreign study, 47
Fraternities, 37
French, 136
Friends Historical Library, 11
Friends Meeting, 3 2
Geographical distribution o f Students, 2 2 8
German, 138
G ifts, 10
Grades, 5 0
Graduate study, 5 4
Graduation requirements, 5 4
(see also Distribution requirements)

Greek, 8 4
Grenoble Program, 4 8
Handicapped Student Services, 31, 3 3 , 4 4
Health care, 3 2
Health Sciences Advisory Program, 4 6
History, 113
Honors Program, 3 9 , 4 2
Honors Examiners, 4 3 , 219
Housing, 31
Information Services O ffice, 3 4
Insurance, 19
Interdisciplinary work, 4 6
International Relations, 120
Judicial Bodies, 35
Lang Music Building, 10, 3 7
Language Laboratory, 11
Latin, 8 4
Leaves o f Absence, 5 2
Libraries, 11
Linguistics, 122
Literature Program, 124
Loans to students, 21
Madrid Program, 4 8
Map o f College grounds, 2 3 0
Martin Biological Laboratory, 10
Master’s degrees, 5 4 , 172
Mathematics, 125
McCabe Library, 11
Medieval Studies, 131
Modern Languages and Literatures, 132
Music, 3 6 , 144
Music, performance, 145, 147
Observatory, 10, 70
Overstreet Fund, 13
Papazian Hall, 10
Peaslee (A m os) Scholarships, 4 9
Philosophy, 149
Physical Education and Athletics, 153
Physical Education requirements, 5 2 , 153
Physics, 155
Plan o f College grounds, 2 3 0
Political Science, 160
Potter Collection o f Recorded Literature, 12
Practical work, 4 5
Pre-Medical Program, 4 6

Prizes, 5 6
PR O G R A M O F STU D Y, 3 9
Freshmen and Sophom ores, 4 0
Juniors and Seniors, 41
External Examination (H onors) Program, 42
Psychology, 167
Public Policy, 173
Registration, 51
Religion, 175
Religious life, 8 , 32
Requirements for Admission, 15
Requirements for Graduation, 54
(see also Distribution requirements)
Residence, regulations, 31
Russian, 140
Scholarships, 22
Scholastic Aptitude Test, 16
Scott Horticultural Foundation, 12
Sharpies Dining Hall, 31
Sigma X i Lecture Series, 13
Social Committee, 3 6
Sociology and Anthropology, 180
Spanish, 141
Special M ajor, 41
Spock Memorial Fund, 12
Sproul Observatory, 10, 70
Student-run courses, 45
Student Council, 35
Student employment, 21
Student Exchange Programs, 47
Study Abroad, 4 8
Summer school work, 52
Swarthmore College Peace Collection, 11
Tarble Social Center, 32
Theatre, Courses in 104
Transfer, application for, 17
Tuition and other fees, 18, 55
Tutorials, 4 4
Upward Bound, 37
Visiting Examiners, 219
Vocational Advising, 33
W om en’s Center, 32
W orth Health Center, 3 3

233

Directions for Reaching
Swarthmore College
The College is readily accessible from Philadelphia by train.
Amtrak trains from New York and Washington arrive
hourly at Philadelphia’s 30th Street Station. From 30th
Street Station, the ConRail Media Local takes 21 minutes to
reach the campus.
Motorists from the north and from the west leave the
Pennsylvania Turnpike at Exit 24 (Valley Forge) and from
the toll booth travel approximately two miles on 1-76 to the
Gulph Mills exit, then follow Route 3 2 0 South approx­
imately 14.5 miles to College Avenue; turn right onto
College Avenue and proceed two blocks to Parrish Hall.
Motorists from the south leave 1-95 at Chester, Pa. (PA 320
— PA 352 — Edgmont Ave. Exit); follow Route 3 2 0 north
approximately 3 miles to College Avenue; turn left onto
College Avenue and proceed two blocks to Parrish Hall.
Motorists from central New Jersey should use Walt
Whitman Bridge. After crossing the bridge, follow signs for
1-95 South. Pass the Philadelphia International Airport and
continue following 1-95 (ongoing highway construction) to
Route 3 2 0 (Chester Business District Exit). Turn right onto
Route 3 2 0 North and follow approximately 3 miles to
College Avenue. Turn left onto College Avenue and proceed
two blocks to Parrish Hall.
There is no direct public transportation from Philadelphia
International Airport to the College. Taxi fare from the
Airport to the College is approximately twelve dollars.

240